Top Banner
292
Welcome message from author
This document is posted to help you gain knowledge. Please leave a comment to let me know what you think about it! Share it to your friends and learn new things together.
Transcript
Page 1: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich
Page 2: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich
Page 3: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich
Page 4: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich
Page 5: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

THE

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.

Page 6: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

PARENTIBUS OPTIMIS

QUIBUS

SI QUID HABEO

ACCEPTUM BEFERO.

Page 7: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

> / & fe _ ' v* f , /? ^r -^>

THE

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES,

THE GREEK TEXT

AS REVISED BY

DRS WESTCOTT AND HORT,

WITH EXPLANATOKY NOTES

BY

THOMAS ETHELBERT PAGE, M.A.

ASSISTANT MASTER AT CHARTERHOUSE, AND FORMERLY

FELLOW OF ST JOHN'S COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE.

Honfcon :

MACMILLAN AND CO.

AND NEW YORK.

1886

[The Eight of Translation is reserved.]

Page 8: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

I'tU

AOVKCLS 6 icLTpbs 6

Col. iv. 14.

AOVKCLS tarlv judi/os /xer' ^/xou.

2 Tim. iv. 11.

, 'ApiVra/>xs> A^/aas, Aof/cas, oi vvvepyoi JJ.QU.

Phil. 24.

THE COLLECT 1 FOR ST LUKE'S DAY.

Almighty God, who calledst Luke the Physician, whose

praise is in the Gospel, to be an Evangelist, and Physician of

the soul ; May it please thee, that, by the wholesome medicines

of the doctrine delivered by him, all the diseases of our souls

may be healed; through the merits of thy Son Jesus Christ

our Lord. Amen.

CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY c. j. CLAY, M.A. & SONS, AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS.

Page 9: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

PREFACE.

THIS edition is intended chiefly for use in Schools,

at the same time I am not without hope that in some

points it may be of service to other students. Certainly,

after a careful examination of the Revised Version, I

am justified in saying that there are some passages in

the Acts the meaning of which is not generally under-

stood even by scholars. It may suffice to refer to

the unintelligible renderings given of such important

passages as i. 16 22 and x. 34 39, to the less

obvious but clear errors pointed out in the note on

JJLCV ovv ii. 41, and to the direct violation of the laws

of language in the translation of xix. 2 and xxvii. 1 2.

That there is room for a useful School edition of

the Acts, and indeed of any portion of the NewTestament, few with any experience in teaching will

deny. Schoolboys are for the most part grievously

ignorant of the subject. For this two main reasons

may be assigned.

(1) Being conversant with the English version

they are able to translate the Greek with fatal facility,

and fall into the common error of supposing that theyunderstand the meaning of words, the sound of which

has been familiar to them from infancy.

3G0205 3

Page 10: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

vi ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.

(2) Most commentaries are quite unadapted for

practical work with boys. Their fault is this. The

editors do not confine themselves chiefly to explanation

of the text, which is the first and strictly the only

duty of a commentator, but encumber their notes

with doctrinal discussions and moral reflections. Such

additions are at best out of place, even where the

doctrinal arguments are not wholly one-sided and the

moral disquisitions not trite and mediocre : in a scholar

they usually create irritation; schoolboys soon cease

to read the notes altogether.

In the present edition the notes with some few

exceptions which will I hope justify themselves

are confined to explanation and illustration of the

text. By thus limiting myself I have been enabled

to make the notes comparatively short and at the

same time fairly thorough. I have moreover care-

fully studied brevity: it would have taken me half

the time to write twice as much. In one point too

much space has been saved. Passages of the Bible

referred to are rarely quoted. This is done delibe-

rately. I know that as a rule boys will not look

up references. This is only natural where the refer-

ences are to a variety of books, and in such cases

passages referred to should usually be quoted j but to

read the Greek Testament without a Bible at hand is

useless, and it is most important that boys should

become accustomed to working with it and examining

passages referred to in it.

Allusion has been made not unfrequently to the

views of other commentators. The limits however of

my work preclude any but a brief examination of

Page 11: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

PREFACE. vii

conflicting opinions except in important cases. Perhapsit is well that this is so. The number of commenta-

tors is immense, and there is no possible or impossible

view of even simple passages which has not found

advocates. To have overloaded the notes through-out with a discussion of the views, which seemed

to me plainly erroneous, would have made them

useless for their purpose. Indeed even now, after

cutting out all that seemed possible, I much doubt

whether they are as simple as they should be.

Certainly some of them can be of little use to anybut advanced boys, but I trust that this may be due

rather to the complexity of the subject than to a lack

of clearness or brevity on my part : at any rate I do

not hold that even in a school-book difficult passagesshould be slurred over, exactly because they are

difficult.

I have not written an i Introduction'. It would

be fairly easy to compile one similar to those which

are to be found in many English editions. The pro-

blems however presented by the Acts are so manyand so complex, that an Introduction worthy of the

name would require a separate volume and a capacity

immeasurably exceeding mine.

It is right however that I should refer to mypersonal opinions on one or two points. One is that

I consider that on critical grounds the writer of the

Acts is to be identified with the writer of the third

Gospel, and that I see no reason whatever why he

should not be St Luke. Another point is that I

regard the writer as an honest writer, and my notes

are written on that supposition : they are an endeavour

Page 12: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

viii ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.

to make clear the meaning of a writer, who is, I con-

sider, endeavouring honestly to lay before his readers

certain facts which he himself believes. This decla-

ration is, I think, required from me in this preface,

for it is clear that the whole character of my notes

would be altered if I started from the suppositionthat the writer either wilfully misrepresented facts or

was influenced by such a strong bias or tendency as

to render his narrative continually open to suspicion.

Beyond this, however, I do not think it necessary

for a commentator to go in expressing his personal

opinions : if he does, he passes from exegesis into

criticism, and these two subjects should, where pos-

sible, be kept entirely apart. I will endeavour to

illustrate my meaning by two instances.

(1) It does not seem to me that it lies within myprovince to discuss the exact details and evidence of

the miracles related in the Acts. That miracles are

impossible or, under certain circumstances, improbable,

cannot logically be asserted except from the premises

of pure materialism; a priori they are exactly as

possible as any act of human volition. Moreover

they form an integral part of Christianity; the claims

of Christianity as a religion essentially rest on the

miraculous. It is obvious however that the miracles

related in the Acts stand on a different footing to

those ascribed to Christ : it would be perfectly reason-

able to fully accept the latter and at the same time

hold that some of the former are related on insufficient

evidence or are based on exaggerated reports. The

examination, however, of such questions is entirely

without the range of my duty as a commentator: my

Page 13: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

PREFACE. ix

duty is only clearly to point out that the writer is

describing a miracle, when I judge from his words

that he is doing so.

(2) In dealing with the argument of certain

speeches I have endeavoured to bring out the meaningof the text. In doing so I have at times spoken of

the argument as ' clear'

or i

telling ',but this does not

imply or require that I should hold any special views

as to the method of Messianic interpretation of the

Old Testament which is employed, but only that, the

legitimacy of that method being presupposed, the

argument founded on it appears to me valid.

Moreover, all questions about the exact nature of

inspiration seem to lie outside my work. I have com-

mented on the Acts as on a work written by a manfor men, that is to say, produced in accordance with

the laws of human thought and to be examined and

understood by human intelligence. Nor indeed is there

any clear ground of reason or authority for any other

supposition. That the preservation of an adequaterecord of the life of Jesus and the foundation of the

Christian Church would be ensured by God, may be

safely maintained by any believer, and that record is

justly regarded with a reverence such as can attach to

no other human writings: on the other hand the

assertion of higher claims serves no necessary end and

involves many difficulties.

Lastly I may add that I have not attempted in

any way to use my notes to support any particular

form, of dogmatic teaching. Legitimate exegesis has

no concern with the opinions which may be founded

on the results at which it arrives. It is the duty of a

Page 14: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

x ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.

commentator to examine the facts before him, and to

decide upon them with judicial impartiality. To the

easy triumphs which await the impassioned advocate

of a popular cause he has no right : if he makes them

his aim, he may indeed gain the cheap applause of

partisans but he will forfeit the esteem of sober

seekers after truth.

On these points I have endeavoured to express my-self clearly. It is distinctly not my wish that any one

should use my notes without knowing the principles

on which I have proceeded. I have therefore thus

far been personal and possibly controversial. From

this point, however, I believe that the reader will find

little to which those adjectives can justly be applied.

My one object has been to elucidate the text: occa-

sionally I have had to express a decided opinion that

certain views were erroneous, but nowhere have I

willingly written a word except in charity.

Of the text which I am enabled to employ it

would be impertinent in me to speak critically. This

much I may say, that, as is the case with everything

of real excellence, its merits are clear even to one

who is not an expert.

A list of the works principally used by me will be

found facing the notes. References to such works will

frequently be found in the margin as nearly as possible

parallel to that part of the note which is borrowed

from them or in agreement with them. It must not

be assumed however that the commentators so referred

to are (except when marks of quotation are given) in

exact accord with my notes: it is rather my object to

indicate to those, who wish to examine more fully the

Page 15: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

PREPACK xi

grounds on which a note is based, in what books they

will find similar views maintained. As I am ignorant

of Hebrew, explanations given of Hebrew words or

phrases are in no case original.

I owe my best thanks to my friend the Rev. C. C.

Tancock for looking over the proofs of the notes, but

he is in no way responsible for any errors or opinions

to be found in them.

T. E. PAGE.

CHARTERHOUSE, GODALMING.

Page 16: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

The following explanation of the notation employed in the text

is copied from the smaller edition of the Greek Testament

by Drs Westcott and Hort, pp. 5803.

" The primary place in the -text itself is assigned to those

readings which on the whole are the more probable, or in cases

of equal probability the better attested. The other alternative

readings occupy a secondary place, with a notation which varies

according as they differ from primary readings by Omission,

by Addition, or by Substitution.

A secondary reading consisting in the Omission of wordsretained in the primary reading is marked by simple brackets

[ ] in the text.

A secondary reading consisting in the Addition of wordsomitted in the primary reading is printed at the foot of the

page without any accompanying marks, the place of insertion

being indicated by the mark "^ in the text.

A secondary reading consisting in the Substitution of other

words for the words of the primary reading is printed at the

foot of the page without any accompanying mark, the words of

the primary reading being included within the marks r n in

the text.

Wherever it has appeared to the editors, or to either of them,that the text probably contains some primitive error, that is,

has not been quite rightly preserved in any existing docu-

ments, or at least in any existing document of sufficient au-

thority, the marks ft are placed at the foot of the page, the

extreme limit of the words suspected to contain an error of

transcription being indicated by the marks r n in the text.

Where either of two suspected extant readings might legiti-

mately have been printed in the text, one of them is printed as

an alternative reading between the ft: where there is no such

second reading entitled to be associated with the text, the ftare divided only by dots. All places marked with ft are the

subject of notes in the Appendix to the larger edition."

Page 17: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

nPAEEII ATTOITOAQN

x TON MEN nPQTON AOFON 7roir]crd^rjv Trepl

7rdvra>v, <o 0eo(iXe, a>v rjp^aro 'irjo-ovs Troieir/ re KOI

&xpi ys 7Jp.pas eVreiXa/z/o? rots- aTrocrroXois Sia

ay/ov oi>s e^eXe^aro av\r)p.^)6r^' ols KOL Trape-

(Trrj(TV eavTov <>vra pcra TO iraOelv CLVTOV Iv TroXXot?

TCKfJLrjplOlS, 6* TJfJLeptoV T0-(TpaKOVTa 07TTCLVOILVO$ aVTOlS

4 /cat Xeya)z/ ra Trepi r^y /SacrtXe/aff rov ^eou. Acat cru^aXt-

6[jLVos Trap^yyetXe^ a^ror? OTTO 'ifpotroXu/xcoj/ /z^ X^p'1'

(rdai, aXXa Trepifjieveiv TYJV eVayyeXiaz/ rou Trarpos TJV

5 yKov(raT fiov OTL 'l&dvrjs pev J3a7TTL(rV uSari, v/iels Se

eV TTvevfJLaTi (Ba7rTi(7@ijcrO'6 ayio) ov /tera TroXXay ravray

6 T^/iepay. Ot/Ltei'

ovv (rvvikBovres rjpcoT&v avrov

\eyovTcs Ki;pte?ei eV rai xpovco TOVTCO aTro/ca&oraz/ets TJ)^

7 /3ac7tXeiaj/ r<w 'lo-pcn/X ; etTrei/ Trpoy a^rovs Oi^ vpavl(TT\v yvtovai xpovovs rj Kaipovs ovs 6 TTOTTJP e'$ero eV rrj

8 tS/a e^oucri'a, aXXa X^p,\^eor^e ^vvayav 7T\@6vTos rod ay/ou

(/)* v/zas-, KCU c<rc(r6c ftou pdprvpes ev re 'lepov-

KCU [eV] 770077 777 'lovSaia Kal 2ajuap/a /cat cW9 eor^drov rrjs y^f. ^a^ TaGra elrrcov /3Xe7ro^rcov curro3z>

7njpdrjj KOL v<p\rj VTreXafiev OVTOV azro rcoj/ o^^aX/iwi/

10 a^rcGi/. icat cos- arenfoi/res1

rjorai/ t? TOJ/ ovpavov Tropevo-

fjitvov O.VTOV, KCU iSov avftpcs 5vo 7rapi(rTif

]Ki(rav avrots eV

P. I

Page 18: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

eV$/Jo-eo-i XeuKaZff, ot KOI elirav *Av8pes FaXiXaZoi, ri eVrr/- nKare {B\67rovT(S fls TUV ovpavov ; OVTOS o Irj&ovs o dvaXrjfj.-

<>$elff a0' vfjLciJv els TUV ovpavuv OVTC&S e'Xeucrerai ov rpo-

TTOV $edo~ao~0e avrvv 7ropV !

>fJivov els rov ovpavov. Tore 12

vireo'Tpc^av els 'icpovo'aX^/z OTTO opovs TOV Ka\ovfj,evov

'EXatooi/of, o crrii/ lyyvs IcpovfraXijij. craftftdrov *XOV

u$6v. Kal ore etVf/X0oi>, ei? ro inrepwov dvtftrj- 13

O'aZ'' ov ?yO~av Kara/j.eVoi>ref, o re Ilerpo? Kal Icoai/^? /cat *Ia-

K0)/3os Kal 'AvSpe'aj, <bi\iinros Kal Qapas, Bap^oXo/xaloy

KOI Ma$$atoff, 'la/ca)/3os- 'AXc^aiov Kal Si/^cov 6 frjXwTrjs

Kal 'lowSa? 'laKco/Sou. ourot Trazrrey ryo-ai/ Trpoo-Kaprepovjrref 14

6jJLo6vfJLa$ov rfj TTpoo-ev^?) a-vi/ ywcutyv KOI Mapia/x rj

prjrpl [roO] 'l^o-oO Kal o-vv roty dSeX^oZs- avrou.

KAl EN TAI2 HMEPAI2 ravrat? di/ao-ra? Herpoy 15

V /zO~a) rcof deX^)c5i/ tiTrtv (tfv re o^Xo? ovop.dra>v eVl ro

a^ro co? Karov etKOo~t) "AvSpeff dfieX^oi, e5et 7r\7jpQ30fjvai 16

rqi> ypa(pr}v r\v TrpoeiTre ro irvvp.a ro ayiov bia (rrofiaros

AauelS rrepl 'lov^a roG ye^o/zei/ou o&^yoO rots' o~vXXa/3ovo'fi'5

I?;o-o{}f, ort Karr]pL0fJir)fjiVos TfV eV Ty/iTv Kal eXa^ei/ TOI/ 17

K\rjpov rrjs $ia.KOvias Tavrrjs. OVTOS peis OLV e*Kr^o~aro 18

Xcopiov CK. jjua-Qov rfj? dSiKiar, Kal Trprjvrjs ycitopevos

\aKrj(TV fjLO~oSj Kal c'^e^v^ TroWa ra o'TrXay^i/a avroO.

Kal yjHoo-Tov c'yeWro Tracri roty, KarotKovo-tz/ 'lepovcraX^/ti, 19

a)o~re K\T]6fjvaL TO ^utplov eVeivo r^ SiaXeKra) avroov *AKeX-

dafj,dx, roGr* eo-rti/ Xa)p:oi/ Atjuaro?. FeypaTrrat yap 20

HTO) H en&yAic <\YTOY epKdvl MH GCTGG 6 K<\TOIK(I)N GN <\YTI5i

ai

T^N eniCKonniN AYT Y A^Bera) erepoc.

Page 19: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

I n UPASEIS AIIOSTOAaN 3

21 ScI ovv TWV o~vv\$ovT(i)V riiJ.lv avftpctiv cv iravrl xpovcp o>

22 io~r)\@V /cat e^ijXQcv <p* yfj.as o Kvpios 'if/o^ous, dp^dpfvos

dno TOV ftdTTTio-fjiaTos 'loooVou eW TTJS rjpepas 77? dvcXijp.-

(f)Qrj a(j)

y

ijfjicoVj jjiaprvpa rrjs di/aoracrecoff avrov trvv "f\[M.v

23 yez/eV&u eva TOVTCI>V. KOI eoTT/crai/ Suo, 'laxr^ TOV KaXov-

fjicvov Bap<ra/3/3ai>, os 7TK\i]6r] 'loCcrroff, /cat Mcr$$iaj/.

24 Kai TTpoo-eu^a/xei/ot etTrai/ 2u Kupte KapbioyvaxTTa. TTCLVTCOV,

25 dvadci^ov ov c^eXe^oa, e/c rovrcDt' TQ>I> Suo ^a, Xa/3eii/ TOJ/

T07TOI/ T^ff SiaKOVLdS Ta.VT7)S KOL aTTOOTToXrjS, dfi f)S TTapfftrj

26 'lou&as TTOpevdfjvai els TOV TOTTOV TOV iSiov. KOL eSooKa^

K\r']povs avrois-, Acai cireo-ev 6 K\ijpo$ eVt Ma66iav, Kal

)io-dT] /xera rooz/ evdeKa aTrooroXa)^.

i Kai eV ra> crvvTrXrjpovo-daL TTJV r^jiepav TTJS 7TVTT]KO(rTrjs

2 ijcrav 7rdvTS o/zoO eVt ro avro, fcai eyeWro atpva) CK TOV

OVpaVOV f}XOS G>O~TTp (f)pOfJ,VTJS TTVOTjS (3iaiCtS KOi 7T\rjpQ)-

3 o~V o\ov TOV OLKOV ov rjcTdv Ka.6tjfj.cvoi, KOL <Z(f)dr)o~av av-

roiff o~ia.fj.pi6fjivai yXcocrcrat cotrei irvpos, /cat fKadiarcv

4 e^)' et/a <O.O~TOV aOrcoz/, Ka! cVXjJor^otU' Trai/rey rrvevfiaTOf

ayiov, *a! rjp^avTO \aXelv CTepais y\(ao~o~ais KaQa>s TO>

5 7TVVfj.a fdidov 0.770(^)6eyy0~6a.L avTols.TH(rai/

SerV 'lepovcraX^/x KCLTOLKOVVTCS 'louSatoi, avo'pes euXa/Selff

6 OTTO TravTos eQvovs ro3i/ UTTO roi^ ovpavov yevofj,evrjs de TTJS

(fravfjs TavTTjy o-vvfjXQe TO TrXijQos KOL (rvve^^j;, ort ^'KOU-

7 <7ei> etff Kao~Tos TTJ i8la SiaXeKrco \O\OVVTOOV avT&v ei-

O~TO.VTO Se /cat 6avfj.aov \tyovTesrOv%V Idov irdvres

8 OVTOL io~LV ol \a\ovvTS FaXtXaloi ; /cat TT&S ^elff d/covo-

/iez/ Kdo~TOS Trj tdi'a StaXe/cra) Ty/zoSi/eV ^ yvvij6r]fj,V ;

9 IIap$oi /cat M^Sot /cat 'EXajuetrat, /cat ot KdToiKovvTS TTJV

Meo-OTroTd/jiLdVj *Iov5ataz/ re /cat KaTTTraSo/ciav, noi/roi/ /cat

10 -nyi/ 'Ao-i'aj/, 3>pvylav re /cat IIa/i(/>vXtW, AtyuTrroi/ /cat ra

ftp^ r^s- Ai(3ur]s TTJS Kara Kvprjvrjv, /cat ot

11 'Pca/iatot, 'loudatot re /cat 7r/3oo-?jXurot, KpfJTts /cat

7 ^XI 2

Page 20: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

4 IIPASEIS AIIOZTOAftN II

\a\ovvTQ3V avTu>v rcus- TJfj.Tpcus y\&(T(rais ra

roO $eou. f^iaravro $e Travres KCU biTjTropovvro, 12

aXXo? Trpoff uXXoi/ Xeyoyreff Tt &'Xet roCro ftVat ; ercpoi 13

e Sia^Xevafoi/rey e\yov on FXcuKous /if/ifcrrcojiicVoi

etcriV. Sra^fif Se 6 Jlerpoy crui' rols- v$Ka 14

CTrrjpev TTJV (f)(i)VT)VaiVov Kai aTre^^e'y^aro a^rols1

^Ai/Spcs

'lov^mot /cat 01 KaroiKoO^reff 'lepouo-aX^/i Trai/rfff, rouro

i5/iiv yvuMTTov eVra) /cat cVamo-ao-tfe ra p/^tara /xov. ov 15

yap coy vfjLcls vTroXa/z/Safere ovroi fj-edvovcriv^ fcrriv yap

copa rpirr; r^ff TJ/iepas1

,aXXa rovro e'crm* ro eipTy/zeVov 5ta 16

rov 7rpo(f)rJTov *IcD7yX

KA! GCTAI eV rats eV^araiy 7)/i6pat?, Xc'yft 6 $edff, 17

Oc MOY enl HAC<\N c<\pK(\,

oi yi

K<\1 Oi NGANICKOI Y^^^N OP^CGIC 6yONT<\l,

K<\I oi npecBYTepoi YM(^ N eNYHNfoiCONTAC

K<\f re ent TOYC AOYAOYC MOY KdJ eni TAG AofAAC 18

MOYCN T^Tc HMep^ic eKefNAic eK\eco <jln6 TOY

M^TOCKai 7rpo(>r]Tv (roverLV.

K<\i Acocoo Tep&T& GN rep OYP<^N^) ai/a> 19

K<\1 o-rjfJLcla eni THC f^C Kara),

A!M<\ KAI TTYP KAI <VTMlA& KAHNOY*6 HAioc MeT<\CTp&c{>HceT<M eic CKOTOC 20

K(\l H CeAHNH eic <\IM(\

npiNT eA0e?N HMep^N KYP^OY THN

TTC 6c CAN eTTiKdvAeCHT^i TO ONOM& at

KYPIOY C606HCeT<M.

'icrpa^Xelrai, aKovcrare TOVS Xoyous TOVTOVS. 'irj- 21

Page 21: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

II XIPA2EIS AnOZTOAfttf 5

aovv rbv Nao>paloi/, avdpa a7roe5ety/iVoi> arro rov Qtov

els VIJLCLS o"vvcifj.o~i KOL rpao~t KOL o~r]p.LOLS ols 7roir]o~ev

23 61* avrov 6 fobs eV /zeVa) i5/i<5j/, Kaflcos avrol oidare, roroz>

ri; (0pio~[j.VT] (3ov\rj KOL TtpoyvcdcrcL rov fleov e/coroz/ Sia

24 x6LP^s CLVO^V 7rpoa7rr]a.VTS dvctXar*, oi/ o ^fo? cb'arrqcrej/

Xvcra? TO? a>SIi/a? rov $ai/arov, KaQori OVK. j]v Swarbv

25 KpaTeiafiai avrov VTT* a^roO* AaueiS yap Xe'yet 6iy avrov

TTpOOpOOMHN TON KYRION GNCOHION MOY AlA TTANTOC,OTI GK AG^IOON Moy ecnN TNA MH

26 Ai<\ Toyyo Hyc{>p<\N6H Moy H K^pAi<\

H pAcocc<\ Moy,en Ae KAI H c<\pl MOY K&TACKHNcocei en

s

eAniAi-

27 OTI oyK eNK^T^Aefvfeic THN YYXHN MOY eic <^AHN,

oyAe Acoceic TON OCION coy iAeTN Ai^eop^N.28 efNCOplC^C MOI OAOYC Z60HC,

TrAHpcoceic MG eycj)pocyNHC MGT^ Toy rrpoc^TToy

coy.

29WAi/$pe? oSeX^)Oi, e^ov eljrc'iv pera Trapprjcrias TTpbs v^as

Trepl rov TraTptapxov Aaveid, on KOL T\VTT]o~V KCLI

erdtprj KOL TO fjL^rjpaavrov ecrnv eV

ijfjilv axpi rrjs ijfjLcpas

30 Tavrrjf 7rpo(j)r)TT]$ oi/v inrapx<*>V) KCLL elbows on 6pKCp (x)MO-

CN <\YTOJ o Otos GK K^pTToy TNG occ^yoc ^yToy KA6fc<M

31 6TT? TON GpONON dvyTOy, TrpOiScoz/ e\d\rjo-ev Trepl rrjs ava-

crracrea)? roO ^picrrou ort oyTG GNKATeAefc^GH GIC ^AHN32 oyT6 TI orap% avrov eTAeN AlA4>6op<\N. rovrov rov ^Irjo-ovv

33 aVO~TT](TV O ^60?, OU TTCIVTCS TJfJicls O~fJLy {JLClpTVpeS. Tr]

de^ia ovv rov deov v 1

^codels rr\v re cVayyeX/az/ rov 7rvvp,a-

ros rov aytov Xa/3coj/ Trapa rov rrarpos i^iyetv rovro o

34 v^els [al] /3XeVere KCLL a/cohere, ov yap AavetS avefiri els

rovs ovpavovs, Xeyet &e acres'

ETneN Kypioc TCJJ Kypfc^ Moy K^Goy GK AeliooN

Moy35 ecoc AN Goo Toyc exGpoyc coy ynonoAioN TOON

noAcoN coy.

Page 22: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

IIPASEIS AIIOZTOA1M

d(r(f)a\ti>s ovv yLvcoo~KTco Tras OLKOS 'ifrpaiyX on Kal Kvpiov 36

CIVTOV KO.I XptO-rOV TTOir)(TV 6 0OSj TOVTOV TOV *Ir)<TOVV OV

VfJiels fo-Tavp(oo~aT. 'AKovo-avres de KaTevvyija-av 37

TTJV KapSiaVj eiTrdv re TTpos TOV Jlerpoi/ Kal TOVS \OLTTOVS

Ti 7roir;(ra)^tei/? avftpcs d5eX0ot; Herpos Se 38

eV rw ov6{J.aTi 'irjcrov XpiaroO et? a^ecrtv rcov a^t

vpuV) KOL \ijfj,^l/crd TTJV bwpzav TOV dyiov irvevp

vfjuv yap <TTIVrj eVayyeXia /cal rot? TCKVOLS v/zo5i/ /cat Tracri 39

roTc eic M<\KP<\N ocoyc AN TrpocK&AecHT<M KypiocO ^60? TJlJLtoV. TpOLS T \6yOLS Tr\lO(TlV 8lfJ.apTVpCtTO, KO.I 40

7TapKO.\L aVTOVS \y(i)V 2(0@T]T CLTTO TTJS yVO.S TTJS CTKO-

\ias TavTrjs. Ol juei/ovv anode d[jLvoi TOV \6yov OVTOV 41

{3a7rrio~6r)o~av, Kal TrpocreTfflrjcrav V Trj rjfjiepa CKCLVTJ ^v^alo>o-6i rpttr^iXiai. ijcrav $e 7Tpo(TKapTpovvTS Trj diftaxfj T&V 42

Kat TTJ KOivcwia, TTJ K\do~L TOVrapTov^ /cat rats

. 'EyivtTo de Trdcrrj ^u^J (f)6(3os, 43

TroXXa Sf repara Kal o-rjfjLfla dia TO>V aTroorroXaji/ ey/i/ero.

irdvTS o*e ol 7ria-TvcravTsr

7rl TO avTo^ L%ov dnavTa Koivd, 44

KOI TO, KTrjfjiaTa Kal TO.S VTrdp^eis 7ri7rpao~Kov Kal difjipiov 45

aura TTCLQ-LV KadoTi av TLS XP'

Lav etX Z/* Ka@* ^^pav re 46

TTpoo-KapTepovvTcs 6jj.o6vfJia$ov cv ra> fep&), K\U>VTS re

/car* OLKOV apTov, /xereXd/z/3avoi/ Tpo<pr)s eV dyaXXidcret Kal

d(f)\oTrjTL Kapftias, alvovvrcs TOV Beov /cat 6%ovToy oXoi/ roz/ Xaov. o de Kvpios Trpocreri^et rous

'

ijfjiepav eVt ro auro. i

e /cai 'icodV^? dvefiaivov els TO iepbv eVi r^i/

cupai' r^s- Trpoo-cvxys TTJV evaTrjv, Kai TIS dvrjp ^caXoy CK 2

KoiXias jjLrjTpos avTov VTrapxtov t^acrrafero, ov cTtOovv

Ka6* rip,pav ?rpo? TTJV Ovpav TOV tepou Trjv \yofjLevrjv

Qpatav TOV aiTclv eXerj/jiocrvisTjv Trapa TCOV elo'Tropevofjievcov

ftp ro iepov, os lda>v HtTpov ilal 'itodvrjv fjL\\ovras et(m- 3

42 dprou,

Page 23: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

Hi IIPASEIS AIIOSTOAflN 7

4 vat, els TO tepov jjpcoTa \rjfj,ocrvvTjy Xa/3tv. arevtVas1 5e

Ile'rpos els avTov crvv ra> *Ia>dvrj etVev BXe^ov els ypas.

5 6 8e eVetxev aOrots- 7rpoo-6"o/ca>v n Trap* avr&v Xa/3etv.

6 ftVev 8e Herpos'

Apyvpiov /cat xpvcriov ov% vTrdp^ct pot,

o fie e^a) roGro orot &/da>jLU* eV ra> oi/o/zart 'l^o'oi) XpttrroO

7 rov Nafoapa/ou TrcpnrarcL. KOL 7Tid<ras avrov rfjs Segias

%Lpos rfyetpev avroi/* Trapa^p^/xa Se (rTpco6rjcrav ai

8 (3acris avrov /cat ra (r^fSpa, *:ai ^a\\6p,fvos O~TTJ /cat

7TpL7rdTLj KOL tO-TJ\0V CTVV ClVTOiS LS TO itpOV 7TpL7TaT(OV

9 /cat aAAo/Zi>o? /cat alvwv TOV Beov. /cat cidev TTCIS 6 Xaos

10 O.VTOV TrepiTraTCvvTa KOI alvovvTO. TOV deois, 7ryii>OL>o~K.ov Se

auroi/ on OVTOS TJV o irpbs TTJV \rjfjiOo~iiprjv [email protected] eVt

r^ 'Qpata HuX?; roO tepoO, /cat 7r\tjo~Qr)o~av da^ovs /cat

n KO-Tao~(i3S eVt ra> o-v^fBc^rjKOTi avTot. Kpa-roviros1 5e aurov rov Ilerpoz/ /cat rov *Icoav7/i/ o~vveopafjLV

iras 6 Xaos Trpos avTOvs fVt r^ o~roa rt KaXovfj-evrj 2oXo/Lto5i/-

12 ro? e/c^a/z^ot. tSoov 5e o Ilerpo? aTre/cptVaro Trpos- rov Xaov

"AvdpS 'lo-paryXeirat, rt QavpafeTe cVt rovrco, 77 T;/ZU/ rt

aTvi^T cos tSta <$vvap.i rj evcrfftcia. TTCTroirjKoo-iv TOV 7Tpi-

13 Traretv avrov; 6 06OC 'ABpAAM K<\1J

|c<\AK K^l 'I^KOOB,

6 9eoc TOON TTATepcoN HMCON, eAo!<\C6N TON TT<\TA<\ <\y-

TOy 'l^o-oOv, ov v/zetff /xev TrapeSco/care /cat rjpvTJo~ao-0 /cara

14 TrpocrcoTrov IletXaroi;, /cpt'vavros- /cetvov aTroXvetvvjuetff Se

rov aytov /cat //catov rjpvTJo~ao-66, /cat flTi]o~ao~6 avSpa

15 (f)ova xapio~6fjvaL vfjuv, TOV de ap^yov Trjs o)fjs aTre/cret-

vare, 6v o ^6os rfyeipcv e'/c vc/cpwv, ou rj^ls [ndpTVpes O~p,v.

16 /cat r^ TTtcrret roO ovo/xaros- ai)roO TOVTOV ov ^eoopetre /cat

otSare O~Tpecoo~V TO o'vo/xa auroO, /catT; TTLOTIS

ijSV a^roO

c$&)/cev aurw r^v oXoKXrjpiav TavTrjv airevavTL TTCLVTCOV

17 u/xa)V. /cat vuv, a5eX(^)oi, ot'5a on /cara ayvotav eVpa^arf,1 8 a>o~7rep /cat ot ap^ovrt? VJLICOV o Se ^fos a

Sia o-TopaTos TTCIVTWV rcov 7rpo(prjTwv iraOelv TOV

19 aurov eVX77pa)0~ev ovra)?. /xeravo^crare ovv KOI eV

44 r)<rav CTTI TO aurb *cai

Page 24: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

8 IIPASEIS AriOSTOAQN nr IV

TTpos TO l^akifyQrivat vptov ras ajj.apTias, OTTCOS av eXflocxriv ao

Kaipdi dva\lsv(i)s oVo TrpocreoTrov TOV Kvptov Kal aTrooreiXrj

TOV 7rpoKXipio~p.Vov vfjuv xPLCrr^v *Ir]o~ovv, ov fiet ovpavov 21

p>ev fie'ao~$ai a^pt XP V<**V d7roKaTao~Tao~Cos iravTcav &v e'Aa-

\rjo~cv o Ocos dui (TTofjiaros TO>V ayicov air* al&vos avrov

17TV OTL

CTHCei Kypioc 6 Geoc GK TOON AAeA^coN YMGON d>c eMe*

AKoycecGe K<\T(\ H<\NT<\ 6c<\ ^N A(\AHCH npocecr<M Ae HACA YY\H HTIC AN M!^ AKOYCH TOY 23

rrpO(J)HTOY eKemoY eloAeGpeYOHceTAi eK TOY ^<^OY.

Kai Travre? fie ot TrpoffrrJTai QTTO 2a/xov/7\ /cat ra>z/ Kdde^rjs 24

oa-oi, \a\r)(rav KOI K.arr)yyL\av ras TJ/iepas rairras1

. vjitfiff 25

^Vre 01 viol T&V Trpoffrrjrccn' KOL TTJS dtadtjKTjs ?)? o Ocos $ie-

0TO Trpbs rovs TTdTtpasrv/io5i/

n

, Aeycoi/ Trpos *A/3paa/>t K<\l

6N TCJJ CTTepMATI COY 6YAorH0HCONT<\l TTACAI <\f TTA-

Tpl<\l THC fHC. vfjuv TrpcoTOV ava(TTTJo~as 6 0us TOV rralda 26

avTOV a7T(TTi\V avTov cvXoyovvTd vfj-as ev rai a7rocrrpe'(^)eti>

CKO.CTTOV O.7TO T&V TTOVrjpltoV \VfJLK)V\. Ao\OVV- I

T(ov fie avTtov TTpos TOV \aov eVecrrT/o-ai/ avTols olrdp^tepeTff

n

Kal 6 o~Tpa.TT]yos TOV iepov KOL ol 2aovKaIotj Bicnrovov- 2

/zei/ot fiia TO dio'a.orKiv avTovs TOV \aov KOL Karayye\\LVv rw 'lry(ToG TTJV ava&Tao-w TTJV K vfKpcdV, Kal eV/3aAoi> 3

avTols TCIS x Was Ka ^ c'QevTO els Trjprjo-iv is TTJV avpiov, r^v

yap O"TTpa ^r/. TroAAot Se rcoi/ aKovorcivTcov TOV \oyov fliri- 4

o~TVO~aVj Kal eyevrjOr] apidpos T<2>v aVSpeoi/ cos1

^tAtaSes1

TreVre.

'EyeWro fie eVi r^v avpiov (Tvvax&^vaL avTwv TOVS 5

upXovTas Kal TOVS Trpco-ftvTepovs Kal TOVS ypa/x/xareti- eV

'lepovcraArf/x (/cat "Avvas o ap^iepe^? Kai Kaidtyas /cat 6

*Iooa^z/7^9 /cat 'AAe^avfipo? Acat ocrot i)<rav K yevovs ap^tepa-

rt/cov), /cat o-rrjoraz/re? avroi/? eV rai /zeVa) tirvvQavovTO *Ev 7

rroia fivva/iet ?/cV Trota) OVO^IOTL 7roir)o~aT TOVTO vfjicls ;

TOT Jterpof TrA^o'^eis' TrvevfjiaTOs dyiov eiTrev Trpos avTovs 8

TOU AaoG /cat Trpecr/Surepoi, ei TJjLtets a-ij/jiepov 9

Page 25: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

IV IIPASEIS AnOSTOAM 9

dvaKpivojjicQa eVi evcpyco-ia av6pa>7rov do-Qcirovs, eV TLVI

10 ovros o~eo~coo"raLj yva>o~rov ecrra) irao~iv vfjilv Kal iravr\ rco

Aa<5 *I(Tpar]\ ort eV ra> oVo/xart 'irjcrov Xpiarrov rov Nafoo-

paioVj ov vfjiels eVraupcoo'are, ov o @os rjycLpev CK. vKpo)Vj

ji cV rovrw OVTOS TrapeVr^/cev evccmov VJJL&V vyir^s. ovros

CCTTLV 6 Af0oc d eloy0eNH0eic y^' ^MV TCON oiKoAo-

12 M60N, 6 f^NOMGNOC GIC KGC^AAHN r^ N^c - a ' OVK<rTU*

V aAXa) oi;e^tT) crwr^p/a, ouSe yap ovop,d evnv erepov

VTTO rov ovpavov TO Seboptvov Iv dvQpajTTOiS ivq>

Sci awOrj-

13 i/atTjfjias. QccopovvTfs de TTJV rov Tierpov 7rapprjo~Lav

/cat ^coaz/ov, ^ai KaraAa/3o/zei>ot ort avOptoTroi dypa^aroLLO~LV KOL iSiwraij edavfjiafcov, TTyLVCoo~Kov re ai;rovff ort o't'V

14 ra> lrj(rov rjcraVj rov re avdpcoTrov /3Ae7roi/reff crvv avrols

15 eo-roora rbv refapctTrevpevov ovo'ev cl-^ov avrenreiv. K\v-o~avrs Se avrovs e^oo rov crvvedpiov aTTtXOeiv o-vveftaXXov

16 Trpos aAA^Aovs- Xeyovrcs Tt 7TOLijo~CL>pV rots dvOpwTrois

rovroLs ; ort yiteV yap yvcoo~rov o-ij^elov yeyovev dC avrwv

7rao~tv rols KaroiKovo-us 'lepovo~a\r]fji (fiavepov, /cat ov ftvva-

17 fjLeda dpvel.o'GaL' aAA* tva/XT)

eVt TrAeto^ diavefji7]6f) fls rov

AaoV, d.7Ti\rjo-o)fJL6a avrols /x^/ce'rt AaAetz^ eVl ro5 6v6fj.arL

18 rovra) fj.r)devl dvOp&Trcov. /cat KaXearavrcs avrovs Traprjy-

yetAav KadoXov prj <p6eyyecr6ai firjfte St3acr/ceti/ 67rt roS

19 ovofjiari [roi)] *I?yo~o{}. o Se lierpos /cat 'looaz/T^? drroKpL-

6tvr$ flnav npos avrovs Et ditaLov eo~riv evainov rou

20 ^eou v/zcoz/ a/co7;eti/ paXXov rjrov Oeov Kpivare, ov dvvdfieda

21 yap ri^ls a et'5a/zei/ /cat T]KOvo~afjLV prj AaAetv. ot Se

7rpoo"a7retA^o~d/Ji3/ot inrcXvcrcw ai;rous", fj.rjo'ev vpio~Kovres

ro Trcoff /coAao~o) i/rat avrovs-, 5ta rov AaoV, ort Traz/rcy

22 o~6aov rov 6fov eVt rw ycyovorr erwv yap r\v TrAetoi/oai'

ro~o~pa.Kovra 6 avOpatTros f^) ov yeyoWt ro o~rjfjilov rovro

23 rrjs ldo-a>s. 'ATroXvflevrcs 5e ?)\6ov Trpos rovs

iftiovs Kal aTT^'yyetAav ocra Trpos avrovs ot ap^tepet? /cat oi

24 Trpccr/Svrepot ctVaz/. ot 5e a/coi;o~ai/r6S o^oOv^abov rjpav

Page 26: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

io IIPASEIS AIIOZTOAfiN iv

<f>o>vr)V Trpbs TOV Qcbv KOL clirav AeVTrora, cru 6 TTOIHC&C

TON OYP&NON K<\1 THN fHN K<5J THN 6AA&CCAN K&f

7T&NT& T<\ GN &YTOTC,PO TOV TTCLTpOS rf^V diU TTVVfJiaTOS 25

dyiov orc/tarcf1AavelS TratSoff <rou eiVcoj/

N I0NHGAACAeTHCAN K6NA

J

oi B&ciAeTc THC p^c 26

KAI oi APXONTGC CYNHXGHCAN eni TO &YTO

KAT<\ TOY KYPIOY K<\1 K<NT<\ TOY XP ICTOY ^YT Y-

CYNHX0HCAN yap cV d\T)0ias tv rrj TroAei ravrrj eVl TOV 27

ayiov TrcuSa (rou 'l^o-oCi/, ON eXP'CAC, 'Hpw^s- Te Kai

Ilo^riOff UetAaTOff vvv eGNGCIN /cal A^oTc 'icrpa^'A, iroirjcrai 28

oo-aT; ^etp o-ou KCLL

T; (3ov\r) 7rpoa>pt(Tv yVa6ai. Kal TO. 29

i/Ci^, KvpLe, 7Ti eVi ray aTTfiAa? avrcov, Kal dos rols dov\ots

(TOV p,Ta Trapprjcrias rrao'rjs \a\flv TOV \oyov (rou, ev rw 30

TTJV X^Pa KT ^Vlv crf f i? lacriv KOI cr^/xeTa Kal repara

yiveorQcLL dia TOV 6v6fjLciTo$ TOV ayiov Traiftos (TOV 'ir/crou.

KOI derjOevTW avTutv o-a\vdrj 6 TGTTOS cv(j> rjo~av (rvvrj- 31

y/zeVot,KOL 7T\ijo~dr](Tav aTravrcs TOV ayiov

Kal \d\ovv TOV \6yov TOV OGOV fj.Ta Trapprjarias.

Tov 5e TrXijQovs TO>V nto-Tevo-avrcov qv Kapftia Kal ^vx*) 32

jua, Kal ov$ fls TI TCOI> V7rapx6vT(ji)v avTO) eAeyei/ 'ibiov eiVat,

ciAX* ?}v avTols Trdvra Koivd. Kal Svvd/jici peyaXr) dirtftl- 33

Sow TO fiapTvpiov cl aVotrroAoi TOV Kvpiov 'lr)(Tov TTJS

aVaa-rao-eo)?, X^P 1* Tf ^y^^l *]v ri iravras avTovs. ovSe 34

yap ev^c^s TLS ?}v cv avTols* oo-oi yap Kr^ropey ^copicoi/ rj

OlKLtoV VTTTJPX ^ 7T(t)\OVVTS (f)pOV Taj TlfJLClS T(OV TTtTTpa-

Kal Ti6ovv 7rapa Tovs TTodas Tcov aTTOtrroAcoi/' 35

de eKaora) Ka6oTi av TLS xp'

iav **LX- V ' 'l^^"^ * 36

KXyQels BapvajBas OTTO TOJJ' aTroa-roAco^, 6 ctrrtv pcQep-

6fjiVov Yioj IlapaKA^a'ecos', Aeveirr/s1

, Kv;rpioy r<i5

VTrdpftovros OVTM dypov TraXrjo-as rjveyKev TO XP^JfJLa 37

25 t-..t

Page 27: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

IVY IIPASEIS AnOZTOAQS IT

Kal fdr\KV Trapa TOVS irodas rcoV OTrocrroXcoj/.

1 'AvTjp $e TIS *Avavias ovofj-an o~vv ^,a7T(piprj TTJ yvvaiKi

2 O.VTOV 7ra>\T)o~V KTrjpa KOI eVoox^uVaro OTTO rfjs Tip.fjs,

o~vvidvir]S Kal Trjs yvvaiKos, Kal VtyKas p.epos TL Trapa

3 TOVS Trodas T&V a7rocrroXa>i> edrjKfv. ciTTfit $e o tterpos'

Avavia, Sia TL cTrXrfpaHTfV 6 2aravay TTJV Kapdiav <rov

TJfi/(Ta.(r6ai o~ TO irvvp.a TO ayiov Kal voo~(f)io-ao~6aL airo

4 TTJS TtfJifj? TOV xcapiov ; ou^t fjitvov aol efj,VV Kal TTpaBev

V Ty o-fjeovo-ia VTrrjpx^ ; Ti ort &ov eV TTJ Kapdiq aov

TO TTpaypa TOVTO ; OVK c\lsvo~a> dvOpwTrois aXXa ra> ^e<.

5 aKov&v ^ 6 'Avavias TOVS \6yovs TOVTOVS 7reo~u>v l^^v^cv6 Kal eyeveTO <j)6fios jueya? cirl irdvras TOVS ctKovovTas. ava-

VTavTes e ol i/eoorepot o-vvO~TtXav avTov Kal e^eWy/cai/re?

7 eQa^av. 'Eycvero Se o)ff copccv Tpiatv SiaoTT/^ia

8 KalT) yvvrj avTov p.rj eidvla TO ycyovos LO~rj\0V. drre-

Kpi6rj $ TTpOS aVTTJV HeTpOS Ei7T fJLOL}L TOCTOVTOV TO

9 X&piov aTTe'Soo-^e ; T;Se eirrev Nat, TOO~OVTOV. 6 8c He-

Tpos TTpos avTijv Tt ort o~W(t)a>vrj0r) vfjuv Treipdo-ai TO

TTVcvfjLa "Kvpiov ; Idov ol nodes TQJV 6a\lsdvT<i>v TOV avbpa10 (TOV 7Ti TTJ Qvpq Kal e^otcrovcriV (re. (WT(V Sf rrapaxprj^a

TTpOS TOVS TTodaS OVTOV Kal e\lsvV LO-\66vTS 6 Oi

Vfavlo-KOL cvpov avTTjv vKpdv, Kal %VtyKavTS cQatyav

11 rrpos TUV avftpa avTrjs. Kal eyeVero (j)6(Sos /xeyas (^)' 0X^1^

T^V KK\T]0~iaV Kal 67TI TTQITaS TOUS CLKOVOVTaS

12 Ata 5e TWV %ipa)V T&V a7ro(rroXa)j/ eyivcTO o'rjfj.c'iaKal

TepaTa TroXXa eV rai Xaai* /cat qcrav ofj,o6v(JLa$ov TrdvTfs eV

13 T^ 2roa 2oXo/Ltc5z/ros- TCOV $ \OLTTCOV ovdcls eroX/xa KoX-

14 Xacr^at avTols' aXX* }Jiyd\vvV avTOvs 6 \aos, /zaXXov 5e

irpOO~Tl6VTO 7TIO~TVOPTS TW KVplCp 7T\rj6r) CLVpU>V T Kal

is yvvaiK&v coo-re /cat ets- ray TrXaretay K(j)pLv TOVS do-Oevels

Kal TiQivai 7T\ K\ii>api<>)V Kal /e/)a/3arrooi/, Iva cpx^JJ-fVov

KUVrj

CTKLCl C7TlO'KLdo~l TLV\ ttVTWV. &

Page 28: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

12 HPAHEIS AIIOSTOAOT . v

icru TO TrXrjOof rcoi/ 7re'pt TroXeoov 'lepovo-aXry/z, (^epovreff

('o-#ej>etff /cat o^Xou/zeVouff UTTO 7n/eu/zarcov aKa^aprcoz/, otrives

cQeparrcvovTo airavrcs.

*Avao~Tas de o ap^iepevs KOL TTCIVTCS ol aw aura), 77 17

o*o~a atpeo-tff rwv 2aSovKaiW, 7r\rjcr6r)(rav fry'Xou /cat 18

7T/3aXoz> ray ^flpa? eVt rouff aTrocrroXovs1

/cai eSevro avrovs

i'j Trjpr)<Ti drjfjioa'iq. ^AyyeXo? Se Kfpiou 6'ia VVKTOS TJVOL^ 19

raj 6upa$ rrjs (fovXaKrjs ^ayaywv re avrovs tinev Ho- 20

pfveo-$e /tai o-TaOtvTts XaXelre eV ra> ifpw rw Xaai Trai/ra

ra pr/p,ara rfjs ^to^ff ravrr^ff. aKovcraireff Se Larfj\dov vrro 21

roz> opdpov els TO lepov K.CLI tdibatrKOV. Ilapayevofifvos dc

6 ap%lpVS K.CU OL O~VV ai)TW (TVVKO\O~aV TO (TVV&plOV KCLL

7rdo~av Tr]v yepovcriav T&V via>v Icrpa^X, Kcii azreVreiXai/

tiff ro decrfjLWTrjpiov a^/pai CLVTOVS. ol Se 7rapayei/o/zet/ot 22

VTT^perat OL<^ cvpov avrouff eV r^ (frvXciKf), avao~Tp'*j/avTs

$ a.Trr)yyi\av XeyovTS ort To Seo-/xa)rr7ptoi/ fvpo^fv 23

KK\icrfJiVOV VTTCLo-Tj acr</>aXe/a /cai rouff (pvXaKas cVroaraff

tVt rcoi/ 0vpa>i>, avoif~avTs de eVa) oOSeVa cvpopev. coff 5f 24

TjKOVcrav TOVS Xoyouff rot/rovff o re o~TpaTrjyos TOV Icpov KOL

ol ap^tfpeiff, dirjTropovv Trepi au'roov rt ai/ yeVotro rouro.

ITapayej/o/xevoff Se riff OTrTjyyetXez/ avrotff ort 'l&ov ot 25

avdpcs ovs e$eo~$e cV r^ (j)v\aKrj el&lv ev rw tepca eo*rc5r6ff

*at dtSao"Kovreff rov Xaoi'. rore a7reX$a>i> o o~rpar^yoff o"vi/ 26

rot? VTT^peratff ?)yei/ avroi;?, oO /Mera /3taff, e^o/SoO^ro yapro^ Xaov, /z^ Xt^ao'^coo'ti'' ayayoz/reff ai^rovff o~rrjo~av 27

eV ra> o-uz/eSp/o). Kai 7rrjpaiTr]o~V CIVTOVS 6 ap^tepetff

XcyttV IlapayyeXta Trap^yye/Xa/zev u/xti^ /XT)6N

i6N

ao~Kez> eVt 28

r<5 oz/o/zart roura), Kai tSou 7r7r\r)po)Ka.Te Trjv 'ifpovo-aX^/x.

r^ff StSa^r;? v/zwi/, *at /3ouXeo-^e eirayaytlv e^>* r;ftaff ro

atp-a rou av6pa*Trov TOVTOV. aTTOKpiOels Se Ile'rpoff /cat ot 29

aTroo'roXot elrrav Jlet^ap^eiv ^6t $e<

OS TU>V TTdTtpCDV yfJitoV TjyeipeV \rjO~OVV, OV V/JLflf ^l^L- 30

puraer$e KpeMACANTGC eTTl ly^OY' Tourov 6 $eoff apxyyov 31

32 f aura* z/. ea/xei' aurtp

Page 29: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

Wi '

IIPA3EIS AHOZTOAQX 13

Kal o~coTrjpa v'\lfo>o~V TTJ Se^ta aurov, [TOV] SoOvat fjLerdvoiav

32 TO) 'icrpa^X Kal a<^>ecrt:/ dfJiapTicov Kal rj^elsr

O~fi6V^ pdp-

Tvpes T&V prj^aTcovrrovT(dv, Kal TO 7TVVfj,a TO ayiov o

1

33 edcoKev 6 Qeos TO'LS 7rei$apxoC(7/ a^rax of 5e aAro^o-ai/res-

34 8i7rpiovTo KOL {3ov\ovro aj/eXeii/ ai;ro^ff. 'Ai/atrra? Se rt?

cz/ TO) o~vv$pio) 3>apicrciLOS ovofJLdTi Fa/>iaXt^X, ^o;xoSiSa-

(TK.d\O$ TLfJilOS TTCLVTl TO) XaW, K\VO~V ^(D (3pa%V TOVf

35 avOptoirovs Troirjo-ai, ciirev re Trpo? CLVTOVS "Avftpes 'lo-parj-

Xetrat, 7rpoo~^T eavrol? cVi rot? dvQpanois TOVTOIS rt

36 /zAXere irpacro-iv. irpo yap TOVTCOV T&V rjfjicpcov dvecrTrj

0eu5as, \tyu>v tlvai nva eavTov, <o 7rpoo~K\i@ij dvbpaiv

dpiOfjios cos TTpaKo<Tia)V' os avflpeflr), Kal TrdyTes ocroi

37 7TidovTO avTco di\v@T]crav Kal eyevovTo els ovdev. /zera

TOVTOV dvecrTr) 'lovdas o FaXtXaios- eV raiy ijfjiepats TIJS

a7roypa(prjs Kal aTre'crr^fre Xaoi/ OTTtVco auroi)' KaKclvos

a7Tco/\ro, icct Trai/reff oo-ot eVei$oz>TO ai;ra5 SiearKopTr'KrGr]-

38 o~a^. /cat [raj vOj/ Xe'yo) v/ztv, aTrocrrTjre OTTO rooz/ dvdpco-

7TCOV TOVTtoV KOL U(f)T ttVTOVS' (oTL CLV y f dvQpCOTTCOV

39 rj (BovXrj avTrj rjTO epyov roOro, /caraXv^r/crerai' f i 5e K

@ov early, ov bvvrjcreo'Os KaToXixrai avTovs m

) fjnj TTOTC Kal

40 ^eo/za^ot cvpeGrjTe. 7Tio~Qr)o~av Se avra), Kat Trpoo'/caXe-

o-dfjLcvoi TOVS a7ro<TT6\ovs SfipavTcs TTaprjyyciXav fj-rjXaXeli/

41 7rt rw ovo/xart rou 'l^croii Kal aTreXuo-ai/. Of /icV ovv

tTTOptVOVTO %aipOVTS OTTO 7TpOO~O)7rOV TOV CTVVtftpioV OTL

42 KaTrj^itodijo-av i>77p TOV ovopaTos aTipavQ^vai' iracrav TC

T)ij.pav lv ra) /fpw Kal Kar* OLKOV OVK CTTCLVOVTO

TS KOL Vayy\L^6fJ.VOL TOV ^pLOTTOV *IT]O~OVV.

EN AE TAI2 HMEPAT2 ravrais ir\ri6vvbvra>v T<*v

eyeVcro yoyyvo~jj,os T>V 'EXXrjvL&TcdV TTpos TOVS

s OTL Trape^ecopoui/ro lv Trj diaKovLa Trj KadrjfJicpivfj

32 TOVTWJ/' Kal TO trvevfJ-a TO aytov

Page 30: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

IIPASEIS AIIOSTOAfltf VI vii

. 7rpoo-/caXfcrd/zei/ot Se ot 6"a>5V/ca ro 77X77- 2

fj.a@rjTG)v fiTrav Ov< apccrrov fcrnv r^ias /caraXet-

TOV \oyov TOV 6eov Sta/coi/etv Tpcnre^ais' 7rto~/ce- 3r6V

n

, d6VX<ot, avdpas c vp&v naprvpovpevovs eVra

KCIL (Toffoias, ovs KaTCKTTrjcrop.ev fVl T^S"

ls 5e rfj Trpoo-evxfj KO\ TTJ biaKovla TOV 4

Xoyov TTpoo'KapTcprjO'OiJ.fV. KOI i]pf<TV o Xoyof eVajTTtoi/ 5

Travros TOV TrX^ouff, /cat e'^eXe'^ai/ro ^Tetyavov, av8pari7\r]pr)~

l

Trurreoas KOI Tn/et'/zaro? aytov, /cat 3>i'Xi7T7roz/ Kat

Hpp%opov Ka\ Nt/caj/opa /cat Tt/ucoi/a /cat ILapfjicvav /cat

Nt/coXaoi/ Trpoo-TJXvrov 'Avrto^ea, ou? co-rrjo-av CVCOTTIOV TU>V 6

aTTOOToXoai/, /cat 7rpoo~va[jivoi CTrtOrjKav avTol? TCIS ^eTpas".

Kat o Xoyoy TOU ^eov l/vavci', /cat 7T\r)6uvTO 6 dpi- 7

^o? TCDV p,a6rjTG>v V 'lepovaaXrj

ro5z> iepeotv VTTIJKOVOV TTJ TrtWet.

Se TrXrjprjs ^dptror /cat Svvdfjiecos fJTOttl repara 8

eV r<u Xaa). 'AyeVrr/o-ai/ rti/eff ro5^ 9

r^s- Xeyo/AcV?;? Ai/3epriVo>j/ /cat Kvprj-

vaiav /cat>

AXeaz>Sp/

a>i> /cat ro3i/ aVo KtXt/cta? /cat 'AcrtW

o~vvrjTOvvTS rca 2r0ai/o>, /cat ov/c ttr^uoz/ avTLO~Tr)vai TTJ 10

o~o(f)ia /cat rai TT^evfiart w tXaXet. rore v7T(3aXov avo'pas n

Xeyoi/raff ort>

A/C7y/coa/zej' auroO XaXovKros pijfJiaTa /3Xa-

o~(j)r]p,a is Mavcrfjv /cat roi/ BCGV o~WKivr)crav re TOZ> Xaof 12

/cat rot*? 7Tp0-j3vT6povs KOI Tovs ypa/i/iarei?, *at fTrio-Tavrcs

(rvvrjp7rao~av avTov /cat ijyayov ets- ro o~\)V^pioVj o~TT)o~dv 13

re jj,dpTVpas ^evSetff Xeyovras *O avQp&Tros OVTOS ov Travc-

rat XaXcoy pTJfj.aTa /cara rov roTrov rov aytov [rovrou] /cat

rou v6p,oVy dKrjKoafiev yap avTov \eyovros ort I^o~oCff o 14

NafoopaTos- o^roy /caraXuo-et rqi/ TOTTOV TOVTOV /cat aXXa|etra e^y a TrapeScoKev rjfjLLV Mavo-fjs. /cat arevurai/reff etf 15

avrov Trdvres ol [email protected] ev T& crvvedpico elbav TO Trpocr-

avTov ct>o~ei 7rpoo"a)7rov dyyeXov.

3 M 5 T^'PTJS MSS

Page 31: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

vii IIPASEIS AHOSTOAfiN 15

2 e o dp\ipfvs Ei ravra OVTODS <Xet> ^

^tf*1!

d\(f)ol Kal Trare'peff, a.KOTj(raT. 'O 0GOC THC AoShC

<(j)6r] r&) Trarpl Tj/zcoz' 'AjSpaa^t oWt eV rrj MetroTrora/Lt/a

3 TTpii/ r) KaTOLK7J(Tai O.VTOV V Xdppdv, K<\l elTTGN npOC

4 coy/ Kdk ' Aeypo GIG THN fHN HN AN coi AcfSar ror e^eX-

^tov K yrjs XaX5a/cov KarwKTJCTCV eV Xappdz/. Ka/tei^ei/ /zera

TO a.TToQave'ii' rov Trarepa aurov pcTfOKio-cv avrov els rrjv yr)v

5 ravrrjv els rjv vf^els vvv KaroiKelre, Kat oyK GAoOKGN ai;ra)

K\rjpovop,iav eV aurry oyAG BHMA TToAoc, Acal 7T7/yyetXaro

AoyN^i <\yTcp GIG K<vr<cxeciN AYTHN KA) Tqj CTTGPM&TI6 AyTOy MGT' AYTON, OVK GVTOS avroi re/ci/ov. eXaXr/frev $

oura)? o ^60ff ort GCT<M TO CTTGpM<\ AyTOy TTApOIKON N

fH <\AAoTpi<^ ; KAI AoyAa)CoyciN <\YTO K<\

7 GTH TGTp<M<6ci(V KAI TO G6NOC C{S &N

KpINO) Gf^, o 6eos flirev, KAI MGT<\ T<\yT<\ G

8 K<\1 A<\TpGyCOycfN MOI GN TCp TOiTO) TOyTCp. Kai $(OKV

avrcp AlA0HKHN HGplTOMHC' KOL ovrcos tyevvrjvev rov

'l(raaK Kdl TTGplGTGMGN <\yTON TH HMGpA TH OfAOH,Acat *Io-aa/c rov 'la/<a)/3, Kal 'la/cw/3 rov? dcodeKa Trarpiap-

9 ^a?. Kai oi TTarptap^at ZHAOOC&NTGC TON 'IcoCHcJ) AHG-

10 AONTO GIG Al'ryrTTON' Acat HN 6 0GOC MGT' AyTOy, Kal

^6iXaro avrov CK Tra<ru>v TWV OXtyecov curroO, Kal GA60KGN

AYTCp X^P'N Kal (ro(j)iav GNANTfoN <1>Ap(N(x) B<\ClAGCOC

AipynToy, KAI KATGCTHCGN AYTON HPOYMGNON en AT-

11 fYTTTON KAIT OAON TON O?KON AyTOy. HA0GN AG AlMOC

e4>' oAHN THN Ai'rynroN Kal XANAAN Kal 6\tyis

p,ya\r), Kal ov% rjvpicrKov ^oprao"/xara oi Trarepe? rjfjuuv*

12 AKOyCAC AG 'lAKObB ONTA CITfA clc A'l'ryTTTON ^a7T-

13 crreiXei' TOVS Trarepas TUJL&V Trp&TOV Kal Iv TO) Seurepa)rGrNCOpfc0H^ '|60CH(|> TOlC AAcA(j)OTc AyTOy, KO.I (f)a-

14 vfpbv yev$TO ra) <E>apaca ro yevos ^Icocrijfj).arrocrreiXaff 5e

/xereKaAeVaro *Ia*:6)/3 ro/ Trarepa avroO /cat Tratrai/

3 e< 10 ^>* 13

Page 32: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

16 IIPA2EIS

Trjv <rvyyViav GN YYX&Tc GBAOMJHKONTA, TTGNTG,PK<\TeBH 15

de" 'la/coo/3 [eic Ai'rynTON]. KA! GTGAGYTHCGN AYTOC K<\t

01 narcpes rjfJ.a>v, K<iJ MGTGTG0HCAN GIC ZyXGM *ai fVe^- 16

<TOV GN Tip MNHM&TI Cp CON HC&TO'

ABpA&M Ti/XJJff dpyvpLOV

TT<\p& TCON yi^JN 'EMMcbp GN ^YX^M. KaOvs Se tfyyi&v 17

o xpovos rrjs eVayyeXtas 779 (o/JLoXoyrjcrevo 0os ra> *A/3paa/z,

Hy$HCN O Xao? K<\} 6TTAH9YN0H eV AiyVTTTft), a^pt OV 18

ANGCTH BACiAeyc crepoc dn* ATpY"1

"

1

"1

"

01^* oc oyK HAei

TON 'ICOCHCJ). O^TO? K<NT<\CO(J)IC<5t/V\6NOC TO r NOC iJfKBJ/ 19

eKAK60C6N TOVff 77ClTpaS TOV TTOLtlv TCI (3pe<j>rj K0TCt CtVT&V

(Is TOp.r) ZCOOfONeTcGAI. V w Katpa) eycvvrjQr) Moouo-^f, /cal 20

rjy ^CTeToc r<5 ^ew- os dvTpd<j)r} MHNAC TpeTc fV ro> OIKW

roC Trarpos- cKrcOfiros avTov ANefAdkTO avrov H Oyf^- 2I

THp ^ApACO /fal dvdp\jsaTO avrov e^yTH 6IC yiON. /cat 22

7raidv6r) Mcovcr^ff Trao-/; <ro(f)ia AiyuTrr/cov, rjf 5e dwaros

cv Xoyoi? /cal epyois CIVTOV. *ls 5c eVX^poOro ai;ra) Tcro'- 23

paKOVTaerijs ^po/o?, dveftrj fVi r?)z/ Kapftiav CIVTOV fVta-Ke-

v/rao-^at Toyc AAeAcjjoyc <\YTOY Toyc yioyc 'Icp&riA. /cai 24

tScoy ni'a a&KOi;/zei>oi> ^/zvi/aro KOI mirj<rP cKdiKrjcriv rw

KaTcnrovov/jitvci) TTAT<\2AC TON AiryTTTlON. eVo/ufey 5e trv- 25

VLvai TOVS dd\(j)ovs ori 6 0os dia ^eipos avTov diduxriv

craTrjptav avTols, ol 5e ov (rvvfjKav. rfj re JirioWTfl TJpepq 26

a)(f)6r]auroTs- jua^o/zeVoiS' Kai cru^XXao-crev a^rovs- 6iff etp^-

j^j/ fiTrcov AvSpe?, a5eX(^)oi eVre* ?va ri dSiAceire aXX^Aov $ ;

O Se dlAlKCON TON nAHCfoN aTrcocraro avrov elna>v Tfc CG 27

KAT6CTHCGN pXONT<\ K<\? AlKACTHN GH HMCONJ M& AN6- 28

AeTN MG cy GGAGIC ON TponoN <\NG?AGC GX0GC TON Ai-

pynTioN ; GC^YTGN Ac Mcoycfic GN TC^J Aop^P ToyTcp, 29

KAI GTGNGTO TTApOIKOC GN fH M<\Alc\M, ou yVVT](rV vlovs

ftvo. Kal TrXrjpcdQtvrcdv ercov recrtrepa/coirra oocf)GH ^yTOJ 30

CN TH GPHMCP Toy opoyc 2>a Apre^c>c GN cfjAofl rrypoco de ^lcovo~rjs idtov e6avp.ao~ev TO opa/xa* Trpocrep- 31

5e avroO /caraz/o^crat eyeVcro C/XWI/T) Kvpiov 'EfC^ 32

15 KCU Kare/Srj 38 ^/xii'

Page 33: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

vii IIPASEIS AHOSTOA12N 17

6 Geoc TCON TT&TepcoN coy, o Geocs

ABp&<\M K<\Plc<\Aic

K&J 'l<\KtoB. eVrpo/xpff Se yevopevos Mcovo~f)s OVK e'roX/za

33 KaTavorjo-cu. eTneN Ae &yT<?> 6 Kypioc AycoN TO YTTO-

AHM& TtoN noAcoN coy, 6 r^P TOTTOC e<J>

s

cjS ICTHKAC |~H

34 Ap& ecrfN. iAobN eTAoN T^N KAKCOCIN roy A^oy /v\oy

roy eN Airynrcp, K<\! roy creN<\rMoy Ayroy HKoyc<\,

K<\1 K<vreBHN eleAecG^i Ayroyc- KAI NyN Aeypo <\nocref-

35 Aa) C6 61 C ATfynTON. TOVTOV TOV Mcovor^, ov fipvrfvavTO

CLTTOVTCS Tfc ce K&TecTHceN APXONTA KA! AIKACT^N,roOroi/ o feos KCU ap^ovra KOI Xvrpcorrjv a.7T(rTa\KV o~vv x L

~

36 pi dyyeXov TOV offrdtvros O.VT& ev rfj /3ara). OVTOS tfyfiyayev

avTOvs Troirjo-as TepAT^ K^l CHMeT<\ GN TH AifYTTTCp feat eV

'EpvQpa QaXdo-crrj KOL 6N TlJ ep^MC|i 6TH T6CCep<\KONTA.37 ovroy eVrtv 6 Mcovarjs 6 fiiras TOLS viols 'lo-paj/X TTpO-

4>4THN YM?N AN&crrricei 6 Geoc eK TCON <\AeAcJ>coN YAACON

38 Cv>C GM6. OVTOS CO-TLV 6 yVOfJLVOS V Tfl KK\r]O-{q Iv Tfl

,Ta TOV ayyekov TOV \a\ovvTos avr<5 eV r< opet

KOL TWV TraTepcov qfjLG&Vj os ede^aTo \6yia ^ooi/ra dovvai

39rv[uv

1

j& OVK q0\r)0-av VTTTJKOOI ysvecrBai ol TraTcpcs TJIJLCOV

d\\a diTtoo-cuvo KOL eCTp^c|)HC(\N eV rats Kapftiais CLVTWV

40 eic ATfYTTTON, einoNTec Tc^'A^pcoN TTomcoN HM?N

Geoyc ot nponopeycoNTAi HMCON* 6 p<^P MoaycHCO?TOC, 6c ei^rAreN HMAC GK rfic AifynToy, oyK of-

41 AAMGN T( epeNGTO AyTcp. KOL eMocxonofHC^N eV TOLS

yfjiepais eKeivcus KCU AN^rAfON Gycfd^N rw etSeoXa), Kal cv-

42 (frpaivovTO ev Tols cpyois TO>V %ip(ov avTav. ea-

rpr\|/>e^ Se

o ticos Kal 7rapeda>Ki> avTovs \a.TpViv TH CTp^Tl Toy

oypANOy, Kaflws yeypanTat, ev B/jSXa) TG>V TTpotprjTav

M^l CC^Afl^ K<\1 Gycf&C TTpOCHNerKd<T6 MOI

TH TeCCep<\KONT<\ GN TH GpHMCO, O?KOC'

ICpAHA ',

43 K<\1 ANeA^BeTe THN CKHNHN Toy MoAoxK(\i TO ACTPON Toy Geoy

'

Po/v\4><\,

Toyc TyTToyc oyc enoinc^Te irpoa-Kwelv avTols.

KA? M6TOIKICO

p.

Page 34: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

i8 IIPASEIS AHOSTOAflN vn

*H o~Kr)vr) TOV iiapTvpiov rjv roils 7raTpdo~iv rjjjiwv ev rfj 44

epjfji&j Ka6a>s teroaro 6 A&AeON Tl> A\60ycJi TTOIHC&l

avTT]V KATA, TON TYTTON ON GCOpAKGI, TJV Kal elo-rjyayov 45

ol Trarepe? TJ/ucSj/ /zera 'l^o-ov 6N rjj K<VT<\-

r<Si/ eOvaiv wv ea>(rev 6 fobs OTTO TrpocrcaTrov rail/

ov ijfjLcov eoos ra>v 77/zepa>i> Aave/5* os cvpcv X^PLV ^V TOV 0OV KOL jJTTJCraTO EypeTN CK^N60M<\ T(?)>

I<M<J>B. ZoAOMCON ^e olKOAOMHCGN AYTCp OTKON. 47

aXX' o^x o V\ISUTTOS ev ^eipoTrotT/Vots KaroiKtl' KaQ&s 6 48

7Tpo(j)r)Trj$ Xeyei

'O OYP&NOC MOI GpONOC, 49rKA) H^ fH YTTOTTOAlON TCON TTOAcON MOy

TroToN O?KON oiKoAoM^cere MOI, Aepei Kypioc,H T(C TOTTOC THC KATATTAycecOC MOy ',

Xe ^P M Y enofnceN TAYT<\ TTANTA; 50

/cat <\nep(T.MHTOIrK<\pAf<MC

nKal TOtC 51

tbCIN, VfJLf'lSaei TCji TTN6YMATI TCp Af^ ANTinfnTGTe, O)ff

oi TTCirepes vfiav KOL vfiets. riva ra>i> 7rpo(f)T]T(oif OVK eblto^av 52

01 Trarepes vfjL&v ; KOL cnreKTewav TOVS TTpoKarayyetXavras

7Tpl rrjs e\fV(T(t>s TOV SiKaiov ov vvv VILCLS TTpoSorat Kal

<j)oviis eyevfo-fa, otrtvc? eXa/3ere TOV vopov els fiiarayay 53

coVj KOL OVK e^uAa^are.>

AKOVOVTCS de 54

bieirplovTo rajs Kap^iais avTatv /cat eftpvxov TOVS

obovTas lir CIVTOV. virapxtov 5e TrXrjprjs TrvevfjLaTos dyiov 55

aTvio~as els TOV ovpavbv eidev d6av 6eov KCU *Ir)o~ovv ecrrcora

CK Se^iuv TOV Qeov, Kal CLTTCV 'iSov Oecopa TOVS ovpavovs 56

Sir]voi.yiJLVovs Kal TOV vlbv TOV av6pd>Trov IK. 8ei(ov ecrrcora

TOV 6eov. KpdavTes Se <f>wvfj p,ya\Tj <rvvO~xov TO. cora 57

v, Kal (opfJLTjo~av 6fjLodv^.adbv 67T* avTOVj Kal K(Ba\6vTes 58

TYJS TToAeo)? \i@o(Bo\ovv. Kal ol [jidpTvpes cLTredevTO ra

ia avTa>v irapa TOVS Trodas veaviov KaXovpevov 'SavXov.

Kal eXiQofioXovv TOV ^Tecfravov 7rLKa\ovjj.evov Kal \eyovra 59

Kupte 'irjo-ov, Se^at TO Trvevfjid pov dels de ra yovara 60

46 t...t 49 >)5e

Page 35: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

VII Viii IIPA2EIS AHOSTOAON J9

Kpaev cfrowfj peydXrj Kvpie, ft^ (mjo-ys avTols ravrrjv TTJV

1 apapTiav KOL TOVTO elirav eKOt^drj. SavXos

fte qv o-vvevo'oK.aiv rfj avaipea-ei avrov.

'EyeVero de ev Keivrj rfj j^epa Stcoy/zo? [JLeyas cVt r^y

KK\TJ(7LaV TTjV V *lpO(TO\VfJLOlS' TTCLVTCS [e] dl(T7rdpT)(TaV

Kara ras x^Pa5 T*ls 'lovSams /cai 2a/xaptaff 77X7)^ raJv

2 aTTOo-roXooi/. o-vvcKopio-av de rov ^refftavov avdpes v\a-

3 /3eTs Kai 7roir]a-av KOTTCTOV peyav eV avra). 2ai)Xo? e

iKvfjLalvtTO rrjv 6KK\7)(riav Kara TOVS O'LKOVS elcnropevofjic-

vos, (rvpcw re avdpas KCU yvvaiK.as TrapeSidov els <f>v\a.Kijv.

4 Oi p.ev ovv diacTTrapevTcs $Lrj\6ov evayyeXt^o/xei/ot TOV

5 Xoyov. ^>/Xi7r7roff Se KaT\0a)v els TTJV TToXiv Tijs 2a/za-

6 pias K.Tjpvo-crcv avrois TOV ^ptcrroi/. npoo-elxov Se Oi o^Xot

rois Xeyojite^ois i5?ro roO ^tXtTTTrou 6jJLodvjJLa8ov ev TW

7 a/covetv avrols KOI /3Xe7re/ ra (T^/zeTa a eVoi'er TroXXoi

yap ro>^ e^oi/rcoi/ Trvevfiara aKadapra ftotovra (frtovfj JJLC-

yd\rj ^pXOVTOjTroXXoi Se TrapaXeXvjuei/ot /ecu ^ooXoi

8 e0pa7Tv6rjcrav cycvero Se TroXX^

9 fKcivfl* *A.vrjp de TIS ovo^arL 2//x

fv rfi TroXet fjLayevav KOL e^io-ravav TO edvos TTJS iSajuapias-,

10 Xeycoi/ etz^ai rt^a eavTov jjieyav, a5 7rpocreixov Travres OTTO

fjiiKpov ecos [JLcyaXov Xeyoi/rey Ouroy eVrii/T; Awayus TOV

11 ^eoui^ KaXovfJievr) MeyaX?/. Trpoorei^ov Se aura) Sta ro

t avrouy. ore 5e

rai ^>tXt7r7ra) vayyiofJiV(p Trep TTJS /ao*t-

Xetaj rov $eoi) /cai roO ovofjLaTos *Irjo~ov XpiO"rou, e/3a7rri-

13 OVTO avSpcs re /cat yvvcuKes. 6 de SifJiav KOL avTos eiri-

<TTevo~eVj KOL (3a.7TTio~6els ijv TrpocTKaprepaS^ ro) $1X177770),

Qeapwv re o-rj^ela /cat dvvdfjieis fteyaXay ywo/jievas ei-

14 o-raro. 'A/couo-ai/res Se ot eV 'lepoo-oXvpois

07700-roXot ori bedeKrai77 2a/zapta roj/ Xoyoi/ rou $eou

15 a77eVretXaj/ 77pos avroi/s1

ILerpov KOI 'looai/^y, otnves fcara-

Page 36: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

20 HPASEI2 AII02TOAfiN vin

(BdvTcs 7rpoo~r)vavTO Trepl avTa>v OTTCOS XdfBaaiv Trvcvfia

ayiov ovSeTTCO yap r^v eV ovdevl avTcov eVtTreTmoKos-, JJLOVOV 16

de (3e(3a7rTio-fj.Voi virrjpxov is TO ovoua TOV Kvptov 'irio-ov.

Tore eVeTi^ecray ras ^etpat eV avTovs, Kal \dfj,(Savov 17

TT^ev/za ayiov. 'iScov 5e o 2//>ta)i/ on Sia rrjs eTTi^e'o-eooff roai/ 18

avrots xP^aTa ^tjtov AoTe ica/zot TT)^ f~ovo~iav TCLVTTJV 19

tva to eai/ eVi$c3 TQ? ^eipas \afjLJ3dvrj Trvevpa ayiov. lie- 20

Tpoy Se et7rei> Trpos OUTOV To dpyvpiov o~ov o~vv o~ole'irj

els drrcoXeiaVj OTL rr\v dwpcdv TOV fleov evopio-as Sta

T&V KTCLO-Qai.. OVK C(TTIV (TOL jJ.p\S OU K\fjpOS V

TovVo), H yap KApAf^ o-ov oyK ecriN ey6eT<\ GNANTI Toy6eOY* fJLTaVOT]0-OV OVV 0.770 TTJf KttKLaS CTOV TaVTTjS, KOL 22

dftjOrjTi TOV Kvpiov el apa a^e^o-eTat o-otij

eViVota TTJS

KapSias o-ov els yap xoAHN niKpf<\C Kal cyNAeCMON <\Al- 23

K(<\C opo3 o~e ovra. aVoKpitfeis ^e 6 Stjucoi/ elncv AerjQrjTe 24

i5/zeT? VTrep e/xoO npos TOV Kvpiov OTTWS [J.rjo'ev eVeX^ eV* e'/ze

coi' elprJKaT. Ol fjLV ovv diapapTvpapcvoi Kal 25

XaX?;cra*>Teff TOI' \6yov TOV Kvpiov vrreo-Tpcffrov els 'lepocro-

Xv/xa, TroXXas Te Koo/xay TOOI/ Sa/zapetTc5v evT/yyeXifoz/TO.

^AyyeXof 5e Kupi'ov eXd\Tjo~V Trpos QiXnnrov \eycov 26y

Avdo"Tr]di KOL tropevov KaTa fjLa~rjfJi^piav eVi Tjjy 65ovTJ)I/

KaTa(3aivovo~av diro 'lepouo-aXj}/* eiy Fafai/* OVTT; eWi^

eprjjjios.Kal dvao~Ta? eVopev^//, feat Idov dvrjp AWio^ 27

vvovxos dvvdo~Ti]S KavftaKTjs jSao-tXiVo-Tys Ai^iOTra)!/, o? rpf

eVi 7700-77? T^S" yaf^ff auVr^s, [os] \rj\v6ei TrpocrKwrjo-wv els

'lepovo-aXr/ju, 77^ 8e viroa-Tpe^cov Kal KaGrfucvos eVt TOV 28

appaTos avTov Kal dvcyivoMTKev TOV TTpof^iJT^v 'Ho-aiav.

e?7re^ 5e TO irvvp,a TO> ^iXiTTTTQ) IlpocreX^e Kai KoXXrj^Tt 29

TO) apjMlTl TOVTO). TTpOO-Spa/XODZ/ & O <E>lXt7T7rOff TJKOVO-V 30

avTotj dvayti/cocTKO^TOj 'Hcratai' TOI/ Trpo^r/TT/i/, /cat ewrez/

*Apa ye yiv&o-Keis a dvayiV(oo~Kis ; 6 Se etTrez/ IloSff yap 31

Page 37: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

Viii IX UPAgEIS AII02TOAON

av ^vvaLfjLTjv lav pr} TLS o77y?7<ret JJLC ; 7rape/caXeo-eV re rov

32 <&i\i7T7rov avaftavTO. KaBLorai orvv avra>.77

Se Trepto^r) TTJS

ypa(j)rjs yv aVeytVa)0-/cej> r\v avTTj

'He TrpoB&TON errl c4>&r^ N HXOH,K<\1 0)C <\MNOC 6N<\NT(ON TOY

rK6(pONTOC

nAyrdN

ACJJCONOC,

OYTCOC OYK <\Nofpei TO CTOMA AYTOY.

33 'EN TH TAneiNcocei H Kpfcic AYTOY HR9H-

OTI Al'pGTAI <Xn6 THC fHC H

34 CLTTOKplQels Se O 6VVOl>XOS T ^>iXl7T7Tft) L7TV AeO/MZl CTOV,

7T/3t TWOS 6 7TpO(plJTTJS \yei TOVTO ; 7Tpl CdVTOV7) 7Tpl

35 erepov TWOS ; dvoias 5e d $1X177770$ TO crro/za aiJroO /cat

0.770 TTJS ypa<pfjs TCLVTTJS e^yyeXi'craro avra) roz^

CBS 5e eTropevoiwo Kara rj)^ o5oz>, rf\Qov eVt rt

vdwp, Kai (frrj&iv 6 vvov%osyldov vdcop* rt fccoXvei

/^ie

38 /3a7mo-$7z/at ; /cat cKeXevcrev o-Trjvcu TO ap/xa, feat

prjcrav a/zc^orepot cty ro {/da)p o T ^/XtTTTros /cat o e

39 /cat e/3a7rrt(7ez> avroi'. ore Se dvefirjo'av e/c rou vSaro?,

fia Kvpiov rjpTraorcv TOV &i\i7nrov, /cat ou/c et^ev avTOV

OVKCTI evvovxos, eopevero yap r?i/ oz> avrov ^atpo)i/.

40 <J>tXi7T7ros Se evpeQr) els ^Afooroi/, /cat Step^o/ze^os cvrjyyc-

Xtfero ras TroXety TraVas ecof rot; e'X^eti/ avTov els Kai-

*O Se SaOXoy, ert eW^eoav a?retX^9 /cat fyovov els TOVS

TOV Kvpiov, Trpoa-eX^coi/ rw ap^tepet ^r^craro

Trap avroG eVtcrroXas ets AafjLao~Kov Trpos TO.S wvayayds,OTTCOS lav Tivas evprj TTJS 6$ov ovTas, avbpas re /cat yvrai-

3 Ka?, dcdcfjievovs dydyrj ts *lpovo-a\ijfji. *Ev df

ra> 7ropVo~6aL eyVTO avTov lyyi^eiv TV} Aa/aacr/co), l*~

4 0^7;s re avTov 7Tpiijo-Tpa\^V (pa>s e'/c rov ovpavov, /cat 7TO~av

Page 38: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

IIPASEIS AH02TOAfiN

\eyova-av avr< SaovX SaouX,

TLfJi

OltoKCIS ; 17TV 6Y T/9 Cl, KUpte ,*O 6V *Eya> ei/Xt 5

'l^erous oi> crv StaS/cets* dXXa dvdcmjQi Kal eto-eX$e et? r?)^ 6

TroXiz/, KOL \a\r)6ij(rTaL (rot ort (re Set Troielv. oi 5e 7

avdpes ol (Twodevovres QVT< ioTiJKeicrav V*oij. CIKOVOVTCS

ftei/ r^y (fravrjs fjajdfva 8e fewpovvrfs. ijyepQr] de SavXos 8

aTTo TT}S y^f, az/ea>y/teVG>i> 5e r<5i/ oc^^aX/xoav avrov ovdci>

{3>\7Tv %ipaya>yovvTS Se aurov elcnjyayov els Aa/xa-

CTKOV. Kal ^i/ yp,pas rpcly /xr; /SXcVajj/, Kat ou/c c(f)ayV 9

O^6e TTlV.

^Hv 5e rt? fjLaQrjTTis ev Aa/xa(7/ca) ovo^an 'Ai/az/tay, 10

KCU eiTTcv Trpos dVTOv V opa/zaTt 6 Kvpios 'Avavia. 6 8e

cLTTcv 'l5ou eya>, Kvpi. o be Kvpios irpbs avrov ^AvdaTc? n

7TOpv6T]Tl 7T\ TTJV pVfJLIJV TT]V Ka\OVfJLVTJV 'Evfe'taV KCtl flj-

rrjarov ev oLKiq 'lovSa 2aJXoi> ovop^LTi Taptrea, iSou yap/cat eiSei/ avftpa \cv opapzri] 'kvaviav ovo- 12

eto-eX$oi/ra /cat 7ri6evra avrai [ra?] x^lpas OTTCOS ava-

Kvpte, rjK.ov<ra CLTTO iro\\a>v 13

Trept roG dvdpos rovrov, oo-a /ca/ca rots dyiois crov tirotyjfftv

cV 'lepovcraXT/jLt' /cat cade e'^et t^ovcriav Trapd TU>V ap^tepecoj/ 14

fi^crat TtavTas TOVS eVtKaXou/xeyovs ro ovopd (rov. CLTTCV 15

Se Trpof avrov 6 Kvpios Ilopevou, on cr/ceOos K\oyfjs ICTTLV

/zot ovroff roO ^Saarao-at TO ovoyid JJLOV CVCOTTIOV [r<3r/] e&v&v

re /cat /3aa>tXeo)i' vtaJv re 'lo-pa^X, e'yoa yap V7ro5ei^a> avrai 16

oo-a Set avrbv inrep roO oyo/xaro? /xou iraOtiv. *A7T^X^ei/ 17

8e *AvavLas /cat clovjXOcv els TTJV OLKLCIV, Kal eVt^eis eV avroz/

ra? ^etpaff etVei> SaovX aSeX(^)e?o Kvpios OTre'oTaX/ceV /xe,

'l^o-ovs 6 6(f)6LS o~ot eV r^ oSwt ^p^ou, OTTCO? dvafiktyys

KOL TrXrjcrdfjs TrvevfjLaros ayiov. Kat cvOecos aTreTrecrav av- 18

TOV OTTO TQJI/ o(/>$aX/xa5i/ a5s XeTTt'Sej, dveftXc^tv re, /cat ai/a-

eftcnrTicrOr], Kal XajScov rpo(f)r)V evior^ydrj. 19

yeVero Se /xera rc5z/ eV Aa/xao"/ca) padrjrwv rffjiepas

aSj Kal cvQecos eV raty o-v^ayooyat? Kijpvcr<Tv rov '\rjo-ovv 20

Page 39: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

ix IIPAEEIS AnOSTOAQtf 23

21 OTL OVTOS COTIV 6 VIOS TOV 0OV. ^LO~TaVTO $ ITCLVTfS OL

aKovovrcs Kal e\cyov O^X OVTOS O~TIV o 7rop0rjo~as eV

^lepovcraXrjfj, TOVS 7TLKa\ovfJLVovs TO ovo^ia rouro, Kal 6V

6i? TOVTO \rj\v6L Ivo. $o'[j,vovs avTOvs dydyrj eVt TOVS

22 apxiepcls ; SaOAo? 5e fj,aX\ov eve^vpap-ovTo KOL vuvixyvvtv'lovftaLovs TOVS KaToiKovvTas Iv Aa/iao-KO), o-wj3t/3afa)v on

23 ovros- o~Tiv 6 ^pto-rds. *Gff Se 7T\ripovvTo Tjfie-

pai iKavai, o~vve(3ov\vo~avTo ol *Iovdaioi dvcXelv avTov

24 eyvoKiQ-q 5e r<5 Sau'Xo)?; eVi/SovX?) avroov. TrapeTrjpovvro

de KOL TCIS irv\as ypepas re Kat VVKTOS OTTOOS avroi/ ai/eXca-

25 crw \a(S6vTs Se oi /xa^rat at?ro VVKTOS Sia rov Ti%ovs26 KaQrjKav avTov ^aXao-ai/res eV o-<pvpi$i. ILapa-

yevofjievos de els *Iepoua"aX^/z CTrcipafev Ko\\ao~&ai Tols

paflrjTals' Kal iravres <po(3ovvTO avTov, pr) Tnoreuoyres

27 ort eoTiv fJ.a@TjTr)s. Bapvdftas Se eViXa/Sd/xez/os avroi/ T/ya-

ycv Trpos TOVS arrocrrdXovy, Kat dirjyrjo~aTO avTois Trcay eV

rj d5<5 et'Sei/ roz^ Kvpiov Kal OTL e'XaX^o-ev a^ra>, Kai Trws1 eV

28 Aa/xa(7K(i) errapprjcndoraTo ev ra> oz/dyaart 'iTyo'oi). xai ^i/

jxr' avroSi' elo-TropevofJicvos Kal eKTropcvojjievos els 'lepov-

29 o~a\rjjjLj 7rappr]o~ia6fj,vos eV ra> ovd^iart ro Kvpiov, eXaXet

re /cat orvi/e^'ret Trpo? rovs 'EXXT/j'icrrds' ot Se eVe^eipovi/

30 ai/eXeTv a^rdi'. emyvovTes de ol aeX(ot KaTrjyayov avrov

els Kaio~apiav Kal e'^aTreVretXai/ avTov els TaptroK

31 *H ftev ovv KK\rjo~ia Katf oXrjs TTJS 'louSaias KCU FaXt-

\aias Kal 2a/zapta? *^a'elprjvijv otKodo/xov/ie^, /cai

TTOpCVOfJiCVT) TO) <p6(3(0 TOV KVpLOV Kal TTJ 7TapaK\^O-L TOV

dyiov

EFENETO AE HETPON bicpx^vov dia

K.a Trpos rot's- yovs TOVS KaTOiKovvras

33 tvpev Se e/cet avQp&Trov nva oz/d/xart hlveav e^ eYo3i> oKra>

Page 40: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

24 IIPASEIS AIIOSTOAQN ix x

icaraKet/zevov eVt Kpaftarrov, os rjv TrapaXeXvfie'vos. Kal 34

eiTrev aurai o Herpos Atvea, larai <TC 'lr)o~ovs XpwrroV

dvdcmjdi Kal o-rpa>crov (reaurar Kal evde&s dveo-r^. Kal 35

etSav avrov Trdvres ol KaTOiKovvres AvSSa KOL rov 2apc5i/a,

OLTIVCS fTTeCTTpflfsCLV 7Tt TOV KVplOV.

*Ei> 'IOTTTTT/ 5e rey ^i/ fia&y'rpia wopon Ta/3et^a, T; 36

8iepiJLr)VvofJLevr] Xeyerat AopKas1

avrrj qv 7T\ijprjs epyatv

dyadaiv Kal eXcrjfjLOcrvvaJv &v CTroiei. eyeVero de eV TOLS 37

jjjjLcpais eKCLvais dwOtvrjo-cuTav avrrfv diroOavelv' \ovoravres

e edrjKavT

eV wrepww. eyyvs $e OVCTTJS A.vd$as rrj 'IOTTTTT? 38

01 fjLaQrjral aKoixravres OTL Hcrpos Icrnv ev avrfj direo-Tei-

\av $vo avSpas TTpos avrov TrapaKaXovvrcs M?) oKvja-ys

SicXfle'iv fcos yfJLCdv dva(TTa$ 5e Tlerpos (rvvrjXdev avTois* 39

ov 7rapayVOfJLvov avrjyayov els TO V7rep(5oi>, KOL 7rapea"rrj~

(rav avra> Tracrat at X^Pat l&Qtovtfet KOL

XiT&vas Kcii ^jLtarta oara CTTOLCL fj,T avroii/ ovcrarj

/</3aXcoi/ Se e^a) Trdvra? 6 Ilerpoy Kal ^eiy ra yovara ^o

7rpocn;u^aro, a( eVtcrrpc^aj Trpo? ro crco/xa ctVei^ Ta/3et$a,

dvd(rrr]6i. ?)5e TJVOI^CV TOVS offrOaXfjiovs avTfjs, Kal iSovcra

rov Herpov dvfK.d6i<TV. Sou? Se ai?r?7 X ^Pa dveo~T7)CTV 41

auTT}!/, (f)ct>VTJo~as de TOVS dyiovs Kal Tas XVPas Trapto-TTjo-fV

avTrjv fo5o"az/. yyeDOToz/ Se eycVero /ca^' 6X7;? 'IOTTTTT/?, Kat 42

cViWcvcrai/ TroXXol cVl rov Kvpiov. *EyevTO 5e T/ftepay 43

iKava? /itvat eV '16777177 Trapa rti/t 2i/xa>vt jSupo-eT.

'AI>T)P Se ris eV Kato"ap/a ovo/xart Kopv^Xtor, e/carov- i

Tapxrjs CK (TTreiprjs Trjs Ka\ov[JLi>r)s 'iraXiK^ff, vo-@r)s Kal 2

<j)opovp.vos TOV Oebv o~vv 7ravrt r< otKO) avrou, iroiwv eXcrj-

jjLOo~vvas TroXXas ra> Xaw /tai deo/xevo? rov $eou Sia Trai/ros,

etSev ev opd/zan (fravepws eaa-ei TTtpt copav evarrjv TTJS ^fJ-f- 3

pas ayyeXov roO ^eoO clo-fXOovra TTpos avrov feat etTrovra

avra) KopvrjXte. 6 5c dreviVa? avrw /cat epcfropos yevo- 4

/i6VOff 617T6V Tl cWlV, KVpt j L7TV avYw At TTpO(TV-

Page 41: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

X 1IPAEEIS AHOSTOAfiN 25

Xai crov Kal ai eXerjfjioo-vvat, o~ov dvefirjo-av els fj,vr)p.6crvvov

5 tpirpocrQev TOV Beov- Kal vvv ire^ov avftpas els 'loTnrrjv

6 Kal fteraVe/z^ai 2//za>va nva. os cVi/caXeirai IleYpos* OVTOS

ei/i(Terai Trapa TLVL 'Sip.covi /3upo~ei, a) eorriv oiKia Trapa Qa-

7 \acra-av. G>? be ajrrjkQev o ayyeXos 6 \a\wv avrcd, ^oowyo-as

dvo Tav olzeTtoV KOL CTTpaTKOTrjv evcreftr} r&v TTpoo-Kaprepovv-

8 TG>V aura) KOL e^rjyrja-afjievos airavra avrols airecrTeiKev

9 avrovs els rrjv 'IOTTTTTJV. Tfj de eTravpiov oSoi-

TTOpovvrav cKeivcov Kal rfj TToXei eyyi6vTa>v aveftrj Herpos10 eVt TO dwjjLo. 7rpo(Ti>a(r6ai irepl apav CKTTJV. eyevero 8e

7Tp6(nTLVos Koi TfOeKev yevcraddai' 7rapa.crKeva6vTG>v be

11 avroov eyevero eV avrov e/ca-racrts', KOL Qeapel rov ovpavov

dvecoyfJLevov KOL Karaftaivov cricevos TL as oOovrfV

12 recrcraptnv ap^at? KaQiepevov CTTL rrjs yrjs, ev VT

Travra TO. rerpaTroSa Kai epnera rfjs yijs Kal TrereLva rov

13 ovpavov. Kal eyevero ^COI/T) Trpo? avrov ^AvacrraSj TLerpc,

14 QIHTOV Kal (fraye. 6 be lierpos elirev Mybafjias, Kvpie, ort

15 ovdeTTore e(payov nav KOIVOV Kal aKaQaprov. Kal (j)cwr)

7rd\iv eK devrepov Trpbs avrov&A o 6eos eKaQdpurev (TV prf

16 KOLVOV. TOVTO 6 eyeveTO eVt rpls, Kal evdvs dve\rffjLcfrQr]TO

17 CTKCVOS els TOV ovpavov. 'Qs Se ev eaur<5 dirj-

Tropei 6 Herpos TL ave'ir)

TO opa/za o eidev, Ibov ol avdpesol aTrecrraX/xei/ot VTTO TOV Kopvrfkiov SiepaTyoravTes TTJV

18 oiKiav TOV ^ifjLODVOS eTreo'Trjo'av eTTt TOV TTvXca^a, Kal (J)a>viy-

(ravTesreirv6ovTo^ el 2//zw^ o 7riKa\ovp,evos HeTpos ev-

19 Odfte evieTai. Tov $e Ilerpou bievdvfjLovfJLevov irepl TOV

opdpaTos elnev TO TrvevfjiaT

'idov avftpesrdvo^ ^IJTOVVTCS ere*

20 aXXa dva&Tas KaTafBrjdi Kal Tropevov o~vv avTols fjuydev

21 SiaKpivonevos, OTLe'yoa aTrearaX/ca avTovs. /cara/3aj 8e Ue-

Tpos Trpbs TOVS avftpas eijrev 'iSou eyco elp,i ov ^reire* TIS

22T;

atria 6Y ^z> rrdpeo-Te ; ol 8e elirav Kopvij\ios eKarov-

Tap%r)s, dvyp SiKaios Kal <poJ3ovjj.evos TOV 6ebv

fievos re VTTO o\ov TOV eOvovs T&V 'lovftai&v, j

1 8 lirvvQaivovTO 19 avra>[ [rpe

Page 42: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

26 IIPAEEIS AIIOZTOAfiN

VTTO dyye\ov dylov /ieraTre'/i^/x-ao-^at (re ct? TOV OLKOV O.VTOV

/cat aKovcrai prjfj,ara Trapa crov. io~Ka\o~dfjLVos ovv avTovs 23

^Vi(TV. Tfj de cTTavpiov dvao~Tas e^rjXSev o~vv

aVToIs, /Cat TIVS TtoV d$\<f)(0V TtoV OTTO 'loTTTT^ff <TVvfj\-

6av avra). rfj de erravpiov tlcrrjkBev els rrjv Kaio-apiav 24

6 Se Kopi/jpUoff r^v TrpoadoKcav avrovs (TWKa\(rdp.vos rovs

(rvyycvcls avrov KCU rovs dvayKaiovs <^)iXov?. *Gs be eye- 25

VTO TOV l(T\6eiv TOV HcTpOV, (TVVCU>TTJ(raS CLVTto O Kop-vrjKios 7T(ra>v trl rovs TroSay irpocrcKvvrjo-ev. 6 de Herpos 26

fjyfipev avrov Xeycoi/ 'Az/acrr7;^i' KOL eyoa avros aj>6pa>7r6s

eiftt. /cat (rvvofJuXcov avrw eitr^X^ei/, /cat cvpi(TKi a~vv\rj- 27

Xu^orasr TroXXovs-, ec^r; re Trpo? avrovy 'Y/xets eTTtWatr^e 28

(T0at aXXo(^)uXa)* /ca/zot o ^eo? eSet^ei/ prjfteva K.OIVOV77

aKadaprov \eyciv avOpuTrov dio KOI dvavTipijTas rjXdov 29

p,Ta7TiJL<pdLS. 7rvv6dvofj.at. ovv rivi Xoycp /xereTre'/xA/rao-^e

/Lie./cat o Kopi/TJXto? 6(^)7;

'ATTO Terdprrjs rjp,pas p>^XP L 3

TCLVTTJS rrjs capay 5ftT;v rr)i/ Ivdrrjv Trpoo-ev^o/tevos ev r<5

OI'KO) /AOI;,/cat tSou aVr}p CO^TT/ CV&TTIOV p.ov ev <jQr\ri Xa/i-

TTpa /cat ^)7y(rt Kopi/rjXte, eto^/covo-^?/ crov77 TTpocreu^r) /cat 31

at \rjjj.ocrvvai (rov pvijo~6r)o~av evcomov TOV 6cov' TTCJJL^OV 32

ovi/ ets 'IOTTTTT/I/ /cat juera/caX(7a Si'/zcoi/a o? eTrt/caXetrat

Ilerpoff' euros eviercu Iv oiKta St/icoj/oy jSvpcreoos Trapa

^aXaopa-

ai/. c^avrrjs ovv eVe/i^a Trpos (re, (TV re KaXcSs 33

twoirjcras Trapayevopcvos. vvv ovv irdvrcs rj/xeiff CVCOTTLOV

TOV Qfov Trapecr/iev d/coOa-at Trai^ra ra Trpooreray/xeVatrot VTTO rou Kvpiov. dvoias 5e IleVpos ro (rro/za etVei/ 34

'ETT* dXrjflcias /caraXa/A/3ai/o/>tat ort oyK 6CTIN TTpOCCono-AHMnTHC 6 6e6c, dXX* eV Tram-t e$z/et o <^o/3ov/xei/off av- 35

roi> /cat pya6(JiVos o'iK.aLoo~vvr]v Se/cro? aura) e'crrtV. TON 36

AopONr<\TrecTeiAeN rots vtotyMcp^HAeY^rreXizoMeNoc

eip^NHN Sta 'iryoroO XpicrroG' ovro? IO~TIV TrdvTcov /cupto?.

v/iets ot'Sare ro1yevopcvov pfjpa /ca^ oXr;? rr^s- 'lovSataj, 37

36,37 oi> dTreVretXev ......Xptorou (o5ro? ......Kvptos) v/xe?? otSare, TO

Page 43: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxi HPASEIS AnOSTOAftN

dpdp.vos drro TTJS TaXiXaias /zera ro /3a7rricr/ia 6

38 ev 'loodvrjs, 'irjo-ouv TOV airo Nafape$, a>? e\plCN avrov

6 6e6c TTNeyMATI dyia> KOL fivvdfiet, os fitfjX^ev evepyereSv

KOi L(OfJLVOS TrdvTdS TOVS KaTa$VVa.O~TVOfJLVOVS V7TO TOV

39 5ia/3oAov, ort o ^eoff ?Ji/ /zer' avroO /cat TJfteis pdpTvpescoi/ eTroirjorev ev re rj X^P? T 1' 'l<wi^o/ Acai

ov KOL ai/eiXai/ KpeMACANTec enl 2y^Y-40 TOVTOV o Beos T]yipev TTJ rpirrj ^ftepa KOL ZbcoKev UVTOV

41 fjL(pavrj yevecrflai, ov jravrl r<5 Xaw dXXa ^idprucrt rots

7TpOKXlpOTOV7Jp,VOlS V7TO TOV 0OVy qfJUV, OLTIVCS O~VV<J)d-

yO[JLV KOI O~VVTTLOflV (IVTCp fJLTO. TO dvaO~TT)VCll aVTOV K

/cat Trap^yyetXev TI\LIV Krjpvai r<5 XaaJ at Sta-

^at ort ouros eVrtv o (opio-fiepos VTTO TOV deov

43 KpiTrjs (0vrct)V KOLi/e/cpo)!/.

rovra) Trdvres ot 7rpo<pfJTai

papTvpovo-iv, a<p0-iv d/uaprtcoi/ Xa/3eti> Sta ro(5

44 avTov ircLvra TOV 7Tio~TvovTa els CLVTOV.

XaXovvroy rou Ilcrpov ra p?J/iara ra)ra eVeTreo-e ro

45 ro aytoi/ e?rt TrdvTas TOVS CLK.OVOVTO.S TOV \6yov. KCLL

eo~Tr]o~av ol CK. Treptro^^s Trio-rotror o-vvfjKBav TCO Ucrpo),

ort KOL CTTI ra e^v?/ 77 dwpea roD TTi/evftaros rov ay/ou e/c/ce-

46 ^urat* rJKOVov yap avT&v XaXovvT&v y\coo-orais KOL /xeya-

47 Xvz/o^rcoz/ rov ^eoz/. rore drreKpidrj Ilerpos M?jrt ro vdapftvvaTai K<*>\vo-ai TIS TOV

/XT) jSa7rTio-6fjvai TOVTOVS oiTives

48 ro TTvevfJLa TO ayiov e\a(3ov coy Kat ^IJLC'LS ; 7rpoo~Tat-fv

fie a^rovy eV ra> OVO^OTLi

lijo~ov Xptcrrou ftaTrTio-Ofjvat..

rore ypaTrjo-av avTov eVt/Ltetvat T^/xe'pay Tivds.

1*/HKOi;o'ai> fie ot aTroorroXot /cat ot dfieX^)ot ot OVTCS /care

7-77^ 'lovfiatav ort Acai ra e$z>?7 e'fie^avro rov Xoyov rov $eov.

2 "Ore fie dvcftrj HeTpos els 'lepovo-aXT/'/z, bieKpivovTO irpos

3 avrov ot e'/c Trepiro/xTjs Xeyovres ort ""eto-jJX^ev Trpo? avbpas

4 aKpojSvcrrt'av e^ovray /cat crvve'^ayev^ avrot?. apa/zevoff

5 fie IleVpoff e'Jert^ero avrots- KaOet-fjs Xeycov *Eyo) vV7?1' >I/

TroXet 'IOTTTTT; 7rpoo-ev^;o/>tevos /cat etfiov eV e'/co-rdcret opa/ta,

45 Scrot 3 EccnjA^e? Trpbs /cat

Page 44: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

28 IIPA3EIS AII02TOAQN

mra/3ati>ov o~Kevos TL cos odovrjv peyd\rjv Tecro-apo-iv ap^ais

za6iiJivr)V CK TOV ovpavov, Kal ?}\Bev axpi euov' els t)v 6

aTevicras KaTevoovv Kal eidov ra rerpaTroSa TTJS yijs Kal

ra Srfpia /cat ra epirfTa /cat TO. TTCTCLVO. TOV ovpavov' rjKovo~a 7

5e Kdl (fxnvfjs \cyovorrjs {JLOL 'A^aara?, Ilerpe, Qvcrov KCU

tfxiye. flnov Se M^Sa/zoos, Kvpte, on KOLVOVrj aKaOaprov 8

OV&TTOTC elo-rjKdcv els TO orofia fiov. ancKpLBr] Sere'/c dcv- 9

TCpOV (j>G>l>T)^K TOV OVpavOV *A 6 0OS KadapLO'V 0~V pf)

KOLVOV. TOVTO 6 eycvcTO 7rl Tpis, /cat dva7rao-6r] ira\w 10

airavra els TOV ovpavov. *at tov e^avTrjs Tpels avftpes nem TT)v oiKiav V

fj ^fici^y a7T6(7raX/ieVot QTTO

Trpos U.G. CITTCV de TO Trvcvp-d, pot o~vv\6eiv 12

ev diaKpivavTa. rjXOov de o~vv e/xot /ecu ot e^

ol ourot, /cat to~tj\6o}jLv els TOV O!KOV TOV avftpos.

di7ijyyi\V fie TJpuv TTCOS eldcv TOV dyye\ov ev ra> ot<co avTov 13

o-Tadcvra Kal flnovTa 'ATrocrreiXoi/ els *l6iT7rr]V /cat /zera-

2t/xa)i/a rov 7TiKa\ovfj^vov HeTpov, os XaX^cret 14

Trpos o~e ev ols a-coOrjOJj o~v /cat TTOS o OLKOS crov.

ev $ rco apao-dai pe \a\elv eTreirea-ev TO Trvevfia TO dyiov 15

if avTovs a>o-7Tep Kal 0* T^jLtaj ev dpxfj> e{j,v^o-6r]v tie TOV :6

os TOV Kvpiov cos e\eyev 'iwdvrjs p,ev efidnTurev

vfjie'is de fiaTrTio~6r}0~eo~6e ev jrvevpaTL aytco. 6t ovv 17

TT]V IO-TJV ftcopeav eSco/cev avTols o 6eos cos Kal TJJJUV TTLo-Tev-

crao-iv em TOV KvpLOV *Ir)o-ovv Xpi(rroz>, eyco rty rjiuqv dvvaTos

KcoXOcrat TOV 6eov ; aKovcravTes de raCra ?)cn5^acrav /cat 18

eo~6ao-av TOV 6ebv \eyovres *Apa Kal rots* e6veo~iv 6 &eos

TTJV [JLeTavoiav els (*>TJV eftcoKev.

Ol p,ev ovv Siao-TrapevTes OTTO TTJS QXtyecos Trjs yevope- 19

vrjs eVt2rec^)ai/cp difjXQov ea>s 3>oiviKT)s Kal "Kvjrpov Kal

*AKrto%6tas', ju^Sevt \O\OVVTCS TOV \6yov elJJLTJ JJLOVOV *Iov-

Sa/otff. ticrav be Tives e avTcHv avftpes KvTrptot /cat 20

Kvprjvaloi, o^Tives eXQovres els 'A^rto^etaz/ eXaXovz' /cat

9 c^wvj) e/c fievrepou n ijfj.ifjv

Page 45: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xi xii HPASEIS AHOSTOAfiN 29

TTpos TOVS 'EXKrjvio-rds, evayyeXifo/xez/ot rbv Kvpiov 'Irja-ovv.

21 KOL r\v X^

1P Kvp/ov /xer* avrcaz', TTO\VS re dpiQfjibs 6 7Tto"rev-

22 o-aff eVeVrpe^ez/ eVt rbv Kvpiov. 'HKOvo-Qrj de 6 Xoyos- els

ra cura rrjs e'/c/cX^a-tay rrjs ovcrrjs eV 'lepovo-aX^/x Trept

23 aurcor, /cat ea7reo~reiXaz> USapvaftav ecos 'Az^rto^eta? o?

KOI TrapcKoXei TTCLVTCLS rfj irpoQea-ei rrjs Kapftias np

24 [eV] ra> Kvpia), on ^z/ az/^p ayatfos /cat TrXrjpr^s

ro? ayiou icat Trio-reoos1

. /cat 7rpocreT0rj 0^X09 iKavbs ra>

25 KVplct). l^rj\6ev Se et? Tapo-bv avafy]Tr\<rai 2auXoz>, /cat

cvp&v Tjyaycv els *ApTio^etaz>. eyez'ero Se avroTs /cat ert-

CLVTOV o\ov <rvvayQr\va.i cV TT; KK\r)(ria /cat StSa^at o^Xoz'

i/cai/oV, ^p^jLtartcrat re Trpoorcos eV 'Az/rto^eta rovs

27 EN TAYTAI2 AE TAI2 HMEPAI228

9

lpo(ro\vfJLQ)V TTpocfrrJTai els *Az/rto^etav az/acrras 5e

avrcSz/ oz/o/zart *A.ya(3os cttjfUUifV* Sta roi) TrvevfiaTos

fjLcyaXrjv peXKciv eVecr^at e'^)' oX^v r?)^ olKOVfJievrjv TJTLS

29 eyeVero eVt KXauSi'ou. rooz/ 5e [jLaQrjT&v Kadas evTropetro rts

Spicrav Ka(TTOS avT&v ts SictKoviav 7reft\^at rots /carot/couo-tz/

30 ez> rt

'lovSata aSeX(^)oTs* o /cat Troir)(ra.v aTroorretXaz/res

poff rov? 7rpar(3vTpovs 5ta ^etpos- Bapvdfta /cat SavXov.

Kar* cKflvov 6"e roz' Kaipbv eVe/3aXez/ 'Hpa)^? o /3ao~t-

ra? ^etpay /ca/coSo-at' rtz'a? rcaz' OTTO r^ff c'/c/cX/;-

2 o-tas1

. dz/etXev SeJ

Ia/ca>/3oz/ roz> dSeXc^oz/ 'icoaz/ov fta^atp^.

3 t6\oz> 5c ort dpeorroz/ lariv TOLS 'lovftaiois irpocreBfTo crv\-

Xa/3etz/ /cat Ilerpoz/, (?crai/ Se ?;/tepat rcoz; dfv/xo)z/,)

4 oy /cat Triacraff e^ero etff <frv\a.KTJVj irapaftovs recrcrapo-iv

rerpaSiots1

(rTparicoTav <f)v\aa'(TW avroV, (SovXofjLevos

5 ro 7rao-^a dvayayetz/ avrbv r< Xaw. o

28 earjuxafei/

Page 46: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

30 IIPASEIS AIIOSTOAfiN xii

CTIJPC'LTO cv rrj </>vXaK- Trpocrev;^ 5e TJV CKTCVVS ytvofjLevrj

V7TO TTJS KK\r)o-ids irpbs TOV 6eov Trept avrov. "Ore 8e 6

TjfjL\\Vr?rpoo-ayayeli/

1

avTov 6 'HpaiS^s1

, rfj VVKT\ eKtivy tfv

O HTpOS KOlfJL&fJifVOS fJLTdv SvO O~TpdTl(OTO)V SeoV/LieJ/OS1

aXvcrecriv $vo-iv, <f>v\aKS re Trpo rijs 6vpas enjpovv rrjv

(j)v\dKr]v. KOL l$oi) ayye\os Kvptov eVeVrT/, KOL (pus eXa/x- 7

^V V Tto olKTJfJLCLTl' TTOTCL^aS 5e TT)V 7T\VpClV TOV TlcTpOV

fjyfipev O.VTOV \eyav 'Ai/acrra eV ra^6t* KOL ^7T(ravavrov at a\v(Tis CK TWV xeipoSy. elirev Se o ayycXos 8

Trpos avrov Zeocrat /cat vTrodrjo'aL ra trai/aXia crov* eTTOt-

Tyorei' Sc ovra)?. /cai Xeyet avra> Ilepi/SaXou TO ipaTiov o~ov

Kdl CLKO\OV0L /ZOf KQl ^\0O>V TJKO\OV0l, KOL OVK TJSei 9

on d\r)0S (TTLV TO ywoficvov Sta roO dyyeXov, eSoxet Se

OpdfJLO. (3\7TIV. $l\66lTS TTpWTTJV <f)V\dKr)V Kdl dcVT- IO

pay ykQav eVi r^ rrvXrjv TTJV (riSrjpav Trjv <f)povo~dv els

TTJV 7r6\iv, TJTLS avTOfjidTrj rjvoiyrj avroiy, Kdl cgeXQovTcs

7TpoTJ\0ov pvfjiijv fjiLdVj Kdl fvdcc&s dTreorrj 6 ay-yeXos

air avTov. Kdl 6 HcTpos eV eaurw yevopcvos CLTTCV Nui/ uotSa 0X77^0)9 ort ^d7To~Ti\V

FO Kvpios^ TOV dyyeXov av-

TOV Kdl e^etXaro /ic /ic x LPos 'HpwSou fcal Trcio-rjs TTJS

TTpOO-doKLdS TOV \dOV TtoV 'louda/O)!/. Q-VVid(OV T q\0V 771 12

TYJV OLKLdV TTJS MdpidS TT)S fJLTJTpbs 'loOttl/OV TOV 7TLKdXoVp.VOV

MapKOv, ov yo~av iKdvol o-vvrjdpoLO-fJLevoi, Kdl TTpoo-evxofJLevoi.

Kpovo~avTOs Se avrov TTJV Svpav TOV TrvXcovosr7rpoo~fj\6^ 13

TTdlftio-KT] VTTdKOVCrdL OVOfJidTL 'PoS^, Kdl 7TiyVOVO~a TT)V 14

(j)covrjv TOV Ilcrpov OTTO TTJS ^apas OVK TJVOL^CP TOV 7rvXc5i/a,

6icr5pa/zof5o-a de a7rijyyL\v kdravai TOV HcTpov Trpo rou

7TvXo5l/Off. OL 6 TTpO? dVTTjV CLTTdV MdLVTJ. Tf6 SuO^Upi- 15

fero ovrooff %iv. ol bereXeyoi/

1*O ayyeXoj ecrriv avrov.

o Se Ilerpoff ene^evev Kpovcov dvoi^dVTes Se eidav avroz> Kdl 16

egeo-TTjo-av. KdTdo~LO-ds 8e avroT? r XetP^ viyqv dirjyij- 17

o~aro avroT? TTCOS" o Kvpios avrov e^yyayev CK TTJS ^vXa/d/s,

eiirev re 'ATrayye/Xare3

IaKa>'/3<i> /cat rois1

aSeX^ots- raOra.

6 Trpoayayeu' 11 Kupio? 13 TrporjXOe 15 etTraj'

Page 47: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xii xni IIPASEIS AHOSTOAfiN 31

18 Kal e'eX$o>v liropevQr] els erepov TOTTOV. TevofJLevrjs $e ijfjLf-

pa? r\v rdpaxos OVK oXiyos eV rots- crrparitoraiff, ri apa 6

19 Ile'rpoff e'yeVero. 'Hp&Srjs $e eirtftiTrjcras CLVTOV Kal/LIT)

dvaKplvas TOVS (j)v\aKas e/ceXevtrc^ aTrcr^fjz/at, Kal

20 OTTO rfjs 'lovSaiay eiy Katcrapiav Sterpt/3ei/.THi/

Se 6v/JLOp.a^MV Tvpiois Kal StSco^/otf ofJiodvfAadbv e Tra-

p^o-aj/ TTpo? avro^, /cat Treio-avres BXaaroi/ TOI> cVt rou

Kotro5i/0ff rou /3ao-tXea>s rJTovvro elpijvrjv dia TO Tpe(f)eo-Qai

EI avroai/ r?)i/ %(opav OTTO TTJS {BacriXiKfjs. ra/cr^ de T^uiepa

[o] 'HpwS^s- evdvcrdfjicvos eo-Bfjra (3acri\LKr]v Kadicras enl

22 roO prjfiaTOp cbrjfjirjyopet TTpos avrovs" 6 de ^fjjJLOS cVe^

23 0eoi) (pcDvr) Kal OVK dv@p&7rov. 7rapa^p^/za de cTrara^ev

roj/ ayyeXos Kup/ov az/^' cov ou/c cdcoKev TTJV doav rw

24 Kal ycvofJLtvos o~Kco\rjKo^pa)TOS e^e^v^ev.

Xoyos rourKvpiov^ rjvt-avev Kal 7r\r)6vvTO.

25 Bapi/a/3as- de Kal

S TYjv1

Sia

a "M.dpKOV.

rHo-av Se eV 'A^rto^e/a /cara r?)i/ ovo-av KK\rjcriav ?rpo-

Tai Kal SiSa'crKaXoi o re Bapm/3as /cai Sv/tcooj/ o AcaXou-

Niyep, /cat Aov/ao? o Kvprjvalos, Mavaijv ree

Hpa)Sov2 rov rerpaap^ou o~vvrpo<pos Kal ~2av\os. AcirovpyovvTcovSe avrcoy ra> Kvp/ft) xai vrjorrevovrcov CLTTCV TO Trvcvfjia TO

ayiov A(j)opio~aT dij p,oL TOV Bapi^a/3av Kal 2aXoi> ei? ro

3 epyoj> 6 7rpoo-KK\TjiJLai avTovs. rore vrjo-TcvcravTes Kal

vd[JLVoi Kal 7ri0VTS Tas ^clpas avTols aTTeXvcra

4 Avrol /tei/ ow e'/CTre/x^^eVres VTTO roO ayiov

KaTTJ\Qov fls 2eXe^Kiaz/?eKeWev re direirXtvo-av els

5 Kal yevopevoi ev 2aXa/xii/i Kar?;yyeXXoz/ ro^ Xoyoi/ rou #e-

ou eV rals crvvaycoyals T&V 'lovdaiw a^ov Se Kal *Icoav-

6 ^v VTrrjpeTrjif. AieX$(Weff

axpi Hd(f)ov cvpov avbpa TLVCL /zayop ^24 0eou 25 fef 'lepovp'aA^/a TrA^pwcraj/res

Page 48: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

32 IIPASEIS AirOSTOAftN xmfiaiov o> ovo[j.a Bapirjcrovs, os r\v crvv rco avdvirara 2epy/a> 7

Kat SaCXoz/ eTre^rJTrjorev d/covoYit TOI> Xoyoz/ roG deoir av- 3

$urraro 5e avroty 'EXu/ias1 o fiayos, odroof yap fjicdepfjir]-

Vi>Tai ro ovofjia avrovy T)TWV diaa-Tptyai rov avdvirarov

a?ro r^ff TTioreoaf. SaOXo? ^, o al ZlauXoff, TrXrja-Qcls 9

TrvevfJiaTos ayiov arcvio-as els avrov elirev *i2 TrXyprjs irav- 10

ros SoXov Kat Tracrrjs padiovpyias, vie Sia/3oXov3 e^^pe

diKaioo'vvrjf, ov iravcrrj &ao-rpe'<^>a)i/ TAG dAoyCrTOy

1T<\C eyO^fAC ; /cat j/uv idoi) ^eip Kvpiov cVt ere, /cat n

p\bs p>rj /3Xe7r<oi/ rov rj\iov XP 4 /caipoO.r?rapa-

6en

7T(TV In avrbv d^Xvs /cat (r/coros, /cat Trcpidycov

fiJTi ^ftpayojyovy. rore t^oav o di/^UTraros TO yeyovos eVt- 12

o~revo~ei> fKTrXrjTTOfjLGVos eVi r^ 8ida^Tj TOV Kvpiov.y

Ava^0jrrS 5e dVo rTyff Ild<f)ov ol Tre

ety Hepyrjv TT)? Hajj.(f)v\ia.s' 'icodvrjs

an avro5z/ VTreVrpe^ci/ etffJ

Iepoo-oXv/za. A^rot e SteX- 14

66vTcs OTTO TTJJ Hepyrjs TTdpeyevovro els'

nto~ttaz/, /cat \Q6vTS fls TTJV crvvaycoyrjv rfj

cra/3/3arooi/ Ka6i(rav. /zcra Se rj)^ dvayvaxru' TOV POJJLOV 15

/cat TO>J> Trpo^rjrcov aTTto-retXai/ ot dp^to-wayoayot TTpoff av-

Tovy Xeyorre? "AvSpe? d5eX(^)ot, et rty ecrriv lv vjjuv \6yos

Trapa/cX^'o-ecDS Trpos roi/ Xaoi/, Xeyere. di/ao-ra? Se IlavXos 16

/cat Karaa-eioras rrj ^etpt etTrevJ/

Ai/5pe? 'la-pa^XeTrat /cat ot

(fropovficvoi rov 6e6v, d/covtrare.CO ^eos rov Xaow TOUTOU 17

'lo-paTyX e^eXe^aro rovs Trarepas 7;/ic3i>,/cat roi/ Xaoi/ v^ao-cv

Iv rf] Trapot/cia eV yt AtyvTrrov, KOI MCTdl Bpdk\foNOC

HfAreN AYTOYC e5 AYTHC,rKa/, a5? reo-o-epa/coi/- 18

ov erpono4>6pHceN &YT YC GN Ti5 epHMCfi,

66NH 6HTA 6N f 1? X^NAAN KATKAHpO- 19

NOMHC6N r^v y^v avratv cos ereo-t rcrpa/coo-tou /cat Trc^r^- 20

KOVTO. /cat /Ltera ravra edco/cev Kpiras tots 2a/zou^X Trpo-

<f)iJTOv KaKcWcp yTijoravTo j3ao"tXea, /cat fdcoKev avTols 21

10 Kvpi'ov li 7rapaxp>7j.a re 18 icac 015 ......eprj/aw, <cai KaQe\u>v

Page 49: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

XIII HPAEIS AirOSTOAM 33

o Geos rov SaovX viov Keiff, avftpa K 0uX?;ff "Beviapciv, en;

22 reo-a-epcLKOvra' Kal fjLtraorrrjo-as avrov rjycipev rov AaveiS

avroiff eiff /3acrtXea, <a Kat e?7rev paprvprjo-as EypONA<\yeiA >TOV rov 'lea-o-at, [&NApdJ K<\TA THN KApA(&N MOy,

23 off TroiTyo-et Tra^ra ra ^eX^/zara /zou. rovrov o ^eoy a?ro

rov CTTTep/zaro? Kar eVayyeXiaz/ rjyayev r<w laparjX o~corrjpa

24 'l?7(7oi>, 7rpoRT]pvavros 'looaz/ov Trpo Trpoo-coVou

25 avrov /3arrriO"jua fieravoias iravr\ ra> Xaa) 'la^pa^X. toy

<E7r\ijpov 'Icoaz/?;? roi/ SpOjLtoz/, e\-yV TifjLt

rea>ai ; OVK^

ei/xi ya>% aXX* i5ou ep^crai /Lter' e'ue ov ov/c

26 aio$ TO VTToS^/za rwi/ TroSoSi/ Xi)o"ai. *Avdps aSeX^o/,

yevovs *A/3paa/z Kat oi eV v/zii/ (^o^ov^evoi rov $eoV?

&7 6 AofOC r^s- o-a)T77pia? ravrT/ff e2<MTeCTAAH. ot yap Karoi-

Kovvres Vy

lpovo~a\rjp, KOL oi ap%ovTS avrcov rovrov

dyvorjo-avres ical ras (frwvas T&V 7rpo(f>rjrcc>v ras Kara irav

-38 ordfiftarov dvayivoocTKoiJLevas /cptVavre? eVX^poocra^, Ka!

fjujdepiav alriav Bavdrov zvpovresrTJrr)o~avro

1

IletXaroi'

29 dvaipEdfjvat avrov to? 5e IrtXto-av vrdvra rd Srepi avrov

yeypa^t/zez/an,

Ka^eXoi/re? OTTO rov vXov eQrjKav zls \wt}~

3yueioz>. 6 5e ^eo? 7-fyetpei> avrov K VKp>v os (offodrj eVt

?;/zepa9 TrXeiovs rols o~vvavaftaaw avrw OTTO r^s- FaXtXaias

ei9 'lepovo~aX7^, olrivcs [vvv] elo~\ paprvpes avrov Trpos rov

32 Xaoi/. KOI TJ/xel? v/ia? evayyeXtfo/xe^a r)i/ Trpo? rovs

33 rrarepas eVayyeX/az> ycvo/JLevrjv on ravrr]v 6 Qeos K7T7r\ij-

pa)KV rols reKvois rjfjLMV avacrrr)o~as Irjaovv, cos Kal ev rai

1/^aX/x.a) yeypaTrrat ra> 5evre'pa> YlOC MOY ? cy, eptO

34 CHMepON fepeNNHKA CG. ort be dvlo~rr]o~V avrov CK.

p,e\\ovra vtroo-rpeffreiv els Al<\4>6op<\N, ov-

on Acacca yM?N T<\ 6ci<\ A<\yeiA T<X HICTA.

35 Siort Kal ev eVepo) Xeyet Of ACOCGIC TON OCION COy36 iAeTN Al<\4>9op<\N" A^yeiA ^tv yap I8ia yei/ea vTrrjperr]-

cras rfj rov $eov /3ovX t eKOL^rjdr] Kal TTpoo-ereOr] npOC37 TOyC HATepAC <\yTOy Kal .eldcv ia<j)6opdv, ov fit 6 0ebs

125 elvai, OVK c8 ^TTjaai/ rbf 29 yeypa/x/xeVa Trepl avroO 33 f,..t

p. 3

Page 50: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

34 IIPA2EIS AII02TOAfiN xm

rjyfipcv OVK i$V $La<$)6opav. Tv(t)o~Tov ovv eo~TO) vfuv, 38

uvftpes doeX<oi, OTL dia TOVTOV vfuv a(j)eo-is a/*aprtc3i/ /caray-

yeXXerat, KCU OTTO TTCLVTOOV coj/ OUK TJdvvTjdrjTe eVvojjLCp 39

Majuo-e'cos SiKaicoQfjvai ev TOVTCO TTCLS 6 TTKTTevcov dtKaiovrai.

(3\7TT OVVp,TJ 7T\0rj TO lprj^JLVOV V Tols 7TpO^TJTCllS 40

"lAere, oi KATAC^PONHTAI, KA! 6<\Y/v\<\CAT6 K&l ^<j><\- 41

NIC0HT6,

OTI epfON epr^zoMAi epc^ 6N T^Tc HMGP&IC YMCON,

epyov 6 Oy MH TTICTeyCHTe e<\N TIC eKAlHfHT<M

YM?N.r>

Eioi>ra)j> 5e avroo^ 7rapeKa\ovv els TO /xera^u adfipaTOV 42

\a\rj6fjvaL avTots TCI p^/zara raCra.1

\v06Lo~7js de TTJS 43

jK.o\ovdr]cra.v TroXXot rc5^ 'lovSatcof Kal rc5^

Trpoo"r)\vTu>v TCO Ila^Xa) Kai ra> Bapi/a^a, OLTLVCS

irpocr\a\o\ivTS CLVTOIS entiQov CIVTOVS TipQ(T\J.ivGiv TTJ ^apirtroO ^eou. T<

r5e

n rep^o/zeV(

nera/3/3ara> cr^e- 44

^ov Tracrafj TroXis crvvqxdrj anovarai TOV \oyov TOV

r&eov^.

lo*6i>TS Se oi 'lovSatot rov? o^Xous 7T\TJo-6r)o~av 77X01; Kai 45

dvre'Xeyoi/ roTy VTTO Hav\ov XaXov/xeVots p\ao~(pr]fj.ovvTS.

7rappr)o~iao~aiJLVoi re o IIa{)Xoff /cat o 'Bapvaftas i7rav 46

'Y/Ltiv T)I/ avayKaiov TTpooroi/ \a\rj6fjvaL TOV Xoyoi/ rov ^eov-re7reiSr)

1a7ra)^6io"^ avTov KOL OVK diovs Kpt,vT eavTOVS

Trjs alatvLOV fafjfj lo*ov (TTp^o^Oa els TO, edvrj' OVTCO yap 47

(VreraXrat T//ZII/6 Kvpios

Te0eiKA ce eic 4>coc eSNcoN

Toy ?N(\f ce eic ccoTHpf<\N ecoc CCX^TOY THC pnc.d/coi;oi/ra Se ra 6^77 e^aipov KOL edo^a^ov TOV \6yov TOV 48r^eou

n

,/cai 7rio-Tvcrav oo~oi ijo-av TeTaypevoi els farjv

aluviov $i<pepTO de 6 \6yos TOV Kvpiov $L o\rjs TTJS 49

^copas". oi e 'lovdaioi Trap&Tpvvav TO.S cre/So/zeyas yvval- 50

Kas ret? evo-x^fJ-ovas KOI TOVS TTpcoTOvs TTJS TroXeooy KOL

enrjyetpav SicoyfjLov em TOV Hav\ov Kal 'BapvdjSav^ KOL

ee{3aXov avTovs dno r&v opioai/ avToHv. oi fie KTivadfjL- 51

42 f...t 44 re | e^o/xeVw | Kvpiov 46 eTrel Se 48 KVpCov

Page 51: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

Xiii xiv IIPAHEIS AIIOSTOAOT 35

VOL roV KOVLOproV TtoV TTO&WV 7T O.VTOVS ?j\6oV CIS 'l/COl/lOP,

52rot re"

1

jjLadrjral 7r\rjpovvro %apas Kal Trvevparas dyiov.

1 'EyeWro Se ev 'IKOVLO) Kara ro avro elo-eXSelv avrovs

els rrjv crvvaycoyr/v ra>v 'lovdaioov Kal XaXfjcrat, ovroos a)0~re

2 TTKrrcvcrai 'lovdciLcov re Kal 'EXX^i/ooi/ TroXv 7r\fj6os. of Se

aTrei^^cra^reff *Ioi;Sarot enrfycipav /cat eVa/cootraz/ ray ^v^as3 ra)z> eQvtov Kara rcov dde\(pmv. iKavov [lev ovv ^povov

Sierpi-fyav Trapprjo-iafo/Jievoi eVt r<5 Kvpiat TOJ fiaprvpovvrc.

TO) Xoya) r^s- ^aptro? avroi), SiSo^rt crry/zeia /cat repara

4 ytWcr^at ta rc5z/ ^etpooz^ ai;r<5i/. eV^/o-^?; ^e ro 7r\rj0os

rfjs 7ro\(ds, Kal ol fjiev r/craz/ o~fv roZ? lovftaiois of & o~u^

5 rots aTroo-roXots1

. cos 5e eyez/ero op/i?) ro3z> I6va>v re Kal

*Iov$atc0v <TVV rols ap^ovcTLV avrwv vftpiaai Kal \L0oj3o\rj-

6 o~at avro^?, (rvvidovres Karecfrvyov els ras 7ro\Ls rrjs Au-

7 Kaovias Avo-rpav Kal Aepfirjv Kal TTJV Trepixtopov, KaKel

8 evayyeXifo/zei/ot rycra^. Kat rts az/?)p aSui/arosr

eV Ai;crrpots rot? Trovlv e'/ccz^ro, ^00X6? e/c KoiXias prjrpos

9 ai^roO, 6? ovdtTTore TrepieTrdrTjcrev. ovros rJKOvev rov Ilav-

Xov \aXovvros' os drevicras avrco Kal loa>v ori e^ei Trivriv

10 rov craOfjvai elnev fjLeyd\rj (jxovfj *Avd(rrr)0i, eVt rovs TTO-

11 das (rov dp66s' Kal j^Xaro Kal Trepte^aret. ot -re o^Xot

ISovres o eVotT/crev IlaOXoff eTrrjpav ryv (fxovrjv avr&v Av-

KaovLorrl \eyovres Of ^eot ofJLOicodevres dvOpwTTOLS Kare-

12 pTjo-av TTpos ^a?, Ka\ovv re rov Bapvdftav Ata, rov de

HavXov 'EP/JLTJV 7ret7 avros TJV o TJyovpevos rov Xoyov.

13 o T lepevs rov Aios rov ovros irpo rfjs TroXeoos ravpovsKal o-re/z/zara eVi rovs 7rv\c0vas eveyKas o~vv rols 0^X019

14 T]6e\ev Oveiv. aKovo-avres 8e of aVooToXot Bapi/a/3aj Kal

IlauXos*, $iappijavres ra ipdriareavrv 1

ee7njdr)o-av

15 els rov o^Xoi/, Kpdovres Kal \eyovres *Avo*pes, ri ravra

TTOtelre ; Kal ^fJLels 6fjLOiO7ra6els eo~fjLev vp.1v avSpwiroi^ evayye-

\tf6fJLevoi v(j.as dno rovrwv raiv p.araia>v faurrp<f>& errl

tiebv fcui/ra 6c enofnceN TON OYP&NON KA! THN

52 01 fie 14 aiirtof

3 2

Page 52: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

36 JIPASEIS AHOSTOAfiN

K<\1 THN 0<\A<\CCAN K<\i TT^NTA TA, GN <VfTOTc- OS1 eV TCUff 16

TrapcpxrjiJLevais 'yearns ei'acrei> Trai/ra ra eBvrj 7ropeveo~6ai

TaiS O&Olff dVTMV KdlTOl OVK dfiapTVpOV avTOV d(j)fJKeV 17

dyaflovpywv, ovpavoOev v^lv VCTOVS didovs KOL Kaipovs

KapTTOCftopOVS, CfJLTTlTrXcOV Tp0(j>fjs KOI V(j)pO(rVVT]S TCIS Kdp-

fiicts vfjLaiv. KOI ravra \eyovres /zoXi? KareTravcrav TOVS i?-

o^Xou? roG prj frueiv avrols. 'Err-f)\6av Se airb 19

'Ai/rto^eta? icat 'licoviov 'lov^aiot, /cai TreiVaz/res TOV? u^Xov?Kat Xi^ao-az/re? TOV I\.av\ov ecrvpov ^(o rrjs TroXecoj, VOJJLL-

avrov dvaoras eio-ijXQfV els rrjv TVO\LV. KOI rfj cnavpiov

f^rjXOfv crvv rw Bapya/3a els A/p/3//^. vayy\Hrdfjivoi 21

Tf T^I/ TToXlI/ KtVr]V Kdl ^a6r]TV(TaVTS IKCIVOVS V7T(rTp-

tyav fls TTJV \vo~rpav KOI els 'IKUVIOV KOL [els] 'Ai/rto^etai',

Tri(rTr]piovTs TCIS v^u^a? rcSv /za^//rcov, irapaKaXovvres 22

fJLfJLVlV Trj TTLCTTCL KOI UTL SlOt TToXXwi/ 6\L\j/ti>V del ff^ClS

elueKOelv els rrjv (BaaiKeiav TOV 6eov. xeipoTovrjo-avres fie 23

avTo'is icar' eKKXrjoriav Trpeo-ftvTepovs Trpoo-ev^dpevot. jjifTa

vr](rTeiu>v TrapeOevro avTovs r<5 Kvpico els ov TreTTtoreuKet-

(rav. Kal dieXQovTes TTJV TlKriftLCiv i]\6av els TTJV Hafi- 24

0vX/az>, Kal XaX^cravresrev Hepyrj

1

TOV \oyov KaT(Br]O~av 25

tig 'ArraXiai/, KaneWev aTreVXeuo-ai/ els 'Ai/rio^etav, o^ei/ 26

7)(raj' irapadedofievoi Trj -^dpiTi TOV 6eov els TO epyov o

e7r\ripa>o-av. Hapayevopevoi de KOL avvayayovTes TTJV 27

KK\r)o~iav dvrjyyeX\ov ova eVoiryo-ez/ o 6eos peTKOI OTL rjvoi^ev TOLS e6veo~iv Ovpav TT/OTecof. SieT

ovov OVK o\iyov (rvv Tols fj.a8r]Tais.

KAI TINES KATEA6ONTE2 OTTO TTJS 'lovdaias

TOVS d$e\<>ovs on *Eai/fjirj 7repLTfj.rj6rJTe TM

rw Mo>vo-(DS, ov SviHKrde <r&6rjvai.

Page 53: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

XV IIPASEIS AJIOSTOAQX 37

o-rdo-eo)? KOL fr)Tijo-ecos OVK oXiyrjs r<5 UavXo) Kal r<5 Bap-

vafia TTpbs avTovs eraai/ dvaftaiveiv Uav\ov KOL Bapz/d-

(3av Kai nvas dXXovs e' avTwv irpbs TOVS

Kdl TTpeO-jBvrepOVS CIS 'ifpOUCTaX^/A TTfpl TOV

3 rovrov. Ol /zcV ovv ITpoirefj-^OwTcs VTTO rrjs

dlljpXOVTO T1JV T 3?OtVlKT]V KOL 'SafJLdpiaV K$irj-

rrjv 7Ti(TTpo(j)r)v TO>V tBvtov, KOI eTTolovv %apav

4 p."yd\r]v TTCKTi rotff aSeX^oTs1

. TrapayevoyiCvoL Se is 'lepo-

ao\vfj,a TrapedexQrjcrav djro rrjs KK\Tjorias Kal r&v 0770-

(TToXcov KOL T>V Trpeo-jBvrepcov, dvrjyyciXdv re o<ra o fobs

5 7roirjo'V p,T* ovTtov. 'E^ai'eoTT/cTav 5e rives TWV dnb rfjs

aipeVeco? rcoi/ 3>apto-cuW 7re7riOT6VKores>

, Xeyoz/re? ori Set

avrovs TrapayyeXXetv re rrjpelv TOV vopov

6 'Svvrixdrjo-dv re ol aTTocrroXoi /cat ot 7rpea-/3t'repot tSeti/

7 Trept roO Xoyov TOVTOV. Ho\\fjs fie ^r^o-eoa? yevofjievrjs

dvao~Tas Herpes elrrev TTpbs avrovs "Avdpes dSe\(f)oi, vfjiels

7rio-rao-6e ori affi ijfjLepwv ap^atcoi/ ev v^lv e^eXet-aro

6 6ebs 5ta rou o-roparos pov aKovo-ai ra e'Qvrj TOV \6yov8 TOV evayyeXiov KOI TTto'revo'at, Kai 6 Kap^Loyvcoo~Tr]s 0ebs

efjLaprvprjo'ev avTols dovs TO Trvevfjia TO dyiov Kaflas

9 Kal r]\uvt Katrov6ev

(

SieKpivev /xera^u tjp&v re Kal avTwv,10 TTJ TTtcrret Kadapio~as ras Kapftias avrwv. vvv ovv rt Tretpa-

^"ere TOV deov, eTriQelvai vybv eVt TOV Tpd-^rfKov TWV

fjiadrjrwv ov OVTC ol Trarepes rjfJiaiv ovreijfJLels lo-^vo-afjLev

it jSacrraa-ai ; aXXa ta TTJS ^aptro? TOV Kvpiov 'irjcrov Trtcrrevo-

12jLiei/ o-(o6r

fvai xaff ov Tponov KaKelvoi. 'Eo-iyrjorev de nav

TO TrXrj^oSy Kal TJKOVOV Hapvd(3a Kal Hav\ov et-rjyovfjievcov

oo~a e7roir)o~ev 6 6ebs (T^jLteia Kat repara ev rots edveo~iv

13 St* avTav. Mera fie ro o-Lyrjo~at avTovs dTTeK.pi.6rj 'la<to/3os:

14 Xeywv "Avdpes a5eX^)ot, a/co^(7are /aov. 2v/xea>i> ^rjyrj~

craro KaQ&s Trpwrov 6 6ebs eVeo'Ke'v^aro Xaftelv e tOvutv

15 Xaov rw ovoaaTL avTov. Kal TOVTM o-vfj,(f)(ovovo-iv ol \6yoi

Page 54: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

38 HPASEIS AnOSTOAftX

i>, /caco? yt

MGT<\ T<\YT<\ ANACTpeyoo 16

K<\) <\NOIKOAOMHCO> THN CKHNHN A(\YGlA TI^N TT6-

6N<\ <VfTHC ANOI KOAOM^

OTTO)C AN 6KZHTHCCOCIN Ol K&T&AOITTOI TOON AN0pCO- 17

TTCON TON KyplON,K^l TTANTA, T<\ 60NH (})' OyC 6TTIKKAHT<M TO ONOMcX

Moy en

Aepei Kypioc HOICON TAYTA TN ^CT<\ AH* AIOONOC. 18

5io e'yco Kpiva fj.r] Trapevo^Xelv rols CLTTO T>V iQvf&v eViorpc- 19

<j>ov(Tiv cVi rot' ^eoz^, dXXa cVioreiAai auroty rou aTre^eo-^at 20

Te3i> aXia-y^/zarcov rail/ eiSwXoar/ /cal rfjs Tropveias /cat TTVIKTQV

KOL TOV OLfjLaros' Niavcrfjs yap CK. yevccov dp^aicov Kara TrdXti/ 21

TOVS KTjpixro-ovTas avrov %i ei> TOLS vvvayuiyais Kara TTO.V

ora/3/3aroi/ dvayivaHTKOfjievos. Tore eSo^e rot? 22

a7roo~roXot? /cat rots TrpecrfivTepois (rvv o\rj rfj e/c/cX^cria

K\^afj.evovs avftpas e* auroov 7re/t\^at t? 'Ai/rto^etav crvz/

TO) Ila^Xa) /cat Bapva/3a, 'lov&u/ rov KaXovpevov Bapo~a/3-

^ai/ /cat 2t'Xaz>, avdpas ^yovfievovs Iv rot? aSeX0ot?, ypa- 23

"fyavres 5ta ^etpo? avrcoi' Ot a7roo*roXot KOI ot 7rpeo~/3ur6pot

d$e\(f)o\ rot? /cara r^i' 'Ai/rtd^etai/ /cat Svpiav /cat KtXt/aai>

rot? e^ eQv&v ^atpetv. 'ETretfij) rfKoiKrayiCV on 24

7;/zd)^ Ta.paav v/za? Xoyot? ai/acr/cevafoi're? ra?

as v/Lioo^, ot? ov teo-retXa/xe^a, ifSo^ei/ T^/zti/ yevopevois 25

6fJiO@vfJLa$ovreK\^afj,voLS

1

avftpcis Trep^ai TTpos V/JLCLS(TVV

TOLS dyaTnjroLs ^fj.(ov Bapra/3a /cat Hai;Xa>, avdptoirois 26

TrapaSeSco/cda-t ra? ^v^a? aurcoi/ VTrep rou oz/o/zaro? roO

Kvpiov y[JLQ)j> 'l7yo"oO Xpto~rou. aTreo'raX/cajLtei' GUI/ *Ioi;ai/ 27

/cat 2/Xay, /cat avrov? ^ta Xoyov aVayye'XXoyra? ra avra.

yap ra> irvev^ari ra) ayt'a)/cat i^up jjirjdzv zrXeoi/ eVt- 28

Page 55: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

IIPASEIS AH02TOAON 39

Ti6eo~6ai Vfuv (3dpos irXrjv TOVTGOV TO>V eTrdvayKes, aV

29 eldcoXodvTCOV KCll aluaTOS Kal TTVIKTWV KCU TTOpVeittS' % O>V

diaTrjpovvTes eavTovs ev 7rpdeT. "EppaxrQe.

30 Oijj.ev ovv diroXvdevTes KaTTJXOov els 'AvTioxeiav, Kal

31 crvvayayovres TO rrXrjdos eVcSooKaz/ TTJV CTricrToXrjv ava-

32 yvovres de exaprjcrav lirlrfj. Trapa/cX^'o-et. 'lovftas r Kal

Si'Xas1

,Kal avrol Trpofprjrat, 6We?, Sia \6yov TTO\\OV TTO.-

33 pcKaXeo'av rovs ad\(j)ovs Kal 7re<rTijpi;av' TronjcravTes

&e Xpovov a.7r\vdrjcrav per elprjvrjs CLTTO ru>v ddeXcfxuv

35 Trpos rovs a.7roo-TL\avTas avrovs, IlaGXoff de

Kal Bapz>a/3a? dierpiftov ev ^Avriox^ia didao-Kovres Kal

euayyeXtfo/zej/ot fjLera Kal erepcoj/ 7ro\\<2v rwz> Xoyoi> row

Kvpiov.

36 Mera be nvas ijfJLepas elTrev Trpos Rapvdftav IlavXo^

'Eirio-Tpe^avres drj eVia-/cf\/AoojLte^a rovs dfteXtfrovs Kara TTO-

\iv 7rao-av ev als KarTjyyeiXafjiev rov \6yov TOV Kvpiov, TTOO?

37 e'xovo-iv. Bapz/a/3a? e ejSovXero cri;i/7rapaXa/3eii/ Kal rov

38 Icodvrjv rov KaXovfjievov MapKov ILavXos de rjiav9TOV diro-

(TTavTa QTT avT&v OTTO Ha/Ji<pv\ias Kalp,r)

o-yveXdovTa

39 a^rois- els TO epyov, /ZT) arvvirapaXafjiftdveiv TOVTOV. eyeveTOde Trapo^vo-fjios eaore aTro^oopicr^^at avTovs air aXX^Xcaz/,

TOV re Bapi/a/3az/ 7rapa\a(3ovTa TOV M.apKov eK7r\evo~ai els

40 Ki/TTpov. IlavXos de eiTL\e^dfievos 2/Xai/ ef)\6ev napa-41 doQels TTJ xaPLTi ro^ Kvpiov VTTO TWV aSeXc^cov, dtr/p^ero

de TTJV "2vpiav Kal [TJ)I/] KiXiKiav eTrLOTrjpL^cov Tas KK\rj-

1 orias. KaTijvTrjcrev $e Kal els Acpfirjv Kal els

Avo~Tpav. Kal l$ov fj.adr]Tijs TLS yv eKel dvopaTi Tipodeos,2 vlos yvvaiKos 'lovdaias TTio-Trjs TraTpbs de

r/

EXX^z/oj, os

epapTvpelTO VTTO TK>V ev AvcrTpois . Kal 'Ixoz/ia) dde\(p(ov

3 TOVTOV y0e\r)o-ev 6 IlavXos (rvv avTw eeX6elv, Kal Xaftav

TrepieTefiev avTov Sta TOVS 'lovdaiovs TOVS ovTas ev rots

roTrots eKeivois, fj$eio-av yap anavTes OTLr/

EXX^v a

Page 56: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

40 HPASEIS AIIOSTOAftN xvi

7ra.TT)p avTov VTrfjp%V'.

'

Qs fie SifTTopcvovro TCIS TroXet?, 4

7rapefiifioeraz> avTols (j)v\do-o~eiv TCI fioy/zara ra KKpifieva

VTTO TCOV aVocrroXa>i> /cat 7rpecr/3urepa>j/ ra>t> ev 'lepocroXu-

fJLOLS. At fJL6V OVV KK\T)(riCU C(TTpOVVTO TTj 5

TT/O-ret KCll 7Tfpl(T(TVOV T(0 ClplQfldd KCtffTJfJLCpdV.

Airj\6ov fie rrjv &pvyiav /cat TctXaTiKrjv ^oopaz/, KCO\V- 6

QevTcs VTTO rov dyiov Tn/ev/zaroy XaX^o-at TOV \oyov tv TTJ

'A(7i'a, \6ovT(s fie Kara rrjv Mvo-iav eVet'pabi> is TTJV 7

FnQvviav TTopcvOrjvai KOL OVK tiaatv avrovs TO Trvevfia

'irjcrov' 7rap\66vTs fie TTJV Mv(riav KaT(3rj(rav els Tpoxifia. 8

icai opa/za fiia VVKTOS ra) Hav\co <S(pdrjj avrjp Ma/ceficoy 9

TtS ?}V (TT(DS KCll TTdpClKaXtoV CIVTOV KOt \4ytoV AldftaS

els MaKefioiuav ^or^dr^crov r^iiv. <os fie ro opa/xa ctfiev, 10

evQtcos &Tr}0-ap.V e'^eX^eti/ eiy Maxefioi/iai/, o-vv(3i(3dovTs

OTL irpO(TKK\r)Tai r)pas o Qcbs vayyf\i(rao-0ai avTovs.y

Ava^df'vTS ovv ano Tpwafioy vdv8pOfjLrj(raiJiV els 2ajuo- n

6paKT]V) rrj fie eTTLOixrrj els Ne'az> HoXii/, KaKtiOev is <&i\i7r- 12

TTOV?, i^ris eVrii/r7Tp(OTrj TTJS fiepidos

1

MaKefioj/m? Tro/Xty,

icoXama. H/xei' fie eV TavTrj TTJ TroXet fita-

Tpi[3ovTS Tj/ze'pa? rii/aff. r^ re rj^pa T&V o-a/3/3ara>v e^rjX- 13

?}? TrvXTyy Trapa 7roTafj,ov ovevofiifcofj.fi/ TTpocr-

/cat KaQloravres \a\ovfj.ev TOLS o~vv\6ovcrais

yvvai^lv. Kcii TLS yvvrj ovofian Avfita, TropffrvpoTrcoXis 14

TToXeco? Guare/poov o-e/So/xeV?/ roi/ ^eoj/, rjKovev, rjs 6 KV-

pio? diryvoi^ev TTJV Kapdiav 7rpoo~^LV Tols \aXovfj.evois I/TTO

Hav\ov. cos fie e'/SaTrr/cr^ /cat o OIKOS avTrjs, rrape/caXe- 15

crti' Xe'yovcra Et /ce/cpt/care' /ze TTIO-TTJV ra> Kvpico elvai,

elo~\06vTs els TOV OIKOV JJLOV fievere* KOL 7rape/3tacraro

ij/xas-. 'EyeVero fie Tropevofievcov T^JLWV eh rr]v 16

TTpoo-evxrjv 7raidio-KT)v Tiva e^ovo-av Trvevpa irvdava vrrav-

Tfjo~ai rjfjuvj rjTis epyacriav 7roX\rjv irapcl^ev Tols Kvpiois

avrrjs fiavTvofj,evT}' avTTj KaraKoXovdovcra [ro3] IIai;Xa) KOI 17

TJjLtTv eKpafcev Xe-youcra OVTOI ol avQpuTroi fioOXot roO $eo{!

12 t...t

Page 57: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

4 i

TOV V^LO~TOV tlcrlv, o'lrivcs /carayye'XXovcrty vp.1v obov crajTrj^

18 pta?. TOVTO &e ITTOLCL eVl TroXXa? ypepas. SiaTrovrjGels

Hav\os Kal eirio-Tpfyas ro> Trvcvpart flncv Hapay-O"Ot cV OVOfJLCLTl 'l^CToO XptCTrOU eeX$etl> aV QVT^S*

39 /cat t^rjKOcv avrfj rrj oapa.r'lSoi/reff Se

n01 Kvpioi avrfjs QTL

TI IXlrls rrjs pycurias avr&v eVtXa/So/tei/ot TOV

feat TOV 2/Xaz> et'X/cvcrai/ ft? r?)^ ayopav errl TOVS

20 ap^oi/ras1

,KCU 7rpoo~ayayovTS avTovs Tols aTpaTTjyo'is elrrav

Ourot ot avdpctiTTOt, KTapdo~o~ovo~iv 7^io3i> r?)i/ TroXiv 'lovSaro6

21 VTrapxovTes, Kal KctTayyeXXovo-iv edrj a OVK Zl-eo-TW r\[iiv

22 TrapaSe^ecraat ovde Troitlv 'Pca/zaioi? ovo~iv. Kal o~vv7To~TTj

v o^Xos- /car* ai;rcoi/7Kal oi orparr;yot 7TpipTJavTS avT&v

23 ra ipaTia $K\CVOV pafiSifeiv, "VoXXas- Se1

eTTiQevres avTols

irXrjyas e/3aXoj/ et? <j)v\aKrjVj TrapayyeiXavres ra5 deo-fjio^v-

24 XaKt ao~(f)a\a)$ TTjpelv avTO^S' os TrapayyeX/az/ ToiavTrjv

\a(Ba)V J3a\ev avTovs els TTJV ecroarepay (j)v\aKr)v Kal TOVS

25 TroSa? rjo-<j)a\Lo-aTo avToOtv els TO v\ov. Kara 5e ro /zeo-o-

VVKTLOV IlauXo? fcai 2/Xas1

Trpocreu^a/ze^ot v^ivovv TOV Seov,

26 eTrrjKpoavTO 5e avTwv ol decrjutof acfrvco de o~io~fjibs eyevTooore o~a\v6rjvat TO. ^e/zeXta roO dO"p.coTrjpiov7 qvcco-

v & [7rapa^p^/xa] at ^upat Tracrat, /cat Trai/rooi/ ra

aviBj]. et-vnvos de yevo^vos o da-jjLO(j)v\at; Kal

xScoj/ dvcoyiJ.vas raj dvpas TTJS (f)v\OKrjs crTracra/zez/off r^i/

Ha%aipav ^/zeXXez/ cavTov avaiptlv, vo^L^wv CKntfavyevat,28 rovs dco-fiiovs. (pcctvrjo-V 8e IlaOXoff fj,ya\rj (frtovf) Xe'ya)!/

M?;Sey Trpa^? o-eaura) KOKOV, arravTcs yap eor^ev ev^ddc.

29 aiTijo-as 8e <f)coTa elo-cTnjdrjo-cv, Kal evrpofjios ycvofjLcvos Trpoo--

30 7T(TV r< IIai;Xa) /cat 2tXa, /cat Trpoayaywi/ avTovs e^a>

31 6^)77 Kvptot, rt jue 5e? Troteti/ tz>a (ra)^c5 ; ot 5e etVav

Hi(TTvo'ov eVt roi' Kvpiov 'irj&ovV) Kal (rcodijcrrj o~v Kal

32 o otKos trov. /cat e'XaX^G'az'.avrfp roi' Xoyoi/ roCr^eou

no't'i'

33 Traa-t rot? eV Trj ot/cta aurou. /cat TrapaXafiav OVTOVS ev

KIV7) TT] Spa TT)S VVKTOS eXoVQ-V OTTO TU>V 7T\T]ya>V) KUL

19 Kal ISovTfS 23 TroAAa? Tf 32 KvpCov

Page 58: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

42 TIPA3EI2 AII02TOAQN xvi xvn

avTos /cat o avrov cncavTfs Trapa^p^jua, avaya- 34

ywv re avrov s fls roz> OLKOV TrapeQijKev rpa7reai>, /cat ?7yaX-

XidVaro Travoutcl TreTrtcrrev/ca)? ra> $ea>. 'H/ze'pa? Seyej>o/ze'- 35

V7^? a7rearetXaz> ot o^rpar^yot TOVS pa(3$ov%ovs \eyovTcs'AnoXvcrov TOVS avdpcoTrovs (Kcivovf. cirrrjyyeiXev Se o 5e- 36

crp,o(pv\a TOVS \6yovs TTpos rov TLavXov, on 'ATreVraX-

KO.V ol o~Tpa.Tijyol Iva a.7ro\v0rJT' vvv ovv e^eXOovrcs Tropev-

0~0 Iv flfUjVfl.o Se HavXos <prj Trpbs avrovs Acipavres 37

TJjj,as ^/zocrta a/caraKptrov?, dv0pa)7rovs 'Pooyua/ouff virap-

XOVTCIS, eftaXav els <f)v\aKrjv KCii vvv \a6pq, TJJJLO.S K^d\-

\OVO~LV ; ov yap, aXXa c\Q6vrcs CIVTOITJ^JLCLS eayayTa)o~av.

aTrrjyyeihav Se rois- o-Tparrjyo'is ol pa/3So{)^ot ra p^'/zara 38

ravra- (j)o{3r)Qr)cr(}v8e aKovo-avres GTL 'Pco/zaioi clo-tv, KOL 39

\6ovTS 7rapK.a\o~av avrovSj KOL e^ayayovres rjpcoT&v

OTTO rrjs TrdXea)?. ^\66vrS Se drro rrjs (f)v\aKrjs 40

ov Trpbs TTJV AvS/az/, /cat IdoVTCS TTapcKoXea-av TOVS

db'\(f)ovs Kal e^rjXOav.

AtoSe^cra^rcff de TTJV 'AjLi^tTroXiv KOL TTJV 'ATroXXcai/tav i

rjkdov els Oea-o-aXovLKrjv, OTTOV TJV o~vvay(oyr) TMV 'lovSatcoi/.

/cara 5e ro el&Qbs rw IlauXa) lo~r)\Qev Trpbs avrovs /cat cVt 2

cra/3/3ara rpta SieXe^aro a^roTy OTTO ra>v ypa^tov, ftiavot.- 3

yca^ /cat 7rapart$e'/zei/o ort roi/ xPLO~ro" ^ L KaQeiv /cat

e'/c i/e/cpooi/, /cat ort ovros eVrti/ro ^ptcrro?, o

i^ e'yw /carayyeXXa) i5/Ati/. /cat rti/eff e' avrcoz/ 4,

v /cat Trpoa-e/cX^pcodfya-az/ rw IlauXa) /cat [r<a] 2tXa,

rcSi/ re crcftofjievodv ''EXXyvcov irXijdos TTO\V yvvaiK.ti>v re

rcov TTpoo'rcoz/ou/c oXtyai. Zrj\cDO~avTes Se ot *Ioi;Saiot /cat 5

TTpoo~\a{S6}JLVoi TG>V ayopatcoz/ avdpas Tivas Trcvrjpovs /cat

edopvftovv TJ]V TroXti/, /cat TTio-rain-fs Ttj

*ldo~ovos e^Tovv avTovs Trpoayaytlv els TOV drj^-ov

fjirj i>povTs 8e avrovs Zcrvpov *ldo~ova /cat rtvas dde\(f)ovs 6

67T\ TOVS TToXlTClpXaSj fiotoVTfS OTL Ot Tf)V OLKOVfJLVT)l>

OVTOL /cat eV^a^e 7Tapeta"t^ ot-s vTrode- 7

Page 59: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xvn IIPA2EIS AIIOZTOAQN 4^

Se/crat \fUf0y KOI OVTOL TravTes airevavTL rcoz> 5oyjLtarcoz/

Kaiaapos Trpaaorova-L, /3ao-tXea erepov Xeyoz/res elvaL 'irj-

8 o-ovv. Tapaai> fie TOV o%\ov /cat TOVS TroXtrap^as aKovov-

9 ras raura, KOI Xa/36Vres ro LKOVOV Trapa TOV 'lavovos KOL

10 TO>V XoiTTtioi/ aneXva'av avrovs* Oi Se a.de\<po\

ev^ecos Sia VVKTOS e^eVe/z^av TOV re IlaCXoi/ KCU TOV 2t'Xai/

fls Bepoiai/, olTives Trapayevofjievoi els Tr]v avvaycbyrjv ru>v

11 'lovdaicov aTT^ccrav OVTOL de ?}<jav cvyeveo-Tepoi TU>V ev Gecr-

&a\oviKr], oiTtpcs ede^avTo TOP \oyov /zera Trdcrrjs TTpo-

6vfjiias, [TO] Kafl? yfjitpav avaKpivovTes Tas ypa(j)as et fXot

12 ravra OVTCOS. TroXXot /zev ouz/ e^ CLVTO>V 7rio~Tvo-av, KOL

TCOV 'EXXrjvidoov yvvaiK.a>v T&V eiJo-^/xoi/coj/ KCLL avftpav

33 OVK oXiyoi. 'Off e yva)o~av ol O.TTO TTJS QO~o~aXovLKT]s3

Ioi;SaIoi OTI KOL eV rj Bepo/a KaTrjyye\r] VTTO TOV Hav\ov

6 \6yos TOV 6eov, tfXQov KQKeT o-aXetoz/res1

/cal Tapcio-crovTS

14 row? o^Xov?. evQtcos Se rore roz> IlaCiXoz/ l^anlo~TiXav ol

SeX(jf)Ol 7TOpVO~6ai (i)S TT\ TTjV 6akaO~O~aV V7TfJLLvdv T

15 o re 2/Xa? /cat o Ti/zo^eo? e/cei. ot Se KaQLcrTavovTes TOV

ILaiiXov rjyayov ecos'

AOrjvtov, /cat \a(36vTS evToXrjv Trpos

TOV 2/Xaz/ /cat TOZ> Tt/zo^eoz/ tVa cos ra^tcrra eX^cocrtz/ TTpos

avTov l^rjo~av.

16 'Ei' 5e rats 'A6rjvais cK^e^opevov avTOvs TOV IIai;Xoi;,

7rapa>vvTO TO TrvcvjjLa avTov ev avTO) 0d3povvTOs /careiSco-

17 Xoi/ ovo~av TTJV TroXiv. ^teXcyero /zez^ ouz/ ev TTJ o-vvaycoyf/

rot? 'lovSatots- Kat rots1

o~e{BofjLevoi$ /cat eV Trj ayopa KOTO.

18 iracrav r/fjiepav npos TOVS TrapaTvyxdvovTas. Tives de KOL

TCOV 'ETTiKovpioov Kctl 2ran/cc5z> (j)L\oo-6(p(iov o-vveftaXXov

ajrw, /cat TLVCS e'Xeyov Tt az^ 6e\oL 6 o~TrepfJLO\6yos OVTOS

\eyeiv ; ol fie Eevcov &aifj,ovi<av do/ceT /carayyeXevs elvai'

19 ori roz/ *lrjo-o\)v /cat r?)v az/atrraortv ev^yyeXtfero. cVtXa-

ftofjievoi &e avTov eVl rov "Apeiov Ilayoz' ^'yayoz/, Xeyo^re?

AvvdfjLe6a yvwvai TLSr) KCIIVT) avTrj [?)]

VTTO o~ov \a\ovfievrj

rJ ; eviovTa yap TWO. elo~(pep(,s ety ra? /coas yfJLav'

Page 60: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

44 11PASEIS A1I02TOAS2N xvn

ovv yvatvat, riva $e'Xet TCIVTCI fivai. *Adrjvaloi 21

be Trdvrcs Kai oi eVtSq/uoiWes' ^ivoi els ovfev erepov T)V-

Kaipovv 77 \tyeiv rt*j

O.KOVLV ri Kaivorcpov. araQels 6^ 22

JlaCXoff v /xeVo) rou 'Ape/ou Ilayou <f)T] "AvSpes *Adrj-

vaioi, Kara irdvra a>f Seio-tSai/xoi/earepovff i>fj,as ^ea)po5-

dtp%6fj,vos yap Kai ava.6e(&pa>v ra cre/3aa"/zara V/JLWV evpov 23

Koi (3(Dfjiov V w cTreyeypciTTTO AFNQ2TQ 0EQ. o ovv

ayvoovvTS 6uo"e/36ire, TOVTO eyca /carayyeXXco v/xi^. O 24

60OC 6 TTOIHCAC TOI/ KO(TfJiOV K&] TTOVTa TA GN <\YTtJ,

ouroy oyp^NOY K<\1 r^C V7rdp\a)v Kvpio? OVK eV X LP~TTOtTJrot? j/aot? KciToiKfl ovde VTTO ^etpo5i/ avdpcoTrivcov Oepa- 25

Trewcrat 7rpoo-6o/z6i/off rti/os1

,avros AlAoyc Tratrt fa)?)i/ /cai

HNOHIN Kai ra iravra' cjroirjacv re c^ eVos TTCLV tBvos av- 26

6pa>7ra)V KaroiKelv eVt iravros 7rpo(ro)7rou r^ff y^ff? opicras

Trpoareray/ieVov? Kaipouy /cat ray opodccrias TTJS KaToiKias

avTu>v, ^reiz/ roi/ ^oi/ et apa ye "\l/-rj\a(f)r)a'LavOVTQV Kai

i>poii>, Kai ye ou paKpav OLTTO ei>os eKCKTTov yp,(0v virap- 27

^oi/ra. eV avra3 yap ^"co/xei/ Kai Kivov^Oa Kai eV/zeV, co? 28

Kai rii/es rdiy Ka^'rv/zaV TTOITJTWV clprjicao-iv

Tou yap Kai yevos ecr/xez/.

yevos ovv v7rap%ovTS rou ^eov OVK o(^e/Xo/zev

pyvpa) 77 Xi^w, ^apay/zart Te%vr]s Kai eV

TO Bsiov tlvai O^IOLOV. rovs fj.ev ovv xpovovs 30

r^ff dyvoias VTreptSwy 6 6eos ra t'Oz/ aTrayyeXXet rois aV$p<-Troif Trai/ra? Trai/ra^ov fieravoelv, KaQori eo-Trjcrev rjfJLfpav 31

eV ^ fJL\\l KpfNeiN TI^N OIKOyMeNHN N

eV ai'Spi a) a>pio~ei>, irlcmv 7rapao"^ooi^ Trao'ii'

avTov K VKpa>v. aKovo-avres $ dvd<TTa<Tiv veKpatv ol 32

/iei/ e'^Xeuafbi/ oi ^e eiTrai/ 'AKOuo-o/xe^a crov ?repi rovrou

Kai TraXi^. ovra>? o IlauXo? f^rj\6ev K p.eo~ou avraiv 33

rtj/es 5e avftpes KO\\rj0VTs avrai eV/o-reuo-ai/, eV ois Kai 34

ALOVIXTLOS [o] 'ApeoTrayirT;? Kai yvi'i) oi/o/zart Aci/xapt? Kai

erepot o~v^ ovrOtr,

28 Tj/xa?

Page 61: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xvin UPASEIS AIIOSTOAGN 45

1 Mera ravra ^copicrOels CK ro3i> Adrjvmv r)X$e/ fls Ko-

2 pivQov. KOI evpwv TWO. 'lou&atoz/ ovo^ari 'AKvXaz/, HOVTL-

KOV TO) yeVet, 7rpo(r<pa.Ta>s \rj\v06ra OTTO r^? IraXias Kal

Hpio-Ki\\av yuz/aixa auroO 6\a ro Siarera^eWi KXauSioi'

XOipifco-Oat rrdvras rovs 'lovSaious OTTO r^f 'Pco/xTy?, irpoa--

3 f]\0V a^rois1

,/cat ota ro 6p,or)(vov civai fj,VV Trap' au-

rotff /cat ^pyafoi/To^ ^o-av yap (TKrjvorroLol ry r^vy.

4 SieXe'yero 5e eV rfj avvayco-yfi Kara TTCLV cra/3/3aroj/, ?fra$V

5 re 'IOVOCLLOVS Kal "EXXrjvas. '&S Se KarrfXQov

a.To r?;? MaKeSoi/m? o re 2/Xaff /cat o Ti/zo^eos-, crvi/ei^ero

rw Ao'ya) 6 IIa{}Xos? iaftaprvpo/>iei/o? rots- 'louSai'oi? etVat

6 rov '^PLO'TOV *\rf(Tovv. dvTiTacra'OfJLvcov de avrutv Kal /3Xa-

(-(prjfjLOvvrcov KTivaa[ji6vos ra ifjidria tVez> Trpoy avrov?

To ai/^a vfjicov erri r^v Kf<pa\r)v vp,a)V' Kadapos eyoo* QTTO'

7 roO yuz/ ets- ra e^z/?; 7ropevo-o/zat. /cat /zera/3a? eKcWev

ifXOev ei? outlay TIVOS oz/o/zart TLTLOV ^lovcrrov o~e/3ojLtt

/-

z/ou rov BeoV) ovT)

Oi/ctaryi/ crvi'Ojjiopovo'a TTJ crvvaycdyfj.

8 Kpi&Tros Se o ap^to'uz'ayooyo? tirifFTWfV T(3 Kfp/a) <rvy

oXa> rw ot'/coj auroi), Kat TroXXol rooi' Kopti/^/coi/ afcouoi/reff

9 7ricrTVov Kal eftanTi^ovTO. EtVez/ 6%

o Kvpios ev VVK.T\

SL opdjjiaTOS rai IlauXw A/\H (j)OBoy, a/^Xa XaXet Kai/AJ)

10 o-iooTnJo-?;?, AIOTI ep^> elMI M6T<\ coy *ai o^Seis- tiri&q<rTai

VOL TOV Ka<o5orat o-e, Siort Xaos rrt ftoi TroXvs eV r?5 TroXet

11 ravrrj. 'E/ca^iO"ei^ Se eviavrov Kal fj,rjvas e^ SiSao~KQ)i/ eV

12 auroiff roi/ Xoyop rou deov. TaXXic&vos $e dvSv-

TTCLTOV OVTOS Tijs 'A^atoff KaT7TO"nja'avroi 'lofSaiot 6fjio6v-

13 /iaSor/1

TO) IlauXw /cat ^yayoi/ avTov eVi ro /3^/xa, Xeyoi/res

ort Ilapa roi/ vopov dvaTreWet ovros rovs dvdpa>7rovs

14 o"e/3e(T^at roi/ $eoV. ^teXXoi/ro? Se roO Ha^Xov aVoiyety

ro o~ro/za CITTCV 6 TaX\La>v rrpos rovs 'loi;Satov? Ei /ACP

r/i/ aSiKrjfM TLrj padtovp'yrjfjLa rrovrjpov, CD 'low^aioi, Kara

15 Xoyov av dvecrxofjiTjv VJJL&V el Se ^rr/jLiara cVrtv Trepl

Xoyou Kal ovofjidrcov Kal i>6p.ov TOV Kaff vpas, o\lseo~Qe avroi'

3 ifpyaVJero 6 eyco aVb 12 6/xo0v/xa5b/ oc 'lovSatoi

Page 62: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

46 HPASEIS AIIOSTOAfitf xvni xix

KpirrjS cyto TOVTMV ov /3ouXopzt etVat. Kal aV^Xao-fv 16

(WTOVS U7TO TOV /S^/ZarOff. 7Tl\a(S6fJLVOl $ 7TCWTS 2o>(T$e- 17

j/fjvTOV apxio~vi>dya)yov ZTVTTTOV fjL7rpoo~Qev TOV ^jjpaTOS'

KOL OufieV TOVTOOV TO) TaX\LO>VL fJL\V. 'O 6 18

IlaOXo? ert 7rpoo"/zeiVaff yfjLfpas iKavas Tols aSeX^ois1 a?ro-

rr}i/ Sup/ai', /cal pT/y aiJrco ITpiVxiXXaev Ke^peaT? TJ;I/ K(f)a\r]i', et^ei/

yap e^X^' fCHTljinycrai' 5e ei?J/

E<j>e<70i>, K.O.KCLVOVS Kare- 19

XtTrev cwroi), az;ro? Se eiVeX^coz/ eij r^i/ cruz/aycoy^ SieXe-

^aro rol? 'lovSa/otff. epwTcovTcov Se ai}ra>^ eVl 7rXeioi/a 20

Xpovov [jLclvat OVK TTvev(TV, aXXa aTTOTa^dp.vos Kal eiTT&v 21

IIoXii> a^aKo/z-v^co Trpos i5/xas- roG ^eou Q\OVTOS avfydrj

OTTO TiJ? 'E<^)eVov, /cai KaT\6a>v els Kmo-apiW, avaftas 22

Kat ao-Trao-a/xevoff T^I> KK\T](Tiav, /care/3/; ei? 'A^riox^ta^,

Kai TTOi^tra? ^povov TWO. c^fjXOev, Step^ofei'o? KaQc^rjs 23

r^i/ FaXariKr}^ ^copai/ xai 3>pvyiav, aTijpifav Trdvras TOVS

'louSato? ^e ri? 'ATToXXooy ovu[j,a.Ti, 'AXcl-avftpevs TW 24

ycVft, aj/jjp Xoyio?, K.aTr)VTr]<Tv elsJ/

E(eaw, SWCLTOS (ov eV

raly ypa<^)aiy. OVTOS i\v KaTTj^rjiJLi>os TTJV ooj>rrou Kvpiov

1

, 25

/cat Va>> r<w fJTV/xar e'XciXei /cai c&ibcurKCV aKpiftcos ra ?repi

rou 'iTycroO, cVtora/ze^off H.OVQV TO ^cnmo'p.a 'icad^ou. OVTOS 26

re ffp^ciTO 7rappr)o~ido~6ai eV rt crvrayooy^' a/covcra^res

fie avroO nptcr/ctXXa /cal 'AfcvXay irpocre\dftovTo avTov KOL

TOV 0OV. j3oV\O- 27

ot eypaijsav rots fjLadrjTals a7ro6Vao-$ai ai;roi/-

0? Trapayei/o/xei'Off arvvefiaXeTO TroXu roi? 7T7rio-TVK.6cnv

6ia r^ff x^Ptros* f^roi/coff yap roiff 'lovdaiots Sia/car^Xey- 28

X^ro dr)fjkoo-[a CTTidetKvvs dia TO>V ypa^)c5j/ eii/ai rov

*Irj(rovv. 'Eyevero fie eV rai roz/ *A7roXXa)

25 Kvptou

Page 63: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xix IIPASEIS AnOZTOAftN 47

V Kopiz>$o> TlavXov i\6ovTa ra oVcoreptKa p,prj tXdelv

2 els *E(j)crov KOL evpeiv TLVO.S fiadr^Tas, tiTV re Trpbs O.VTOVS

Ei TTvevp,a ayiov e'Xd/3ere TTicrTevcravTes ; ol de Trpbs avTov

3 'AXX* ofd el TTvevua ayiov GO~TIV riK.ovo~ap.ev. eiTrev re Eiff

TL ovv e'jSaTrr10-^77re ; ol Se earav Eis ro 'iwa^ou /SaTrricrfia.

4 elirev Se JlaOXos- 'icoaz/^s e'/SaTrrtaev j3a7rrt(r/ia /uera^Oia??

ro> Xaw \eyo3v els rbv epxopzvov per avrbv Iva TTio-revo-co-

5 cni>, roOr* ecrrtv ei? rbv 'irjcrovv. aKOixravTcs $ J3cnrTior67]-

6 crav els ro ovofjia TOV Kvpiov *Ir)(rov' KOL eVi^eVros: avroty

roG IIai;Xov ^eipay TJ\@ ro Trvevpa ro ayiov eV* avrovs,

7 eXaXouz/ re yXtodcrcLis KOL 7rpo(j)rJTvoif. ryo~az>5e oi Trdvres

8 avdpes coo-el ScodeKa. EtVeX^wz/ Se eis r^ o~i;-

vayooyrjv eVapp^o-m^ero eVi fj,rjvas rpels diaXeyofjievos KOL

9 iTeidow irepl rrjs /3acriXeia? rou ^eo9. coy Se rii^ey <TK\rj-

pvvovro KOL TjTrei^ovv K.aKo\oyovvTS TTJV 6$bv evGiiriov TOV

TrXrjOovs, arroo-ra? 7T* aurcoi/ dfpcopio-ev TOVS /xa^ro's*,

10 fca^' riiJLtpav SiaXeyoiievos eV r?; cr^oX^ Tvpcivz/ou. roGro

$e eyevero eVt err^ 5vo?coVre Tra^ra? roiiff KaroLKOvvras TTJV

'AcrtW a/coOo'ai rof \6yov TOV Kvpiov, 'lovftaiovs re feat

1 1

r/

EXX77!/aff. Avvdjjieis re ou ra? rv^ouo-as' 6 ^eos

12 eVo/et 5ia rcoi/ ^etpwt' IlauXov, ooVre /cat eVt rovs aadevovv-

ra? a7ro^)e'peo-^at OTTO roO ^pcoro? cwroi) o~oi;5apia f) cnp.LK.lv-

Gia KOL a7raXXao"o~e0'$ai ayr* ai;rc5i/ ra? ^oo'OfS', ra re TTVCV-

13 /iara ra Trovrjpa K.iropeve<j6cLi.5

E7re^;e/pr;o-ai/ Se ni/ey Kat

%OVTCIS ra Tri^euftara ra Trovrjpa. ro ovop.a TOV Kvpov

Xeyoz/ref 'OpKifa vf^as TOV 'irjo-ovv ov Iiav\os Krjpvo-crct.

14 Jjcrav 6V TLVOS 2/ceua 'lou^aiou ap^tepeco? eVra vtoi rovro

15 Trotovi/res1

. cLTTOKpiOev Se ro Tri/ev/xa ro irovrjpbv etVev aiJ-

roi? Toz^ [juev] 'irjcrovv yivcoo~KCi) KOL TOV IIa{}Xoi> eV/o~ra-

16 /zat, i5juety 5e riVef eVre' ; /cai e(j)a\6[JLVos 6 avOpairos

Page 64: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

48 IIPASEIS AHOSTOAfi^ XIX

fir dVTOvs ev co t\v TO Trvevpa TO Trovrjpov KaTaKvpicixras

dfJL(j)OTCp(0V 'l(TXVO~V KdT dVTMV, <Zo~T yVfJLVOVg Kdl TCTpdV-

fJLdTlO~IJLVOVS K<pvyelv < TOV o'lKOV KLVOV. TOVTO 17

f'yforro ywo-Tov iraaiv ^lovbaiots re KCU "EXX^o-ti/ TOLS

K.aTOLKOV(TLV TTJV "E<f>(rOV, KOL 7r7T(7V ($>6(BoS 67TI TTaVTaS

avTOvs, Koi p,ya\vvTo TO ovopa TOV Kvpiov 'irj&ov.

TToXXot T T&V TTfTTlOTeUKOrCOI/ T]p%OVTO C^OjLtoXoyOVjLie^Ot KCU 18

dvayye\\ovTS Tas Trpd^cis avTcov. iwivol de TU>V TCI 7T6- 19

pifpya Trpa^avTav crvvevtyKavTcs TGS (SiftXovs KareKaiov

V(ti7TlOV TTClVTCdV' KCll GTVV'^^(pLO~aV TCIS TljJiaS dVTWV KOL

tvpov dpyvpLOV fivptaSa? TreVre. Ourco? /cara KpaTOS TOV 20

Kvpiov 6 \dyos rjv^avtv /cat

Q2 AE EIIAHPQ0H ravra, e^ero o IlaOXo? V TO> 21

'ifpocroXv/ia, etVcov or* Mera TO ycveadat p.e CKCL 5ei

KCCI *P(O[Jir)v Idelv. aTrooTeiXaf Se et? TT)I/ MaKe5oi/iai/ 22

a^rai, TifioQeov KCU "EpacrTOv, CLVTOS

*lv 'A(T/az/. 'EyeVero 5e 23

Kara roi/ Kaipov CKC'IVOV Tapa^os OVK o\iyos irfpl r^j oSou.

ArjfJiTjTpLos yap Tis oi^u/zart, apyvpoKOTros, TTOI&V vaovs 24

[apyupovj] *Apre/itSoff Trape/^ero roij re^^trat? OVK oXiyrjv

epyacrtW, ouff crvvadpoicras KOL TOVS irepl ra roiaura epya- 25

ras. etVfV ^AvSpfs, eVio-racr^ on e< TavTrjs TTJS cpyacrias

?J eUTTOp/a T/jUtl^ (TTIV, KOL QeWpflTe Kdl dKOVT OTl 0V [LQVOV 26

'Ec^ecrou aXXa cr^cdov 7rdo~rjs TTJS *A(7ta9 o UaGXos1 OVTOS

7TLO-dS ^T(TT7](TV LK-dVUV O^Xoi/, XeyO)V oYi Ol^K 10-^ ^6Ot

ot &a ^etpcSz/ yivojjievoi. ov [LGVOV 5c rovTo Kiz/Sui/evei 27

Ty/iti/ro ftepoy f is ciTreXey/ioi/ cX^eii/, aXXa Kai ro r^? /xeya-

X?7ff ^ea? 'Apre/xiSoff ifpoi' ets ovQev \oyur6rjvai,

Page 65: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xix xx IIPAgEIS AIIOSTOAftN 49

re /cat /ca#atpeto-$at TTJS /zeyaXeidrr/ro? avrfjs, rjv 0X77

28 [77] 'Ao~ta /cat [77] OIKOVJJ.6VT] o~/3erai. aKOvcraz/res Se /cat

yevo/xefot 7T\ijpis Qvpov cKpaov Xeyoi/res MeyaXTj 77

29*ApreP.LS 'E(^)eo~iG)i>. /cat 7T\ijo~0T] 77TroXt? rf}? (rvy^vcreoos',

<pfj,r]o-dvre oiLoQvpabov els TO Qearpov (rvvapTrdo-avres

Taiov Kal 'ApiVrap^oi/ Ma/ceSoi/aj, rvvK$ijp.ovs HavXov.

30 IlavXov 6e /3ovAojuei/ou eta"cX^ii/ i? rov dfjfiov OVK c'lcov

31 avrov ot fjLadrjrai' nvs Se /cai r<ov 'Acriap^a)^, oWes- aOrw

<^>iXoi, Tre/z^avreff Trpos avroz/ irapeKaXovv p.r]dovvai eav-

32 roi/ ft? TO OeaTpov. aXXot /te^ ow aXXo rt e/cpafoz/, iyi/

yap T) KK\rjor[a <rvvK^viJ.vrjj KCU ot TrXet'ov? OUK TJ$i<rav

33 rtz/os ei/e/ca o-W\rjK.v6Lcrav. e/c 5e roO o^Xov crwe/3i/3a-

a>v avrov ra>v 'lovdaicov, 6 de

Karaoreo-as TTJV X LPa

34 ra> 5r/juco. eTriyvovTes 5e ort 'lo^Satos1 Icrnv (poovr) eyevero

fj.iaCK 7rdvT(ov ""wo-et

1eVt oopa? Suo

r*:pafoi/ra)i/

n

MeyaXr; 77

35*AprefUff 'E^)ecrta)i/T

. /carao-reiXay Se roi/ o^Xoz/ o ypap,-

fjLciTevs <pTjcrii> "Avdpcs 'E^)0~tot, rt? yap lorrw avQpcoTrcois

os ov yiv(do~KL Tr]v 'E(^>ecrt'a)i> TTO\LV vfcoKopov ovcrav rrjs

2,6 fieyaXrjs 'Apre/ztSos1

/cat rou StOTrerouff ; ai/ai/rtprjrooi/ ovi'

OVT&V TOVTCtiV $OV (TT\V VfJLClS KaTO~Td\jJ.VOVS VTTap^CLV

37 /cat jjLT]$V TTpoTrereff Trpdo~o~iv. yydyere yap rovs avdpa?

TOVTOVS ovre lepoo-yXovs ovre jSXao-^ry/xovi/ras- n}z> ^eoy

38 rj/Ltooi/.et /tev o^ Ar;/xr/rpios Kat ot o~vi/ avrw rex^rat

eyovonv Trpds nva \6yov, ayopalot ayovrai /cat dvQvTrarot

39 eto~tv, yKa\LTO)O~av aXXr^Xots". et 5e rt Trepatrepa) eVt^-

40 retre, e^ rr; eVvo/ia) e/c/cXr^o"ia TTL\v@r}O~Tai. /cat yap

Kiv$vvvop.v e'y/caXeto-$at o-rao-ecoffr7rept

ftevbs atrtou ^Trap^ovro?, ?rept ow ov bvpTj

/,i Xoyov Trept rr^ff o~va"Tpo(pTJs Tavrrjs . /cat rai)ra ELTTCOV aTre-

i Mera e ro iravo-acrQai rov Qopvftov /ieraTre/t

34 MeyaArj r) *Apre/uits *E<|)(7Ji' 40 t--t

P. 4

Page 66: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

50 HPASEIS AITOZTOAM xx

o IlaOXoff TOVS p.adrjTaf /cat Trapa/caXecra? dcnrao-dfjievos

erj\6ev TTOpeveardaL els Ma/ce&oi/taj/. SteX$a>z> 5e TCI p-eprj 2

e'/cetz/a /cat Trapa/caXeVar auraus- Xoyco TroXXco rjj\6ev els TTJV

'EXXaSa, Tronjcras re fjirjvas rpels yevofjievys enij3ov\7Js 3

aurai UTTO ra3z/ 'lovftaicov /xeXXoz/rt avdyecrQai els rrjv 2upun>

ytvTO yvwfjirjs roir virocrrpefaiv bia MciKcdovias. crvvei- 4

Trero 8e avTto ScoTrarpo? ILvppov BepotaTo?, Gecro-aXoi/i-

Kecoi/ Se *Apt(jrap^oj /cat Sc/cov^Soff xai Faios1

Aep/^ato? Kat

Ti/Ao&off, 'Acriaz/oi Se Tv^iKOf /cat Tp6(j)ifJLOS' ovroi Se 5

^pOO-eX^OZ^TfS1

fJLVOV ^fJLCLS V TpO)flf -77/^619 & ^7T\V(Ta- 6

p,V fjiTa ras ijfjiepas ru>v a^v/xcaz/ OTTO ^iXiTTTrooi/, /cai rjX^o-

/xei' Trpoff cu;TOi>? et? r^i/ TpwaSa a^pt Tj/iepcov TrcWe, ou

dterpt^a/zef ij^pas crrra. 'Ei/ 5e r^ /xia ro3j/ 7

cra/3/3ara)j/ crvvrjyp.vcov rj^twr/ /cXatrat aprov o na^Xos- Ste-

Xe'yero ai^roTs-, /le'XXooi/ e^ie'i/at T45 eVavpto^, 7rapeVeii/eV re

roi' Xoyoi' /ze^pt /xecrovu/crtou. r/crai/ e Xa/iTraSeff i<ai/al 8

eV rw v7Tpco(o ov rjpev (rv^y/xeVot- Ka^efo/zevo? Se ris 9

vcavias ovofjLdTt, Euru^o? eVt r^y 6vpi$o$, Kara(f)p6fj.Pos

CI) ftaQei SiaXeyo/xeVov rovr!Iai;Xou eVi 7rXeiot>, /care-

is1

aTTO roO VTTVOV eVea-e^ CTTTO rov rpttrreyou Kara) /cat

vtKpos. KCLTaftas Se o naOXo? eVeVea-e^ avrw /cat 10

Xa^ooi/ etVevrM?) $opv/3elo-$e ', T; yap ^ux 7

)auroO

eV aur<y eVrtV. dvaftas de [/cat] /cXacras roi/ aprov /cat n

riyayov Se rov TratSa ooz/ra, /cat Trape/cX^^crai/ 12

ou /zerp/co?. 'H/xets- 5er7TpoeX^oj/res- eVt ro 13

TrXoZoi' dvij^dr]fjLV eVt r?)z> "Acrcroz/, e/cet^ez/ fjLe\\ovTS dva-

Xaju/3az>e> roi/ IlauXoj/, oilra)? yap foareray/zeVoff 171/ /zeX-

Xcoi/ avro? Trc^eveLV. cos Se (rvj'e/^aXXej/ ^Tf et? r?)v>J

Aa~crov, 14

ai/aXa/3oi/res ai;roi> rj\0Ofj.V els ~M.Lrv\ijvr]V, KaKeWev OTTO- 15

TrXevoraz/reff rt5 hrtowrg Karr]VTij<TafJLev avriKpvs Xtou, r^

els MiXrjTov /ceAcpt/cet yap o IlaOXoff TrapaTrXeCorat r7}i/ 16

5 TrpoeA^dvTes 9 HavA.ov, CTTI ffAetoz/ KaTeve^0ets 10/

Page 67: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xx HPASEIS AH02TOAON 51

~E<)0-OVj OTTCOfffJLTj yeVTJTdl ClVTCp XPOVOTP L jO~ai *V T

fl

eo~7rev$ev yap el dvvaTove'irj

auVai TTJV rj^epav TTJS TrevTrj-

KOO~TTJS yeveo~6ai els 'lepocroAv/ia.

17 'ATTO 8e .TTJS M.L\TJTOV Trends els "'Etyecrov /Ltere/caAe'-

18 (Taro TOVS TTpeorpvTepovs TTJS KK\Tjo~ias. cos de irapeyevovTo

Trpbs avrov eLTrev avrols 'Ypels eViVrao-^e aTro Trpcorrjs

rifjiepas d<p' TJS eire^v els rrjv'

Kcriav 7ro5? /ze^* v^wv rov

19 Travra ^povov eyevofjLrjv, dovXev&v rco Kvpico fjLera Trdcrr^s

TciTrivo<ppoarvvr]s KOL daicpvow KOL 7retpao-/xcoi/ rcoz/ <ru/z/3aj/-

20 TCOVfJLOL

V TOLS 7Tl(BoV\CUS TWV 'lovddLCdV (OS OvdeV VTT-

(TTeL\dfjL7]V TCOV (TVfjL(j)ep6vTa)V TOV pr) dvayye'iXat, Vfjuv K.OL

21 didd^aL vpas dr)fjLO(ria KCU KCLT OLKOVS, diafjiapTvpofjLevos

*IovdaiOLS re /cat "EAA^crtv rrjv els 6eov /zeraz/otai> KOL

22 TTLCTTLV els rbv Kvpiov rj^wv ^IrjcTOVJ^. KOL vvv Idov SeSc-

pevos eyco ra> nvevfj-aTL Tropevopai, els 'lepovo-aXrjfj,, ra eV

23 avrrj (TwavTrjcrovTa. [j.ol pr} elftws, TrXrjv on TO Trvevfia TO

ayiov Kara 7r6\iv dta/iaprvperat pot \eyov OTI deorfj.a KOL

24 d\i\lseis pe [Mevovcriv' aAA* ovdevos \6yov TroiovfjLai TTJV

flJX^lv rL^'iav efjiavTCO CDSr

VeAeta)<ra>1TOV dpopov pov KOL

Tr]v diaKoviav fjv e\aftov irapa TOV Kvpiov 'l^o-ou, dtapap-

25 TVpao~6ai TO evayye\iov TTJS %dpiTOs TOV Seov. KOL vvv

Idov eyco ol8a OTI ou/cert o^eo-de TO 7rp6o~a>7r6v p.ov vpels

2.6 ndvTes ev ols SirjXQov Kr}pvo~o~(ov TTJV (Bao~i\eiav fkoTi fJ*ap-

Tvpofjiai vfj.'iv ev TTJ o-rjfjiepov ripepq OTL KaQapos elpt arro

27 TOU aLjJLCLTOs TrdvTdov, ov yap ^Vea-reiAa/x^i/ TOV/XT) dvay-

28 yeiAat iraa'av TTJV (BovXrjv TOV 6eov v\ilv. Trpotre^ere eav-

Tols KOt TTCLVT\ TCp TTOlfJivicp,Iv CO VfJLttS TO TTVCVfia TO OLyiOV

0TO eVtO-KOTTOUff, TTOt/ZatWil/ THIN CKKAHCf^N TOY 6eOy,

29 H N TTpl6TTOIHCdkTO &ta TOV at'jaaros" TOV iotOV eyco

otSa ort etcreAevcrovT'at /xera TTJV a(j)L^LV [Jiov \VKOL fSapets

30 et? vfjias fJLr] (peidofjievoi TOV TTOL/JLVLOV, /cat e vpav [avVcoV]

avao~Tijo~ovTaL avdpes \a\ovvTes Stecrrpa/z/zei/a roO aTro-

31 CTTTO^ rot's paQrjTas oTrtcrco eWrcoz^' Sto yp?;yopeire, fj.vrj[jio-

13 TrpocreA-^di/Te? 15 ecrTrep^ 21 XpiaToi> 24 TeXetw<rac 28 f...f

42

Page 68: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

52 HPASEIS AITOSTOAON xx xxi

vevovres on TpieTiav VVKTO. /cat rpcpOV OVK eTr

daKpvu>v vovBeTwv eva CKCICTTOV. /cat TO. vvv TrapctTiQefjLCiL 32

upas ro)rK.vpico

'

/cat TO) Xoyta TT)s x^PLTOS avT v ro> Sum/zero)

OLKoSojjLija-ai KQ\ dovvai TTJV KAHpONO/V\(<\N eV TOfc Hfl^-

CM6NOIC TTACIN. apyvpiov rj ^pu(r/ov rj IficiTicrfJiov ovdevos 33

TT6v^o-a' avrol yii/coo'/cereort rals ^pe/ai? /zot> KQI rots 34

OVOTL /Afr' e/xoO vTTTjpeTrjo'av at ^clpeff CIVTCII. iravra vrredeit-a 35

T5/zu> ort ot'rcos' KOTTtaivra? 5eT orriXa/z/3av6(r^ai roov ao-^e-

rovi/rcoz/, fjiVT]fj,ovvciv re TWV \6ya>v TOV Kvpiov 'Irjo-ov OTI

avro? efTrev Ma/capioi/ eVrii' paXKov Stdoi/ai ^ Aaju/3ai/eii/.

/cat ravra eiTrooi/ ^ei? ra yovara avrov crvv TTCKTLV avTols 36

'TTpoorfv^aro. IKCIVOS 5e AcXau^ftoff f'yevero Traz^rcoi', Kat 37

fTTlTTCCTOVTeS 7T\ TOV rpa^7;Xoi/ TOV IIcwAoi; K(lT(f)[\OVV

CLVTOV, ovva>}i.voi fjLoXio~ra eVi rai Xoya) <w clprJKCL on 38

OVK6TL fJieXXovO-lV TO TTpOQ-ODTTOV CIVTOV OftopClV. 7rpO7TfJL~

7TOV $ CtVTOV LS TO TT\ol.OV.

r?j/xa? a7roar7Tao~QevTas an av- i

V LS TTJV KcO, T7/ f^? i?

r^vf

Pooi>, Ka/cet^ev f tff Ilarapa* icat evpovTcs TT\olov 2

SiaTrcpaiv els 3?OLViKrjv eTtiftavres avrjxdrjijiev. dvaffravavTes 3

$e TT)V KuTrpot' /cat KaraXiTro^reff avTrfv evcovvpov eTrXeopev

els Svptai/, /cat KaTrjKOo^ev els Tvpov, eKelo~ yap TO TrXotov

7)1^ a7ro(popTL^o^.Pov TOV yofjiov. avevpovTes Se roi;s p,aQr)- 4

ra? eVe/zetVa/iev aurou ijfjiepas eTrra, otrtz/6ff rw IlavXa)

\eyov dia TOV TTpevpaTOS /AT) eVt/^atVetv 6ts 'lepocroXu/xa.

ore Se eyeWrore^apr/crat ^/zas-

1ra? TJfj,pas, ee\6ovTes 5

7ropev6fjLe6a TrpoirepTrovTcov facts 7ravTu>v crvv yvvaiQ KOL

TeKvois ecos ea) TTJS TroXeca?, /cat BevTes TO. yovara eVt

rov atytaXov Trpocrev^dfjievoi a7TT]o~7rao~aiJieda aXXrJXous-, /cat 6

cvefBrjfjiev els TO TrXotov, e/ceti/ot Se vTreo-Tpe^av els TO.

tSta. 'HfieTs- e roz^ TrXovv Stawo-arres- OTTO 7

Tupov KaTr}VT^o-a/j,ev els IlroXe/zatda, /cat aa-Trao-a^evoL

TOVS cio~e\<povs e^e'iva^ev faepav p.iav Trap* avTols. Trj de 8

32 0ea> i Tjjaas, a.TTOO'ira.a'OevTes aV a&T(3

Page 69: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxi IIPASEIS AnoSTOAQN 53

enavpLov ee\QovTs rfXQayiev els Kaicraptaj/, KCL\ elcrcX-

QoVTeS els TOV OLKOV ^tXlTTTTOV TOV Vayye\LCTTOV OVTOS K.

9 TCOV eTTTO. p*foapCV Trap' OVTCO. TOVTCO 6 TjCTaV 6vyO.TpS10 red(rapes Trapflevoi 7rpo(j)7]Tvovo~ai. 'ETTt/zei'oWcoz' be ^fte-

paS 7r\lOVS KaTT/XOeV TLS OTTO TTJS 'lovSdlCLS 7TpO(j)r]TT]S

11 ovofjLdTi3f

A.ya(3oSj KOL \6<nv Trpbs TUJ-CLS K.OL apas TTJV a>vr)v

TOV TIavXov ftijcras eavrov TOVS Troftas KOL ras ^eTpa? zlirev

TciSe Xeyet ro irvcvfjia TO ayiov Toz/ avftpa ov O~TLVrj

fcovrj avTrj OUTGO 9 $rjo-ovo~iv Iv 'lepovo-aX^/z ot 'lov&uot /cat

12 7rapao'&o~ovcriv els %lpas eQvav* cos 5e 7^Koucra/xev raura,

7rapeKa\ov[j,V yfjiels re /cai oi IVTOTTLOI TOVfj,rj avafiaivew

13 avTOV els 'lepovo-aXijfjL. TOTE a.7TKpLdrj [o] TLavXos Tt

Troterre /cXai'oi/res Kat o~vv6pVTTTovTes JJLOV TTJV Kapdiav ; eyw

yap ov fj.6vov dcflfjvai dXXa KOL asKoQavziv els *Iepovo~a\r]fJL

Z4 6TO//ZC09 e^Q) V7Tp TOV OVOfJiaTOS TOV KVplOV 'l^Q-OU. fJiT)

Se auroO ^o-v^ao-aftei/ etVoj/re? Tov Kvpiov TO

15 Mera 5e Ta? Tjfjiepas TavTas lTncrK.evacraiJ.evoi avefiaivo-

16 fiev els 'lepocroXvpa' o~vv?i\6ov de Kal rcoi/ fjLa^rjTcov OTTO

Kato~apta9 o't't' ijfjuv, ayovTes Trap1

a> ^evLO~0mfjLep M.vdcra>v[

17 Ttvt Kv7rpio>, ap^aia) padrjTrj. Tevo[iev^v de TJJJLCOV els

18 'lepoo-oXujua ao-pews aVe6Yai'ro T/^a? oi dde\<poL Trj de

eTTiovcrrj elcrrjei o TLav\os crvv rffjuv rrpos 'la/coo/Soi/, TtavTes

19 re TrapeyevovTO oi 7rpecr(BvTepoi. Kal do-7rao~dfjLevos avTovs

e^rjyelTO KaO* ev eKaorTov a>v eTroirjcrev 6 6eos ev Tols eQvecrw

20 dia T7/9 SiaKovias avTov. ol de aKovcravTes ed6aov TOV

6eov, elirav re avTcp Gecopei?, aSeX0e, 7roo-at fjivpcddes

eloriv ev Tols 'lovftaiois Totv TreTTicrTevKOTCDVy Kal -jravres

21 f^Xoarai rou vofj-ov VTrdp^ovcnv KaTrj^Srjo-av de Trept o~ou

ort diroo-Tacriav dtddcrKeis OTTO Mcovo-ecoy TOLIJ Kara ra edvrj

irdvTas 'lovftaiovs, \eya)V fir) TrepiTepveLV avTovs TO. TeKva

22[J.r)o*e

Tols eOecriv TrepiTcaTelv. TL ovv ecrTLV ; TrdvTcos CLKOV-

Page 70: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

54 IIPASEIS AHOSTOAON xxi

arovTai OTL \rj\v6as. TOVTO ovv iroir]Q~ov o VOL \cyopcv 23

io~lv T^IJUV oVSpeff TO~o~apS VX*1V e^oi/re?rd(

>neavrcoi/.

TOVTOVS 7rapa\apa>v dyvio-6r]TL o-vv avrols KOL 8a7rdvr)o~ov 24

eV avrots- Iva. ^vpr/orovrai TTJV Ke(j)a\ijv, nal yvuxrovrai

navTfS OTL <&v KaTTJxrjvrai jrepl trov ovdev VTIV, d\\a

(TTOL^cIs KOL O.VTOS (f)V\a(T(T(i)V TOV VO^JLOV. 7Tpl $ TCOV 2$

7Tf7ri(7r6UKoro)i/ e^vooi/ TJ/xei?rd7retrreiXa/xev

'

Kpivavres <j)v-

Xao-a-ea-^at avrovs TO re eiScoXo^uToi/ /cat alpa KOL TTVIKTOV

KOI TTOpveiav. rare o Hav\os 7rapa\aj3tov rows- avdpas TTJ 26

^Ofj.vrj tffjiepa crvv avTols dyvicrdcls elcryci els TO icpov,

$iayye\\cov TTJV CKTrXripacriv TCON HMGpcON TOy <\fNICMOYecos ov 7rpoo~rjv^0rj VTrcp cvos CKaorov avTtov

TI 7rpO(T(f)opct.

'Off Se fj,\\ov al eVra rj^pai o-vvreXflvQai, ol UTTO 27

rrjs *Ao~ias *Iouatot 6ao~dfjLvot, O.VTOV lv rai iepw avve^covTCIVTO. TOV O%\OV KO.I 7T(3oXaV 7T dVTOV TGS X ^PaS7 Kp<*- 28

OVTS *Av8pS 'lo-pa^Aetrm, /3o^^elr6* owro? cVrtz/ 6

avflpMTros 6 KOTO. TOV XaoO KOL TOV VOJJLOV /cat TOV TOTTOV

TOVTOV Travras iravTa^fj St5ao-/ca)i/, ert re /cat ^EXX^i/as-

clcnjyayev els TO icpbv KOL KKoivo)KV TOV ayLov TOTTOV

TOVTOV. r']O~av yap TrpoecopaKOTes Tpocfrip-ov TOV *E^)ecrtov 29

cv Trj TroXfi avv avTa>, ov evofjii^ov OTL ts TO Icpov eloijya-

yv 6 Hav\o$. KLvijQr] rerj TroXts 0X77 Kat eyevcTo o~vv- 30

ftpOfjLr) TOV Xaoi), icat eTTtXa/So/zevot TOV TLavXov L\KOV

avTov e^a) TOV tepoO, feat ev^ecos eKXficrdrjo-av at Qvpai.

ZTJTOVVTCOV re auroi/ aTro/cretvat dvfflr) (f)do~L$ rai ^tXtap^a> 31

r?5ff o-7Tip7]s OTL O\TJ vvvxyvveTai 'icpovo-aXijfj,, os f^avTrjs 32r7rapaXa/3a>j>" o-rparieoras- Kat eKarorrap^ay KareSpa/xei/

CTT* avrovs", ot 5e tSo^res roi> ^tXtap^oi/ KOI rou^ crrparta)-

ra? cTTavo-avro TVTTTOVTCS TOV Hav\ov. rare e'yytVas o 33

^tXtap^oy eVeXa/3ero aurou *:at e'Ace'Xeucre bfdfjvai aXvo-etrt

$VCri) KOL 7TVv6dvTO TLS ?7]KOL TL O~TLV 7r7TOir]K(OS' aXXoi 34

de aXXo rt eVe(a>Vow eV rw o^Xa)' ft?) Swapevov de CLVTOV

yvaivaL TO a(T(^>aXes 5ta rw 66pv{Bov Kt\vo~ev ayo~6ai

23 0* 25 TreaTei'A.a/ix' 32 Aa/3wi>

Page 71: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxi xxn IIPASEIS AnOZTOAON" 55

35 avTov els TrjV nape JJL/3'o\ijv. ore 5e e'yeVero eVt TOVS dva-

(Sa&iJLOvs, crvvefiri fiaorTa&crBai avTov vtro TMV o-rpartcoro3i>

36 Sta TT)Z/ /3tW TOV o^Xoi;, yKoXovfai yap ro TrXfj&os TOV XaoG

37 /cpafoj/res- Afpe auroV. Me'XXooi/ re eto-aye-

cr$tu eiff TT)^ TrapefjLfBoXrjV 6 HavXos Xeyet ra> ^tXtdp^o)Ei cfcar^v /Aot eiTretv rt Trpo? ere ; 6 e^)?/ 'EXX^i/iort

38 yLvcoo-KLS ; oi?K apa cru et o Aiy^Trno? o ?rpo rovroor/ rwv

T^jUfpco^ ai>acrrara)(7as' Kat e^ayaywv els TTJV prjpiov TOVS

39 rerpaKto'^iXiOL'S' avdpas TG>V (riKapicw ; eiTrcv de 6 HavXos

'Eyoo av6p(07ros piv et/LU 'lovdalos-, Tapcrev? TTJS- KiXi/cias1

,

OVK. dcnjfjiov TToXecoj TroiXiTTjs* Seojuat Se crov, eTrirpe'^rov JJLOI

40 XaX^crat Trpos- roj* Xaoi/. eTrLTpe^avTos de avrov o IlaOXoy

Sercriyrjs yevofjitvrjs' TrpocrccfrwvTjcrev rfj

5

E/3patdt

1 SiaXeKrcp Xc'ycovJ/

A^pe? aSeX<^)ot /cat Trarepe?, aKovcrare

2 P.OV TTJS Trpos v/jias vvv\ aTToXoy/as*. a/cot;cra^res> &e ort

T^s

E/3patt SiaXeKTCd flrpoa'ec^aWt a^rolff y^aXXoz/ 7rap<T%ov

3 ijqrv^t'aj'./cat (frrjcriv 'Eyco et/zt aj/i)p 'lovSatos1

, yeyev^/ze-i/os

1 eV Tapcrw r^s KtXt/ctay, dvctTeQpafjifjLfvos de ev rfj TroXet

TCIVTT) Trapa rovs* TroSas- Fa/>taXi^X, 7re7raievjLtez/os> Kara

aKp//3aaz/ rou Trarpwot; VO/JLOV, r}\a)Tr)S inrapx^^ TOV Qeov

4 Ka6a)s TTCLvres "upcis ecrre cr^epoi/, off ravTrjv TTJV odov

edico^a a^pt Oavdrov, deo-fjievcov /cat trapadidovs els (frvXaKas

5 avdpas re Acaiyuz/at/cas-, cos /cat o ap^tepev? /zaprupet /zot

/cat Trav ro TrpccrftvTepiov Trap1

o>v /cat eVto'roXas' dc^dpc-vos irpbs TOVS d$\(f)ovs els Aa/zao-/cov eVopevo/xTyi/ a^ooz/

/cat rous- e'/ceto-e 6Way 5e5e/zeVous eiff 'lepovo-aX^/i tva rt/ico-

6 prjuccxTLV. 'EyeVero 5e|Ltot Tropvofj.ev(D /cat e'yytbz>rt r^

Aa^Ltao"/ca) Trepi fj,o~r}aj3piav c^aifarjs < TOV ovpavov Trepta-

7 crrpcn/mt ^coy iKavov Trept e'/ze',eVea-a re ets ro eda(f)os /cat

f]Kovo-a (f)covrjs \cyovo-rjs ftot 2aouX SaovX, rt /ze Stco/cet?;

8 e'yw Se aTre/cpt^z/ It's ef, /cvpte ; efTrcV re Trpo? /ze

9 Eyoo et/zi I^o~oOj o Na^copaTos- ov o~v Stoo/ceiff. ot Se o'i'i'

Page 72: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

56 nPASEIS AIIOSTOAfitf xxn

e'/zoiOVTCS TO fiev <f>(as

e6ea.o~a.VTO TTJV fte (jxavrjv OVK rJKOVO~av

TOV \a\OVVTOS LLOl. eiTTOV $ Tl7TOlTJ(T(i), KVpie ,*

O & KV- IO

pLOS ellTeV TTpOS p>

'

AvCKTTaS TTOpCVOV LS Ao/iOCr/CoV, KttKcl

O~OL \aXrjdrjcrcTai Trepl TTCLVTCDV u>v rlraKral croc rroLrjcraL. co? ir

derovK eWjSXeTTOi/

1airo TTJS ^o^rjs TOV <f)O)Tbs CKeivoVj X lPa

~

ycoyov^i>os VTTO TCOV o~vvovTa>vfJLOt, y\6ov els Aa/xao"Koz/.

'Avavias Se TLS dvrjp v\a(3rjs Kara TOV vopovj papTVpovpc- 12

VOS V7TO TTOVTCOV TtoV K.CITOIK.OVVT<>V ^OuSaiCOI/, \6toV TTpOS 13

p.e KOL 7TLO~Tas L7TV fjLOL SaouX aSeX<^)e, dvdfiXfiJsov

Kayco avTrj TTJ apa ai/e/3Xe^a els avTov. o 5e eirrei/ *O 14

TCDV TrciTepcov ip.u>v Trpoe^etpiaro (re yva>vat TO

avTov Koi Ide'iv TOV SLKCIIOV KOI d/coucrat (fravrjv K TOV crro-

fJLClTOS (IVTOV, OTLO~fl jJidpTVS OVTCp TTpO? TTUVTaS dvQpCCtTTOVS 15

coi/ eo>pa/ca? /cat TJKOVO~O.S. Kcil vvv TI /xeXXeif ; dvatrra? 16

/SaTrrtcrat KOI aTroXoucrat rar a/iapria? crov eVtKaXfcra/zez/os

TO ovQ\ia avTov. 'EyeVero e /xot vTroorpc^ai/ri ei? 'lepov- 17

craX?7ft /cat Trpoorev^o/xeVoi; /iou eV TO) iepw ycvco-Oat, JJLev

K(TTdo~t Kal 161Z> O.VTOV \tyOVTCL fJLOL ^,TTV(TOV KOL ^\0 18

cV ra^et e 'lepovtraX^, Siort ov TrapaSe{~ovTal o~ov fJ-ap-

Tvpiav TTfpi JJLOV. Kayco CLTTOV Kvpte, avroi eV/OTaz/rai 19

ort eya) ^JP'IJV <pv\aKia>v /cat d^pooi/ Kara ras o~vvayG>yas

TOVS 7TlO-TVOVTaS CTTl (T' KOL OT %XVVVTO TO alfJLO.2re- 2O

(frdvOV TOV fJidpTVpOS GTOV, KOL aVTOS Y\\tf]V <j)OT(DS KOL

o~vvv8oK<&v KOL <^)vXdtrcr6)^ ra t/iaria roov dvaipovvT&vavTov. KOL CLITCV Trpoy /ie Ilope^ou, ort e'yoo if e^w; 21

paKpavrecLTroo-T\af' ere. ^H/covov Se avrou 22

a^pt rourou rou Xoyou /cat err^pai/ r?)^ (jxovrjv avT&v Xe-

yoi^re? Afpe OTTO rij? yrjs TOV TOIOVTOV, ov yap KaQfJKev

avTov ^fjv. Kpavya6vTa>v re avTwv /cat piTTTovvTcov ra 23

t/xarta /cat KoviopTov jBaXXovTcov els TOV de'pa e'/ce'Xeucrei/ 24

o ^tX/ap^os1

to~ayecr^at avTov els TTJV 7rape/A/3oX^i/, etTras

l*do-Tiiv dvTa^(rdaL avTov tva eiriyva* SL TJV atrtai/ o-rCO? TT(j)(0VOVV CLVTO). COff Se TTpOTlVCtV dVTOV rOlff IjJMCTlV 25

ii oufiei> ejSA.eTroj' 21

Page 73: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxir xxin IIPASEIS AHOSTOAfiN 57

t7rez> TTpos TUV earcora Karovrap\ov 6 IlaOXor Et av

TTOV 'Pco/zatov /cat (iKaTCLKpiTov ^(TTLV vplv

26 aKoixras Se o fKarovrcip^rjs 7rpoo"eX$a>z/ TO> ^tXt

yetXez/ \eycov Ti /zeXXet? TTQICLV ; 6 yap avQptoiros ovros

27 'PcOfJLOLOS (TTLV. 7TpO(T\6a>V 6' O ^iXiap^O? t7TeZ/ a^TW

28 Ae'ye /zot, o"u 'Pco/xaTo? et; 6 de ie^^ Nat. aTreKpidrj Se

6 ^tXiap^o? 'Eyw TroXXou KeffraXaiov rr]V TroXtreiav TO.VTTJV

K.rrj(rafJLr]v.6 nauXoy e0?7 'Eyco Se /cat yt~yivvT}\Lai.

29 i)6ews ovv aTrecrr^crav GTT* a^rou oi fjicXXovres avrov ave-

rafeiv KOL 6 ^iXtap^o? 5e etfroftrjOr) eTtiyvovs on 'Pcofjiaius

CCTTLV KOL art CLVTOV r\v SeSe/coos-.

30 Tfj de liravpiov /SovXoju.ei/off yvc5i/at TO d(T<j)a\es TO rL

fcarr/yopetrat VTTO TQ>V 'louSaicoi/ eXwcv avrov, /cat e/ceXcv-

crev (Tvve\6clv TOVS ap^tepets /cat Traz/ TO avvedpioVy /cat

i Karayaycov rov Havkov ecrrrj(TV els avrovs. arevio-as SerIIa{}Xoff T<5 (TvvtSpiq? elnev "Avdpes aoVXc^ot', eyto Trao-?/

o'^^etST/o'et ayaOf] TreTToXiVev/iat TO> ^ea) a^pt ravrr^s rijs

2 Tj/j.pas. 6 Se ap%iepvs'

Kvavlas eTrera^cv rols 7rapeo-To3-

3 o~ti/ atVa3 T^TTTet^ avTou TO o-To/>ia. TOTC o IlaOXoff Trpo?

avrov 6t7T6i/ Ti;7TTeti/ ere fi6\\i 6 Qeos, Tol^ /ce/coi/ia/zeVe'

/cat (fw /ca^ Kpivcov pe Kara rbv vo\jLOv7/cat TrapavojjLcdv K.e-

4 Xeuet? /ze TinrretrSaL ; ol e Trapeo-TCDTe? elirav Tov ap^t-

5 epea ToG dcov XotSopet? ; e^)?; re 6 IlaGXo? Ov/c rjdeiv,

a5eX0ot, oTt eo-TtJ/ ap^tepevs- yeypairrai yap on v

ApXONT<\6 TOY A<\oy coy OYK epeTc K<\KCOC. Tvovs 8e 6 IlaCXo?

OTt TO ez/ fjiepos o~nv ^addovKaicov TO de erepov ^apiarai(ov

cKpafcv V TO) oruz/eSpto)J/

Az/pe? aSeX^oi, eyoa Qapio-alos

clfjiLy vlos <&apio~aia)V' Trept \TTL$OS /cat ayao"Tao"ea)? z/e/cpcov

7T

/cptVojuat. TOVTO 5e a^TourXaXo{)i/TOff

n rtyevTO

}

(TTCKTLS

TWV 3>apL(rala)V K.OL 2aS6s

ou/cata)i/, /cat O~^io~0rj TO 7T\rjdos.

8 SaSSou/catoiTyap \eyov(TLV p.rj civai ovacrTao'iv I^TJTC ayyc-

9 Tepa. eyei/eTO 5e Kpavyfj /ueyaX?;, /cat az/ao"Taz/Tey Tti

I TU> crvveSpCta o UavAo? 6 -yai 7 etTrovTO?|

eTreVecrci' 8 /

Page 74: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

HPASEIS AIIOSTOAQX xxin

\eyovres OuSev KCIKOV evptovco/zez/ eV ra> aV$pco7ra> rourar

ei Se TTvevp-a (\a\7](TV avrcorj ayyeXo? . HoX\rjs 5e 10

yivofjLtvrjs trrao-eoos tfroftrjOels 6 ^iX/ap^o? /xj) 5m(77raer^o IlaOXos VTT* avrcoi/ K\V(TV TO (TTpdrevfJia

apTrdarai avrov K fteVov avra)i/, ayetr/T

ety r^XrJ^. T?y C7TIOVCT7] VVKTL 7TL(TTCIS aVTO) O KVplOS II

(L7TV Gapcrei, a)$- yap diefiapTvpa) ra Trepi e/zou eiff 'lepoucra-

XT)/M o{rra> ere Sei /cat et? 'PGJ/ZTJJ/ /xaprvp^crat. Fe- 12

vojjievTjS

rSe

n

ijftfpas Troirjo-avres crv(TTpo(j)r)v ol 'lov&aau

aveOeyLCLTLcrav eavrovs \eyovres ft^re (frayelv fMJTt trelv

0)s ov cnroKTelvaHTiv rov Hav\ov. Tjcrav 5e TrXe/ouy 13

Tcr(Tpa.KOJ>Ta oi TO.VTTJV TTJV avvcofjLoa'iav 7rot7^(ra/ieyof

otrives irpoor\6ovTS rots ap^iepeOa-ii/ /cai roiy Trpecr^vre'- 14

pot? fLTrav 'A^a^e/xart ai/e^e/xartVa/zei/ eavrovs [j.r)$evos

yeva-ao-Qai ea)? ov aVoKretVoo/Aez/ rov IlavXoi/. ^i)v o'v 15

vp.^s c/z^ai/tVare TO) ^tXtap^a) crvv TO) o'

KaTaydyy avrov els vpas as /zeXXoi/raff

aKpiftecTTepov ra Trept avroO- Ty/zeT? Se Trpo roG eyytcrat

avrov ToifjLol ccrpev TOV dvcXclv avrov. 'AKovaas Se o vtoy 16

r?;? dd\<j)rjs Hav\ov TTJV cvedpav irapaycvofjicvos KOL

i(T\0(jc>v els TTJV TrapcfJL^oXrjv a7rrjyyi\V ra) IIai;Xa).

TTpoo-KaXeo-a/iei/oy Se o riaC/Xos- ez/a roov eKarovrap^coz/ 17

e0?7 Toi/ veaviav TQVTQV arrayc Trpos TOV ^tXtap^oy, f'xet

yap aTrayyetXat rt avra). o /nei/ o^v 7rapaXa/3cov avTov iS

ijyaycv npbs TOV ^tXtap^oi/ /cat (prjo-tv 'O dea-pios IlaOXos

Trpoo-K.aXeadfjLCVos fie rjp(DTT]o~V TOVTOV TOV vcaviav aya-

yelv irpos o~e, ^OVTCL rt XaX^crat o*ot. eVtXa/36^tei>os> St 19

r^j x lPos GVTOV 6 ^tXtap^oy /cat ava^cop^Va? /car* tStav

f7rvv6dvTO Tt ecrrtv o exets> a7rayye^at/ Mot *Sr* Se 20

ort Ot *Ioi;SaIoi avvedevTO TOV epcor^o^at o~e OTTCO? avptov

TOV TIavXov KaTaydyys els TO avvedpiov <os p,e\\cov rt

d/cpt/3eVrepov 7rvv6dv0-0ai Trept aurou- O-L> o'y/XT) 7rcio-6rjs 21

Page 75: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxni xxiv IIPASEIS AHOSTOAfiN 59

avrols, evedpevovcriv yap avrbv e avratv avdpes TrXeiour

reo"o~epa/coz>ra, olrtvcs aW$ejuaria'az> eavrovs p>*]T <ayeti>

/zr/re Trelv coos ov dveXccxriv avrov, /cat vvv elcrlv erot/zot

xopevoL TT]V oVo croO CTrayyeXtW. o /xi/ o'j/ X^ l/"

aTTe'Xvo-e roi/ veavicrKOV irapayyciXas prjdevl K\a\rj-

23 (rat ort raGra evefyavio-as irpos cpe. Kal

Tivas $vo TWV eKOTOVTapxtoV iTTV 'Eroi/idcraTe

ras- diaKoo-iovs OTTCOS TtopevQ&o-iv u>s Kaio-ap/aj, /cat iTT

^bop,iJKoi'Ta KOL de^LoKa^ovs SidKocrLOvs, aTro rpLTrjs copa?

24 r?;? j'u/cros', KTrjvrj re Trapacrr^a'at ti^a 7Ti/3i/3a(7ai/res roz/

25 IlaCXoi/ Stao-oocrcoo-t Trpos OryXt/ca rov r\y^ova^ ypd\jsas

26 7Ti(rTO\r)v e^ovtrav ro^ TVTTOI/ rovrov KXavSios Av<7iW

27 r<5 /cpartcrra) T^yeju-oz/t 4?7yXtKt ^atpeii/. Tw av$pa TOVTOV

a VTTO T&V 'lofSaiov >c

VTT avrc5i/ eiTLO-Tas orvv ra> crrparev/xart

28 ortc

Potato? ICTTLV, /3ovXo/z-ei/os re iiriyv^vai rr\v OLITLOV

$i r]v evK.aXovv avra) [icar^yayov eZs- ro (rvvebpiov CLVTG>V\'

29 oi/ evpop e'y/caXo^/zej/oz/ Trept frjTrjp,a.Ta)v TOV vopov CLVTWV,

30 jJLrjftev de CL^LOV Bavarov r] Seo-/A(5v e^oj/ra ey/cX^a. prjvv-

6ei(rr]S de poi iri(Bov\rjs els TOV avftpa ecrecrfiai e^avrrjs

eTre/x-^a ?rpoy o-e, TrapayyetXa? /cat rots Karrjyopois Xe'yeti/

31 Trpos CLVTOV eVl cro9. Ot /z^ GUI/ arpartcorat

Kara ro Stareray/xeVov a^rols1

avaXa/^orres1 rov IlaC'Xoj'

32 rjyayov 5ta VVKTOS els TTJV 'Ai/rtTrarpiSa- r^ 5e rnwuptoveaoravTts rovs tTTTrels a.Trep-^ea'dai vvv avra> i;7reo~rpe\^az/

33 eis- r?)i/ 7rapp,po\rjv olrives eto-eX^oi/res et9 r?)i/ Kato-aptai/

icat araSovre? r^i/ eVto"roX7)j/ r<3 r\ys\LQvi TrapefTTrjcrav /cat,

34 roz> IlaOXoi/ ai;ra). avayvovs Se /cat eVepcor^ eras- e'/c Trota?

35 eVap^etas ecrrlv /cat TrvQofJLcvos ort CTTO KtXt/cias Ata/coi^-

<70jLtat crov, e^)?/, orai/ /cat ot /car?Jyopot crov Trapayei/covrat*

iceXei;a'as> eV rw TTpatrcopicp '"roO1

'HpcoSoi; (pvXdo'creo'dat,

CLVTOV.

i Mera de TreVre T^/ie'pas KarejBrj 6 ap^iepei;? 'AiWUV

35

Page 76: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

60 HPAEEIS AlIOZTOAfiN xxiv

JJ.CTO. TrpcarftvTcpccv TLVMV KCU prjTopos TepruXXov TIVOS,

(HTLVCS cv(f)dvio~av rrjycfjLovi

Kara TOV liavXov. K\TJ- 2

QCVTOS 6"e [avrou] rjp^aro Kar^yopea/ o TepruXXo? Xe'-

ywv Ho\\fjs cipr/vrjs Tvyx^VOVTS ^ta (rov KOL 6x

top$a)/zara>z'

yiVOJJieVCdV TO) cQvCL TOVT(O diO. TTJS (7TJS TTpOVOlCLS TVClVTrj T 3

Kai Travra^ov oTroSe^o/ze^a, Kpcrnore &r)\i, /xera ircurr^s

cv^apLcrrLas. Iva. defj.rj

eVt TrXeloi/ ore eWo7rra>, TrapaxaXco 4

aKoOtra/ ere THJL&V o-vvropoos rfj cry hntutbf. cvpovres yap 5

rov avbpa rovrov Xot/zoi/ KOL KIVOVVTCL erracretff TTO.O-L rols

'lovSciiois rolv Kara TTJV OIKOV[J.VT]V Trpcoroo-rarTyi/ re rrjs

TU>V Nafoopa/coz/ alpeo-ecoSj os KOL TO Icpov C7rci.pa.o-ei> /3ej3/;- 6

Xcoo-at, OP /cai fitpanfaafi*!', Trap ov bwfafl avros ova- 8

Kpivas 7rcpl TravTtov TOVTCOV CTTiyvaJvat, wv ij^cls Karr^yopov-

P.CV avrov. crvvtTTe&tvTo de KCU ol 'lou&ztot (pdo-Kovrcs 9

raCra ovras f'x iv> "AjfWtp/ftj re o IIai)Xoff vcvo-avros aura) 10

roO 7jycp.ovos \cyciv EK TroXXcot' e'ra>v 6Vra (re Kpirrjv r<5

rovra) eVto-ra/zevo? cvdvfKos ret Trept cpavTOv aVoXo-

fjiai, dvva.fjivov o~ov cTTLyvan/ai, ort ou TrXciovs clo~Lv /zot n

T^^iepat ^a)e/ca d0* T)? dvcftrjv 7Tpoo~Kvi^o~CDV els 'lepoi>-

cra\.TJfjLj KOI OVTC cv ra> lepai evpoz/ /xe TTpoy rtz/a SiaXeyo- 12

pcvov rj7iio-Tao~iv TTOLOVVTCI o^Xou ot/re V rats- o~vvaycoyals

OVTC Kara r^v TroXti/, oOSe Trapao-r^o-at dvvavTdi crot ?rept 13

a>i> i^vz/i KaTijyopovo-iv pov. o/xoXoyo5 Se roGro o-ot ort 14

Kara rjyi/ oSoi^ ^ \6yovo~iv atpccriv OVT&S Xarpeuoo ra> ?ra-

rpcpa) ^eaS, TTio-reucoz/ Tratrt rols Kara roz/ vopov KOL rot?

eV rols- 7rpo<pTJTa.L? yeypajtz/zeVots", c\7TLOa e^a)i> eiff roi/ ^eoi/, ^z/ 15

Kat avrot o^rot 7rpocrSe/

^oi'rai, aVacrra0-ti> /ze'XXeii/ eVeo-^at

diKaL&v re Kat ddtKow' cv roura) KOI auro? a(7Kc5 drrp6o~- 16

KOTTOV o~vvci8r]a-iv e^eti/ TTpos- rov ^eov Kat rou? dvQptojrovs

5ta Trai/ror. 6Y e're3i> Se 7rXetoi/a)i/ c\crjp,oo-vvas TTOLTJO-COV els 17

ro eBvos fiov 7rapcycv6[jL7]v KCIL 7rpoo~0opas>

,ez/ ats- cvpov /ze 18

^yvLorfjLcvov cv rw tepw, ou /zera o^Xou ovSe /iera Qopvftov,

rives Se OTTO r^s 'Ao~tas 'louSatot, ouy eet eVt croi) irapelvai 19

Page 77: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxiv xxv IIPASEIS AHOSTOAON 61

20 KOI KOTr^yOpelv et Tt %OlV TTpOS fJ> 7 f]CLVTOL OVTOL L7Ta~

21 Totorav TL evpov aSt'ioj/za CTTCLVTOS IJLOV eVl rov avveSpiov i)

TTepl fJLLClS TO.VTTJS <j)(OVT]S TJS KKpaa V aVTols (7TU)S OTL

Tlepl avaa'Ta.o'ecos vtKp&v e'yco Kpivo/zat crrffjiepov l(fi vp&v.

22 'Az/e/3aAero Se auro^s o ^fj\i^ aKpifiea-repov eiScos ra

Trept TJJS odov, C'LTTOS "Qrav Avcrtas- o ^tXiap^o? Kara^rj

23 Siayi/aicro^tai ra Ka^' vpas' ^Lara^dfjievos TO* fK.aTOvra.p-

XH ^p^o'OaL avrov *X LV T G-V'

iV Ka^

L l*>?]$eva- K(d\veiv

24 TOOZ> Idicov avrov inrrjpeTe'LV avrw. Mera 5e

ypepas nvas Trapayevopevos o 3>f)\i <rvv ApovcriXXrj rfj

l$tq yvvaiK.1 ovo-rj 'lovSaia ^iere7re/-t'V//>aro rov IlauXoi/ Kal

25 T]KOV(TV aVTOV 7Tpl TTJS LS XpiCTTOV *\7](TOVV TTlOTeOOf. SiO-

Xcyopevov de avrov Trepl SiKaioo-vvrjs Kal cyKpareias Kal rov

KpijJiaTos TOV fjieXXovros e/z^o/Sos- yei/o/zet'Offo <&rjXi aTreicpi-

^/; To z/uv e^o^ Tropevov, Kaipov 5e ^eraXa/Scov /xeraKaXeVo-

26 /zeu (re- a/za /<ai \iria>v OTL ^p?;/xara So^T/a-erat [a^rw]

VTTO roO na^Xov Sto Kal irvKvoTcpov OVTOV /zera7re//,7r6/xei'os

27 co/z/Xet avrw. Ater/ay 5e TrXT/pco^e/a-T/? <eXa/3ei/

3>rjXtt; HopKiov <&r](TTOv 6e\&v re ^nptra Kara^e-

at TO!? 'lo^Satots1 o $77X1^ /careXtTre roz/ IlaGXo^ dedcpevov.

ovi> eTTtftas Trj

r7rap^LO

1

pera rpels yfJiepas

2 ai/e/3^ eis- 'lepoo-oXv/ia OTTO Kaio-apias, V<J)dvi(rdv re a^roS

01 ap^i^peis Kal ot Trptorot rc5z/ 'louSatcoi' Kara roi) Ila^Xov,

3 Kal TrapeKaXovv OVTOV aiTOVfjicvoi X (

'

1PLV Kar> a^ToO OTTCOS

fjLTa7Tp\l/r]TaL O.VTOV els 'lepovo-aX^jU, eVe^paz/ Trotou^res

4 d^eXeiv ai)rb^ Karar?)i/ oSdz/. o

/zez/ oOz/ ^Tyo'ros' a.7rKpi6r}

Trjpzlo-Qai TOV IlavXov els Kaio-api'av, eavTov $ peXXeiv

5 eV ra^et eWopeveo-^ar Ot ovz/ eV v/iiv? (/)7;criV,Su^arol

crvvKaTa(Bai>Ts ei' rt IO~TLV ev r< dvdpl OTOTTOV KaTrjyopei-

6 TCdarav avTOV. Atarpi^as1 Se eV ai?rois 7/^te'pa?

ou TrXetofff oKr<u ^ SeKa, KCLTajBas els Kato~aptav, r^

cjravpiov Ka6i(ras eVl rov /3/jjuaro? eKtXsvo-ev TOV XLavXov

Page 78: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

61 IIPAEEIS AnoSTOAftN xxv

a^drfvaL. Trapayez/OjueVou 5e aurou 7rpiO~rrjo~av avTov ol 7

aVo 'lepocroXu/zcov /cara/Se/S^/cores" 'lou&aiot, TroXXd /cat

/3ape*a airico/xara /carac/>e'poz/res a ou/c urvvov aTro&ei^at,

rou IlauXou aTroXoyou/zeVou on Oure eij roz> v6[j.oy rooz/ 8

'louSaicoi/ oure ei? ro lepoV oure ei? Kat'crapd rt fjjJiapTov.

o &rjo~TO$ 5e &\a)V Tols 'lovdai'ots1

X^PLV KaTa6fO~0ai OTTO- 9

Kpi0\s rco IlauXa) e^Trei/ e'Xei? eiff 'lepocroXv/xa di/a/3asr

KL TTepl rOfrcOI' KpLUTIVClL TT JJLOV ,'ITT1/ O O IlauXoS" IO

'Ecrreos eVi roO /3;//xaroff Kai'crapo? ei/u, ou fie 5ei /cpiWcr^ai.

'louSai'oi;? oi;Sei/ rj&iiapui, cos- /cai crv /caXXioi/7Tiyii/coo-/ceij.

ci /xeV ouv dSi/cco Kai afioz/ d^ai/arov TreVpa^d rt, ou Trapai- n

Tovjjiai TO airoOcivflv' ei 5e ov$.v O~TIV cov OVTOL KciTTjyopovo~iv

LLOVj ovfaeis ue Sut'arai auroTs vapicracr^af Kai'crapa TTLKCI-

XoO/xai. rore o <I>^crroff crtz^XaX7jo-as /xera rou cru/x/3ouXi'ou 12

ttTTfKpL^Tj Kai'crapa eVt/ce'/cX^crai, eVi Kai'crapa iropevcrrj.c

Hp,epcoi/ Se Siayei/o/ieVcoi/ ri^cov 'AypiTTTras' o /SacrtXeus1

13

/cai Bepi/i'/cr/ Ka.Tr)VTr)o~av ei? Katcrapiavrdo~7racrd/zer/ot^ roi/

4>^crroi/. co9 Se TrXetous- ijfjLtpas G)ieVpt/3or e'/cet,o &rjo~TOS 14

TCO /SacriXei dW$ero ra /card rov IlauXov Xeycov 'Avrjp

vis e'crrtv KaraXeXi/z/zeVos- UTTO ^>/JXt/co? Secr/xto?, Trepi ou 15

yeyoyueVou /xou ei? 'lepocroXu/za eWc/)dz/tcraz/ ot dp^iepei?

Kai 01 Trpeo~/3urepoi roov 'louSatcoi/, airou/zei/ot /car' aurov

Ko.Tao'iKrjv vrpos ovs aTre/cpt^v ort ou/c ecrrti/ e^o? 'Pco- 16

fiaioi? ^aptfecr^ai rtva avQpairov trplv rj6 KaTrjyopcv-

JJLCVOS /card TrpocrcoTroz/ 6^ot rous- KCtTTjyopovs TOTTOVrre

n

aTroXoy/a? Xd^Sot Trept rou e'y/cX^aros1

. crui/eXc^ovrcov ouv 17

eV$ae avaftoXyv fUj&CflUU* TroiT/crd/zei/o? rij e^r KaOicras

erri rou ^'p-aros e'/ceXeucra a^drjvaL TOV avftpa.' Trepi ou 18

O'ra^eVreff 01 KarrjyopOL ou&e/zi'ai> airi'av e(f)pov a>ve'yco

vTrevoovvr7rovr]p<V^, C7

?7

"7?f-ara ^^ rim Trepi r^? tSiay Seicrt- 19

Sai/zopia? ei^ov TTpo? avTov /cat Trepi nz/o? 'IT/CTOU T^dirqKo-

roffj ov (pao~KV 6 TiavXos fjv. ajropovfjicvos 8ee'yco rT^i/ 20

Trepi rourcov r]Tr]o~iv eXeyoz/ et ^SouXotro Tropeuecr^at ets

13 t-.-t 16 5e 18 :

Page 79: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxv xxvi IIPASEIS AIIOSTOAfiN 63

21 'lepo<roXf/za /ca'/cet KpLveo-Qai Trepl rovrcov. rov de Hav\ov

eTTiKaXeo-apevov rr)pr]6fjvaL avrov els rrjv rov 2e/3ao-roC

$idyva)o~iv, eKe\evo~a rTjpelcrdai, avrov ecos ov dvaTrefM^a) av-

22 rov Trpbs Ka/crapa. 'AypLTTiras de Trpbs rov <br)o~rov *E/3oi;-

XojjLTjv Acat avrbs rov dv6p&7rov dKovorcu. Avpiov, <>r]o~LV,

23 d.Kovo~rj avrov. T^ ovv eTravpiov \66vros rov

'AypiTTTra /cat rfjs Bepi/t/c?;? jLtera 7ro\\fjs (pavracrias KOL

LO~\d6i>rcov els ro aKpoarrjpLov o~vv re ^tXtap^ot? /cat

dv$pdo~LV rols /car' ^o^r]v rfjs TroXea)? feat Ke\evo~avros rov

24 <&i]o~rov "fJX^1! navXoff. /cat (j)T]o~iv 6 3>fjo~ros 'AyptTTTra

ftacriXev /cat Trm/res- ot crv^Trapoi/re? 77/xiv ai/Spes1

, Beapelre

rovrov irep\ ov aVai/ ro TrXfjdos ro>v 'lovdaicovreverv^ev^ [JLOL

ev re 'lepocroXv/xotff /cat eV&ioV, fiocovres ^ Selv avrov frjv

25 /iT^/cert. eycD Se /careXa/3t3/z^z/ fjLTjSev CL^LOV avrov Oavdrov

7T7rpaxevaij avrov Se rou'rov eVi/caXea-a^teVoi; roz/ 2ej3ao-rov

26 CKpiva TrejuTreti/. rrept ou do~<fra\es ri ypa^at rw Kvpico

OVK ^a>' &IO irporfyayov avrov efi vptov /cat p,d\Lo~ra eVt

o~oO? /3ao"tXeD 'AyptTTTra, oTrooff r^ff dvaKpiaecos yevofxevr^s

27 <r^o3 rt ypa^oo- aXoyov yap pot So/cet TrefiTrovra decrfMLOis

1/AT;

/cat raff ^ar' aurou alrias o~rjfjLavai. AypiTnras $e Trpos

rov Hav\ove<j)r) 'ETTtrpeVerat o-ot

rv7rep^ o~eavrov \eyeiv.

2 Tore 6 Ha^Xo? eicreivas rr)V Xf^Pa dTreXoyelro Ilepi Trai/-

rcoz^ ooz> e'y/caXoO/xat ^TTO 'lovdaicov, ftao-iXev 'Ayp/TTTra,

rjyrjuai euavrbv paKapLOV eVt croG peXXcav 0-rjfj.epov aTroXo-

3 yeto-^at, /iaXicrra yva>o-rr]v ovra ere iravrw rcov Kara

'lovdaiovs e6>v re /cat ^r^p-arcoi/' Sto Se'o/zat fjLaKpo6vfjLO)s

4 a/coOcrat /xov. Try^ /zez> ovv /3/cocriV /xou e/c veorrjros rrjv

CITT* dpxfjs yevofjievrjv ev ra> c^z/ei /Ltov eV re "lepoo-o\vaots

5 ^o~acrt Travre? 'lou^atot, 7rpoyiva)o~K.ovres ue ava)@ev, eav

6e\a>o~L fjiaprvpelv, ort /cara rj)v a/cpt/Secrrar^i/ alpecriv rfjs

6 ijfJLerepas dpfjo-Keias erjo~a <&apio-alos. /cat wi/ eV c'XTTtSt

r?/s ets- rov? Trarepas rj^utv lirayyeKias ycvouevrjs viro

7 rou ^eou ecrrrjKa Kpivo^evos^ els TJV ro da>deKd(f)v\ov TI^WV

Page 80: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

64 IIPASEIS AirOSTOAfiN" xxvi

CV KTViq. VVK.TCI KO.I yfJLpdl> \ClT'pl)OV tXtflff!^KOTCIV-

rrjo-aC' Trepi 7)9 fXtr&Off eyKaXovpai VTTO 'louSa/cov, /3a<rt-

Xev- TI aTTLorrov Kpii'TaL Trap' v/ur/ a o $eo? veKpovs 8

tyeipet ; 'Eyco /zeV ovz> edo^a f/zavrw rrpos TO ovofia 9

'l/yoroO rou Nafoopcuot; SeTv TroXXa evavria rrpa^ar o /cat 10

77oLr]ara ev 'lepotroXv/zois1

,Kat ^oXXovy re

1ra>i/ ayiW cyco

i/ (j)v\a.Kcu$ Acare/cXeicra TT)I> Trapa rcGi/ ap^tepecoz/ e^ovcriav

Xa/3coz>, dvaipovfjievcov TC avrwv Kar^i/ey/ca v^c^oz/, /cai nKara Tratras1 ra? crui'aycoya? TroXXaACi? rt/xoopooi/ aiJTovy

0)S KOL CIS TCIS CO 7rLS. El/ Ol$ 7TOpevfJLVOS 12

Aa/zacrKoi/ ^er' ffowrias KOL eVtrpoTT^ff r^s- r<5i/

a)i^ ijfjLepas necrrjs Kara r^v o5oi/ efoi/, /3ao-Xe{), 13

ovpavoBtv vrrep TTJV Xa^TrporrjTa rov 7/Xiov 7Tpi\dfjL^av jj,

(JHVS KOL TOVS (TVV CfJLOl 7TOpVOfJLVOVS' TTCLVTtoV T KaTClTTf- 14

jfjLcov els TTJV yrjv rfKowa (frcwrjv \lyovo~av TTpos

(TK\r]p6v crot Trpos- Kevrpa Xa/cr/feti/. eyco Se eiVa Ti's ef, 15

Kupie ; o 5e Kvpios eiircv 'Eyw eijut 'l^o-ous- oz/ <7V Siw/cet?*

XXa ai/ao-rr/^t Kai CTHOl 6HI TOyC noA^C coy y TOVTO 16

yap <&fyQr]v 0*01, Trpo^etp/crao-^ai ore vTrrjperrjV KOL ndprvpa di>v

T ciftcs /ie coi> re o<f>Gi]<ropai o-ot, 6l^lpOYM6NOC C6 e/c 17

rov \aov KOL eK TCON eONcoN, eic oyc epw ArrocTeAAca

CG ANOTSdJ 6cJ)9AAMOYC avrcoj/, rou eViorrpe\/rat ATTO CKO- 18

TOYC eic c^OOC /cal r^y e^ovo-las TOV 2araz/a eVi rov ^eoi/,

rou Xa/3etv avrovs1

a<peo'iv a/iapricov Kal K\fjpov tv TOLS

r/yiao-p-evois TnWei r^ ei? e/ie'. ^O^ez/, /3a(TtXeO 'Ayp/TTTra, 19

OVK yev6pr)v aTreiQrjs T7J ovpavico oTrracTia, aXXa rols eV 20

Aa/iao-/ca) Trpwroi/ re *a! 'lepoa-oX^/zoi?, ?rao-av re r)^ ^co-

pai> rTys- 'lovSa/ay, /cat rol? eQvccriv aTrrJyyeXXov /terai/oeiv

fcal eVtcrrpe^etv eVi rot' Qcov, ata r^s fjLeravoLas epya

irpcurcrovTCLS. eVe/ca rovroov /ie 'louSaTot crv\\aj36fj.i>oi ev 21

TO) lepw eVetpcoj/ro bia^LpLcracrOaL. eiriKovpLas ovv rv^cov 23

7 Ka.Ta.vrrjfff(.v

Page 81: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvi xxvn IIPASEIS AHOSTOA12X 65

Trjs OTTO TOV ov a^pt T*ls uzpas TavTTjs O~TijKa /zaprupo-

fjievos /ztKpa> T Kal ucydXco, ovdev CKTOS Xe'yooi/ coi/ re oi Trpo-

23 (f)rjrai eXdXrj&av p,\\6vTO)V yivO~@at. Kal Mcoucr^ff, ei Tradrj-

TOS 6 xpicrToS) ei rrpcoroff e avaarravetos VfKpatv <p(os jiteXXfc

24 KarayyeXAeti/ rai re Xaa> KOL rot? t&Pf<riv. Tav-

ra de avrov aTroXoyov/xeVou o ^>;jo-roff /zeyaXfl rj 0a)i/5 0^~<rtV Maiz/77, IlaCXe* ra TroXXa (re ypa/i/xara ety pavlov

25 TreptrpeVet. o Se naGXoff Ou ftaivopat, cfrrjo-LVj Kparitrre

^^(rre, aXXa aXrjQcias Kal (raxfipocrvvrjs pr^/xara aTro^^ey-26 yofiai. eV/crrarat yap Trepi ro^rcov o jSaa-iXeus

1

, Trpo? oi/T

7rappr)(ria6[j.vos XaXar \av6aveLV yapravrov

n TOVTM ov

TTfiOofiai ov6eVj ov yap ICTTLV v yc0v[q 7TTrpayfjLvov roOro.

27 TTtorre^ei?, /3a(rtXei) 'AyptTTTra, rols Trpocfrrjrais ; olfia on28 Triorevei?. o Se *Aypt7r7ra$

>

Trpos TOV HavXov *Ev oXtyo)

29r/xe ireiQeis XpLOTiavbv Troi^crat

1. o Se IlauXos EvgaifjLTjv

av r<5 ^eai Kat eV oXiyw Kal ev /xeydXo) oi3 p.6vov o~

aXXa /cat Trairray rou? aKovovras pov o-ijfjicpov yevtvQaiTOIOVTOVS OTTolog KO.I Cy(O LfJLL TTapCKTOS T&V $O~fJLWV TOV~

30 TGW. 'Aveo-rrj re o jSacrtXet'ff ical o yyepatv rj

31 re HepVLKrj Kal oi crvvKadrjfjLcvot, avrols, Kal dvaxaprjo-av-

TCS \a\ovv TTpos aXX?;Xoi;y \eyovres ore Ov&ev Oavdrov

32 77 $O~fJia>vra^ioz/

n

Trpacrcret o avdpc&Tros OVTOS.>

Aypi7T7ras

Se ra) 4>?Jo-ra) e(^)/;'ATroXeXuo-^at edvvaro 6

tft)) 7TKK\7]TO Kai'crapa.

1C

Q? 5e cKpidrj TOV a7TO7rXeIi> /ftas eiV r^v *IraX/av,

7rap0'i8ovv TOV re IlavXo^ Kal Tivas mpovs fieo-ftcoras

2 eKaTOvrdpxrj ovo/zart 'loiXia> o-rreipTjs Se/Saa-r^?. eVi/3ai>-

rey Se TrXota)'

AftpafjivvTTjvcp fieXXoi'rt TrXeTi' et? rovs Kara

r7yj> A&ua* TOTTOVS dvrj^SrjfjieVy OVTOS o~vv TJ^JLLV

'

3 Ma/cedoz>off 0ecro-aXoi/iKea)S' rj} re erepa

Sidoiva, <>i\avQpw7r(i3S re o

TTpOS TOVS (f)t\OV

26 Kal|avTOV TI 28 t-..t 31

P.

Page 82: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

66 IIPASEIS AHOSTOAflX

V TT]V Kvirpov ftia TO 4

TOVS avefjiovs flvai evavriovSj ru re Tre'Xayos ro Kara TTJV 5

KiXiK/ai/ KOL Uafj.(pv\iav bian\vo~avTS Kar^X&z/zei/ els

Mvppa TTJS Auja'a?. Ka/ceZ evpwv 6 fKarovrapx^s TrXoioi/ 6

'AXe^ar/Spt^oj/ 7r\ov is TTJV 'iraXtai/ cveftifiao'ev jjfjLas LS

avTo. v iKavais Se pjpicpatf fipaftvirXoovvrcs KOL /zoXis 7

yevofjicvoi Kara TTJV K^i'Soi/, /XT) TrpocrcwvTos ijp,as TOV avi-

/xou, vn-eTrXe^o-a/ify r;v KpTJrrjv Kara 2aX/xouV?;y, /LtoXis re 8

7rapaXeyo/xej/ot CIVTTJV ^\6op.fv els TUTTOV Ttva KaXovfjicvov

KaXovff Ai/xeVa?, co eyyvs rjv 7ro\ts Aacre'a. 'l/ca- 9

l/OV ^pOVOU 8iayVO{JiVOV KOI UVTOS IJ^T) TTlCr<J)a\OVS

TOV TrXooy Sia ro KOI r?)i/ vrjo-Tciav TJ$TJ TrapeX^Xv&Vat,

Trapyvei 6 IlaCXof Xeycoj/ avroif "A^pf ?, ^foopto ort /Ltera ic

vftp(OS KCU 7TO\\TJS f^fJiiaS OU pOVOV TOV (fropTlOV Kdi

TOV TrXoiou aXXa /cat rooi/ ^v^o^v T^JJLC^V ^teXXfti/ O~O~6aL

TOV 7T\ovv. 6 5e KaTovrdpxT)$ rw KvftfpviJTTj Kal r<u n

^au/cX^paj /zaXXoy eVft^eroT)

rot? VTTO IlavXoi; Xeyo/zewis1

.

arev^e'rou Se roO Xipevos VTrap^ovros Trpos 7rapa^Lp,ao~iav 12

ol irXciovES 0vro {3ov\T)v avaxOrjvai, e/cel^fi/, e? zrcoy St-

vaivro KaTavTijo~avT$ ei? &OIVIKO. Trapa^ft/xao-at, Xi/zeVa

r^s KpTJr^f /SXeVoi/ra Kara X//3a Kat Kara ^capov. 'YTTO- 13

7TVVO~a.VTOS $ VOTOV $6aVTS TTJS TTpO^eVeODff KKpaTT)KVCll

apavrcs ao~o~ov TrapeXcyoi/ro TT)I/ KprJTTjv. /xer' ov TroXv 14

Se e/3aXei/ Kar' aJr^s aW/xo? TV(f>covtKos 6 Ka\ovfj.vos

EupaKvXooz/' crvvapTrao-devTOS 5e rou TrXotou Kal /u) Swape- 15

z/ov dvTo<j)6a\[j.'LV TOO dvjj,(o fTTidovTcs (j)p6fji0a. vr\vlov 16

6e rt inroftpqfjLovTes KaXovpevov KauSa icr^vcra/xei/ /xoXis

TrepiKpareis yevevOat rfjs 0x0^)77 ?, ^i/ apavrcs (3or)6eiais 17

ro viroa)vvvvTs TO Tr\olov (Poftovpcvoi, re ^ ei? r^v

ro O*KVOS, ovrcor (f)povro.

TTJ e^rjs Kfio\T)v CTTOIOVVTO, 18

OI T^ TptTTj avro^eipe? rjyi> O~KVTJV TOV TrXo/ou epi^av. 19

aorpwv 7ri(paiv6vT(ov cVt

Page 83: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvn IIPASEIS AIIOZTOAflX 67

7/Lie'paff, xetjucor/os- re OVK oXtyov cTruettfteVot;, XOITTOV

21 petro \TT\S 7rao-a TOV o-o>feo-$at facis. tto\\fjs re dcrtrias

o~T]Srare o"ra$etff o JlaCXoff eV

/ze'crft)avrcoi/ etVei'

^, co avdpcs, ireidap^rja'avTa.: /not /zr) amyeo~^atarro r}ff Kpifnf^ Kp$rjo-ai re r^v vfipiv ravrr^v KOL rr\v

22 ^rj^iav. Kal ra ^ui/ 7rapati/c5 t5/zaj vBvp,fiv^ aTro^SoX?) -yap

23 ^V\fjS OV<$jJLia <TTCLL $ Vp&V 7T\T]V TOV TrXoLOV 7rap(TTl]

yap JJLOI ravrrj TTJ VVK.TL TOV Ocov ovei/xi,

co /cat Xarpeuco,

24 ay-ytXo? Xeycoz/ MJ) (o/3ov, IlaOXe- Kato-apt ere Set Trapa-

<cn-f)vai, /cat tSou /ce^aptorat (rot o ^eo? TrdvTas TOVS TrXeov-

25 ras /zera (rou. Sto eiJ^u/ietre, avSpej' 7Tt(7rei;co yap ra) ^ec5

26 on ourcos corai /ca^' oy rpoTroz/ XeXaX^rat /zot. e:y vrjo-ov

27 Se' rtra Set Ty/aa? eWeo-etz/. '12$- Sev

reo-o-apeo-/cat-

.deKcirq vvfc eye^ero StcK^epo/LieVcoi/ T^/XCOJ/ eV rep 'A^pta, Kara

jue'croz/ r^ff VVKTOS vTrevoovv of j/aDrat ^poo-ayeti/1 rtm aurot?

28 ^copaf. /cat /SoXtVarre? cvpov opyuta? et'/coa't, /3pa^u 5f

^tao-r^o-arreff /cat TraXtv /SoXtcrai/reff evpov opyvias deica-

29 Tre^re* (^o^ov^evoi re/AT/

TTOV Kara rpa^eZff TOTTOVS eKTre-

<ro)jLte^ e'/c 7Tpvfj.vr]S ptyavrts ayxvpas TO~o~apas rjv%ovro

30 rjfjLpav yveo~6ai. Ta>v Se yaurcov {TJTOVVTWV <uyeiv e'

^oO TrXot'oi; KOI ^aXao-ai/rco^ rj)i/ o-Ka(f)rjv els TTJV BdXaa-Q-av

Tpo(j)a.o-i coff e'/c irpcpprjs dyKvpas /xeXXoi/rcoi/ e'/cretVetf,

31 etrrez/ o IIaXoj rco eKaTOvrapxu KCLL TO"LS o-rparicorats

*Eaf /zi7 OVTOL fMcivcdoriv tv rco TrXoto), vfjifls o~codfjvaL ov

32 Suvao~^e. rore oVe/co^ay of o~rpartcorat ra o~^ot^ta r^9

33 o-Ka(j)rjs Kal ciao-av CIVTTJV fKnso-elv. ^A^pt de ou ijfJLepa

7jfj.\\V ylvfo~6at, napcKaXfi o IlaCXos1 anavras /zeraXa-

jSetv Tpotpfjs Xeycov Teo'O'apecrKatSeKar^i' cr^/xepoi/ Tj/zepai/

Trpoo-SoKcoj/res- aVtrot StareXetre, firjdev Trpoo'Xa/So/xei'Of

34 Sto 7rapa/caXo5 v/xay jueraXajSeii/ rpo(^)^r, rovro yap Trpo?

T^ff vfietepas o~(OTTjpias virdp^fi* ovdcvbs yap V/JLU>V 6p\^

35 CZTTO r^? K(f>a\rjs aVoXetrat. etVa? de raOra Kat Xa/3coz>

27 Trpocraxeii/ 52

Page 84: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

68 IIPASEIS AII02TOAQN xxvn xxvm

nprov fV)^apio~TT]o~V rco $eo> CVO^TTLOV nnvrcov KOL K\do~as

7/parO 0~QllV. CV^VfJLOL fie yVOfJiVOl TTttVTfS KCU dVTOl 36

7rpoo-eXa/3oi/ro rpo(j)fjs. rjfjieda fie at Tratrat ^v^at eV ra> 37

TrXoia)ro5ff

1

fftftofjLTjKovTa e. Kopeo^eVres fie Tpo(f)fjs CKOV- 38

<f>iov TO TrXolov K(3a\\6fjiVOL TOV ulrov cis TTJV BaXacro'av.

^Ore fie TJjue'pa e'yeVero, r^i/ y^i/ OVK eVeytVaxr/coi', KO\TTOV 39

fie nra Korez/oouv e^oi/ra alytaXov et? ov e'/SovXcvovro el

fivi/aii/rorcKcr(*)crai? TO 7r\olov. KCU TCLS ayicupas TrepieXov- 40

re? eia)i/ ei? TT)J/ ^aXacro-ai/, a/ia dvvres ras fcvKTTjpias T&V

TT^fiaXia)^, /cat eVapai/reff roi' aprejiicoi/a rt Trvfovcrr] Karel-

^oi/ ei? rov aiyiaXoi/. TrcpnrcaovTfs fie eis TOTTOV fii^a- 41

Xao-oroi/ CTrtKeiXav TJ]V vavVj Kol7J y^iev Trpwpa e'peio-ao-ct

fJ,WV do~d\VTOS, ijfie TTpVfJLVO. \VTO V7TO T1JS jStQff.

Tc5i/ fie (rrpttTicorooi/ /3ouXj) e'yeVero ti/a rot'? fieo'/xcoras' 42

tiTroKTeivoixriv, prj TLS eKKoXv^fB/jo-a^ duxpvyr]' 6 be eVaroi/- 43

ftov\o[jLVOs fimcraicrat roi/ IlaCXo;/ Ka>\v(TfV CIVTOVS

K6\vo~V T Tovs fiu^a/xeVous" Ko\vfi(3air

Trpwrou? eVi rj]!/ y7Ji> e'fteVat, /<ai ro^y Xot- 44

ovs /zev eVl o~avi<riv ovs fie eVi rij/coi/ ra>v a;ro roO

TrXoiov /cai ovrcoff e'yeVero Travra? fitacrco^i/at eVi riyi/ y^.Kal fiiacrcdQevTcs rare eVe'yi/co^tev on MeXir^i/^ 77

r

y7O~os' /caXeirai. oi re ^3ap/3apot irapel^av ov TTJV rv^ou- 2

o-cu/ (j)i\av0pQ)7riav jfJilV) a^ai/re? yap trvpav Trpoo-eXa'/Sowo

dia TOV VCTOV TOV e'<^)eo"ra)ra /cat fita ro ^u^oy.vTos fie rov IlavXoi; (ftpvydvcov TL 77X^0? *a! 3

cmdfVTQS eVi r?)^ Trvpdv, e^ifiva OTTO r^s1

0pfj.r]S e'eX$o{)o~a

KadrjTJ/e TTJS x lPos avrov. cos fie etSai/ ot /3ap/3apot Kpe/ia- 4

pevov TO 6rjpiov < TTJS %ipbs CIVTOV, Trpos dXX^Xouy eXeyoi/

ITairroaff (frovcvs COTLV 6 avQpo)7ros OVTOS ov fiia(ra)^Vra e'/c

r^ff 6a\da-(TTjs rj diKrj yv OVK f'iacrfv. o fiev ovv aTrorivd- 5

^aff r<i Qrjpiov fls TO jrvp enaQcv ovdtv KGKOV ol fi^ ?rpoo"e- 6

OVTOV fJL\\LV 7Tt/i7TpaO"^ai T)KaTaTTLTrTfLV a(f)V(O

7T\ TToXl) fie avrCDV TTpOGTO'OKaVTtoV KO.I $O>pOVVTCW

37 Staxdcriat 39

Page 85: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvin IIPASEIS AIIOZTOAfiX 69

/LtT/Sev CLTOTTOV els CLVTOV yiv6fj.vov, /Aera/SaXo/zcz/oi eXeyoi>

7 O.VTOV elvai Qfov. *Ev 5e TO!? Trept, roy TOTTOV

<flvOV V7rf)pX*V X^P^ T<? TTptoTW Trjs VTjGTOV OVOpaTl Ho-

TrXio), os- avaSe^ci/iez/off jj/iasrijptpas rpeiff

1

(piXotfrpovcos

8 eevi(TV. cycvcro Se ro^ Trarepa roD IIoTrXiou Trvperois

KOL $v(TVTpioi> (Twcxofjievov KaTdKclcrflai, Trpos ov o IlavXo?

6i(jeX^(Wj/ KCU 7rpo(Tv^d[j,pos 7rid\s ray ^etpaff avTO) iao"aro

9 avrov. roi;rov &e yevopevov [/cai] ot XOITTOI ot eV r^ vr)G<f>

10 e^ovreff dcrdeveLas TrpocrTJpxovTo KOL e^epaTre^oi^ro, ot Kat

TToXXai? ri/taiff tripijCTav TJ/JLCIS KOL dvayopevois 7T0vroTO. Trpos ras xpeias-.

11 Mcra 5e rpzls jjLrjvas dvrjx^^v *v 7rXot'o> Trapa/ce^et-

12 KCU >cara^^erref fiff 2upaKovcraff eV

13 rpfTf, o^fv TTfpieXo^rey Kar^i/TTycra^fV iy 'P^ytov. Kai

juera /ii'ai> yjjifpav fmyevofjievov VOTOV favrepcuoi rj\0o-

14 /zei' eiff norioXov?, ou cvpovres ddcXffrovs 7rapK\TJQr)iJLV

Trap* avroiff fin^lvai rj^pas eVra- /cat ourcos- ei? T^I/ 'Pco-

15 /ZT^I/ rj\@afjLV. KaKeWcv ol ddeXffrol aKoixravTes ra Trept

T)/ZOOV f)\6av els aTrdvrrjo'iv i^fjuv axpt 'ATTTTIOU 4>opou Kat

Tpicov Ta/3epi/o5/, ovs tScoj/ o naLiXo? eO^apicrrryo'as' ra5 $eai

16 eXa^e 6dpo-os. "Ore de L(ri]\6afjLV els 'PcofjLrjv,

TTTpa7rrj ra> Ila^Xa) peveiv naO* eavrbv (rvv rw

crovri avrov

17 *Eyevero Se /zera ^/zepas- rpris crvvKa\O'aa'6ai avrbv

TOVS OVTCLS TO)V 'lOfSa/O)^ TTpWTOVS' CTVV\66vTO)V $ aUTOOI/

eXeyev Trpbs avrovs 'Eyca, avdpcs aScX^oi, ovftev fvavriov

TroiT/Va? ra) Xaa> ^ Tots e^eo-i roiy irarpwois deo-fiios l

'lepo(roXi;/za>i> Trapedodrjv els ras ^e?pas reoi/ 'PooyLtaicav,

18 OLTIVCS dvaK.piva.VTts p, efiovXovTO diroKvcraL 8ia TO firjdc-

19 /iiai^ aiTtav OOVCLTOV t$7rap^eiz> eVe'jiioi* aiTtXeyoKra)!/ 5e

eVi^aXe'o-ao-^at Ka/crapa, ov^ <Jf

7 rpet?'

Page 86: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

70 IJPASEIS AIIOSTOAflX xxvm

rou cdvovs fJLOv e'^coj/ TL KaTTjyopclv. &a TavTrjv ovv TTJV 20

alrlav TrapeKaXeo-a vpas ISclv KOL Trpoo-XaX^o-at, eJW/cei>

yap rijs \7ri8os TOV 'lo-paiyX rrjv aXvoriv ravrrjv irtptJMlfMtt.

Ot $ TTpOS CIVTOV (ITTdV 'H/ZClff OVT ypaflfLCLTa 7Tpl (TOV 21

TTO rrjs 'lovSa/as1

,OVT Trapayevofjievos TLS TMV

a7TijyyL\V rj eXaXrycreV TL TTfpt (TOV irovrjpov.

a^Lovjjicv 8 irapa crov aKoCo-at a (^poi/eis1

, Trepi /xev yap 22

r^f cupeVfoo? ravrrjs yvto&rov TJ/JUI^ early on Travra^ou

a.vn\yTai. Ta^afMfvoi 5e avroi ry/zepav ^X^ai/ 23

avTuv els Tr]v ^viav TrXe/oi/es-, offf eferi^ero Sia/zapru-

TTJV /3acrtXe/ai/ rou ^foO TrciOoov re aOrou? TTfpi rov

'I^o~o0 OTTO re rov vopov Ma)uo"c'a)f Kai r<5i> 7rpo(^)^ro5v arra

Trpcoi eooff (T7Tpas. Kai ot /xi/ tireldovro rots \yofj.(vois 24

ot 5e TjTrl&Tow, acrviJL(f)o)voL de orrey TTpos aXX^Xous 25

aTreXvoi/ro, etTrwroy ro{i IlavXoi; p^/xa ev ort KaXoos

TO TTi^eufta ro aytoi/ eXaXr/o-ev 5ta 'Ho-ai'ou roO 7rpo(j)iJTov

irpos TOVS Trarepa? v/icoi/ Xe'ycoi/ 26

TTopeySHTi npoc TON AAON TOYTON KA! einoN

'AKOH AKoycere K<\1 oy MH cyNHre,K<\I BAenoNTec BAeyere KA! of MH fAHre-

en<\XY N ^ H f^P H K<\pA(<\ TOY A&OY TOYTOY, 27

KA? ToTc cbc)N B^peoac H

KA! TOYC 64>9&AMOYCMH HOTS TAoociN ToTc 6<})6<\AMoTc

K<\1 TOTC COCiN AKOYCCOCINKd.J Tl? K<\pA(<^ CYNCOCIN Kd.1 CTTICTpevfCOCIN,

yi/coo-roi'o*^ v/xti' eo-ra> on ToTc 60N6CIN aTrecrraX?; rouro 28

TO CCOTHplON TOY GOY* avroi at a/cova-OKrai.9

Evfj.ivV 5e dicriav O\TJV V iSift) /iio-^co/zari, *at arre- 30

aj^ras rovj eio-TTopcvofjLevovs npos avrov, Krjpvcrcrcov 31

/3ao-iXeiay rov ^eoO KCU 5t5ao-Kcoi/ ra Trepi rou Kvpiov

Xpio-rov /xera irdo-rjs TrapprjO'ias aK<o\i>T<t>s

Page 87: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

NOTES.

Page 88: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

Referredto as

A.

A. V.

B.

Baum.

Bruder.

C. & II.

Cook.

deW.

Eder.

F.

H.

La.

Lumby.

M.

R. V.

LXX.

Smith.

T. R.

\V.

W. & II.

V.

LIST OF BOOKS CHIEFLY CONSULTED.

The Acts, by Dean Alford. Sixth edition, 1871.

The Authorized Version of 1611.

Bengelii Gnomon Novi Testamenti, originally published 1742.

Die Apostelgeschichte, by Dr M. Baumgarten. 2nd edition, 1859.

Concordantia Novi Testamenti Graeci, by D. II. Bruder. Leipzig,1880.

Conybeare and Howson, Life and Epistles of St Paul, 2 vol. 1875.

The Acts, by Canon Cook, 1880.

Kurze Erklarung der Apostelgeschichte von Dr \V. M. L. deWette, 4th edition, revised and largely increased by F. Over-beck. Leipzig, 1870.

Edersheim, A., Life and Times of Jesus the Messiah. 2 vol. Lon-don, 1883.

The Life and Work of St Paul, by Canon Farrar, Popular Edi-

tion, 1884.

A Commentary on the Acts, by W. G. Humphry, B.D. 2nd edi-

tion, 1854.

Der Apostel Geschichten in Lange's Bibelwerk as revised by DrG. V. Lechler. Leipzig, 1881.

The Acts, by Prof. J. R. Lumby. Cambridge, 1885.

Die Apostelgeschichte in Meyer's Kommentar, 5th edition, revised

by Dr H. H. Wendt. Go'ttingen, 1880.

Geschichte der Pflanzung und Leitung der christlichen Kirchevon Dr August Neander. Gotha, 1862.

The Revised Version of the New Testament, 1880.

Vetus Testamentum Graece juxta LXX. Interpretes. TextumVaticanum Romanum edidit Constantinus Tischendorf. 2ndedition, 1856.

The Voyage and Shipwreck of St Paul, by James Smith of Jor-danhill. 2nd edition, 1856.

The Textus Receptus, the text of the second Elzevir edition,

Leyden, 1633, founded on a collation of the third edition of

Stephanus, 1550, with the editions of Beza: it differs veryslightly from the text which had been employed for theAuthorized Version.

The Acts, by Bishop Wordsworth. New Edition. 1860.

The New Testament in Greek, by Dr Westcott and Dr Hort, 2 vol.

1881.

The Vulgate or Latin version of Jerome, circ. 383.

Page 89: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

THE

ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.

CHAPTEE I.

1. TOV \ikv -irpwrov Xo-yov] 'The Gospel according to

St Luke', which also commences with a formal inscriptionto Theophilus, Luke i. 1 4.

Xo-yos ('treatise' A. and E.V.) is a very general term

applied to any 'narrative' or 'account'. Plato contrasts it

with fjivOos 'a (fictitious) tale', Phaedo 61 B iroielv ptOovs,d\X' ou \6yovs. The phrase \6yov eiroLfiad^v is more simpleand less formal than the iaTopirjs airodei^is of Herod. I. 1,

or the vvypa\{/ of Thuc. I. 1.

irpwTov hy a natural inaccuracy= Trpbrepov. \j.h has

nothing formally to answer to it : Luke glides impercept-

ibly into 'the second narrative'.

<3 eocjnXc] Luke i. 4 /cpdrto-re 0e60iXe ; from the epi-thet KpaTurre which is applied to Felix twice, xxiii. 26, xxiv.

3, and to Festus xxvi. 25, it has been inferred that Theo-

philus held some high official position.

<5v] by attraction for a, a very frequent idiom, cf. e.g.

iii. 21 &V i\d\f]ffev^ iii. 25 ys ditOero, vju. 17 rjs ui^

TJplaro -irotetv] The work which Jesus '

began' on earth

is regarded as continued by the Apostles with the aid of

Jesus in heaven. Luke marks his second narrative as a

natural and necessary sequel to his first.

Others say that the use of tipxeffOcu with the inf. (whichoccurs 28 times in Luke) is only a slightly more

' vivid and M.

dramatic' way of putting the simple verb: but a careful

examination of the passages (e.g. Luke iii. 8, xi. 29; Acts

ii. 4, xi. 4, xi. 15, xviii. 26) will shew that, although dpxo-

fj.a.1is not always emphatic as here, where the context

throws emphasis upon it, yet it never entirely loses its

meaning or degenerates into a mere auxiliary verb.

Page 90: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

74 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.[i.

2

2. axpi ^S TIJI.] by attraction for a. r?Js T]fitpas y. Cf.

ver. 22, &os r^s -fyufyas ^s.

igcX^aro] a word frequently used of the '

choosing'

of

the Apostles, e.g. Luke vi. 13 tK\%a/jivos cbr' avr&v 5u>5e/ca :

also of the 'choosing' of Israel, xiii. 17 n.; and Christians

are often called 'chosen', e/cXe/crot.

3. irap&rrrjo-ev...] e.g. on the mountain in Galilee,Matt, xxviii. 16, to the eleven as they sat at meat, Markxvi. 14, at the sea of Tiberias, John xxi. 1 23.

iraOeiv] So absolutely of 'the passion' xvii. 3, xxvi. 23.

TK}U]pt<us]' infallible proofs

'

A.V.,'

proofs' K.V. re/c-

> is denned as avayKcuov ffij/j-elov Arist. liliet. i. 2. 16.

81*-fy. Tccr<rpaKovTa] The length of time is given here

only. At the flood 'it rained upon the earth forty days',Gen. vii. 4; Moses was in the mount forty days, Ex. xxiv.

18;Jesus fasted forty days, Matt. iv. 2.

orrravdfwvos] 'being seen' A.V.; but E.V. rightly 'ap-pearing'. The word only occurs here in N.T., and seemsto describe '

transitory appearances attended with miracu-II. lous circumstances

',cf. the use of dirraaia ' a vision

'

xxvi.

19 ;Luke i. 22, xxiv. 23.

TTJS PCUT. TOV Ocov] This phrase occurs 33 times in Luke,15 times in Mark, but Matt, almost always has 97 /3a<r. TVovpavuv. It represents that kingdom which the Messiahwas sent to establish. The meaning attached to it has

naturally varied with the belief held as to the person and

purpose of the Messiah. The Jews looked for a restora-

tion of their empire as it had been in the days of David.The same feeling was entertained by the first disciples,cf. ver. 6, Matt. xx. 21, and only gradually disappeared.On the other hand, in their widest sense, the words mayinclude (1) the spiritual kingdom which our Lord cameto establish upon earth, (2) His kingdom in heaven.

4. <ruvoXit;ofAvos] 'being assembled together withthem ' A. and E.V. The marg. gives

'

eating with them '

and V. convescens, but this derivation of the word from

a\s, 'salt', is without authority, and probably due to a com-

parison of passages such as Luke xxiv. 41;John xxi. 12,

where the risen Jesus is described as 'eating' with His

disciples.

irapTJ-yY^^v...] Cf. carefully Luke xxiv. 49. The'

promise of the Father '

is the Holy Spirit, cf. ii. 33. TOV

frarp6s is the subjective gen.; the Father gives the promise:on the other hand ii. 33 roD Trveij^aros is the objective gen.;it is that to which the promise refers.

Page 91: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

L 7] NOTES. 75

is regularly used in N.T. of 'divine promises'

(cf. ii. 39, vii. 17, xiii. 23) which are not promises madeunder an agreement (vwoax^^^) but voluntary offers; cTray-

yt\\ff6cu= ultro offerre.

TJV TJKovo-aT fxov] R.V. '

which, said he, ye heard from,me'. Transition to direct speech, cf. Luke v. 14.

5. 'Iwav^s ixh>...] John's own words are eyu /ULGV (3air-

ri$u vfJLcis ei> u5art...aur6s v/Jt,. pairricrei ev irv. ay. /ecu irvpi

(Matt. iii. 11).

ov jiTd...] At Pentecost (see ch. ii.), 10 days after the

Ascension. In the Church Calendar Ascension Day is the

40th day after Easter, and Whitsunday the 10th dayafter Ascension Day.

6. olJJL^V ovv...] 'So then they (the eleven) having

come together...'. At this point the regular narrative of

the Acts begins, viz. with an account of the Ascension.

ofo connects it with the brief Introduction and Summaryof yv. 1 4, which in its turn connects the Acts with the

Gospel.

E.Y. rightly here commences a fresh paragraph.

tcvpic] Kvpios= (1)*

having strength ',*

power ', (2)* master ',

'lord', dominus; frequently applied to men, e.g. xvi. 30;Matt. xxi. 30 70;, ictf/ue,'

*I go, Sir'; to an angel x. 4; but

especially in LXX. to God, cf. Gen. ii. 15 Ktpios 6 6eos ' theLord God', and Acts ii. 34 elirev Kvpios r$ Kvpiy JJLOV : it is

used in prayer to the Father, e.g. i. 24, iv. 29 ; it is however

especially applied in N.T. to Jesus 'the Master', cf. xix. 5,

10, 13, 17; and in prayer to Him, vii. 59.

cl] The use of cl after phrases like OVK olda in classical

Gk. ='* whether '

is well known. Hence its use in N.T.to express a direct question in the form of a doubt whichthe utterer desires to have solved, cf. vii. 1, xix. 2, xxi. 37,xxii. 25; Matt. xii. 10; Luke xiii. 23.

4v TO> XP V<? TOVTW] Emphatic. *Is it now that thoudost re-establish?' The resurrection of Jesus and His sub-

sequent words about 'the kingdom of God' (ver. 3) hadre-kindled their hopes of the immediate re-establishment of

an earthly Jewish empire.

7. xpov ^ fl Kaipo\>s] Usually distinguished as '

pe-riods

' and 'points (i.e. critical moments) of time'. Thedistinction cannot however be maintained, cf. icaipovs (xvii.

26) of long periods of national existence, and the commonphrase 6 vvv K. = ' the present life': see too iii. 19, 21 n.

Page 92: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

76 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.[i.

7

e',*

period of time '

merely ; Kcnp6s,' a period

of time ' not with reference to its length, but regarded asfixed upon, marked out, or adapted for some end.

296TO...] An absolute monarch may 'place' certain

affairs 'in the hands of his ministers': others he may*

place within (or'

subject to') his own personal authority':these latter he would be said riOeo-dai v rrj Id. e^ovala. Thephrase is an emphatic one, Idia being as much strongerthan tavTov as proprius than suus, and Qovala. expressesfull and uncontrolled authority (cf. v. 4).

8. Kal &r<r0...TTJs yfjs] The Acts themselves form thebest commentary on these words, and the words them-selves might be given as the best summary of the Acts.

We have first the preaching of the gospel' in Jerusalem '

until the martyrdom of Stephen ; then the dispersionthroughout Judaea and Samaria, viii. 1

; Philip going downto Samaria, viii. 5 ; and afterwards Peter and John, viii. 14 ;

then the conversion of Paul * the Apostle of the Gen-tiles

' and the vision of Peter; finally a full account of the

missionary labours of Paul and others, culminating in

the establishment of the gospel in the capital of the

world.

jidpTvps] 'witnesses': doctrind et sanguine, B. Noticethe first duty of an Apostle and cf. iv. 33, x. 39, xiii.

31.

9. virc'Xapev]' received him '

so that He seemed to be

supported by it. tfx^ia pa>ffi\tK6j>, Chrysostom.

10. a*Tvfi;ovTs] A. and K. V. '

looking stedfastly'. Theword (from a intensive and relva) occurs 10 times in the Actsand describes a somewhat strained, earnest gaze, cf. iii. 4,

12, vi. 15, vii. 55.

ls TOV ovpavov] Notice the quiet emphasis of thesewords four times repeated.

ws^.tjo-av, Kal iSov] Cf. Luke vii. 12 arc tfyytcre...Kal Idot.

The simplest method of representing two events as happen-ing together is to place them side by side, and this method,very common in Homer, is fairly frequent in classical

v.Stallb. Gk, e.g. Plat. Symp. 220 c, ydy peer)imppla fy Kal dvdpwiroi

Curthis yvOavovTo,'it was midday ivhen they began to notice '. Cf.

Gk Or too iii. 2 n.; Mark xv. 25 T\V wpa rplrt] Kal eGratipwaav avrov,

pp. 213, an(j the use of atque in simul atque. Hence even where a

temporal particle, e. g. ws, is used we often find, as here, a

Page 93: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

i. 13] NOTES. 77

pleonastic KCLL added to mark that the two events happenedexactly together.

cv8ps] Cf. Luke xxiv. 4 : so too an 'angel' is called4 a man' x. 30. Cf. xi. 13.

11. OVTWS...SV Tpo-irov] Emphatic repetition.

12. 'EXcuwvos] 'Olivet', V. Olivetum, 'the olive-

garden'

(cf. dju.Tre\ui>} ; only here, usually rb opos ruve\cuwi>. The Mt of Olives is a ridge about one mile long,

running N. and S., on the E. of Jerusalem, separated fromit by the narrow ravine of the Kidron.

...] Cf. Ex. xvi. 29,* abide ye every man in

his place, let no man go out of his place on the seventh day'.This special command had been made by the Babbis the

basis of a general rule fixing the -distance which might be

lawfully traversed on the Sabbath at '2000 cubits' (aboutsix furlongs), the space kept between the ark and the peoplein the wilderness Josh. iii. 4, the distance to which the

suburbs of a Levitical city extended, Numb. xxxv. 5, and the

traditional distance which separated the tabernacle fromthe furthest part of the camp.

2xov is not= &TTxov : the distance is regarded as a

quality possessed by the mountain. Many consider that B.W.A.Luke here describes the Ascension as taking place at some

spot on the Mt of Olives distant a sabbath day's journeyfrom Jerusalem, and the present Church of the Ascension is

on the central peak of the mountain, which is at about that

distance. But this view does not agree with Luke xxiv. 50where it is said that ' Jesus led them out to over against

(?ws 7rp6s) Bethany', which is a village on the E. slope of theMt of Olives '

fifteen furlongs' (John xi. 18) from Jerusa-

lem. Probably therefore Luke here gives the distance of

the Mt of Olives from Jerusalem for the information of

his Gentile readers and does not fix the exact spot of the

Ascension, which took place amid ' the wild uplands Stanley,

which overhang Bethany, in a seclusion which would per-Sinai

haps nowhere else be found so near the stir of a mighty c.\

city'.

13. TO vircpwov] Possibly the avuyeov fjL^ya of Markxiv. 15, Luke xxii. 12, where the Last Supper took place.The virepyov in a house was a large room suitable for

gatherings, cf. xx. 8.

6 TC Herpes...] The following table gives the four lists

of the Apostles to be found in the N. T.

Page 94: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

Men-vale,c. 59.

78 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.[i.

13

Matthew x. 2. Mark iii. 10. Luke vi. 14. Acts i. 13.

Page 95: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

i. 15] NOTES. 79

James and Joses', and Salome the 'mother of Zebedee's

children ', Matt* xxvii. 56.

. rots dScXcjxHs] Cf. Matt. xii. 46 ; Mark iii. 31 ; Lukeviii. 19,

' his mother and his brethren '

; mentioned with'his mother' and 'his sisters', and their names given'James and Joses and Simon and Judas' Matt. xiii. 56;Mark vi. 3

;

' his brethren ' John vii. 9 ;

' James the Lord'sbrother' Gal. i. 19.

The fact that they are invariably termed d5e\0o/, and so

often mentioned, as here, with 'his mother', seems to

make it certain that they were actually His brethren the

sons of Mary. No other meaning can naturally be given to

the words.A strong desire however to make Jesus the only son

of ' the Virgin' has given rise to many theories, of which

the two chief are :

(1) A theory advanced first by Jerome A.D. 383 that

they were ' cousins'

of Jesus. To assign such a meaning to

dde\06s is distinctly contrary to its biblical usage (its

application to a 'nephew' Gen. xxix. 15 being exceptional,and its frequent metaphorical use, e.g. i. 15, being quite

distinct). The theory is built upon a series of assumptionsof which the first is that Mary had a sister also called

Mary (a most improbable view and only supported by a

very doubtful punctuation of John xix. 25), and that this

Mary is identical with 'Mary the mother of James andJoses', Matt, xxvii. 56. It is sufficiently disproved by Excur-

Lightfoot.<l

(2) A theory held in very early times and stronglyadvocated by Epiphanius bishop of Constantia A.D. 367,that they were the sons of Joseph by a former wife. Accord-

ing to Epiphanius Joseph was eighty years old whenbetrothed to Mary. This theory being purely suppositionaladmits no proof or disproof. It is advocated by Lightfootwho refers to the fact that the dying Jesus commended His Light-

mother to John (John xix. 26, 27) who took her ' unto his^own home', as a 'fatal objection' to her having had sons of ed. 2,

her own. P- 2t>4.

15. Ivratsf\\>.. Tavrcus] i.e. between the Ascension and

Pentecost.

A. V. 'names' ; E. V. rightly 'persons'. For"this Hebrew use cf. Numb. 1. 2, 18, 20; Bev. iii. 4.

eirl r6 avro] of place 'gathered together', cf. ii. 1,

iii. 44'; Luke xvii. 35.

Page 96: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

80 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.[i.

16

16. av8pS...] The clear and telling argument of this

speech is so obscured in both A. and K.V. that it needscareful attention.

In it Peter brings forward a Messianic prophecy to shew

(1) that a certain event in the past was necessary, viz. the

betrayal of Jesus by an Apostle, (2) that thereby a neces-

sary duty is imposed upon them in the present, viz. the

selection of a successor. This connection is emphaticallymarked by the prominent 5ei the first word of the speech,and the equally prominent del (ver. 21) the first word of the

second half.

With regard to the first division of his speech the

method Peter adopts is not to give the prophecy first andthe corresponding facts afterwards, but to give the facts

first and the prophecy afterwards.

(a) He states that the prophecy had to be fulfilled whichwas spoken concerning Judas, and argues that its applica-tion must be to Judas because Judas was an Apostle. (Itwill be seen that the prophecy refers to one who held an'

overseership ', so that the fact of Judas being an Apostleis the proof of its reference to him.)

(/3)He then proceeds (v. 18) further to prepare the way

for the quotation of the prophecy by referring to anotherremarkable fact, viz. the purchase by Judas of a field and

(i) his suicide in that field, (ii) the consequent pollution of

the field, which became * a field of blood ' and uninhabit-

able.

Then he brings forward the prophecy which accuratelytallies with these facts, ((3) (i) as invoking a curse on the

betrayer, (ii) as referring to an ^TrauXis he possessed

(=-%upiov 6 cKTrjcraTo) which is to be desolate and unin-

habitable, and (a) as mentioning the betrayer as holding an'

overseership'.

' It was necessary '. Throughout the Acts Jesus is

regarded as the Messiah whom the Jewish scriptures fore-

told. The circumstances of His life and death must there-

fore necessarily fulfil the prophetic passages of Scripture. It

is the constant endeavour of the Apostles to shew that the

life and works of Jesus do accurately correspond with these

prophecies.

TI^V ypcuj^v]' the passage of scripture', i. e. the one he

is about to quote, ver. 20. A. V. wrongly refers in margin to

Light-Ps - xli. 9.

"

foot, i rpne ginguiar ypa^ij in the N. T. always means & parti-iii. 22. cular passage of Scripture'.

Page 97: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

i. 19] NOTES. 81

fjv irpociirc...] The Psalmist spoke of his own troubles,but through his instrumentality (5ta) the Holy Spirit fore-

told the sufferings and betrayal of the Messiah.

TOV -ycv. oSrjYov] Cf. Matt. xxvi. 47.

17. on] 'that', 'in that', 'seeing that', 'because'.H. gives ort=' although

'

a typical instance of mistrans-lation intended to save, and in fact ruining, the sense.

icXtjpov] (1) 'a lot', (2) 'a thing assigned by lot',

(3)' allotment

',

'

portion '. Hence clerus= ' the clergy '.

18. OVTOS p^v ov>v...AfyxaTos] Marked off in E. V. asa parenthesis, (and so in the text,) and generally regardedas inserted by the historian. But it has been rightly re-

marked that (1) such an insertion of a historical notice is A.M.La.

unnatural, (2) the use of ptv ovv (a formula of transition='so then') to introduce a parenthesis is unknown, (3) thewhole verse is rhetorical not narrative in style, cf. ouros,

/JLLO-OOV TTJS ddidas, \dK7)cre ju&ros, and beyond all (4) thewords are absolutely necessary to Peter's argument.

On the other hand in ver. 19 ry diaXtKry CLVTWV and TOUT'

<TTLV XW/H'OJ> Afytaro? are clearly explanations inserted

perhaps awkwardly but very naturally by Luke writing inGreek for Greek readers who would not have understood theword

'

AK\dafjLdx-

KrqcraTo \...] 'acquired (i.e. made a KT^/JLO. or posses-

sion) a field from the reward of his guilt', i.e. from the ' 30

pieces of silver' which the chief priests had

' covenanted ' to

give him, cf. Matt. xxvi. 14 16, and xxvii. 3 8, where theaccount given differs considerably from that given here.

Attempts to reconcile the two passages by translating e/cr^-

craro '

gave occasion to the purchase of involve a perversionof the plain meaning of the Greek.

.] 'having fallen face-foremost'. The wordsindicate suicide by jumping or falling from a height of somesort, and the suicide is clearly referred to as connected withthe field. Matt, has a,ire\dwv

\ciKT]<rv, from Xctcr/cw, always of sound, is here used of

bursting accompanied with sound, cf. frango, fragor;'crack'.

19. TTJ 8ia\KTco avTcGv] inserted by Luke from the pointof view of himself and Theophilus who used Greek.

8id\KTos, from dLaXtyeo-Oai,' to converse ',

= '

language'

not '

dialect', cf. ii. 6, xxi. 40.

Xwpfov AfyiciTos] Matt, has d-ypbs afytaros, adding thatits former name was 6 ay. TOV Kepajmews.

P. 6

Page 98: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

82 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES.[i.

20

20. 7VT]9iiTa). . .] Ps. Ixix. 25 :

ycvrjOrjTb) TJ iTravAis avruv Tjprj/MWfjLfrTj

Kal &V TOiS (TKflV(l}^CL(JiV OVTUVfJLTJ <7T(i} 6 KCLTQIKUV.

David and his kingdom are types of the Son of David andHis kingdom. Hence words used of his own enemies byDavid are applied to the enemies of the Messiah, or referred

H. specially to one such enemy as here. ' The 69th Psalm is

with1 '

ften quoted in St Matt, and St John and seems to have

Chrys. been regarded as peculiarly prophetic of the Messiah '.

Clearly parallel to %uplov.

n^v cirio-Koirnv...] Ps. cix. 8. For CTT^KOTT^V A. V. givesthe derived word '

Bishoprick', but B. V. *office' and in the

margin* overseership'.

21. <S l<rijX0v K. ij. <)>* iijias] versabatur inter nos, of

habitual daily intercourse, cf. ix. 28 ; Ps. cxxi. 8;1 Sam.

xxix. 6;John x. 9.

22. TOV PO/ITT. 'Lootvov] which immediately preceded the

public ministry of Jesus, cf. Luke iii.

TOVTCOV] Deictic, and emphatic by position.

23. ^o-rqcrav] i.e. the whole company did so.

'Ia><rii<|>...] Nothing is known of either.

Joseph's regular name (cf. KdXot/j.evoi') was JosephBarsabbas, i.e. son of Sabbas, it being common thus to dis-

tinguish men by adding the name of the father, cf. Matt. xvi.

17 Simon Barjona, Acts xiii. 6 Barjesus. To this name wasoften added an additional name, a sort of * surname' (cf.

tireKXydrj), sometimes expressing some personal characteristic

(cf. iv. 36 'Iw<7?}0 6 tiriK\Tidels Bapvdpas, i. e.* son of con-

solation'; x. 5 *2iifj,d}va os ^TTi/caXetrat Il^rpos, i. e.' the rock'),

v. F. frequently Latin in form, for use no doubt in dealingc. 19, s. f. with non-Jews, and often similar in sound to the Hebrew

name, as here Joseph Justus ;cf . xiii. 9 Saul, Paul.

Ma06iav] Short for Mattathias ( Theodorus), a commonJewish name.

24. KapSuryvwora] Emphatic. He 'who knows theheart' must judge right. The same adj. applied to Godxv. 8.

dvdSeij-ov] 'appoint', cf. Luke x. 1, dv8ei%ev 6 Kvpios

25. ls TOV TOITOV TOV t8iov] Euphemism. The phrase is

a strong antithesis to rbv T67rov...dTro(TTo\i]s; he was chosenfor the place of an Apostle, he had chosen his own place

Page 99: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

II. 1] NOTES. 83

for himself. In Numb. xxiv. 25 'Balaam returned to his

place' (TOV TOTTOV avrov) was interpreted by the Eabbis of

Gehenna.Not only is the adj. I'Sios a strong one, cf. i. 7 n., but it

is emphasized by its position, as always, when the adj. is

thus placed after the noun and preceded by the article, cf.

ii. 20 7]fj.pav rj]v fjLeydXtjv Kal Tri(f>avr], ii. 40 rrjs yeveas TTJS

cr/coXias ravrris, vi. 13 TOV TOTTOV TOV aylov, xi. 23 TTJV X&pwT^V TOV 6., xiii. 10 ras 68ovs TCLS evOeias.

26. 8a>Kay K\rjpovs] 'cast lots'; avTots, ethic dat. 'for

them'. Decision by lots is very frequent in O.T. Thescape-goat was chosen from two by lot Lev. xvi. 7 10,Moses ordained (Numb, xxxiv. 13) that the inheritance ofthe 12 tribes should be assigned by lot, and Joshua so

assigned it, Josh. xiv. 2, xviii. 6 an instance which wouldnaturally be considered here in filling up the number ofthe twelve Apostles, who represent the twelve tribes (cf.

Luke xxii. 30).The two names would be written on small tablets and

cast into a vessel (or 'the lap', cf. Prov. xvi. 33) and thenshaken (cf. TrdXXw, TraXos) until one fell (Zirecrev) out.

<ruvKaT\|/T]<)Hcr6T]] The word is exactly = o-iryAcarapitf/^w,'reckon in along with', 'number with': ^??0ot, calculi,were regularly used in counting. Cf. avve^rj^iaav, xix. 19.

CHAPTEB II.

1. ev TW <rwirX/r]p<>vo-0<u...] lit. 'on the day of P.

being fulfilled'. Pentecost was a festal day looked forwardto as completing the period of harvest: hence, when it

arrives, it can be spoken of as 'being fulfilled', 'filled up',' added to the now full tale of days '.

Cf. Luke ix. 51 ev ry avfJLirXvjpoiJo'da.i TCLS rjfjitpas r?7s aVa-

X-^ews aurou, /ecu auV6s...ecrT?7pt^e, i.e. simultaneously withthe days of his taking up being completed (filled up to the

proper number) he set his face

T-qs ircvrrjicoorTTJs] A feast, as its name implies, held onthe fiftieth day from the second day of the Passover, onwhich day a sheaf of the firstfruits was 'waved' before the

Lord, whereas at Pentecost a sacrifice was made for the

completion of the harvest, cf. Lev. xxiii. 15 21. ThePassover, Pentecost, and the Feast of Tabernacles were thethree great feasts of the year, on which all males were ' to

appear before the Lord in the place that he shall choose',Deut. xvi. 16. It is also called the 'feast of weeks', from

62

Page 100: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

84 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. [n. 1

the 'numbering seven weeks'. Whitsunday, on which the

sending of the Holy Spirit is commemorated, is the 10th

day after Ascension day, and so 50 days from the day when1 Christ our passover was sacrificed for us '.

7rdvTs] All the believers in Jesus.

2. w<nrp] Note that it is not * the sound of a blast'

but 'of as it were a blast': so too w<re irvpos.

3.Sui|j,cpii;6|i.cvai]

Not ' cloven' as A.V. (for the wordis not an adj., but a present part.) but 'distributing them-selves ', i.e. one to each, a meaning which is necessary to

account for the singular verb ^/caflurej', the nom. to whichis yXuVo-a, which can be naturally supplied after the 7X0)0--ffai have been referred to as 'distributing themselves', butnot otherwise. V. has dispertitae, and cf. dtefdpifov ver. 45.

For the resting of a flame on the head as a sign of

divine favour cf. Virg. Aen. 11. 683,

Ecce levis summo de vertice visus lull

Fundere lumen apex.

So too Ov. Fast . vi. 635 flammeus apex, and Horn. II. xvni.214.

4. XaXeiv er^pais yXcooro-cus] 'to speak with tonguesdifferent to their own ', for repos expresses something dif-

ferent (cf. ver. 13), not merely, like d\\os, somethingadditional.

With regard to this event nothing is known but whatLuke tells us. From his words it is clear (1) that hedescribes the speakers speaking in languages they did notknow before, and the hearers understanding them, w. 8 and11, (2) that the event is described as exceptional andaccompanied by great excitement, ver. 13, (3) that it is

connected not with teaching but with praise and adora-

tion, ver. 11. Compare x. 46 48 where 'speaking with

tongues' is also spoken of as an exceptional event andconnected with 'glorifying God', and xix. 6 where it is

again exceptional and distinguished from 'prophesying'or preaching.

'

Speaking with tongues' seems to have been used as a

regular form of worship in the Corinthian Church. St Pauldescribes the practice at length 1 Cor. xiv., but it is clear

that as in use there it differed from what is described

here, for he dwells on the fact that the utterances couldnot be understood without an interpreter : he also distinctly

deprecates the practice : he speaks of it as inferior to preach-

ing (irpo^reTueLv) and adds ver. 19 'I would rather speakfive words with my understanding (ry vot), that I might

Page 101: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

ii. 9] NOTES. 85

instruct others also, than ten thousand words in a tongue(ev y\u)acrr)) '.

Mark xvi. 17, where to 'speak with new (KCUVCUS)

tongues'

is promised by Jesus, is a doubtful passage, andthe reading Kcuvals is also extremely uncertain.

diro<J>04Yycr9ai] eloqui : expresses eager impassionedutterance, cf. ver. 14 and xxvi. 25, the only other passageswhere it is found in N.T. Lucian (Paras. 4) uses it of the*

ring' of a vessel when struck.

5. KCITOIKOVVTCS]'

dwelling'

A. and B. V. The wordcertainly usually describes residence in a place, cf. iv. 16,vii. 2, 4, ix. 22, 32, but should here perhaps be taken in

a fairly wide sense, to include those who were '

dwelling' in

Jerusalem temporarily for the feast, as well as those whohad returned to reside there, either hoping for 'theconsolation of Israel', like Simeon (Luke ii. 25 foOpuiros

ei)\a/3?7s), or desiring to die and be buried in the Holy City.

6. yevo^'vTjs 8 Tqs <J>WVTJS] A. V. ' when this wasnoised abroad', which would require (frrjws, 'a rumour',*

report' : B. V. rightly 'when this sound was heard ', referringto the rjxos f ver - 2

;cf . (pwf), of the sound of the wind,

John iii. 8; of an instrument, 1 Cor. xiv. 7, 8, 10.

<rvv)(v0T]] mente confusa est. V.

7. FoXiXaiot] All the Apostles and many of the disci-

ples came from Galilee, the chief scene of Jesus' labours.The word is used here in its simple geographical sense : asGalilaeans their natural language was Aramaic, not the lan-

guage of any of the nations about to be named.There is no trace of contempt in the word here, although

Galilee was looked down upon (cf. John vii. 52), nor is

there any reference to the Galilaean 'accent' (cf. Markxiv. 70), for 5id\KTos is not =' dialect', cf. i. 19 n. The Gibbon,

contemptuous application of Galilaei by Julian to the Chris-c* 23 -

tians is of course wholly distinct from the use of the wordhere.

9. IlapOoi...] i.e. Jews who had settled and becomenaturalized in those districts. They were known as ' Jewsof the dispersion' (Sicunropd) ;

cf. too xxi. 21 roz)s Kara ra tdvrj

'lovdaiovs. They may be divided into four divisions :

(1) The Eastern or Babylonian, originating in the

carrying away of the ten tribes by Shalmaneser B. c. 721,2 Kings xviii. 11, and of Judah and Benjamin under Nebu-chadnezzar B. c. 588, 2 Kings xxiv.

(2) The Syrian, due to the removal of Jewish colonists

by Seleucus Nicator (B.C. 312280) from Babylon to the

Page 102: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

86 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. [n. 9

west. Antiochus the Great also removed 2000 Jewish fami-lies from Judaea to Lydia and Phrygia.

Meri-(3) The Egyptian, due to the Jewish settlements esta-

2g'Wished in Alexandria by Alexander and Ptolemy I., where

and 29. at the Christian era Jews formed two-fifths of the popula-tion. Cf. xviii. 24 n.

(4) The Roman Jews brought to Rome by Pompey after

his occupation of Jerusalem B.C. 63 and settled in the trans-

Tiberine region.The text corresponds to these four historical and geo-

graphical divisions : (1) ndp0ot...Me<ro7rora/^ai>, (2) 'Iou5a/cu>

...IIa/-i0uAcu>, (3) A.'iyvirTov...'Kvp7)V'r)v, (4) ot eiri. 'Pw/jLaioi.

The Cretes and Arabians are mentioned last somewhat

awkwardly as not falling into any group.

IlapOot] Put first as most important : their empire at

this time extended from India to the Tigris.

MrjSoi] A name strictly applied to a people of WesternAsia, who were merged with the Persians into one powerfulempire by Cyrus the Great (B.C. 559). They were subdued

by Alexander the Great, and after his death soon absorbed

by the Parthians. The Greek writers use the word vaguely= '

Persians',* the inhabitants of the Persian kingdom'.

'EXajwiTai] 'inhabitants of Elam', a district S. of As-

syria and E. of Persia, with Susa (Shushan) for its capital.

Between the Euphrates and Tigris.

Clearly not Judaea as distinguished fromSamaria (cf. i. 8) but the ' land of the Jews ', i.e. Palestineand perhaps some part of Syria. It is naturally placed at

the head of the second group with which it is geographicallyconnected.

Cappadocia extends from Mt Taurus northward to

Pontus, which extends to the Euxine; Phrygia lies inland

W. of Cappadocia ; Pamphylia on the S. coast E. of Cilicia.

TTJV 'Ao-Cav] As throughout the Acts= the Roman pro-vince of Asia comprising Mysia, Lydia and Caria, with

Ephesus for its capital.

10. TO, |i.pT]...] The singularly fertile district to the W.of the Greater Syrtis known as the Cyrenaic Pentapolis,the modern Tripoli.

' Simon a Cyrenian'

is mentionedMatt. xxvi. 73.

Used generally of temporary stay in a

foreign place, cf. xvii. 21 ot CTTL. %evoL. The word is not how-ever here contrasted with KarotKovvres (ver. 5), but seemsadded to shew that'Pco^ucuoi is used in a geographical sense

Page 103: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

ii. 14] NOTES. 87

= 'from Rome', and not, as often, in a political sense= ' Roman citizens', cf. xvi. 21, 37, 38.

'lovScuoC T Kal -irpcxrrjXvroi] In apposition with and So A.

defining all the preceding proper names, and not merelyM- La-

'Popcorn. This would have been perfectly clear had it notbeen for the addition of the 'Cretes and Arabians', appa-rently as a sort of afterthought, to what was already a

complete and symmetrical list.

irpoo-TJXuTos (from irpoffep^adaL^1 one who joins') is

used in LXX. to render the Hebrew word for which A. V.

gives'

stranger ', e. g. Ex. xx. 10 o TT/OOCT. d TrapoiKaw iv vol.

Instances in the O. T. are Uriah the Hittite and Araunahthe Jebusite. Matt, xxiii. 15 refers to the zeal shewn for

'making proselytes'; cf. Hor. Sat. i. 4. 142 ac veluti te\Judaei cogemus in hanc concedere turbam. For the numberof Jews and Jewish proselytes in Italy cf. Tac. Ann. n. 85,who refers to a decree made by Tiberius (A. D. 19) ut quattuormillia libertini generis ea superstitione infecta..,in insulamSardiniam veherentur,..ceteri cederent Italia. The division

into Proselytes of the Gate, who were not bound by circum-cision and the other special laws of the Mosaic code, and

Proselytes of Righteousness, who were circumcised andcarried out the full Judaic ritual, seems later than this

period.

12. SiTjiropovvTo, 8iax\uaovTs] Cf. x. 17 n.

13. Y^ ^KOVS] A. and R. V. ' new wine', somewhat un-

wisely, as Pentecost came before the vintage. From Lucian

Ep. Sat. xxn. it is clear that it is raw young wine with fer-

mentation still going on, indigestible and intoxicating,served to poor guests, while the rich man drinks olvos

dvOoo-fJilas. Cf. too Job xxxii. 19 d(r/cds y\evKovs ewv 5e5e^-vos. The use of the word clearly implies contempt, cf. Juv.

in. 292 cujus aceto...tumes ? where aceto is contemptuous.

14. <rrci0ls 8...] Peter's object is to explain and

justify what has occurred, his whole argument being fromthe fulfilment of prophecy. Signs and wonders were to

accompany the coming of Messiah, and the speaking with

tongues is one of these signs. Moreover that Jesus is Mes-siah is shewn by His works (ver. 22) and especially by Hisdeath and resurrection, which exactly fulfil the words of

David.

<rTa9ts, einjpv rr\v ((xoviiv, air<f>66t

yaTo] These intro-

ductory words mark the importance of the speech. This

pictorial use of oraflets is a marked peculiarity of Luke,being used by no other writer in N. T. Cf. Luke xviii. 11, 40,xix. 8 ; Acts v. 20, xvii. 22, xxvii. 21.

Page 104: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

88 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [n. 14

TOVTO] explained by ov yap... below :'

this, namely thatthese men are not... '.

15. oSroi] Deictic.

wpa TpCrT]] The Jews, like the Romans, divided thetime between sunrise and sunset into 12 equal parts, whichwould vary in length according to the time of year. At the

equinoxes the 'third hour' would be 9 a.m. It was thefirst hour of prayer, and the time of the offering of the

morning sacrifice in the Temple.* Before it no pious Jew

might eat or drink'.

16. TOVTO ICTTIV r6 lpT]|Jt^vov...] i.e. 'this, which is hap-pening, is identical with' or 'the fulfilment of what wasspoken...'.

The quotation is from Joel ii. 28 32 and closely followsthe LXX.

17. 4v rats (T)(aT<us ijp..]Joel has merely pera Tavra,

but himself proceeds to define the time as i^pcus e/ceiVcus andTjfji. Kvplov (Joel ii. 29, 31), and so Peter, interpreting the

prophecy as foretelling Messiah's kingdom, naturally substi-

tutes for fjLera ravra the well-known phrase' the last days',

which is frequently used to indicate the time of Messiah's

coming (e.g. Is. ii. 2; Micah iv. 1), and which Peterwould naturally use of the time when he was speaking, for

the Apostles regarded themselves as living' in the last days

'

and looked forward to the coming of Christ in glory in thenear future. (Cf. Heb. i. 2 e?r' ecrxdrw ruv

TJ/J.. TOVTWV.)

opdorcis] 'visions': this word, for which Luke alwaysemploys opa/xa, indicates something clearer than 'a dream'.Matt. xvii. 9 describes the appearance (ufiOrjaav) of Mosesand Elias at the transfiguration as opafj.a, cf. vii. 31 wherethe '

burning bush '

is tipa/ma : its clearness is marked x. 3v opdfjLari (pavep&s. On the other hand it may occur to a

person' in an ecstasy', xi. 5, or ' in the night', xvi. 9, xviii.

9 ;and xii. 9 it is marked as something which the beholder

knows to be unreal.

18. TO^S SovXovs JAOV] A. V. in Joel, following the He-brew, has 'the servants and the handmaids', i.e. actual

servants. Peter here follows LXX.

19. The words cu/w and a-rj^a /carw are not in LXX. andseem to be introduced to make the antithesis between whatshould happen in heaven and on earth clearer. In heaventhere are to be r^para, 'marvels', 'prodigies', such as

changes in the sun, on earth arrjju.e'ia, 'signs', events which

symbolize some great change. The next words illustrate

these r^para and o-^/xeta in inverse order (per Chiasmum),

Page 105: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

ii. 22] NOTES. 89

and therefore af/xa /ecu irvp... must be taken as = bloodshedand devastation by fire', and not 'bloody and fiery appear-ances'. Cf. the prediction by Jesus, Matt. xxiv. 6, 29, of

wars on earth and portents in heaven.

20.TJ jx. KvpCov...] The second coming of Messiah in

glory. For the adj. emphatic by position cf. i. 25 n. m-0CU/T7 (in the Heb. 'terrible'; A. and E.V. 'notable'; V.

manifestus) describes a day which will be 'clearly visible'

to all in its occurrences and meaning.For bri<t>dvia used of ' the second coming', cf. 2 Thess.

ii. 8;1 Tim. vi. 14. We use the term 'Epiphany' of the

' manifestation '

to the Gentiles : cf. Collect for the Epiphany*

God, who by the leading of a star didst manifest thyonly-begotten Son to the Gentiles '.

22. 'Irjorow TOV N<xwpcuov] The names applied to

our Lord in the Acts deserve careful study.

(1) Jesus is His name as a man. It is an ordinaryname, and is the Gk form of Joshua (cf. vii. 45 '

broughtin with Jesus'), which is contracted from Jehoshua = ' the

help of Jehovah' or '

Saviour', cf. Matt. i. 21.

'Jesus of Nazareth1

is used when reference is made to

Jesus as a man needing thus to be identified (cf. carefullyJohn xviii. 5, 7, xix. 19; Acts vi. 14, xxvi. 9, and the veryinteresting instance xxii. 8 with note). In the absence of

surnames this addition of their birthplace is one of thebest known methods of identifying individuals.

In the healing of the impotent man, iii. 6 and iv. 10,Paul twice speaks of 'Jesus Christ of Nazareth', thus (1)

clearly identifying the person, (2) giving Him the title in

virtue of which the act of healing is performed.

(2) Christ, 6 x/>io-r6s, 'the anointed one', is a ren-

dering of the word 'Messiah' (cf. John i. 41), the nameapplied by the Jews to the Great Deliverer whom the Pro-

phets foretold. He is described as 'the anointed one'

because priests and kings were anointed, and He was to bethe Priest and the King. The descent of the Holy Spiritat His baptism is regarded as the '

anointing' of Jesus, cf.

Luke iv. 18;

Is. Ixi. 1;Acts x. 38 ^xpurej/ CLVTOV 6 debs irveij-

fjLari ayiy.

(3) Jesus Christ has not in the Acts yet become amere name, but involves a statement, viz. the identity of

the man Jesus with Messiah ;

' Jesus Messiah '

may be

compared as an appellation with ' Caesar Imperator'. Toprove the claim of the man Jesus to the title ' Christ '

is

one main purpose of the Acts. As ascribing the title Mes-siah to Him the name 'Jesus Christ' is very frequently

assigned to our Lord when authority, power, or dignity is

Page 106: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

90 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [n. 22

ascribed to Him, e.g. ii. 38, iv. 10 'in the name of Jesus

Christ', ix. 34 * Jesus Christ healeth thee'.

The following passages afford instances of the use of

XPKTTOS as applied to Jesus :

ii. 36 xpurrbv ciroi^aev d Oebs TOVTOV rbv 'I^ff., 'madeJesus (to be) Messiah'.

iii. 20 T&V . . .xpi<TTbi> 'lrj(rovv= lthe... Messiah' and then

is added in explanation 'Jesus'; so too v. 42.

xvii. 3 OVTOS tcmv d xpio-rds 6 'iT/troOs, 'this man is theMessiah even Jesus '.

xviii. 5 dia/j.apTVp6fJLevos elvai. TOV ^KJTQV 'Irjcrovv, 'that

the Messiah is Jesus '; so too xviii. 28.

In xxiv. 24 TTJS els Xpttrrd*' 'lyaovv TrtVrews is somewhatdoubtfully supported and probably wrong, being contraryto the entire usage of the Acts.

diroScSei'YjJL^vov] A. and E.V. 'approved'. The wordis a strong one, 'clearly shewn', 'pointed out specially',

'apart from others', cf. 1 Cor. iv. 9: it also, while thus

expressing clearness, suggests certainty, cf. xxv. 7.

diro TOV 0ov] divinitus ; not 'by', but 'from God',from whom he received His mission and authority; cf.

Gal. i. 1 OVK a?r' dvBpunrajy. Notice how Peter marks thedivine origin of the mission of Jesus by emphatic repetitionof 6 0eo's, TOV 0., d 0eds (vv. 2224), d 0e6s, TOV 6eov (w. 32,

33), d 0eds (ver. 36).

8\)vd|J.(rt, Tpa<ri, CTT^JLCLOIS] The same acts viewed in

different lights, (1) as indicating power in the person doingthem, (2) as exciting wonder in the persons seeing them,(3) as being signs from which inferences can be drawn.

23. TOVTOV] recalls attention with emphasis to the

person described, a very frequent use.

povXfj] 'will', 'purpose', 'counsel'; cf. Horn. II. i. 5

Ai6s 5' ereXetero jSouX^.

irp<ryvwo-i]'

praescientid' V., 'foreknowledge' A. andB.V. The death of Jesus is described as willed and knownbeforehand by God, and for that reason alone possible.

8id x tPs dvojicov] through the instrumentality of law-less men, i.e. the Eoman soldiers. The Jews did not

actually crucify Jesus, although they caused His crucifixion.

n-pocrmiJavTes] A graphic and realistic word, used de-

signedly.

dvtXa,T] 'made away with', 'destroyed'; a word veryfrequent in the Acts of putting to a violent or unjust death,cf. v. 33, vii. 28, ix. 23, 29, x. 39, and dvalpeau viii. 1;Luke xxii. 2.

Page 107: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

ii. 27] NOTES. 91

24. \vo-as rds...] The 'pangs of death' had 'laidpee

M.

hold' of Jesus (cf. Kpareio-Qai, and its use iii. 11, xxiv. 6;ere>

Luke viii. 54); from this 'hold' God had 'loosed' Him.For pain or disease described as 'confining', 'holding pri-

soner', cf. xxviii. 8 dvaevrepiij} ffvve"xo^evov\ Plat. Rep. 574 A

cuSTcrt <nW%ecr0cu.The phrase o>5. Oavarov is from LXX. Psalm xviii. 4,

cxvi. 3 Trepie(j'xpv ^ &dwes Oavdrov, where the Hebrew how-ever gives 'snares' or 'traps of death', death being com-

pared to a hunter. Having regard to the sense of \6aas

and KpareiffOcu, and to the fact that Peter was not speakingin Greek but to Jews, it is not improbable that he used the

word ' snares' and that Luke has replaced it by the well-

known LXX. rendering.

25. irpoopw|AT]v...] Almost verbatim from LXX. Psalmxvi. 811. Peter argues that the words of David could notall have been spoken of himself alone, especially ver. 27, andshould rather be regarded as applicable (cf. A^yet els avrbv)to Messiah in His hour of trouble : he therefore interpretsthem of Messiah, who is regarded as uttering them as an

expression of His trust in Jehovah, even when 'held' bythe 'pangs of death'.

7rpoop6fji.r)j>= l l saw before me', i.e. present: A.V. gives

'foresaw', obscuring the sense. Ktipioi>= Jehovah.

IK StguSv] In the position of a defender : the advocate M.stood at his client's right hand, cf. Psalm cix. 31.

26. ere 8 Kdl] Emphatic. 'Nay more my flesh (i.e.

my actual body) shall dwell awhile (i.e. in the grave) sup-

ported upon hope (e?r' e\irl8i) '.

For KaracrKT]V(o<ri, 'pitch a tent', 'rest', 'dwell awhile',cf. Matt.xiii. 32 'the birds of the air come and lodge (KO.TCL-

ffKrjvwv)\ John i. 14 d \6yos ffdp eyfrero /cat <TK7)vwffj> ev

T]IMV.

27. els a8i]v] Constructio praegnans. A.V. has 'in

hell', E.V. 'in Hades', i.e. 'the unseen world'. $drjs repre-sents the Hebrew sJieol, 'the grave' (e.g. Gen. xxxvii. 35),a very negative word, 'the place not of the living but of

the dead'. It is often used locally as the opposite of

'heaven', e.g. Job xi. 8, and cf. Matt. xi. 23; Luke x. 15.

Neither it, nor $drjs, denotes a place of punishment ; even in

Luke xvi. 23 'in hell (ev T< #cfy) he lift up his eyes', themarked addition of the words inrdpxwt> ev /Sao-d^ots shewsthat the idea of torment is in no way involved in the word.'Death' and 'Hades' are strictly parallel terms: he who*is dead' is 'in Hades': the word is used four times in

Eev., and always with 6dvaros, 'death'.

Page 108: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

92 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [n. 27

The 'in Hades' of E.Y. is not a translation but a meretransliteration, and does not to an ordinary reader conveythe simple meaning of the Greek, viz. 'in the grave', whileto an educated reader it is useless.

From this passage are derived the words of the Apostles'Creed ' He descended into hell'. The English word 'hell'

is derived from 'helan', to hide. The bad sense whichattaches to it is partly due to its having been employed not

only as a rendering of ydys but also of ytevva, e. g. Matt,v. 22.

28. 68oi>s COT[S] i.e. as applied by Peter to Jesus, His

rising from the dead : so too the next words describe Hisascension and position in heaven enjoying the presence of

Jehovah.

29. d'v8ps <x8\<j>ot] The addition of the word &vdpesin addressing an audience is respectful and therefore neces-

sary in any speech that is in any way formal, cf. the well-

known avdpes 5i/cacrra^ 'A0ipcuoi, &c., and cf. i. 11, ii. 14,ii. 22, vii. 2. It may often be rendered ' men

', but in the

present phrase we are compelled to omit it and translate

'brethren', thus losing the distinction between this moreformal phrase and the affectionate d5eX0ot of iii. 17 and thePauline epistles.

ci-ov] sc. tcrl.' I may speak freely to you about David',

for you are Israelites and know (1) the facts of his deathand burial, (2) his hopes and predictions about his descend-

ant, the Messiah.

jrciTpicipxov] Usually applied to Abraham, or thetwelve sons of Jacob (cf. vii. 8) as the great

'

originalfathers

'

of the race. Here to David as head of the familyfrom which Messiah was to come.

rd |ivij|ia CLVTOV...] Cf. 1 Kings ii. 10; Neh. iii. 16.

Jos. The sepulchre is said to have been opened and robbed byAnt vii.

Hyrcanus B.C. 134 and again by Herod.

30. xnrapxttv] Strictly 'to be originally', 'in the be-

ginning', 'to start with'; hence ret VTrapxovra, 'property',iv. 32, and often in Luke, and U7raps ii. 45. It is a favour-

ite word with Luke (never found in Matt., Mark, or John),and though perhaps never quite losing its strict meaning, it

becomes often almost= ' to be', e.g. vii. 55. Hence the useof irpovirrjpxev viii. 9 when the sense of ' before

' has to be

clearly expressed.

opKw...] Cf. 2 Sam. vii. 16 with Ps. cxxxii. 11.

KaGurcu] Active,' set

',

' cause to sit '. There is no ace.

after it, for the words 'from the fruit of his loins' practi-

Page 109: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

ii. 38] NOTES. 93

cally contain the object of the verb, viz. 'a son',' descendant '.

32. TOVTOV TOV '!.] Emphatic, bringing home and

summing up the argument.' David foretold that Messiah

should rise from the dead : this man Jesus (of. ver. 22) Goddid raise from the dead : therefore Jesus is Messiah'.

ov = ' of which fact'.

33. TTJ 8eia] 'by the right hand' : dat. of instrument.

Throughout Peter emphasizes the action of God. Therenderings

' at' or 'to the right hand '

are impossible, but

Bengel's dextra Dei exaltatus est ad dextram Dei is a fair

deduction from the Greek, especially when compared withver. 34.

ovv] 'therefore',' and so' : -God's raising Him to heaven

is the natural sequel to His raising Him from the grave.

TTJV T...X.o,pwv] i.e. having received the Holy Spiritwhich had been promised, cf. i. 4.

Ifjc'xcev, referring to ver. 17. TOVTO o...i.e. the phenome-non, which you have just witnessed, which was an '

outpour-ing of the Holy Spirit'.

34. ov Y&p---] Dilemma. Propheta loquitur aut de se

aut de Messia. Non de se v. 29, ergo de Messia. B.

K(9ov IK Scgiwv pov] Cf. Matt. xx. 21. 'Be thou a Lumby.

sharer of my throne and power. This is a commonEastern expression'.

KaOov is conversational and late Gk for the classical

KaOr)(ro imperative of KdOrj/jiai.

35. &os av 0(o...] Indicating complete subjugation, cf.

Josh. x. 24.

36. do-<|>aX(5s ovv...] Summary of the argument in-

troduced emphatically by <xcr0aXa)s.

avTov...TOVTOV Tov'L] 'him...even this Jesus', a strongassertion (for the second time, cf. ver. 32) of the identity of

Messiah and the man Jesus, introducing also the power-ful contrast between Messiah whom God glorified andJesus ' whom you crucified'.

oV v|Xis lo-Tavpwo-aTi] Note the position of these

words. Aculeus in fine, B. ;cf. KaTevvyyo-av.

37. Ko/rviryT]o-av] They felt the sting of his words,felt compunction (compungo). The same metaphor in the

famous description of Pericles' oratory rb Ktvrpov tyKar- Eupol.

AITTG rots ct/cpow/^ois.

38. pairrur6^T...] In accordance with the commandof Jesus, Matt, xxviii. 19. The same phrase is used x. 48,

Page 110: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

94 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [n. 38

and jSaTTT. els rb ovo^a TOV Kvptov 'I^o*. viii. 16, xix. 5. Lukedoes not give the form of words used in baptism by the

Apostles, but merely states the fact that they baptizedthose who acknowledged Jesus as Messiah or as Lord.

The Church has made the words of Jesus (/3a7TT/o?/Tes els

TO ftvOfJiCL TOV TTCLTpOS Kdl TOV VLOV KCLl TOV dy'lOV TTVeVfJUjLTOs)

into a baptismal formula: 'I baptize thee in the name of

the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost'.

ls <x<f><riv] of the object or aim of the baptism.

T-fjv Swpedv TOV...] The Holy Spirit is itself the gift,cf. viii. 17 n.

39. 11 eirayycXCa] The promise contained in the pas-sage quoted from Joel, ver. 18.

ircuri TOIS ls |A<xKpdv...] i.e. to the whole heathen world,cf. ver. 21, a verse which Paul (Kom. x. 13) quotes as prov-ing that there is to be no distinction between Jew andGentile ; cf. Eph. ii. 13, where he speaks of the Gentiles aso'i wore 6vres [J.a.Kpav.

A. La. The command of Jesus (Matt, xxviii. 19) is clear,' Go

and teach all nations' (TTCLVTOL ra ZOvy}', and Messiah's

kingdom was generally expected to be universal: Peter

expresses this belief, but (cf. ch. x.) it had not yet beenrevealed to him that the Gentiles as such, i.e. without

becoming proselytes to Judaism, were to be included in it.

40. 8i[xapTt>pa.To] A. and R. V. 'testified', and so

throughout the Acts. In classical Gk /j,apTvp^= t I am a

witness', 'testify'; juaprv/x>/xcu,=='I call to witness' (often

invoking God), 'I protest', and this distinction is main-tained in N.T., cf. n. on fjt,apTvpofjLai. xx. 26. It seems un-reasonable therefore to translate Sia^tapru/jo^at 'testify'.

L. & Its exact sense is 'to protest solemnly', especially in theScott, case of falsehood or wrong, and it is accurately used in the

Acts of the witness borne by the Apostles to Jesus, viewed asa protest against the false view of Him held by those theyare addressing, cf. x. 42, xviii. 5, xx. 21. Cf. also its use in

Luke xvi. 28 of a warning, protesting message ; Acts xx. 23of a warning spiritual voice. In 1 Tim. v. 21, ia/j.apTi>-

poyuat evuiTLov rov 6eov, it is distinctly' I protest solemnly',

'I conjure you': so too 2 Tim. ii. 14, iv. 1.

o-KoXids] pravus; opposite of evdtis (xiii. 10), rectus.

41. 42, 43. ol jxcv ovv tfcrav SI eyivcro 8*...] 'Sothen they indeed and were but fear fell'.

The use of pkv odv should be carefully noticed : it is a

formula of transition very frequent in the Acts, oftv con-

nects with what precedes; pkv points forward to an anti-

Page 111: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

ii. 42] NOTES. 95

thesis to follow. Here juei> ovv introduces a brief statementof the immediate effect of Peter's speech and prepares the

way for the general account of the condition of the Church

given in vv. 43 47.

The statement introduced by /z&/ otiv need not consist of

only one clause, but may consist of several clauses parallelto or subordinate to the first clause ; such clauses may beintroduced by d (as for instance the clause r)<ra.v 5... here),and it is therefore important not to confuse these with thereal antithesis to the ^ev clause, which must be discovered

by attention to the sense. It is by no means necessary that

the first dt which follows it should be the antithesis to pv.Simple instances of the use of yuez> o$v are v. 41, viii.

4, 25, ix. 31, xi. 19, xvi. 5. Instances where several

clauses intervene between the /x*> clause and the clausewith the antithetical d are xii. 5, xiii. 4, xiv. 3, and the

very important xvii. 17, in all of which R.V. is entirely at

fault; also xxiii. 31, xxv. 4.

42. TTJ KOIVWVUX]*

fellowship ', i.e. in daily intercourseand also in mutual sharing of goods, cf . ver. 44, and the useof Kowwvia= i

contribution', Eom. xv. 26; Heb. xiii. 16.

rrj K\d(ri TOV d'prov] 'the breaking of bread', E.V.The 'breaking of bread' at common meals, which waspractised by the other believers, cf. ver. 46, is mentioned asthe third point in which these new converts observed thesame practices.

At a meal he who presided first blessed and then broke

bread, cf. Luke xxiv. 30; Acts xxvii. 35. This act Jesushad performed (Matt. xxvi. 26 \a(3uv aprov evXoyycras ZK\aae,Luke xxii. 19 X. a. evxapLartfaas &cXacre) during

1 the Last

Supper, and had by a solemn command added to it a spe-cial significance. Thenceforth with the disciples that spe-cial significance attached to the 'breaking of bread' at

their common meals. It so attaches to the 'breaking of

bread' in the Holy Communion. At first, however, "andfor some time till abuses put an end to the practice (cf.1 Cor. x. xi.), the Holy Communion was inseparably con- A. andnected with the dydTrai. or ' love-feasts

'

of the Christians and so B.

1 Matt. xxvi. 26 says 'while they were eating'. Edersheimdescribing the Paschal ritual says that the 'Head of the Company'would at the commencement of the meal "break one of the un-leavened cakes, of which half was put aside for after supper andcalled the Aphikomon or 'after-dish'." The Aphikomon is againbroken and eaten at the close of the meal in connection with thethird cup, or 'cup of blessing'. Although this custom only com-menced when the Paschal Lamb ceased to be offered, Edersheimconsiders that the 'breaking of bread' by Jesus during the meal is

to be connected with it. u. 510.

Page 112: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

96 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [n. 42

unknown as a separate ordinance". Cf. ver. 46 /cAu^res

...dprov, fj.Te\d/ui(3cLi>oj' rpo07?s, and xx. 7, xxvii. 35.

To simply explain rrj KAdcra TOU aprov as='The HolyCommunion', is to pervert the plain meaning of words,and to mar the picture of family life, which the text placesbefore us as the ideal of the early believers.

Before rfj /cAd<ret T.E. has KaL, which does not alter thesense : in the text the four things are put in two pairs.

rats irpoo^vxats] For the regular hours of prayer cf.

iii. 1 n.

Vv. 43 47. A brief general description of the positionof the Church (1) as regarded by the people with a certain

'fear' due to the wonders wrought by the Apostles, (2) asSo B. being a brotherhood or *

single family'

living in commonBaum. an(j regarding all they had as belonging to the common

stock, (3) as increasing in numbers.

44. eirl TO avro] of place, 'being together', cf. ver. 47,and i. 15.

efyov diravTa KOIVCL...] The text clearly describes the

early believers as treating individual property as subject to

the claims of all members of the community; cf. iv. 32.

It may be remarked, however, that (1) the rule was notabsolute even at first, cf. v. 4, and the special mention of the'alms' of Dorcas ix. 36 ; (2) it is nowhere mentioned exceptin the church at Jerusalem.

45. KT-qjiara] landed property; t>7rd/>eis, other property.For the sense cf. Luke xii. 33 TrojA^o-are raKdl d6re

aura] 'them', i.e. the price received for them.

Herrn. KaOort av...lxv] Cf. iv. 35. Ka06rt= 'just as'; KaOonadmg'' *v *s more indefinite,

l non certo quodam tempore, sed quo-tiescunque occasio ita ferret'.

46. Kar OLKOV] 'at home', opposed to ev r< lepy, cf.

v. 42.

d<|>\6TT]Ti] The adj. a0eA?fc = '

simple ', 'blunt',

'straightforward', e.g. Dem. 1489, 10 d^eA^s Kal Trappycrias

HCO-TOS (dpriv. and 0eAAetfs, 'stony ground').

47. TOVS <ra>o(Avovs] A.V. wrongly, 'such as shouldbe saved': E.V. rightly, 'those that were being saved', i.e.

those who joined the new Church (cf. (rddrjre ver. 40), andso came to be on the road to salvation.

Page 113: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

in. G] NOTES. 97

CHAPTEE HI.

1. crrl TO avro] T.K. reads T KK\rt o-[g. after *a0' Text

r/nepav, and begins the next sentence with ^Trt TO aur6 5 KABCD-

lWr/>os....

IIrpos Kal 'Ittdvtjs] Frequently mentioned together:as partners Luke v. 10

;sent to prepare the Passover Luke

xxii. 8; running to the sepulchre John xx. 2 5. See too

Acts viii. 10.

dWp<uvov] The temple stood probably on Mt Zion, Smith's

the 'holy hill' (Ps. ii. 6), to the E. of Jerusalem.fv^Jeru-

eirl TTJV wpav...] 'for', i.e. to be there at that hour. r\\vsalem

tj>dri)v: the adj. is often thus added after the noun to

make clear or definite some point as to which there mightotherwise be doubt, cf. ver. 2 TTJV XeyofjL^rjv.

There were three hours of prayer, the 3rd, the 6th, andthe 9th the time of the evening sacrifice, cf. Dan. vi. 10;Ps. Iv. 17.

2. KO. TIS avnp...] A. and K.V. wrongly place a full

stop before Kal: the sentence is 'they were going up...anda lame man was being carried', cf. i. 10 n.

ri]v 9vpav TI]V...] Not named elsewhere. It is perhapsthe gate of Nicanor on the E. side of the outermost court

of the temple looking towards Kidron, which Josephus, B. J.

after describing the other nine gates overlaid with gold and v- 5-

silver, describes as jj.ia r\ '^wdev TOU veu KopivOiov ^aA/coO,TroXi) rrj TL/j.rj rds Karapyvpovs Kal ras Trpixpij(rovs virepayovffa. M. La,

TOV alrciv] gen. of purpose, or the thing aimed at : verycommon, cf. ix. 15 TOV /3a<rrcx(rcu, xx. 30 TOU dirco"ira.v.

XTj[i.ocrvvT]v] 'that which is given in pity' (2Xeos).Hence our word 'alms'; Germ. Almosen.

3. -qptCra...]l in me benefac tibi' is a form of asking

alms quoted from the Eabbis. M,

6. !irt)(v] sc. TOV vovv\ cf. Luke vii. 14 cirexw, TT&S

'when he marked how', 1 Tim. iv. 16 ^Trexe treaimp. Inclassical Gk much more frequently

6. 4v TW ovojiari. . .] 'in the name. . .

'

: the healing poweris in that name, and so by it the power is exercised. SoLuke ix. 49 cv T< oj/o/uari vov Kpd\\oj>Ta dai/j,6via ;

x. 17ra daifj.6vta uTrorcuro'eTcu 77fjuv iv T< ov. crou, and Acts iv. 7,

10, ix. 27, xvi. 18.

For i> cf. cv rtVt iv. 9 n,

P. 7

Page 114: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

98 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. [in. 6

The 'name of Jesus' is a phrase frequent in the Acts.

It should be borne in mind that in Hebrew 'name' often

does not "mean a definite appellation but denotes office,

rank, dignity. The 'Name of God' in the O. T. denotesthe Divine Presence or the Divine Majesty, more especiallyas the object of adoration and praise. To praise the name,.to bless the name, to fear the name of God are frequent ex-

Light, pressions. Gesenius defines the 'name of God' (Thes. p.

cd^Phil. 1432) as 'Deus quatenus ab hominibus invocatur, cclebratur'."

In the Acts the ' name of Jesus'

comprehends the idea

of His person, power, and dignity as acknowledged to beMessiah and Lord; it sums up the cause which the Apostlesadvocated ;

hence such expressions as virtp TOV ovo/maras dn-

fjt,aff6rjvai v. 41, iraOeiv ix. 16, TrapadeduKoc'i rd? i^i^ds virkpTOV 6vo/JiaTos TOV Kvpiov TI^V 'ITJCT. X/>. xv. 26.

7. Trapaxpfjjia] A strong word. 'Parallel to' or 'alongwith the act', i.e. of Peter's taking him by the hand; 'then

and there'. The word occurs ten times in Luke, six timesin the Acts, twice in Matt., and nowhere else in N. T.

at |3a<ris] 'things to go upon', 'feet*, as in Plat. Tim.92 A.

rcL <r4>vSpa (T. R. <r(f>vpd) 'ankle-bones',l tali\ Pro-

prie locutus est medicus Lucas. B.

8. aXX6pvos] 'leaping p*. Cf.Is. xxxv. 6, 'Then shall

the lame man leap as a hart'.

&nrr]] one single act; irepieirdTet, 'kept walking about'.

10. era-yCvtto-Kov] A. Y. 'knew'; B. V. rightly 'took

knowledge of. The word indicates the direction of the

perceptive powers towards an object, often producing con-

sequent recognition. Cf. iv. 13, xii. 14, xix. 34, xxvii. 39.

Octp-Povs] amazement mingled with awe, cf. Luke iv. 36,

V. 9 6d/j.(3os irepieffxtv OLVTOV. So often in classical Gk, e.g.Od. III. 372 0d(j.(3os 6' e\e TTOLVTCLS idjvras.

iKo-Tcla-ews] The condition of one who is no longer ia

his ordinary state of mind. Like the frequent e^iffraffOai

(cf. ii. 7, 12) it often describes amazement, as here, andMark v. 42. But x. 10, xi. 5, xxii. 17= 'a trance'.

cirl TW 0-vp.p ] e?rt with the dat. is very frequently usedof that which is the ground ox foundation upon which some

feeling or act is based. Here the miracle is the ground of

their amazement.Cf. iii. 12 Oav^oL^iv ewl Totfry; iii. 16 eiri ry Triffrei, rest-

ing on faith as the foundation ; iv. 9 dvaKpivo^eOa eV evep-

ai$, of the subject-matter of the inquiry; XaXetv ewl rep

Page 115: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

in. 13] NOTES. 99

making the name the basis of the preaching, andv. 28, 40, xv. 31, xx. 38.

11. KpaTox!vTos...Tov II.] 'holding', and so naturallywith ace. Where the sense of *

winning', 'gaining posses-sion of prevails the gen. is more common, cf. xxvii. 13,and Soph. O. C. 1380 rous croi>s Opwovs Kparovaw with 1385

yys /j.(fiv\iov Kparrjaai.

cirl TTJ oroa...] Solomon's porch was on the E. of the Jos.

temple. It was said to be an original work of Solomon xx<

which had survived from the former temple.

6 Xa6s...^K0a|ij3(H] Construction according to the sense.

Cf. v. 16 ir\r)6os...<j>povTS, vi. 7 6x^05... UTT^/COUO^, xi. 1

12. direKptvaTo] 'answered', i.e. not any expressedquestion, but their obvious desire for information, cf. v. 8

direKpid-rj, where Sapphira had probably come desiring infor-

mation about her husband; cf. too x. 46; Luke iii. 16; andMatt. xi. 25.

j^jiiv] Emphatic by position, and so parallel to idiq.:

'Why gaze on us ? It is not by our own power...'.

Svvdjxci] causa effectiva; ei)c-e/3eta, causa meritoria. M.

7r7rot7]K6<riv TOV irepiTraTctv] The gen. of purpose withthe inf. (cf. iii. 2 n.) becomes increasingly frequent in later

Gk, and the idea of purpose passes often, as here, into

that of result : or rather it may be said that the gen. givesthe contents of the action described by the verb, cf. xxvii. 1

eKptdt] TOU cLTroTr\dv where the gen. gives the contents of the

decision (cf. xx. 3 ey&ero yvup.T]s TOU vTroffrpefaw, where TOU

UTT. gives the contents of the yvu/jL-tj: 'the determination'

was 'to return'), and vii. 19 e/cd/cw<7e...Tou Troiav, where the

gen. gives the act in which the Ka/cams consisted. Cf. also

ix. 1 n.

13. o Ocos...] Ex. iii. 6; Matt. xxii. 32; Acts vii. 32.

For o 6. TUV irarepwv cf. v. 30;

1 Chron. xii. 17.

86curv] 'glorified', i.e. by means of the miracle just So La.

wrought, which was wrought through faith in Jesus (ver.M-

16) and set forth His 'glory'; and this is no cause for

wonder, Peter urges, but is in accordance with Jehovah'sclear declaration of Jesus as Messiah, as shewn in raisingHim from the dead (ver. 15) and receiving Him intoheaven (ver. 21).

TOV ircuSa] E. Y. 'his Servant', adding in margin 'or Baum.Child', and so throughout the Acts. The phrase 'servant and

of Jehovah '

is specially applied to Messiah in the second /^^^part of Isaiah. Cf. Is. xlii. 1 7, xlix. 1 9, Hi. 13 liii. EssayT

72

Page 116: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

100 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [m. 13

12. Cf. too Matt. xii. 18, where Is. xlii. 1 * Behold myservant (TTCUS) whom I have chosen '

is referred to Jesus.The term TTCUS 0. is also frequently applied to Israel, cf.

Luke i. 54 'loyxrqX ircuSds aurou; it is used of David, LukeM. i. 69; Acts iv. 25. The term for 'Son of God' is vl6s 0eov.

The Apostles do not call themselves Traces 0. but SouXot 0.,cf. iv. 29

;Tit. i. 1, IlaCXos SouXos 0.

v|iis pv...] Nothing formally answers to pv. The real

antithesis is ver. 15, ov 6 0eos tfyetpev. Cf. the strong oppo-sition throughout, 6 cos... vpels /^...v^ets 3...o 0e6s.

TJpvijo-aorOc] 'denied', i.e. that hewas Messiah, Luke xxiii.

2; John xix. 15. ypv-fiaaro is the word used by all four

Evangelists of Peter's 'denial'.

Luke xxiii. 13 22.

Ktvov] Not aurou, and so pointing the antithesis be-

M. tween them and 1dm.

14. TOV ctyiov Kal 8fo.] Strong contrast to avdpa (povta.

For rbv ay. cf. Luke iv. 39, 6 ay. TOU 0eov, and 6 aytos 'I(rpar)\

is applied continually to Jehovah in Isaiah, e.g. xliii. 3,

Jesus is also called o St/ccuos vii. 52, xxii. 14.

avSpa <|>ova] Luke xxiii. 18, 19.

XapicrSTJvat] The word indicates 'to grant as a favour',not as a matter of right or justice: it is used accuratelyhere and xxv. 11, xxvii. 24.

15. TOV eipXTyov TTJS ] A. and K.V. 'Prince of life',

and in margin 'Author'. For apxyyos applied to Jesus cf.

v. 31, apx- ACCt ^ ffUTypa', Heb. ii. 10 dpx- TTJS (ruTijpias', xii. 2

TTJS 7ri<TTWS dpX' Kal T\Llt}T^V 'Il)<70VV.

In classical Gk the word is used= * founder' of a race

(Soph. O. C. 60) or city (Plat. Tim. 21 E), and also='a

general', Aesch. Ag. 259; Thuc. i. 132 'EXX^wp apx- of

Pausanias.It seems here (and v. 31) rather to mean 'Prince' or

'Leader of life', i.e. he who leads to life and salvation : the

idea seems that of a chief who leads his followers to winlife. The words are in strong contrast to aTre/cretWre.

16. TTJ morel TOV 6v.] For 6vofj.a cf. iii. 6 n. TOV 6v. is

the objective gen. The name of Jesus is that to which their

belief is directed: they believe that He is Messiah and so

has power to heal. Observe the emphatic repetition of m<rrts

and TO 6vofjia.

q irCon-is "H81* avrov] 'the faith which comes through

Him' : Jesus gives the faith, and is also the object of it.

Page 117: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

in. 20] NGMS: 101

6XoK\r]pCav] Cf. Plat, Ti/n. it c cXo/cX^cs v-flrjy re TTUV-

reXws. TO.VTTJV: deictic.

17. teal vvv] Favourite particles of transition in speechesin the Acts

;cf. vii. 34, x. 5, xxii. 16. So too Kai TO. vvv iv,

29, v. 38, xx. 32, xxvii. 22. KO! vvv, iSotf not only connects

a new statement with what precedes, but gives marked em-

phasis to it, cf. xiii. 11, xx. 22.

d8X<(>ol] Much more affectionate than tivdpes d5., cf.

ii. 29 n. Appellatio comitatis et misericordiae plena. B.

Kara d-yvoiav] Luke xxiii. 34.

18. iravTiov TWV IT.] Luke xxiv. 27; Acts x. 43. ThatJesus is the Messiah, to whom all prophecy points, is the

argument of all speeches addressed to Jews in the Acts.

7ra0tv r6v XP10"T^V]' that the Messiah should suffer

'

;

cf. xvii. 3 and xxvi. 23, el TraQyTos o xp. To Peter's hearers

the words would be an immense paradox. They looked for Cheyne,a triumphant Messiah : a crucified Messiah was an idea they

|*-r

could not reconcile with their hopes, a '

stumblingblock' as ssay '

Paul calls it 1 Cor. i. 23 ^piarov ecrraupwyu^o^, 'loudcuots

<rKdvda\oj>. Cf . too Peter's own use of ra rov X/>. Tratf^ara1 Pet. iv. 13, v. 1. In all these cases no version can repro-duce the force the words originally had.

19. |ATavoii<raT...] Change of mind is to producechange of attitude. They are to ' turn ' from sin (cf. ver. 26)and look 'towards (i.e. keep before them as their object) the

blotting out of their sins'. Cf. eTrurTptyeiv eirt rbv Kvpiovix. 35, xi. 21; tni rov Oeov xiv. 15, xv. 19, xxvi. 20; cts 0c3sxxvi. 18; absolutely xxviii. 27; Luke xxii. 32.

|aX.w|>0TJvcu] 'blotted out', and so commonly in classical

Gk, e.g. Dem. 791, 12 ^a\r)\nrrat TO 60X^0. Lit. = 'smearout

',of obliterating the writing on a wax tablet.

20. oircDsav...] *in order that so'; K.V. 'that so'. OTTWS Jelf, Gka.v differs from O'TTWS in making the end spoken of somewhat Gram.

more conditional or dependent upon something else hap-*

pening; here it gives the sense 'repent that so(i.e. when

you have repented) times &c.' The words convey the ideathat the ' times of refreshing

' can only follow the repentance.Cf. carefully xv. 17, and Luke ii. 35 OTTWS dv duroKa.-

Kcupol dva\|/.] These words are defined by the wordswhich follow (/cat aTro<rrd\ri..,) as referring to the second

coming of Messiah in glory. This was the irapaKXycris TOVLuke ii. 25.

Page 118: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

102 ACTS W THE APOSTLES, [in. 20

TCV 7rpcKXipwr|j^vcv. .]cliim who was appointed (or

'elected') for you as Messiah, even Jesus'. For 7r/>oxei-

pifea-Oai cf. xxii. 14, xxvi. 16.

Text T. E. reads 'I-ncrovv Xp. an excellent specimen of ignorantXBDEP. correction.

21. ovpavov jx^v] The ace. before the verb. Take away3e?, and the statement is 6v ovpavos i&v 5^ercu.... Nothingformally answers to fj.lv, but the real antithesis is clear.

Jesus shall remain in heaven 'until the restoration of all

things', then He shall return in glory to earth.

Xpovwv diroKcxT.] The same as the Kaipol avaffli-ews.The phrase describes the period of Messiah's reign in glory,

II. cf. i. 6 n. 'The word diroA:ard0Ta<rts is applied by Josephusto the return from captivity, and by Philo to the restitution

of inheritances in the year of jubilee'. The phrase 'restora-

tion of all things' seems to have been used specially with

reference to the Messianic time, cf. Matt. xvii. 11 'HXias i*.ev

2pXCTO.i Kal airoKaraa'TrjO'eL travra.

wv] with xpovwv ;the words O.TTOKCLT. travrbiv form a single

idea, and if the reference were to them ?Js would be needed.

8 to. <TTo(JLaTos] as the channel or instrument throughwhich God's words were communicated.

22. MCOVO-TJS p^v] Peter justifies his reference to * all

the prophets' (1) by quoting from Moses, the greatest of

them, (2) by referring to 'the prophets from Samuel' whoalso all (/ecu TrcWes) foretold Messiah. The same division

into * Moses ' and 'all the prophets

'

is made xxvi. 22; Luke

xxiv. 27.

irpcxjnJTTjv] Quoted again vii. 37; taken with slightvariations from LXX. Deut. xviii. 15 19. For irpo^nivcf. xi. 27 n.

ws fie]A. and R.V. 'like me', but B.V. in margin 'as

he raised up me ',which is the only rendering the Gk will

bear.

For Moses as a type of Christ cf. Stephen's speech chap,vii. The Jews regarded him as the greatest of the prophets

(cf. Deut. xxxiv. 10), with whom alone 'the Lord spake face

to face, as a man speaketh to his friend', Ex. xxxiii. 11.

avrov] Emphatic. a/cotfcre<r0e, 'hear' with the combinedidea of 'hearken', 'obey', cf. iv. 19 0eoO cl/couew.

23. |o\0p.] LXX., following the Hebrew, eyu ^K&Acrjcrw

O.VTOV, 'I will require it of him', i.e. exact punishmentfrom him. For this Peter substitutes a phrase very common

M. (e.g. Gen. xvii. 14) in LXX. 'that soul shall be cut off

Page 119: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

iv. 2] NOTES. 103

(eo\e0/>.) from his people', which indicates (1) separationfrom among the chosen people, (2) sentence of death.

24. euro 2. Kal TOOV Kd9.]* from S. and those that suc-

ceeded him ', a slightly inaccurate but very clear expression= 'all the series of prophets beginning with S.' For the

absence of prophecy before Samuel cf. 1 Sam. iii. 1: it is in

his time that we first hear of the * schools of the prophets'.

25. v|Ats...tifJLtv irpwrov] The emphatic position of these

words marks the argument.' You are the... therefore to you

first...'.

8ta0T]KT]s] Cf. vii. 8n. For the covenant cf. Gen. xii.

1 3. The quotation is from Gen. xxii. 18. In Gal. iii. 16 thewords

r<jJ cnrepfjLarl <jov are definitely referred to Christ. ' In Light-

Him the race was summed up. In Him it fulfilled its pur-

pose and became a blessing to the whole earth'.

26. irpwrov] Praevium indicium de vocatione gentium.B. It must not however be supposed that Peter as yet hada complete idea of the universality of Messiah's kingdom.Like the Jews generally he believed that other nations wouldshare its blessings, but he was as yet ignorant that theycould do so otherwise than by accepting Judaism.

a,vacrTT]<ras] as in ver. 22.

v TW ...... ] 'the turning away each of you' is that inwhich the blessing has its place of action.

CHAPTER IV.

1. 01 ctpx-] v - 24 n.

6 orpaT. TOV Upov] The temple was guarded by 24bands of Levites, one band being on duty at a time. Thecommanders of these bands are the o-rpar^yoi of Luke xxii.

4 rots dpxtepeDcrt Kai ffTparyyols, and some think that o arpar.here = ' the commander of the band then on duty', but fromthe prominent position assigned him v. 24 it is perhapsbetter to regard him as the captain of the whole body.

Kal ot SaSS.] Naturally 'sore troubled', because theydenied a resurrection, cf. Matt. xxii. 23 Za5o. Ae-yci/res fMrj

elvai a.va.ffTa.<n.v, Acts xxiii. 8. They were the opponents of

the Pharisees (1) as denying that an oral law had been

given to Moses in addition to the written law, (2) as deny-ing a resurrection because it is not mentioned in the writtenlaw.

2. v TW 'Iiio-.] 'in', i.e. in the person, or in the case of

Jesus. Unico exemplo refutabantur penitus. B.

Page 120: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

104 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. [iv. 4

4.-yvi}8i]]

i.e. the total number of believers was madeby this addition about 5000.

5. crvvaxOrjvat...] i.e. a meeting of the Sanhedrin.Little is known of it, except that it numbered 70 or 72members. The Rabbis referred its institution to Numb,xi. 16, 17, but its Gk name (ewtdpLov) shews its late origin.It may be the same as the yepova-ia r&v 'lovdaiwi' 2 Mace,i. 10, iv. 44, xi. 27.

Before it Jesus was brought, cf. Matt. xxvi. 3; Mark xiv.

53, and Luke xxii. 66, where it is also called TO irpecrfivrepLovTOV Xaou; its members are described as * chief priests

'

(= ol

fipXcvres here), 'elders' and 'scribes' qui conspicui erant

impcrio, consilio, doctrina. B.

TOVSypafj.na.Tcts] Soplierim, 'writers'. A body of men

who rise into importance during the Captivity, probablyowing to the growing necessity of carefully preserving thesacred writings. Ezra (vii. 12) was 'a scribe of the lawof the God of heaven'. Gradually, as Hebrew ceased tobe the language of daily life, they became the expoundersof scripture. The comments and expositions of their greatteachers or 'Kabbis' were handed down by 'tradition', andbegan to be treated as more authoritative than the originaltext, the plain sense of which they frequently altered, cf.

Matt, xxiii. These 'traditions' were, subsequently to theChristian era, embodied in the Talmud. At this time thescribes were practically the religious teachers of the Jews.

6. KaVAvvas] E.V. rightly supplies' was there '. He

was high-priest A.D. 7 14, and was then deposed by theKoman governor. Five of his sons became high-priests.

Caiaphas was his son-in-law and legally high-priest at this

time, having held the office A.D. 25 37. The influenceof Hannas was clearly great among the Jews : Jesus was led

away 'to Hannas first', John xviii. 13; he was to them still

'the high-priest' though no longer legally so. Luke(iii. 2)

mentions both ' Hannas and Caiaphas' as being the high-

priests, the one being so in the opinion of the Jews, the

other by Eoman law.

Of John and Alexander nothing is known, but no doubt

they were prominent members of the 'kindred of Hannas'

(ytvos apxiepariKov), which is clearly described as forming aconsiderable portion of the Sanhedrin.

7. cv TW |io-w] The council sat in a semicircle.

V Trcao,...] Cf. iii. 6 n. Luke represents the Sanhedrinas ignorant, or ignoring, that they were disciples of Jesus,cf. ver. 13. Both the use of TTOCOS and the position of v/xets

mark contempt.

Page 121: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

iv. 13] NOTES. 105

8. irXr]<r0ls irv. a^ov] Cf. Luke xii. 11, 12. See too

xix. 1 n.

9. cl] 'if, used with great rhetorical skill here, instead M.

of orei:*

if... for a good deed...we are being tried'.

avaKpivofieOa] ai/a/cpiffis at Athens was a preliminaryenquiry to see whether an action would lie. Here, xii. 19,and Luke xxiii. 14, of examination by a judge.

cir* cuep-yco-ia] Emphatic, as benefactors, not male-factors.

Iv T(VI]* wherein' or 'in whom', i.e. in what or in

whom is the healing power which has made him whole, cf.

iii. 6 n. and xi. 14 prj/j.ara ev ots o-wtf^crr; ; Soph. Ajax 519 iv

ffol TTCW-' Zyuye <rwb/x,cu. Practically ey = 'by'.

o-^rwcrTcu] The word can bear a double meaning, cf.

ver. 12V) ffurvipia and ffu6r)va.t.. The bodily healing is the

work of Him, who also heals the soul. Cf. the Collect

for St Luke's Day,' that by the wholesome medicine of the

doctrine delivered by him, all the diseases of our souls

may be healed'; Matt. i. 21 'Thou shalt call his nameJesus, for he shall save (ai/ros o-wo-ei) his people from their

sins '.

10. 8v...Sv...] The repeated word emphasizes the

antithesis.

^v TOVTW] After 6V... oV and before euros at the be-

ginning of the next sentence, clearly masculine = ' in Him'.

11. 6 XC6os] Ps. cxviii. 22 \ldov 6V diredoKifMacrav ol OLKO-

So/xouVres, euros eyevrjOrj els K<p. y&vla.s. Jesus had used this

quotation of Himself Matt. xxi. 42; cf. 1 Pet. ii. 7. The

'head of the corner' was the highest corner-stone, of great

importance in supporting the roof.

12.i] crwTTjpua] Absolutely, 'the salvation', i.e. the pro-

mised salvation which Messiah is to bring, cf. Mai. iv. 2.

4v aXXa>../<-Tpov] aXXos, 'one more', ere/>o*, 'one of two*.

Salvation is not to be found 'i?i any besides, for indeedthere does not even exist a second name...'.

13. irappi^ortav] 'frank', 'free', 'fearless speech', cf.

w. 29, 31. TrappTjo-id^fffOaL is also frequently used of the

preaching of the Apostles, cf. ix. 27, 28, xiii. 46, xiv. 3.

ISuurai] A. and P^.V. 'ignorant', which conveys a wrongidea. The word in classical Gk = (l) a private person, (2)one who is without special or professional knowledge of a

subject, 'a layman', e.g. Thuc. n. 48. That it does not F. M.mean 'ignorant' cf. Plat. Legg. 830 A avopwv <ro<j>uv, idiuruHt La-

T Kal TrotTjrcSf. Here, like a7/>d/u/*aros, it describes men who

Page 122: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

106 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [iv. 13

had never studied in the rabbinic schools, and had nospecial knowledge of rabbinic teaching.

ITTCY^VWO-KOV]*

began to take notice of them ',

'

began to

recognize who they were '.

16. on fiev] answered by d\Ad ver. 17.

yvttorov] A. and E.V. 'notable', yvwffrov is opposedto bo^aarov (e.g. Plat. Rep. 479 r>), as that which is the

object of knowledge to that which is the object of opinion.The healing w

ras a fact about which definite knowledge wasattainable; it was not a matter of mere conjecture.

17. d7rL\T]<rw(Ji0a...|JLT]KTt XaXetv] 'Let us threaten

them', i.e. 'order them with threats, no longer...'. T. K.jiag {j7rci\g diri\r)(rufjieda

'

straitly threaten '.

TOVTW] ?io?i dignantur appcllare nomen lesu, cf. v. 28. B.It is "an. instance of that avoidance of the name of Christ,

F. which makes the Talmud refer to Him most frequently asPeloni 'so and so'."

19. evwiriov TOU Ocou] coram Deo. tvu-mov, tvavrlov,

ZjUiTrpoffOfv, ZVO.VTL followed by Oeov or KvpLov are very fre-

quent in O.T. The phrase expresses a belief in the imme-diate presence of Jehovah as viewing, judging, or attesting

something ; cf. vii. 46, viii. 21, x. 33;hence it is used in

asseverations, e.g. Gal. i. 20 Idob tv&iuov TOV Oeov on ov

^euSo/zcu, and adjurations, e.g. 2 Tim. ii. 14 dLajjLapTvpo/^aL

if. TOV KvpLov. Here that which is 'just in the sight of God'is appealed to as something higher than human justice.

II. With Peter's answer cf. Socrates' words (Plato Apol. 17),

^yci> V/JLCLS, w uz>5pes 'Adrjvouoi, d<nra^ofjLat fj.cv KOI 0i\w, TraVo/xai

21. flT]8V Vp^(TKOVTS TO TTWS...] Tll6 WOrds TO 7TW9...

are explanatory of the positive part of /jLydev :' not finding

anything, i.e. any means of punishing them...', cf. xxii.

30 n.

They asked themselves TTWS /coAa<rt6/>te0a O.VTOVS;to that

question they could find no answer 'owing to the people',i.e. because they feared an outbreak of indignation.

24.6|Ao9v[ia8ov]

A strong word, 'with one impulse','with united eagerness': cf. v. 12, vii. 57, xv. 25. It is

frequent in the Acts, but only used once elsewhere in N.T.

. tirav] 'they said'. The words which follow are clearly

ul?A no* a Seneral an(l fixed form of prayer, but refer definitely'

to the special circumstances. We may therefore supposethem to be uttered by some one Apostle, the rest of those

present assenting to them, and possibly audibly joining in

the well-known words of the Psalm.

Page 123: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

iv. 27] NOTES. 107

A&nrora] The word seems to imply the ascription of

supreme power and authority. It describes the relation ofa master to servants or slaves, cf. dovXois ver. 29, Luke ii.

29 vvv airokueis rbv dov\6v crou, 8e(nroTa;

2 Pet. ii. 1 rbv

ayopdffavra avTote deaTroT-rjv apvoij^evoi. It is only usedelsewhere of God in Jude 4 and Rev. vi. 10.

6 iro6i<ras] cf. Gen. i. 1 v apxy eTroirja-ev 6 6ebs rbv ovpa-vbv /cat Tyv yrjv, and for the full phrase Ex. xx. 11.

25. 6 TOV iraTpos...] T.R. omits rov Trarpos TJ/J&V andTTV. ayiov. The text given 'doubtless contains a primitive West-

error'. 'A confusion of lines ending successively with Al<\ Jort

and

A&A Ai<\ may have brought irv. ayiov too high up, and West-

caused the loss of one 5id\ a view supported by E.V. which cott*

gives 'by the Holy Ghost by the mouth of...'.

Aavi8] Throughout the Acts the Psalms are spokenof as written by David, in accordance with the commonusage of speaking of them as 'the Psalms of David', he

having been the great psalmist and the author of verymany of them.

The reference is to Ps. ii. 1.

(j>pvaav] (1) 'to neigh eagerly' or 'violently' of horses,

(2) 'to be proud', 'haughty'.

20VT]...] The explanation is given in ver. 27. Zdvythe Romans

;Accoi = the Jews (commonly called in LXX.

6 Aaos, the plural in ver. 27 perhaps referring to the 12 tribes) ;

/3a<7tXe?s= Herod

; dpxovres= Pilate.

The distinction between 26vri = 'the nations', gentes, all

non-Jewish peoples, 'Gentiles', and Xaos 'the people', 'the

chosen people', must be most carefully noticed in the Acts.Cf . the use ofpopulus = ' the Roman people

'

opposed to gentesLucan Phars. i. 82, 83.

27. crvv/

nx0<

n<rav../Hpw8T]S T Kal II. II.] Luke alone

(Luke xxiii. 12) mentions that in this matter Herod andPilate ' were made friends together, for before they were at

enmity '.

Herod Antipas was son of Herod the Great and tetrarchof Galilee and Peraea (xiii. 1). See Mark vi. 14 28; Lukeiii. 19, 20, ix. 7, xiii. 31, 32. He was subsequently per-suaded by his wife Herodias to go to Rome to obtain thetitle of king, but was opposed by his nephew Herod Agrippa,who had great influence with Caligula, and banished to

Lugdunum A.D. 39. He died in exile.

Pontius Pilatus was appointed A.D. 25 sixth procurator of

Judaea, which on the deposition of Archelaus, A.D. 6, hadbeen attached to the province of Syria. A.D. 36 he wassent to Rome by Vitellius, governor of Syria, to answer a

Page 124: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

108 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [iv. 27

charge brought against him by the Samaritans. His namePontius suggests a connection with the great Samnite

family of the Pontii, and Pilatus is perhaps =pileatus('wearing the pileus' or cap worn by manumitted slaves)and so may indicate that he was a libertinus.

Bv c'xpicras] i-e ' a* His baptism, cf. ii. 22 n. 2.

28. iroiTJ<r<u] Inf. of purpose. The sentence is some-what concisely put : they came together to bring about thedeath of Jesus, and so (unwittingly) 'to do all that thyhand...', cf. ii. 23 n.

29. frnSe] occurs only twice in N.T., but is speciallyused in classical Greek of the gods : it signifies to *

regardwith attention', either with a view to bless (cf. Luke i. 25

eTretfof) or to punish. Cf. Horn. Od. xvn. 487 Oeoi...a.vd

Trwv v(3piv re KO.L euvofjii'

30. cv TW KTivtv] duYii extcudis B., and so K. V. 'whilethou stretchiest forth'. Better 'in stretching out' (or, asA.V. 'by'); God gives His protection in stretching out Hisarm.

The phrase 'with a stretched-out arm', cv ppaxiovt.is common in O.T., e.g. Ex. vi. 6; Ps. cxxxvi. 12

Kparaig. /ecu iv p. v\{/.,where the use of iv is clear.

Kal <rt]Hia...<

yv(r0cu] Subordinate to iv r<, and so

closely connected with rrjv x* iKrdveiv : the miracles are thevisible proof of the outstretched arm. A. and K.V. put a

stop after frunv and make yiveadat. depend on 56s.

31. <ra\v0T]] Used of the effect of an earthquake xvi.

26: for 'earthquake' as a sign of the Divine Presence cf.

Ps. cxiv. 7 euro irpo<rit)Trov Kvpiov effaXeuOir) i) yij : Is. ii. 19, 21.

See too Virg. Aen. in. 90.

XaXow...irapp']<rfas] Luke, with simple skill, describes

the fulfilment of their prayer in the very words of the

prayer ver. 29. Note the emphatic position of /xerct irappr)-

ffias, and cf. xxviii. 31.

32. KapSta Kal fyv\T\ |A^a] in credendis et agendis.

Egregius character. B. So too others distinguish between

Kapdia, the seat of thought and intelligence, and ^i/x^, theseat of the active affections and impulses. Such distinctions

are however hard to maintain, cf. 1 Chron. xii. 33 'the rest

of Israel were of one heart (\f/vxrj pia) to make David king';2 Chron. xxx. 12 'the hand of God was to give them oneheart (Kapdiav /j.iav) to do the commandments*.

The expression, with emphatic fulness, describes com-

plete unanimity of thought and feeling, resulting naturally,and not as a matter of enforced rule, in their considering

Page 125: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

iv. 36] NOTES. 109

all believers as brothers, who could have no separate inte-

rests in heaven or on earth.

ov els] Much stronger than ovdeis. For the fact cf.

ii. 44 n.

i-Xe-ycv] 'said', i.e. 'reckoned' or 'considered'.

33. d-TTcSiSovv] 'gave', A. and K.V. inadequately. Theword indicates 'giving back', 'duly delivering' somethingentrusted to you. It is used for 'paying' a debt, Matt,

xviii. 25; Luke vii. 42, for 'duly rendering' an account,Matt. xii. 36. The 'witness of the resurrection' was the

special charge entrusted to the Apostles : they were bound

'duly to deliver' it.

TOU Kvp. 'L]<r. TTJS dvaorcurccos] T. K. has rijs avacrr.

rov Kvp. 'I?7<T. In the text the second gen. explains anddefines the first: their testimony was 'of the Lord Jesus

1

that is, of 'his resurrection '.

\clpis] Clearly= gratia Dei, as vi. 8 and St Paul passim.The proof of its presence is given in the next words ' Fornone was in want'. In the similar summary ii. 47 X"P S ig

definitely described as 'favour with the people ', but that

cannot affect it here, where it is used absolutely.

35. irapa TOVS iroSas] To be taken literally, for teachers

among the Jews (cf. xxii. 3n.) and magistrates among the

Romans sat on a raised seat, cf. Cic. pro Flacco c. 28 ante Quoted

pedes praetoris inforo expensum est auri pondo centum. At by A>

the same time the words convey the ideas of submissionand deference.

38. 'Io><r]<|>] T. E. 'Iwtr^s. The case of Joseph Barna-bas is specially mentioned because of the important positionBarnabas subsequently takes in the Acts, but the fact of its

being mentioned at all shews that there can have been noabsolute rule as to the sale of property.

For iriK\T]6Cs cf. i. 23 n.

Ytos napaKXi'jo-ews] A. Y. ' son of consolation'

;B. V.

more accurately 'son of exhortation'. The sense of 'en-

courage', 'exhort' is certainly the first and most usualsense of irapa.Ka.Xe'iv and Trapa.K\T]<ris. The phrase here clearlydescribes one who was remarkable in speaking for his powerof 'encouraging',

*

cheering', or 'exhorting'; cf. xi. 23where Trape/cciXec

' exhorted' is used of Barnabas, and 1 Cor.

xiv. 3, where it is said that a preacher speaketh either

'instruction' (oiKodofjujv) or 'exhortation' (irapa.Kk'irtct.v}or

'consolation' (Trapafj.vOiav).

Page 126: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

110 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [iv. 3G

7rapcUX77<ns is also used ix. 31, xiii. 15, xv. 31, and bothA. and E. V. give three different renderings, viz.

* com-

fort', 'exhortation' and 'consolation', though in all threecases the word "encouragement' would be suitable. In2 Cor. i. 3 7 the sense of 'encouragement' is clearly

marked, e. g. irapa.Ka\civ rovs i> 0\L\f/t. In Luke ii. 25

Trpoffdexo/J-evos ira.paK\T]crtv TOV 'Iapa.ri\-='

waiting for the en-

couragement of Israel', i.e. by the corning of Messiah.The verb irapa.Ka\eiv is very frequent in the Acts and

means either to 'invite', 'beseech', e.g. xvi. 9 or * to en-

courage', e.g. xx. 12.

7ra/)ct/cX77<ns ubi desides excitat est hortatio, ubi tris-

titiae medetur est solatium. B.

A jL AevcCrrjs] Levites were not allowed to hold land (Numb,xviii. 20), but the Mosaic laws about the division of theland seem to have been neglected after the Captivity.

Kvirptos TW -yevci] Cf. xviii. 2 HOVTLKOV T$ ytvei ;

xviii. 24 'AXe^apSpeus r. 7., in all three cases of Jews, the

phrase indicating their place of birth.

CHAPTEK V.

1. 'Avavfas] The Hebrew name of Shadrach (Dan.i. 6, ill. 13), found in the Kenedicite, = 'God is gracious'.

^air^eipf] probably= ' beautiful'.

2. 4vo<r<j>o-a.To] 'set apart', not to be handed over withthe rest. The same \vord is used of Achan taking for him-self some of the dedicated spoil of Jericho, cf. Josh. vii. 1,

where ' committed a trespass in the accursed thing'

is in

LXX. tvo<T<}>iffa.vTO CLTTO TOV dvadefJLaros.

3. 6 2a.To.vus] A Hebrew word= 'adversary'. Forthe sense cf. Luke xxii. 3 clff-fjXOev S ^aravcis e/s 'Iotf5cu>,

and John viii. 4-4* he is a liar and the father of it'.

The question addressed to Ananias implies that he mighthave resisted.

\|/il<rao-0ai ere]' so that thou shouldest cheat '

;cf. ver. 21

a7r&rreiAai'...ax#77*'cu avrovs.

SoValck. \|/vcra<r6ai TO irvcSjia : l\|/v<r<o @o)] ^. rivd is directlyin M. to cheat ' or ' deceive a person

'

; \f/.TLV'L is

' to lie'

or ' cheatin the presence of a person ', suggesting the idea of an in-

sult or outrage against him.

ovdeis \f/evdofJLevos 6eov \jsevderai, ^evderai #e>ocrris ^/evderai.

TO irvv|j.a TO a-y.] i. e. as present in the Apostles. The

Holy Spirit had been given them to guide them 'into all

Page 127: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

v. 11] NOTES. Ill

truth' (John xvi. 13); an attempt to deceive them is an

attempt to deceive Him, or, as in ver. 9,* to make trial' of

Him.

4. ov<rta] I. 7 n.

ri on] quid est quod? Cf. Luke ii. 49 rl OTL eftreiTt /j.e;

The form of question expresses some astonishment or in-

dignation.

5. e\|/vv] Only here and xii. 23 inN.T., apparentlyconnoting a violent, not peaceful death. Classical Gk has

dzro^xw animam agere.

Kal e-ye'vcTo <j>6p<>s...] Emphatically repeated ver. 11.

TOVS CLKOVOVTCIS] Probably as at ver. 11 * those whoheard of it

'

: had the phrase referred only to those presentwe should expect

* those who saw it'.

6. ot vWTpoi] = ol veavio-KOL ver. 10, the younger mem-bers of the congregation.

<rvv<TTtXav] A. V. 'wound him up', B.V. 'wrappedhim round'. The word means *draw together',

*

pack up',and here describes the '

putting together'

of the extendedlimbs and 'wrapping up' of the body for carrying it out.

The regular word for '

arranging'

a corpse for burial is

7Tpi(rT\\o}, compono.

c^V-yKavT6s] 'having carried him out', a regular wordin connection with burial, which with the Jews, as with theGreeks and Eomans, took place outside the city walls arule founded partly on a reasonable regard ftfr health,

partly on fear of ceremonial defilement (Numb. xix. 11).

7. ey'VTO 8...] The construction is ' But it happened

an interval of about three hours and his wife came in'.

We should say'it happened that'.

That dLdcrTrjfj.a is not the norn. to eykvero but parentheti-cal is shewn by comparing Luke ix. 28 eyevero 5 fj.era

TCVTOVS u<

8. direKp^T]] iii. 12 n. Peter answers her expectantlooks with a question.

Toerovrov] Pointing to it. a7rc'Soo-0 : plural, 'ye' not*thou'.

9. ot 7ro8cs] A dramatic form of expression, cf. Is. Hi. 7'How beautiful upon the mountains are the feet of him...'.

Alford remarks that the young men were probably bare-

footed and would not be heard coming.

11. Tqv KK\T]<rtav] Here first used in the Acts of the

'assembly of believers'. The word is only found twice in

Page 128: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

112 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. [v. 11

the Gospels : Matt. xvi. 18 ' I will build my church', and

xviii. 17. It was however a well-known term for the * con-

gregation'

of Israel, cf. vii. 38 n. In the Acts it is used of

any assembly ', as xix. 32, but usually of the body of be-lievers in any one place or town.

1216. A brief description of the state of the Church(viz. rapid growth and increasing influence due to the mira-cles wrought by the Apostles), introduced to explain the

strong and decisive action of the high-priest and rulersdescribed ver. 17.

That this is the connection is clear from the use of the

imperfect tense w. 12 16, contrasted with the dramaticdrao-rds of ver. 17 and subsequent aorists. The imperfectsdescribe a state of things during a period of some duration ;

the aorists express the single action which resulted fromthat state of things.

The paragraph describes,

(1) The miracles wrought by the Apostles.

(2) The gathering of all believers in Solomon's porch.(3)

J The fact that, though none of the rest (i.e. the

priests and rulers) dared to join them, yet the people mag-nified them.

(4) The great increase of believers, naturally resulting(wore) in a great public manifestation, viz. the placingsick folk in the streets by the inhabitants of Jerusalemand even the bringing them in great numbers from neigh-bouring cities.

It was this public manifestation which at last roused the'

envy'

of the rulers.

H. M. 12. irctvTcs] i.e. all the believers, cf. ii. 1.

rfj 2-roq. 2oX.] iii. 11 n.

13. TWV 8 XoiircSv] 8 is not adversative, but merely a

particle of transition here. So too /mXXoj> 5^, and avvripx^robt ver. 16.

W. Xoiirwv is not opposed to the believers mentioned before,but to Xao's which follows. The opposition of the rulers

and the Xaos has already been referred to iv. 21. Others,who contrast Xoirro)^ with iravres and make it= non-

believers', are driven to render KoXXcurOat 'obtrude onthem

',

* interfere with them',

whereas it always denotesclose friendly intercourse, cf. ix. 26, x. 28, xvii. 34.

15. -rrXarefas] sc. oSous.

1 I do not understand the punctuation in the text, and adopt theusual punctuation, removing the colon after avroZy and placing it

alter Aaos.

Page 129: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

v. 21] NOTES. 113

KpapcLTT<ov] grabatus, said to be a Macedonian word=' a camp-bed'.

tva...Kav TJ cTKid iiruriucicrci] T. E. cirLffKidarj. The con-

struction in the text is that which is common with OTTWS in

classical Greek.

Kav = Kal ecu/; the sentence fully expressed would be,* that the shadow even if only the shadow of Peter... ',=' that at any rate the shadow... '.

16. 6xXovfjtvovs] The same word as 'vexed'; the root Curtius

expresses 'restless movement'.

17. dvacrras] A pictorial word representing the com-mencement of vigorous action. It is frequent in Luke andthe Acts and is sometimes to be taken literally, e. g. ver. 34,

ix. 11 avaa-ra TTopevO-rjTL, sometimes, as here, metaphorically,

e.g. ix. 18 dvacrrcts e/SaTm'^^ ; xi. 7 aya0T&s dvcrov, xxii. 16

avaaras {SaTTTLcrai ;in both cases it vividly depicts action.

The similar use of aveaTrjv is also very common.

iravres] i. e. those mentioned iv. 6 and other Sadducees..

crfp<ris]=

(1) 'a choosing', (2)' a set of philosophic or

religious principles chosen', (3) as here, 'those wiio have

so chosen certain principles', 'a school', 'a sect'. It is

applied to the Pharisees, xv. 5, xxvi. 5. The Christians

were regarded as 'a sect' by the Jews, xxiv. 14, xxviii. 22.

The word does not in itself imply condemnation as '

heresy'

does, but a bad sense naturally soon attaches itself to the

word as implying division and disunion, cf. its use by Ter-

tullus xxiv. 5 and Paul's objection to the word xxiv. 14.

qXov] A.V. 'indignation', E. V. 'jealousy'. The word

(from ew) indicates '

eager action', and according to the

context bears a bad sense= *

jealousy', or a good sense=* emulation'.

18. 4v Ttjp. 8T][AO<rwj]' in the public prison

'

: not as

A.V. ' the common prison', giving a somewhat wrong idea.

Cf. Thuc. v. 18 TO

20. crraOevTcs] cf. ii. 14 n. The word is not only picto-rial but suggests the idea of firmness. Cf. too the emphaticclearness of ev TQ tep< and TTOLVTO..

TTJS tw<ns TO/UT^S] Cf. xiii. 26 6 \6yos rrjs (ruTrjpias Tavrrjs.' This life', 'this salvation

'= the life, the salvation, whichJesus came to give and which it is the duty of the Apostlesto preach. Here the word 'life' suggests an antithesis to

the denial by the Sadducees of a life after death.

21. VTTO TOV opOpov] sub lucem.

P. 8

Page 130: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

114 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES,[v. 21

irdcrav rr\v ytpov<r(.av] The yepovo-ia of Sparta andSenatus of Eome are well known. The word yepovela. is

used in 2 Mace, of the Sanhedrin, which is also called irpeff-

pvrtpiov, cf . iv. 5 n. But here, as the Sanhedrin has been

specially mentioned, probably the word does not describe

any official body but is used generally to indicate men of

age and experience who, though not members of the Sanhe-

drin, may have been summoned to its meetings on occasionsof importance.

24. ot dpxtpts] The heads of the twenty-four coursesof priests, and possibly the relatives of the high-priest, cf.

iv. 6. The word is used loosely, cf. xix. 14.

T(, dv ys'voi.TO TOVTO] The question rl yev^aercLi TOVTO

('what will be the end' or 'result of this') put obliquely.

26. ov fj.T<x |5Cas] Emphatic by position. E. V. there-

fore rightly,' but not with violence'.

28. irapayyeX.^ irap.] cf. vii. 34 n.

4-ira-ya-yeiv...] i.e. to make them responsible for His

death, cf. Matt, xxvii. 25;and for the expression 2 Sam,

i. 16 ; Matt, xxiii. 35.

TOU dvOpoSirov TOVTOV] cf. iv. 17 n.

29 31. 96U...6 0os...v vfXis...To{m>v 6 Gcos] Note the

emphasis of these words.

30. ifycipev] Without e/c veKpuv (like dvLa-TTjfjLi iii. 22,

26) = 'raised up', 'brought forward', cf. Luke i. 69 rjyeipe

Arepas (ruTrjpiasi

r\^lv ;Acts xiii. 22 yyeipev avrdis rov Aaveid.

The reference is to His birth and coming forward as Mes-gjan> rpiie or(jer Of events is this : God raised Him up ;

you crucified Him;God exalted Him,

8tXipC<racr0] cf . xxvi. 21. The word connotes violence

and injustice:* made away with violently'. The words

Kpefji. ewl ti\ov pointedly call attention to His treatment as amalefactor and accursed man, cf. Deut. xxi. 23 Ke

vos VTTO 6eov irds Kpe/uLa/mevos CTTL %v\ov '. Gal. iii. 13.

31. <xpXTY v] i"- 1^ n - Here clearly 'Prince'.

(TOV) Sovvat] 'to give', i.e. that He may give, in Hischaracter of Prince and Saviour. The passage must be

compared with Luke xxiv. 47, 48, where Jesus gives His

parting injunctions to the Apostles and orders that there

be proclaimed as by heralds (/ojpux^aO 'repentance' the

condition He imposes as a Prince, and 'remission of sins'

the reward He offers as a Saviour. He then adds v^ets

fjidprvpes TOVTWV, to which here T^ets iaptv ftaprvpes ruv

pTj/jLarwv Totruv accurately corresponds. Finally He says,

'and behold I send the promise of my Father (i.e. the

Page 131: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

v. 37] NOTES. 115

Holy Spirit) upon you', and so here Peter speaks of the

Holy Spirit as actually sent and present in them, joiningthem as a * witness' to the events they relate.

32. pT][iaTa)v] Not *

sayings' but *

things expressed in

words', 'history', 'story'; cf. Luke ii. 15 TO p-ij^a rb ycyo-vos, and the important instance Acts x. 37.

34. <

l>apicraios]=*

separated', the name of an import-ant Jewish sect ; they believed (1) that an oral law had been

given to Moses in addition to the written law, and had beenhanded down by tradition

; (2) that the actual law needed to

be supplemented by the explanations of the great doctors,which established 'a hedge round the law' and enjoined animmense number of minute ritual observances

; (3) in oppo-sition to the Sadducees, that there is a future life.

FajxaXi-qX] Grandson of the great teacher Hillel;afterwards president of the Sauhedrin; known as 'the

glory of the law '

;one of the seven Rabbis to whom the

higher title of Rabban was given: teacher of St Paul, xxii. 3.

vo|Ao8i8curKaXos] So VO^LK^ Matt. xxii. 35. A teacher

or expounder of the Mosaic law.

iravrl TW Xaw] Ethic dat. = ' in the opinion of, cf.

Eur. Hec. 309 T?/XU> 5' 'AxtAAei>s atos n/^s, and vii. 20 n.

TOIIS dvOpcoirovs] T. R. roi)s dTTcxTToXous, Gamalielwould certainly not call them '

Apostles'

: the reading of

the text is much more vigorous and real.

36. @vScis] Gamaliel clearly speaks of the revolt of Jos.Ant.

Theudas as preceding that of Judas. On the other hand xx - 5\ l >

Josephus describes a revolt very similar to this one andfSlfaiheaded by a Theudas in A.D. 44, and therefore subsequent to A.

this speech. Commentators therefore either (1) assume ahistorical error here, (2) or, not unreasonably, consider that

among the many risings which took place in Judaea aboutthe time of the birth of Jesus, there may have been another w.insurgent leader of that name.

Xe-ywv clvai rtva ICIVTO'v] cf. viii. 9 ;Gal. vi. 3 e/ yap 5o/ce?

rts elva.1 TL fjiydtv &v ; Soph. El. 939 r)&x L $ rts clvai, thenom. after the verb being more classical. The use of'

somebody' = ' some great person', as opposed to 'a no-

body', is common in many languages. From the use how-ever of almost the same phrase of Simon Magus (viii. 9)it would seem that Theudas is described as having claimedto be more than human, possibly to be the promised Mes-siah, j os. Ant.

37. 'Iov8as 6 TaX.] In Josephus calledf

loi55. 6 Fau- i^ivenX<m'r7?s, having been born in the city of Gamala in Gaulani- in A,

82

Page 132: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

116 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [v. 37

tis. His insurrection was in connection with * the taxing7,

and he maintained that God alone was the king of Israel.

His followers known as Gaulonites seem to have passed intothe well-known Zealots.

kv TCUS...] i.e. the celebrated 'registration' or 'enrolr

ment ' with a view to taxation referred to Luke ii. 2, whichtook place A.D. 6 under the prefecture of P. SulpiciusQuirinus.

38, 39. 4dv Y]e dv9. . . .d 8 IK Oeov lo-rCv]

' in case it be. ..

if it is'. d with iiid. represents a thing as less conditionaland more possible than tav with subj. It must not be

La. A. inferred however that Gamaliel indicates the second alterna-

ousiy.^ve as more likely to be true ; the change of construction

only indicates that he puts forward one of two alternatives,as the one impossibility of which he wishes to be considered,as being the foundation of his argument.

39. 0e6|xa)(0i] II. vi. 129 OVK civ gyuye 6eoi<nv t

41. KaTT]|uu9T]<rav aTi|JLacr6T]vat] Oxymoron.TOV OVOJACLTOS] iii. 6 n.

42. KO.T' O!KOV] ii. 46 n.

evayy. TOV XP 10"1"

01''!1! "-] 'preaching the Messiah, even

Jesus'.

CHAPTER VI.

1. yYYvo"H' s] Imitative reduplicated word =' mur-

muring'.f

E\\T]vio-Twv] from 'EA\?7z>i)y' to imitate or use the

manners, customs, or language of the Greeks' [cf. Act/cow w,

M^Si^w, 'louScu^w (Gal. ii. 14), <J>iAi7r7rtw] = those Jewswho, having settled out of Palestine, habitually spokeGreek, and probably adopted many foreign customs, whereas

'E/3pcuoi those Jews who, continuing to live in Palestine,

spoke Syro-Chaldaic, and were more strict in their obser-

vance of the laws of Moses.

2. OVK dpecrrov ICTTIV] non placet, a somewhat authori-

tative phrase, cf. ver. 5, fipeaev, placuit, of the adoption of

the proposition by the assembly.8io.KOVtv Tpaire^ais] Note the emphatic position of

rpair^ats. The Apostles do not object to *

serve', but to4 serve tables '

: they desire to confine themselves to the* service of the word' (ry diaKovia TOV \6yov).

The seven men here appointed are usually called ' the

seven Deacons', but there is no authority for this in N. T.,where they are only alluded to as 'the seven' (cf. xxi. 8).

Their '

ministry3

is distinctly opposed to the 'ministry of

Page 133: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

vi. 9] NOTES. 117

the word ', and it therefore seems clear that they are notto be identified with that class of Christian ministers called

dt-ciKovoi (1 Tina. iii. 8; Phil. i. 1) after whom 'Deacons' arenamed.

The words foa/copos, dcaKovew, diaKovia are used (1) in the II.

Gospels, usually of ministering to bodily or temporal wants,e.g. Matt. iv. 11

; Luke x. 40, (2) in the Acts and Epistles,

usually of ministering to spiritual wants, e.g. Paul calls

himself SLCLKOVOS XpicrroO, d. evayyeXiou. Lastly diaKovos is

used in a special sense of a definitely appointed minister='a Deacon' e.g. Phil. i. 1, uvv eTuaKOTroLS /ecu 5ia/coms.

rpairlais] Used with some indignation = * food',

*

eatingand drinking '. rpdirefa is also used of the table of a money-changer (e.g. Matt. xxi. 12), and rpaTre^r^s= ' a banker',but here the connection with diaKovetv precludes the explana-tion 'tables at which the alms were distributed in small H.

coins'. umby,

3. jj.apT-upov|j.e'vovs] i.e. of acknowledged good life andcharacter, cf._ x. 22, xvi. 2, xxii. 12.

ot)s KaTacrTi]<ro{jLv] 'whom we may appoint', A. andB. V. rightly. The future describes the second action as

subsequent to and dependent on the first; cf. the use of

OTTWS and 'iva with the fut. ind. To render ' whom we will

appoint' would convey a wrong idea, cf. vii. 40 ol Trpoiropev-

GOVTCLl.

5. 2T6<f>avov...] Notice with reference to the cause oftheir appointment that all bear Greek names. Seven is a

;sacred number. Of none except Stephen and Philip (cf.viii. 5, xxi. 8) is there anything further mentioned in

K.T. Nicolaus has been identified with the founder of thesect of ' the Nicolaitans ' mentioned Rev. ii. 6, 15, but this

seems conjectural.

6. erreGiiKav...] The laying-on of hands was used in

blessing, cf. Gen. xlviii. 14 20 ; Matt. xix. 13;

at the

appointment of Joshua, Numb, xxvii. 18, and in healing byJesus, Mark vi. 5. The act seems symbolical of the trans-

mission of some divine power, cf . Acts viii. 17, ix. 17, xiii. 3,xix. 6, xxviii. 8. It is employed in the Church of England at

Confirmation and Ordination.

7. 6'x.X.os...t>ir^Kovov] iii. 11 n.

8. xaptTOS] as iy - 33. Gratia Dei vva[jn.v cfficit: duva-

fjnv demonstrant rcpara /ecu c

9. <ruvaYcoyqs]'

place of meeting'. The institution of Eders-

'

synagogues.' dates from the Captivity. They were so 431^450.

Page 134: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

118 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. [vi. 9

arranged that the congregation turned towards Jerusalem,and at the end opposite them was an ark or chest contain-

ing the Book of the Law. Towards the middle was a

pulpit in which the reader stood and the preacher sat.

Each synagogue had a ' minister* or attendant (vTrrjptT-rjs

Luke iv. 20), and was under the management of a college of

elders (Trpeapvrepoi Luke vii. 3 ; apxiffvvarywyoi Actsxiii. 15),with a president 6 apxtawo^uryoj. There was a fixed liturgy,a reading of a first lesson from 'the Law' and a secondfrom ' the Prophets

'

(cf. xiii. 15), and afterwards the Derashor exposition. It is said that there were 480 synagogues in

Jerusalem, but the number is untrustworthy.

AippTCv<ov] libertinorum. Probably descendants of theJews taken to Borne as captives by Pompeius, who had there

gained their freedom, and perhaps also proselytes of thefreedman class, cf. ii. 10 n.

Three synagogues seem to be described: (1) of the Liber-

tini, (2) of the men of Alexandria and Gyrene, both African

cities, (3) of the men of Cilicia and Asia, who are joinedtogether, as TWJ> dirb clearly shews.

crvvfftTovvrcs] Used of the 'questionings'

of the Phariseesand Scribes (Mark viii. 11, ix. 14): cf. too ix. 29.

TWV CLTTO KiX] Therefore probably including Paul*Tarsus is the capital of Cilicia.

10. ctvTicTTTJvai rr\ <ro<J>a] Cf. the promise of JesusLuke xxi. 15 eyu a>crw vfuv oro^ia /cal ffo<pia.v $ ov dwrjaovTaL

...arrurnp'ai.

11. vircpaXov] subornarunt. The word indicates puttingforward in an underhand way for purposes of fraud.

CXKT] Koafxcv . , .] As in the case of the false witnesses againstJesus (Matt. xxvi. 60 T 61), the falsehood of these witnesses

would consist in misrepresenting what Stephen had actuallysaid. He had doubtless spoken of the transitory nature of

the Mosaic law and the Temple worship, and this theydistort. Hence they are distinctly spoken of as ' false

'

or

'lying' (^euSets), because 'a lie that is half the truth is ever

the blackest of lies'.

13. TOV TOTTOU TOV ay.] i.e. the Temple, cf. xxi. 28. Theemphatic position of the adjective marks the special holiness

of the place, cf. i. 25 n.

14. 6 Na. OVTOS] OVTOS is contemptuous, cf. vii. 40,xix. 26.

KaTaXvio-et] The word used Matt. xxvi. 61 duvct/mou Kara-

A0<rcu TOV va.6v. Stephen (vii. 48) points out that God* dvrelleth not in (buildings) made with hands '.

Page 135: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

VII.] NOTES. 119

7rap'8o>Kv] tradidit, cf. Juv. xiv. 102 Tradidit arcano

quodcungue volumine Moses.

15. cISav...] Cf. Ex. xxxiv. 30; 2 Cor. iii. 7. Tennyson,The Tivo Voices, 'God's glory smote him on the face'.

CHAPTER VII.

The speech of Stephen must be considered in reference

to the twofold charge (vers. 13, 14) to which it is an answer.The argument is throughout from Scripture, and is twofold,but the two threads are not kept distinct, but interwoven.

(1) He meets the charge of 'speaking against this HolyPlace

'

a charge no doubt founded on the fact of his havingtaught that worship in the Temple was not essential to the

worship of God by shewing that the worship of God is notconfined to Jerusalem or the Jewish temple, this being provedby reference,

a. to His dealings with the patriarchs and people whenin foreign lands, in Mesopotamia (ver. 2) and in Egypt(vers. 928) ;

b. to His appearing to Moses * in the desert of Sinai'

(ver. 30) ;

c. to the fact that all places are holy where God is

(ver. 33) ;

d. to the * church in the wilderness'

(ver. 38) ;

e. to the fact that it was not until Solomon's timethat the Temple was built, and that even that was not thereal dwelling of the Most High (ver. 47), as is shewn by a

quotation from Isaiah (vers. 48, 49).

(2) As regards the charge of changing 'the customswhich Moses delivered', he points out that God had hadmany dealings with their fathers before the giving of thelaw (e.g. in the covenant of circumcision ver. 8), andthat, far from contradicting Moses, Jesus is the very suc-

cessor whose coming Moses had foretold (ver. 37). Hedescribes Moses at length in words which clearly pointhim out as the type of Jesus : he was the divinely ap-pointed redeemer of Israel (ver. 35), their saviour (ver. 25);the manner in which the Israelites again and again rejectedhim (vers. 25, 27, 35, 39) is typical of their rejection ofJesus. As he dwells on this theme the speaker, who beganwith calm and sober narrative, becomes gradually (as heremembers that his accusers are the children and repre-sentatives of those who consistently rejected Moses and the

prophets) more argumentative and passionate, until at ver.

51 he breaks out into indignant invective and arraigns his

accusers on the very charge which they were bringing against

Page 136: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

120 ACTS OF* THE APOSTLES. [vn.

himself 'Not I, but you, you are the men who received thelaw and did not keep it\

The speech however is not wholly apologetic, but also

constructive. Stephen prepares the way for Paul : he graspsthe idea of a religion not exclusive but universal: he an-

ticipates the final declaration of Paul in the Acts, viz. thatthe Jews will reject and the Gentiles accept the truth offered

to them.

2. 6 06os TTJS Sofrjs] i.e. the God who reveals Himselfin Glory.

*

Glory' = the Shechinah, a visible radiance, which

indicated the presence of God, and was believed to rest

especially on the mercy-seat between the cherubim;cf . ver.

55; Luke ii. 9 ; Ex. xxiv. 16. By commencing with these

words Stephen at once refutes the charge of vi. 11.

MecroTTOTafiCa] 777 XaX5cuwz> ver. 4, used loosely for the

district beyond the Euphrates. In Gen. xi. 31 it is' Ur of

the Chaldees' a district of Mesopotamia N.E. of Haran.

Xappdv] 'Haran' Gen. xi. 31; Carrae, an ancient townin Mesopotamia not far from Edessa. Here Crassus methis death B.C. 53 after his defeat by the Parthians, cf. Luc.i. 104 miserando funere Crassus

\ Assyrias Latio maculavit

sanguine Garros.

axf>6T)...irplv...ical elirev...] The quotation is verbatimfrom LXX. Gen. xii. 1, where however the revelation is said

to have been made in Haran. In several instances however

Stephen refers to traditions not identical with the state- .

ments in our present Pentateuch. In Gen. xv. 7 ; Neh. ix. 7the removal of Abraham from Ur is clearly referred to

divine direction.

3. TJV av croi Sc^w] 'whichever I shall shew thee' : nonnorat Abram quae terra foret, Heb. xi. 8. B.

4. |iTa TO diroOaveiv...] In Gen. xi. 26 xii. 4 it is

stated that Abraham was born when Terah was 70 years old,and that he left Haran when 75, Terah dying in Haran at

the age of 205, and therefore 60 years after Abraham's de-

I _ parture.'

Stephen therefore follows an independent tra-

dition '.

JXTWKICTV] SC. 060 S.

A. 5. OVK &>o>Kv...] A perfectly natural expression: the

'burial-ground' which Abraham acquired (cf. ver. 16) could

hardly be reckoned ' an inheritance '.

IL The rendering of OVK 5w/ce*>' had not yet given

'

is down-

right mistranslation. To lay stress on ZduKev and explainB. and

^ 72071 ex donatione divina accepit Abram, quia emit implies aso de >v .

singll}ariy narrow view of God's gifts.

Page 137: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

vii. 8] NOTES. 121

Forp-fjfjia troSos cf. Deut. ii. 5 ;

Cic. ad Att. xm. 2 pedemubi ponat in suo non liabet. H.

4-irr]yytX.aTO...] Gen. xvii. 8, xlviii. 4.

6. \d\T](rv...] A free quotation of LXX. Gen. xv. 13,

14 which ends with the words /xera 5 raOra egeXevaovTaiu>5e ^erd aTroovceuTys TTO\\T]S. The words /cat Xarp. /JLOI ei> rfT6?ry roi/ry (i.e. in Canaan) seem to be a reminiscence of

Ex. iii. 12 /cat XarpeiAjere r<J 6efj h TO; 6'pet rovr^ (Horeb).The addition is natural, for in Gen. xv. 14 it is clear that

'they shall come out' refers to a coming out into Canaan,although the c55e of LXX. is not represented in the Hebrew.

ircipoiKov] 'sojourning'. The word indicates residence

in a country which is not of a permanent character nor at-

tended with full rights of citizenship. Cf. vii. 29, xiii. 17;Deut. xxvi. 5 /care/3?; els AtyvTrrov /cat irap^Kfjaev e/cet; Eph.ii. 19 where ei>oi /cat Trdpot/cot are opposed to cruuTroXtrat /cat

ot/ceFot; this life is 'a sojourning' 1 Pet. i. 17; we are all

'sojourners' 1 Pet. ii. 11.

rq TTpaKoo-ia] So too in round numbers Gen. xv. 13.

The exact period of 430 years is given Ex. xii. 40; Gal. iii.

17. This includes the whole period from the giving of the

promise to the Exodus (the period from the going down of

Jacob into Egypt being 215 years), the 'sojourn' of the

patriarchs in Canaan as well as of their descendants in

Egypt. r?7 rerpa/cocrta does not go merely with /ca/cwcroixrtz/.

SovXwo-ovartv] sc. ot a'XX6rptot inferred from ev yy aX-

Xorpt'a.

7. Kptvw l-yw] Emphatic. Ego Deus.

8. 8ia0i] KT]V irepiToiJiTJs] A covenant ofwhich circumcision

was to be the outward sign. Gen. xvii. 9 14.

In classical Greek diaQrjKir] is almost always 'a testa-

mentary disposition', 'a will', o-wdrjK'rj being 'a covenant'

or 'agreement'. On the other hand in LXX. and N. T.

5ta077/c77 is regularly = 'a covenant', and from its beingrendered into Latin as ' testamentum' we have our curious

phrases' The Old ' and ' The New Testament '

meaning the

Old and New Dispensation or Covenant. ' The LXX. trans- Light.

lators and New Testament writers probably preferred ta- gf f$l1'

eriKf) as better expressing the free grace of God than

OVTOOS] 'thus', i.e. after this covenant had been made,and as an earnest of its fulfilment.

For the facts cf. Gen. xxi. 3, xxv. 26, xxix. 31 xxx.

t21, xxxvii. 28.

9. rj\w(ravTs] cf. Gen. xxxvii. J.1 ffi\w<rav. d/n^Sovro

Page 138: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

122 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [vn. 9

Gen. xxxvii. 28. ijv 6 6.JJLCT* avrov, cf. Gen. xxxix. 21 $v

Kupios yuerd 'Iwo-^0.

10. Cf. Gen. xli. 37 et seq.

^apaw pao-. Al-y.] Pharaoh ig not a name but atitle borne by the kings of Egypt. It corresponds with theP-RA or PH-EA of the hieroglyphics, which means 'the

sun'.

Crotius. T]

<

yov(ivov]l vice regis cuncta regentem. Gen. xli. 43'.

11. xoP rHLaTal* Fodder for their cattle

'

(cf . xopra^w),the word used in LXX. Gen. xxiv. 25, 32, xlii. 27 and trans-

it, lated 'provender'. It was the first necessity of existence for

great owners of flocks and herds like the patriarchs.

12. a,Kov<ras...] Gen. xlii. 2 idov a/c^/coa on ecrrl airos

tV AiyVTTT^.

14. iv t|/vxcus ] 'in', i.e. consisting in. The Heb.text Gen. xlvi. 26 gives the number who ' came with Jacob

J

as 66, and then ver. 27, reckoning in Jacob and Joseph withhis two sons, gives -"the whole number as 70. The LXX. in

ver. 27, reckoning in some grandchildren of Joseph, givesthe number as 75.

16. |iTT0T]crav] sc. aur6s xal ol Trarepes IJ/JLUV. Accord-

ing to Gen. xlix. 30, 1. 13, Jacob was buried 'in the cave of

the field of Machpelah which is before Mamre '

(

' the same is

Hebron in the land of Canaan' Gen. xxiii. 19): Josephwas embalmed (Gen. 1. 26), taken away at the Exodus (Ex.xiii. 19), and ultimately buried at Shechem (Josh. xxiv. 32).Of the other patriarchs Scripture records nothing as to their

burial.

<S fcv. *App.] Gen. xxiii. 3 20. Abraham bought a

burying-place at Hebron from Ephron. Jacob (Gen. xxxiii.

19) bought a field, not a burying-place, 'at Shalem, a city of

Shechem' ' at the hand of the children of Hamor, Shechem'sA ; so father'. 'The two accounts are certainly here confused'.La< H*

ripjs ctp-yvpfov] Gen. xxiii. 16 'four hundred shekels of

silver, current money with the merchant '

: Gen. xxxiii. 19

(of Jacob's purchase)' an hundred pieces of money'.

17. Ka0s] 'as', not 'when': as the time drew near so

the people....

Cf. vers. 6, 7 ; and ii. 33 n.

v, 7rXi]0tiv0T], dveo-rq ^WOTJCJ)] LXX. Ex. i. 7.

M. refer- 18 s ^K fl^ t T v '*] *- e - w^10 ^new nothing of the

ring to history and services of Joseph. 'The previous dynasty

s

VEx*

6

/^ia(^ ^een ^na^ f ^ne Hyksos ; the new king was Ahmes who

8. drove out the Hyksos '.

Page 139: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

vii. 23] NOTES. 123

19. Karacrocj). TO -ye'vos] (ro0ife<r0cu' to use subtle, unfair

means '

is intrans. but like many verbs (cf. KaTairoveiv ver.

24, KXTadwao-Tevw x. 38) becomes trans, when compoundedwith Ka.ro. 'to injure by using subtlety'. In Ex. i. 10 it is

rendered 'let us deal wisely with them'.

KcxKwcrV...Tov TToiciv...]* so that he caused '

or 'by caus-

ing their children to be exposed'. The genitive describes

that in which the /ca/cw(Tts consisted (cf. iii. 12n.).,

its purposebeing expressed in the words els TO /JLT] . a>cryovior0ai='kept alive', cf. Ex. i. 17 efaoyovovv ra apaeva.

20. CUTTCIOS TO> 6w] 'fair (in appearance) to God', i.e.

'before' or 'in the sight of God', Oe$ being an Eth. Dat.

Cf. Aesch. Ag. 352 Oeois dva/m-n-XaK^Tos 'guiltless in the sightof heaven'. A. and E.V. render 'exceeding fair', treatingthe phrase as a Hebrew method of expressing extreme

fairness, cf. Jon. iii. 3 TroAts fj.eyd\r] ry #ec; Gen. x. 9;1 Sam. xvi. 12 dyados opdcret. Kvplw, 'of a beautiful coun-

tenance and (joodly to look to\

do-Tios lit. 'belonging to the city', urbanus ; 'witty';then 'elegant', 'pretty', lepidus: it is applied to MosesLXX. Ex. ii. 2, and Heb. xi. 23 'a proper child' do-raoy

jraidiov.

JJ.TJVO.S rpeis] Ex. ii. 2;dve^XaTO Ex. ii. 5

; lav-njs

is v.

Ex. ii. 10. The succeeding quotations up to ver. 35 are fromthe same chapter and the beginning of c. iii.

21. dveiXaro] sustulit, the opposite of e/crtfleVcu, ^Kderov

Troieif, exponere.

TOV Trarpos] Amram; Ex. vi. 29.

22. ircto-Tj cro(|). Ai-y.] which was proverbial, cf. 1 Kingsiv. 30 ;

Her. n. ICO rovs crotfxdTaTovs avOpuTrwv AlyvTrriovs.The priestly caste were especially renowned for their M.

knowledge of Natural Science (and Magic), Astronomy,Medicine and Mathematics.

Svvaros ev Xo-y. Kal ^p-yots] The phrase used of JesusLuke xxiv. 19. Suj>. tv \6y. must not be taken as referringto 'rhetorical skill' or 'eloquence' (cf. Ex. iv. 10 'I amslow of speech and of a slow tongue'), but to the weight andwisdom of the matter of his words, spoken or written.

23. Tco-o-epaKovracT-qs xpov s] The life of Moses is givenas divided into three periods, each of 40 years. His first

appearance before Pharaoh (Ex. vii. 7) is 40 years after this,

and his death 40 years later, when he was 'an hundred and

twenty years old' (Deut. xxxiv. 7).

lirl KdpStav dvep-q] Same words 1 Cor. ii. 9 : a LXX. M.

phrase: e.g. Jer. iii. 16 OVK dvafirjcreTai, e?rc Kapdiav.

Page 140: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

124 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [vn. 23

TOVS cL8\<j>oi;s] motivuin amoris. B. m<TK\|/cur0<u, 'visit',

but also connoting care, consideration, or regard for those

'visited', cf. xv. 36; Luke i. G8; Matt. xxv. 36.

24. eiroiTjorev iKSiK-qcrtv]'

wrought an avenging', 'avenged'.K^LKTj(TLv TTOieiV, e/coixeu> are common in N.T. in this sense,

e.g. liom. xii. 19; so /c5i/cos 'one who exacts vengeance'Bom. xiii. 4.

TW KaTairovov(jLva>] Present :' the man who was on the

point of being overcome '.

TOV AtyviTT.] As in the use of aurols ver. 26, a familiaritywith the facts of the story is assumed in his hearers.

25. !v6[uev &J Not in Exodus, but a comment of

Stephen's, who is drawing a parallel to the similar rejectionof Jesus. Note the rhetorical power of ol 5 ou arvv7JKavf

andcf. ver. 53 Kal OVK e0iAdare.

Ex. ii. 13 'two among the Hebrews'.

26. o-vvii\Xa<ro-v] Imperfect: A. and E.V. 'wouldhave set them at one again'.

29. MaSict[i] Probably the peninsula on which is MountSinai.

vlovs Svo] His father-in-law was Jethro Ex. iii. 1;his

wife Zipporah Ex. ii. 21; his sons Gershom and Eliezer

Ex. ii. 22, xviii. 4.

30. 2ivd] Ex. iii. 1 'Horeb'. Both were probablypeaks of one mountain range. The names are used almost

Stanley, indifferently. "Horeb is probably 'the Mountain of the

andPa-I>rie(i-up Ground'; Sinai 'the Mountain of the Thorn'."

lestine. Parou] "the wild Acacia (Mimosa nil&tica),under the

Stanley, name of '

sunt', everywhere represents the ' seneh '

or ' senna'

ofthemg of the Burning Bush".

JJ^^Jj ayycXos] but ver. 31 the voice is of 'Jehovah', and ver.na1 '

32 the presence of ' God' is asserted. So too in Ex. iii. 2 4.

33. Xvo-ov...] So too Josh. v. 15. The priests whoministered in the temple were bare-footed. Moslems still

enter their mosques bare-footed. Cf. too Juv. vi. 158 06-

servant libi festa viero pede sabbata reges.Note carefully the importance of these words for Ste-

phen's argument as to 'the holy place'.

34. I8wv ctSov] rendered in Ex. iii. 7 'I have surelyseen '. The Gk represents the Hebrew idiom, cf. Heb. vi.

14;and Ps. xl. 1 viro^iv^v uTr^ueti/a, expectans expectavi,

'I waited patiently'. Repetition or reduplication is one of

the earliest and most universal methods of expressing em-

phasis: the particular emphasis must be judged from the

Page 141: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

vii. 40] NOTES. 125

context. Cf. Plat. Symp. 195 B Qctyw 0iryiJ; Soph. 231 B

77 yveL yevvaia (rofiiariKT]! Soph. 0. T. 1469 t5 yovy yevvcue ;

Acts ii. 30 opKip ajfjLO(Tv ;ii. 35 viroirbfiLov rwv iroduv ; V. 28

irapayyeXia Trap-rjyyeLXa/jLtv' we straitly charged you

'

;xxiii.

14 <xVa<9^acm dvede/jLario-a^ev] xxviii. 26; Luke xxii. 15 ewi-

OvfJila ^Tredv/Jt-Tjaa.

35. TOVTOV. . .TOVTOV. . .] Note the emphatic and rhetorical

repetition; and euros... ouros... euros vers. 36, 37, 38. The

object is to place the personality of Moses as the divinely

appointed saviour of Israel in marked contrast with the

treatment he received. The parallel thus drawn betweenMoses and Jesus is clear

;cf . too ypvyaavro with TJpvrjffaaOe

iii. 13, and \vTpwrrjv with AuV/owo-ts 'redemption' Luke i. 68,

ii. 38;Heb. ix. 12.

Note also the contrast in the clauses,

ris ere KareffTTjcrev apxovra Kal dLKacrr^v ;

6 6ebs CL7recrTCL\Ke Kal dpxovra Kal \vrpWT7}V t

i]pvtfcravTo] with ref. to ver. 27. Note the plural andcf. ver. 41 e/jLocrxoiroLya-av. Unius hominis dicta et facta ad- B.

scribuntur etiam illis qui eodem sunt animo.

38. TTJ IKKX.] v. 11 n. The reference is to the assem-

bly held for the giving of the commandments, Ex. xix.

6 -yevojjievos |iTa,Tov dyv-.-Kal TWV ircm'pcov] i.e. he acted

as an intermediary between them;he received (ede^aro) the

law from the angel to give (dovvai) to their fathers. SoMoses is called d ^ecr/rrys

' the mediator '

Gal. iii. 19;and

Jesus is KpeiTTovos dia.Q'rjK'rjs ytteo-tr^s Heb. viii. 6.

TOV cxY^eXov] in Exodus,' Jehovah'. The substitution De

belongs to later theology5

.

^wvra] 'living', i.e. possessing vitality and force, not

dead, cf. Heb. iv. 12 w yap 6 \6yos TOV 6. ;1 Pet. i. 23.

This answers the charge of speaking 'against the law'. Seetoo Soph. 0. T. 481 rot 5' del uvra Trepnrorarcu of oracles

which remain in force and effectual ; Ant. 457 $7 ravra of

laws.

40. i7rovTs] Ex. xxxii. 1, 4. For the pillar of fire

that had hitherto gone before them, cf. Ex. xiii. 21.

ot 7rpoiropiicrovTai] A.V. rightly' to go before us '. Cf.

vi. 3 n. B.Y. alters to ' which shall go before us ', withoutreason.

o -yap M. OVTOS...OVK oVSajicv...] euros, contemptuous, cf.

vi. 14 n. Note the vigorous change of construction ;cf,

Aesch. 8. c. Theb. 678

CLvSpolv d' 6/j,aifjLOLv Odvaros (55' auro/cropos

OUK eVrc yfjpas rouSe rou jUtdcr^caros.

Page 142: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

126 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [vn. 41

41. cjAocrxoiroiTjcrav] The Egyptians worshipped thebull Apis at Memphis, regarding him as the symbol of

Osiris, the Sun. Cf. too the golden calves set up by Jero-boam 1 Kings xii. 28 : and the winged bulls discovered at

Nineveh.Aaron made the calf, but it was at the people's request :

hence the plural, cf. Ex. xxxii. 35 ' the Lord plagued the

people, because they made the calf, which Aaron made'.

42. &rrp\|/v] intrans. like avavrptyu v. 22, xv. 16.

<TTpd(f)rj<Tav Israelitae (ver. 39), <tTpe\l/tv Deus.

A. XarpVi.v...]' This fact is not mentioned in the Penta-

teuch. In after times we have frequent traces of star-

worship, e.g. 2 Kings xvii. 16, xxi. 3, 5. See also Deut,iv. 19 '.

4v BpXo> TWV irpoc)).] The Jews divided their Scripturesinto 'the Law, the Prophets, and the Psalms' (or Hagio-grapha), Luke xxiv. 44, or less accurately into * the Law and

Smith's the Prophets', cf. xxiv. 14, xxviii. 23. 'The Law '= theWcLef five books of Moses. * The prophets' are thus enumerated:

Bible. C rlsaiah,

I

Joshua, Greater ! Jeremiah,Judges, T , vEzekiel.1 and 2 Samuel,

Later}

1 and 2 Kings.| Legger

(The twelve

L jminor prophets.

The Hagiographa includes the rest of the Hebrew Canon.The quotation here is from Amos v. 25, and apparently theBabbis regarded the twelve minor Prophets as a single book,

La. W. so that probably the words ' the prophets' should be taken

here in this narrower sense ; cf. xiii. 40 where a quotationfrom Habakkuk is referred to as ' in the prophets'.

(j,^ ...] jj.r) interrogative expects the answer, No. 'Did yeoffer me...? No. Ye actually (/ecu)

took up....'

43. <xvXdpT] 'took up', i.e. after each halt, to carryit with you instead of the tabernacle of Jehovah.

o-KTjvnv] 'tent', used as a moveable temple: the word is

frequently applied to ' the tabernacle', cf. ver. 44.

MoXoxl The Hebrew here gives'

your king '. Molech

(as the name is elsewhere rightly spelt) means 'king'.He was an Ammonite deity to whom children were offered.

The image is said to have been ox-headed, with arms out-

stretched (in which the children were placed) and hollowso as to be heated underneath: hence perhaps the phrase'pass through the fire to Molech', Lev. xviii. 21, xx. 2;2 Kings xxiii. 10.

Page 143: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

vii. 48] NOTES. 127

TO etcrrpov...] The Heb. has Cliiun for 'Po/^d or 'Pe^av. B*Chiun' has been considered to mean 'Saturn'. Among *&*Egyptian divinities however two are found of foreign origin, 'p^dvBenpu and Ken : they occur together and form a pair, CE.

being male and female. The names so curiously correspond Smith'

to *

Rornpha' and * Chiun' that it would seem that in some JJ*1

reference to them is to be found the explanation of the Rein-

remarkable variation of the Hebrew and LXX. phan.

TO d'o-Tpov probably refers to some symbol or type (cf,

TVTTOVS) under which the god was worshipped.

BapvXwvos] Aayuao-Acou, LXX. with Heb. The date of

the ' removal to Babylon'

is 588 B.C. in the reign of Nebu-chadnezzar.

44."TI CTKT]VT] TOV |j.apT.] Verbally the mention of 'the

tabernacle of Moloch ' seems to suggest the mention of the

real '

tabernacle', but the connection of thought is loose :

a fresh division of the speech begins here : Stephen passeson from the conduct of the Israelites to his other argumentthat God is not necessarily worshipped in a particular spot.

The tabernacle is called 'the tabernacle of the testi-

mony' because it contained ' the ark of the testimony'

(Ex.xxv. 22), which contained the two ' tables of testimony

'

(Ex. xxxi. 37), or ' witness' to God's government of Israel.

Kara TOV TVTTOV] Ex. xxv. 40 Spa Trot^o-ets Kara TOV

TTUTCOV rbv dedeiy/jifrov <7o: ev r(p opei.

45. '!T]O-OI}] ii. 22 n.

cla-Tfycryov 8ia8e....&os TWV TJ|A. A.] 'brought in (i.e. to

Canaan) having received it in their turn...up to the daysof David', a slightly careless but perfectly clear phrase=' received it and brought it into Canaan, where it remained

up to the days of David'.

V TTJ Ko/rcurxcVei] 'in' or * at the time of their taking

possession of the nations '. For the ' nations'

cf. Ex. iii. 8;

Josh. iii. 10.

46. TJTi]craTo] 'asked', but did not obtain permission,2 Sam. vii. 2 et scq.

evpeiv crKTJvwjxa...] LXX. Psalm cxxxii. 5. EoXcjicov...1 Kings vi. 14.

48. dXX* o^x 6vi\|/....]

The same thought in Solomon's

prayer at the dedication of the temple, 1 Kings viii. 27:

cf. too Acts xvii. 24. Note the emphatic position of 01), andthe use of o u^tcrros for God in contrast with xeipoTroiTjra* convenient appellatio. Hunc nulla moles capit\ B.

6 irpo<|>.] Is. Ixvi. 1, almost verbatim,

Page 144: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

128 ACTS OF .THE APOSTLES, [vn. 49

49. irolov] Not 'what', but 'what manner', 'what sort

of house ?' The word expresses scorn, and is so used fre^

quently in classical Greek. Cf. iv. 7 and -jrola %cipis Luke vi.

32, 33, 34.

51. <TK\T]poTpdxT]Xoi...] There is no need to supposeII. 'an interruption from the audience' to account for this out-

burst : the growing warmth of the speech naturally leads upto it.

Both the epithets used are frequently applied to theIsraelites in O.T., e.g. Ex. xxxii. 9 ; Lev. xxvi. 41.

' Cir-

cumcision' as a sign of purification and dedication to Godcan naturally be used metaphorically of the heart.

v[xis] Emphatic.*

You, not I'; cf. immediately after-

wards vfJuSv, 0/ze?s, vfJL&v, vfjiels.

TO> irvcvficiTi...] Apparently a recollection of Is. Ixiii. 10

7)7rci6r)(Tai> KCLI irapwi-vvav TO TTV. rb ayiov -avrov. dvTiTrforTCTC

(= in adverswn ruitis. B.) is a very strong word, not found

elsewhere in N.T., but used of Israel Numb, xxvii. 14.

52. Tiva TWV -irpo4>T]Twv...] Cf. Luke xi. 47.

irpoSoTcu] as the accomplices of Judas. <j>ovcts as urgingon Pilate.

A. 53. ol'nvs] 'yes, you who'. 'The use of otnves in-

stead of ot so very frequent in the Acts and Epistles, occurswhen the clause introduced by it contains a further explana-tion of the position or classification of the person or personsalluded to, and not when the relative serves for simpleidentification'. Cf. viii. 15, ix. 35, x. 41, 47.

II. B. \dpeT...ls Siara-yds dyy.] 'received the law as anLa- ordinance of angels'; ets= 'for', 'so as to be', 'as'. Cf.

Heb. xi. 8 \ajm^dvLv els KXypovo/niav. The expression is dis-

tinctly intended to glorify the law and so enhance their

guilt in not keeping it. It was no human ordinance butreceived by them to be treated as an ' ordinance of angels'.In the O.T. the law is spoken as given directly by God, cf.

the first verse of chapters xi. xxvii. in Leviticus;

' And theLord spake unto Moses, saying'. The mention of angels in

connection with it is first found in the poetical passageDeut. xxxiii. 2, but occupied a very prominent place in later

rabbinical speculation. In Gal. iii. 19 Paul refers to thelaw as diarayeis 5t* ayy\wv

' ordered through the mediumof angels'. This substitution of '

angels', where the O.T.

speaks directly of God, seems due to an artificial idea of

reverence similar to that which forbade the use of the actual

name of Jehovah.So A. The only other possible rendering of this passage is

'received the law into the administration of angels', which

might be considered a condensed phrase =' received from

Page 145: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

vii. 60] NOTES. 129

angels the law which was given them to administer'. Thewords diarayr), diaTdcro-eLv do not however describe ' admini-stration

'

by an intervening agent, but distinctly'

ordering'

by a superior, cf. Rom. xiii. 2 rrf TOV Oeov diarayfi dvOccrrif)-

KCV ; Luke viii. 55 SUrcL^ev avrrj dodrjvaL ;Acts xviii. 2,

xxiii. 31, xxiv. 23.

55. 'Irjcrovv COTWTO,...] cf. Matt. xxvi. 64 *

sitting';Mark xvi. 19 ' sat on the right hand of God'. Gregory theGreat is happy in his comment :

*

Stephanus stantem vidit

quern adjutorem habuit' ; cf. Coll. for St Stephen's Day:' O blessed Jesus, who standest at the right hand of God to

succour all those that suffer for Thee '.

56. 6p(3] a strong word, implying clear vivid vision ;

cf. viii. 13 n.

TOV vlov TOV dvOpw-rrou] This name for the Messiah (cf.A. H.

Dan. vii. 13) is often applied by Jesus to Himself, but never La*

in N.T. applied to Him by any one else, except here, wherethere seems to be a reference to His own promise Matt.xxvi. 64.

58. 2o> Ttjs TroX.] Lev. xxiv, 14, and for the law as to

stoning for blasphemy, ver. 16.

We know too little about the Sanhedrin to decidewhether they were acting within their legal rights or not,but cf. John xviii. 31. Probably the exact limits of their

authority as opposed to that of the Roman Procurator wereill-defined and variable.

01 |idpTvps...] In order to cast the first stones, cf. Deut.xvii. 7.

SavXov] "Like Theaetetus means e asked' (of God)". F.

Note the effect of the repetition of eXi#o/36Xow.

59. eirucaXoiSfAevov] Regular word for calling upon a godfor aid. Translate,

*

calling upon (the Lord Jesus) andsaying

' Lord Jesus. . . '. The only ace. that can be grammati-cally supplied after eiriKa\. is rbv Kvp. 'lyvovv. Bentley's

conjecture that 9N is lost after the final ON is unnecessary.For the 'invocation' of Jesus cf. ix. 14, xxii. 16.

60. fnj cmjo-Tjs auTots.. .]* do not establish (make fixed,

irremoveable) for them (Eth. Dat.) their sin'. icrrdvaL nvl

afj.apTLCLv is the opposite of d^teVcu nvl a^apriav. For the

prayer cf. the dying words of Jesus (Luke xxiii, 34) irdrep,

cf. xiii. 36. The metaphor is common to all

languages, but the. word is used here in striking contrastwith the scene just described. Note too the cadence of the wword expressing rest and repose, and cf. the last word of the xxvi-

Acts, a/cwXi/rws,

P. 9

Page 146: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

130 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [vm. 1

CHAPTER VIII.

1. 2av\os 8^...] Kightly appended to tlie precedingnarrative in E.V., and not cut off from it as in A.V. Thehistorian leaves our eyes fixed on him who is from this

point to be the central figure of the narrative. That this is

done purposely is marked by the reference to Saul vii. 58,and the repeated reference to his activity which immedi-

ately follows here, ZauXos 5 eXv^caiVero....

v KIVT| TTJ i^|i.]'on that day' K.V. ;

not 'at that

time', as A.V/ The persecution took place (ey&ero) thenand there. AT

o/i dijferebant adversarii. B.

Sajiapfas] The district between Galilee on the N., andJudaea on the S. Its capital was Samaria,

' the watch-

mountain', built by Omri B.C. 925 (1 Kings xvi. 24). It

was afterwards named Sebaste by Herod the Great in honourof Augustus (SejScwTos). Most of the inhabitants had beencarried away by Shalmaneser B.C. 721 (2 Kings xvii. 6) andafterwards by Esarhaddon, who replaced them by settlers

from Babylon, Hamath, &c. (2 Kings xvii. 24). The mixedrace (dXXoyeveis Luke xvii. 18) which subsequently grew upwere regarded by the Jews with peculiar hatred, John iv. 9et seq.

2. <rwK<5|iiorav] Cf. Soph. Aj. 1048 ouros, <r (frw

* devout ', 'god-fearing'. The word onlyoccurs in N. T. three times elsewhere ; Luke ii. 25 (of

Simeon) ;Acts ii. 5, and xxii. 12, and in each case is applied

to Jews. It is certain that the word here indicates that Jewsas well as Christians took part in the burial. Had Chris-

tians alone been meant, jmadrjraL would have been used. It

is not however necessary to confine the word here to Jewsbecause of Trdvres in ver. 1

; iravres diea-Trdp. merely describes

a general dispersion; many Christians were left, cf. ver. 3.

KOITCTOS] Lamentation, consisting chiefly in beating the

breast, cf. planctus (TrX^-y^u^t).

3. \v|xatvTo] A very strong word, implying not onlyinjury but insult. Frequent in Demosthenes. Only herein N.T. but found Ps. Ixxx. 13 of a wild boar destroyinga vineyard eXu^paro avrbv <rus e/c dpvjjiov. Cf. ix. 21

crvptov] 'haling', A. and K.V.(= hauling). Cf. Plant.

Poen. in. 5. 45 collo obtorto ad praetorem trahor.

Text 5. els TTJV iroXiv TTJS SttjA.]' the city of Samaria '. T.E.

NAB. omits T7)v ;if so, we should render ' a city of (the district

of) Samaria ',and the words could not refer to the capital.

Page 147: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

vni. 9] NOTES. 131

4, 5. vaYY\it6[Avoi, 6KT]pu<ro-6v] It is dangerous to

distinguish words too minutely. Of the various wordshowever used for '

preaching ',

\aXelv rov \6yov merely expresses without emphasis theutterance of the word

;

cvayyeXifeaOcu rbv \oyov draws attention to the charac-ter of the word (1) as a message conveying news, (2) as con-

veying good news. It is distinctly a missionary word and,as such, very frequent in the Acts.

Krjpvo-o-eiv calls attention to the character of the speakeras * a herald', and suggests the idea of some great person heis charged to proclaim. Hence the special use of the wordin Matt., Mark, and Luke, of John the Baptist, and its use inthe Acts here followed by rov %/>. ; by rov 'Ir)<r. ix. 20, xix. 3;

by M.wv<rrjj> xv. 21; by ryv paaiXdav rov Beov xx. 25.

diddo-Keiv is the word specially used of Jesus in all the

Evangelists, and suggests His special name 6 SidaffKaXos. It

certainly implies authority in the speaker- Cf. Matt. vii. 29.

^CXtimros] the deacon; called 'the Evangelist' xxi. 8,

clearly from his special power of t

preaching'.

6. Trpoo-ctxov] sc. rov vow, as often in classical Greek=4 attended to'.

7. iroXXol "yap...] T.E. TroXXw^, an obvious correction. Text

The construction is loose, Tor many of those having*ABCK

unclean spirits, shouting...they (the spirits) went out'. Thenom. is perhaps due to an unconscious tendency in thewriter to make this clause strictly parallel with the next,which begins iro\\oi 8t.

c'voi] 'palsied', i.e. paralysed; lit. 'loosenedat the side', i.e. having no power to contract and so exert

the muscles which regulate the limbs.

9. SIJAWV] Usually called ' Simon Magus'. There are See A.

many legends about him but nothing is really known ;e. g.

Justin Martyr relates that he subsequently went to Rome,performed miracles and had a statue erected to him withthe inscription Simoni Deo Sancto; but in this he was un-

doubtedly mistaken, as a stone found in the Tiber A. D. 1574bears the inscription SEMONI BANCO DEO FIDIOSACRUM, Sancus being a Sabine name for Hercules, andSemo = Semihomo (^u#eos) 'a hero'.

The Magi were the priestly class under theMedian and Persian empires. The founding of their order

is ascribed to Zoroaster. Their influence and learningwere very great. Hence the word is used in a good sense,

92

Page 148: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

132 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [vm. 9

Matt. ii. 1, 'There came wise men (^icfyoi) from the East'.

But, as their scientific knowledge was most frequently usedto impose on the vulgar, the word has generally a bad sense

in Greek, as here and xiii. 6 and in our '

magic '.

jiordvv... (rTaK^v(u ver. ll...furTa,To ver. 13] Thismarked repetition clearly indicates that the ' amazement '

produced by Simon on the Samaritans was exactly thesame effect which was produced on him by Philip. The' belief spoken of ver. 13 is the result of this amazementnot of any real conversion.

10. diro juKpoO...] cf. xxvi. 22; Heb. vm. 11.

N. La.-rj Avvajjus TOV Oeov

i^ KaXov^vrj McYaXt]] There seems

HiCh. a*^S tmie to ^iave keen a belief current in Oriental specu-Bkii.c.5.' lation that certain '

powers' (dwdfjiets) or emanations of TheGodhead were revealed or became incarnate in the personof men. The *

power' described in the text is marked with

emphatic clearness as * the one which is called Great' theone which beyond all others was considered to mark divinity.This being so, it seems that Simon is described as supposed to

be little less than himself divine. "With this later traditions

about him agree, for Jerome (in Matt. c. 24) states that Simonsaid 'Ego sum sermo Dei,... ego omnipotent, ego omnia Dei 1

.

The theory of divine emanations rises to considerable

importance in later Gnostic speculations, dtivaijus is usedof ' a being endowed with power' parallel to dyye\os, Rom.viii. 38.

13. irpo(TKapTp(3v TW <.] i.e. persistently clinging to,

or keeping with Philip ;cf. x. 7.

0a>pa>v] This word, which is frequent in the Acts,

always seems to describe clear vision (cf. vii. 56 n.), whether

physical (as here, iii. 16, xvii. 16), or mental (xxvii. 10), or

a combination of both (iv. 13, xvii. 22).

14. Ilerpov K<xl 'Icoavqv] See iii. 1 n. So Jesus sent

out the Apostles 'two and two' (Mark vi. 7), and also the

Seventy (Luke x. 1). Cf. xiii. 2 'Barnabas and Saul';xv. 22 ' Judas and Silas' ;

so too xv. 39 Paul takes with himSilas, and Barnabas Mark.

15. Ka.TapdvTs] 'having come doivn' ; partly of theactual descent from the high ground of Jerusalem (Mt Zionis 2535 feet above the level of the Mediterranean), partlywith the idea of going down from the centre or capital of a

country to a provincial town ;cf. ver. 5 Kare\0uv

; Karafiai-ver. 26; dvtfiTj els

'

lepovo-dXtf/j, xi. 2; Karrj\6ov xi. 27.

Xdpcoauv irv. 0.7.] For the words irvevfjia. ayi.ov

cf. xix. 1 n. Clearly here, and elsewhere in the Acts, this

Page 149: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

viii. 23] NOTES. 133

'

receiving the Holy Spirit'

is described as accompanied bycertain signs obvious to eye and ear sinyularia dona, qui- Calvin

bus Dominus initio Evangelii quosdam esse praeditos voluit in A.

ad ornandum Christi regnum. Cf. Mv ver. 18; and theeffects mentioned, as for example \a\eiv y\u<raais x. 44 48;

veiv xix. 6.

16. For pcpa-TTTurjievot,... cf. ii. 38 n.

18. Trpoo^v7Kv xpijjiaTa] Hence our word '

Simony*

applied to trafficking in things sacred.

20. TO dpYvpiov <rov...] Not necessarily a curse onSimon, who may repent (ver. 22) and possibly be pardoned.Grammatically the words may fairly be regarded as a brief

and vehement expression, which put more carefully would

,be, 'Thy money perish, even as thou art now perishing',* art now treading the path that leads to perdition '. Thewords are not ' Perish thou

',or ' Perish thou with thy

money', but * Perish thy money with thee'.

l'Tj is] A pregnant construction: 'go to destruction

and stay there', cf. ver. 23 els %oX ?}*>... &>ra 'hast fallen into

and art now in '

;vii. 4 els TJV Karoinelre ;

Luke xi. 7 as TTJV

Ko't,T7]V elffLV.

TTJV 8a)pav] Emphatic.

KTcLo-Gai]' to acquire',

'

gain possession of : /C^AT^CU='I possess', 'own'.

21. 4v TO) Xo-yw TOVTO>] A. and E.V. ' in this matter ' Ast in

ipsa causa de qua disceptatur.M>

T! "yelp KctpSia...] Ps. Ixxviii. 37 rj 5 Kapdia CLVTUV OVKevdela jmer' avrov. euOtis passes from the meaning of mathe-

matically straight, cf. ix. 11, to that of moral uprightness or

'rectitude'. Cf. xiii. 10, where it is to be seen in a transi-

tion state.

22. ci apa] 'if haply'; 'to see if possibly'; si forte.The expression indicates that the possibility is small. Cf.

Mark xi. 13 rfKOev el apa evpfoei TL. A still stronger form is

el dpa ye xvii. 27.

23. xMv iriicpCas Kal o-vv8<r|xova8tKtas] The gen. ineach case defines and makes clear the metaphorical word.The 'gall' or '

poison', with which he is filled, is defined as

TTLKpLa' a bitter, malignant disposition

'

(cf. Kom. iii. 14 ;

Heb. xii. 15) into which he has fallen, and the 'fetters'

which bind him are his own '

unrighteousness'

or '

iniquity'.

XoX-rjv ITIK. cf. pia civu <j>vov<ra tv xoXj Kal iriKpLa Deut.xxix. 18. crwS. a8. Is. Iviii. 6.

24. vjxis] Emphatic.

Page 150: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

134 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [vin. 25

25. Kwpas cvTjyy.] The verb is allowed to take an ace.

from the general sense of '

instructing' contained in it. Cf.

xiv. 21, xvi. 10.

26. Kard[xecrrjfi,.]

* toward the south' A. and E.V. ; hewas to proceed

' with his face to the south', cf. xxvii. 12 n.

rdav] 'The Strong' city, at the extreme S.W. of

Palestine towards Egypt, two miles from the sea; in the

portion of Judah, but soon taken by the Philistines, andmade one of their five cities ; taken by Alexander the Greatafter a siege of five months

; destroyed by the Jewish kingAlexander Jannaeus B.C. 96, and re-built by Gabinius B.C. 56

;

is now known as Ghuzzeh and has 15,000 inhabitants.

avTTj]' This (i. e. the particular road you are to take)

is desert', i.e. leads through the desert, avrrj refers to the

principal noun of the sentence, 656s, not to Tdfav, and thewords are part of the angelic direction to Philip, pointingout to him which of the roads to Gaza he was to take, viz.* the desert road'.

If avrtj refers to Ta^d, the words must be treated as a

parenthetical remark of the writer, perfectly unnecessary,and also, as regards the condition of Gaza, untrue.

27. dvd<rn]0i Kal iropevov ver. 26 : dvcurrds liropevOT]ver. 27] Specimen obedientiae.

Al9tox|/] Ps. Ixviii. 31. vvov\os: frequently employedby Eastern sovereigns in high posts.

KavSdKTjs] Like 'Pharaoh', 'Caesar', this was not a

name, but the title borne by the queens of Aethiopia. Their

capital was Meroe on the upper Nile.

yd^s] A Persian word used of 'the royal treasure':common in Latin, gaza.

os eX. irpoo-KWTJo-wv *is '!.] cf. John xii. 20. He wasclearly already a convert to Judaism.

28. dv-yCvwo-Kv] In its proper sense 'reading aloud',cf.

TJKovo-evbelow. It would probably be from the LXX.

version, naturally well known in Egypt.

30. dpd -ye]' Dost thou really?' implying that he does not.

yiv. d dvaYiv<TKis ;] quae legis, ea intellegis ? a play onwords. Cf. the famous saying of Julian with reference to

the Christian writings avtyvwv, Zyvwv, Kartyvuv, and theretort aveyvws:aXX OVK ywt* et yap Zyvus OVK dV Kartyvajs.

31. TTWS ^dp dv ..] yap, elegans particula, hoc sensu:

quid quaeris ? B. You need not ask, for how should I beable ?' The sentence in its first half expresses hopelessness :

a gleam of hope and possibility comes in with the words

Page 151: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

vni. 37] NOTES. 135

32. ^ \ ircptoxTl TTJS ypcu^'ijs T|V]* the contents of the A. M.

passage (of Scripture) which...'. For ypa<f>r]* a passage (of \$'

Scripture)'

cf. i. 16 n. * Where the reference is to the Light.

sacred writings as a whole the plural ypa<f>at is universallyGal- *"

found'. Therefore the Vulgate, locus scripturae quern lege-

batj and A.V. * the place of the scripture ',- cannot be right.

cos irpopaTov...] Is. liii. 7, 8. The quotation is fromLXX. which differs considerably from the Hebrew.

A.V. gives :

' He was taken from prison and from judgment :

And who shall declare his generation ?

For he was cut off out of the land of the living :

For the transgression oi my people was he stricken '.

This should be thus rendered and explained : He(i.

e. Cheyne,

Jehovah's Servant) was taken- away (=cut off, -i.e. by a^ndso

violent death) through oppression and judgment (i. e, R.V.

through an oppressive judgment), and as for his generation(i.e. contemporaries)-, who considered that he was cut off

...that for the transgression of my people lie was stricken?

(i.e. no one of his contemporaries meditated on the truth

that the Divine Envoy's life was cut short for the sins of

the people.)This explanation of the Hebrew gives enough light to

make clear the general meaning of the Greek, viz. :

' he washumiliated, but who can describe (the wickedness of) his A. La.

contemporaries, in that he was put to death ?'de w *

The words 77 KPL<TLS avrou rfpO-rjcannot possibly however

be brought into conformity with the Hebrew. The meaningseems to be,

*

by his humiliation, his sentence (i. e. to death)was done away with', i.e. because he humbled himself to So La.

death he is now exalted and the sentence of death has beenJJ*

w<

annulled. Cf. Phil. ii. 8 eT<nreivu<Tev eavrov, yevo/j-evos

t 0avdTOV...dio /cat o Qeos avrov v

35. dvoii-as TO oTojxa] used only to introduce someweighty utterance, cf. Matt. v. 2, before the Sermon on the

Mount, and below x. 34.

cvTjyy- TCV Trjo-ovv] i. e. described the life of Jesus, andpointed out its correspondence with the account of Messiah

given in Isaiah.

37. T.E. reads etTre 5 o <l?t'Xi7r7ros, Et irHTreijeis e 0X17? Not in

r^s KapSias, ^CCTTLV. dnoKpiOeis de etTre, ntcrreuw rov viov TOV j*ABCG#eou elvat. rov ^Ifjcrovv 'Kpiarov.

1 The insertion seems to have been made to suit the for- A.

mularies of the baptisma] liturgies '. The phrase TOV 'Irjcrovv' could not have been written by Luke, see ii. 22 n.

Page 152: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

136 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [vui. 38

38. Kar^p. 4s T& vScop] Literally, actual immersion

being practised, see the account of the baptism of Jesus

(Matt. iii. 16) and the rubric in the Baptismal Service, 'if...

the child may well endure it, he (the Priest) shall dip it in

the water discreetly and warily'. The Teaching of the

Twelve Apostles c. 7 prescribes that it shall be if possible'in running water' (ev vdan uWi), failing that in other

water, cold if possible, but if not in warm : only as a last

alternative may water be poured thrice on the head'.

39. irvv|xa KvpCov...] 'the Spirit of the Lord../.

Clearly a miraculous removal of Philip is described, cf.

1 Kings xviii. 12 irvevfj-a. Kvpiov ape? ere, 2 Kings ii. 16/x?77roTe

rjpev auroV TrvevfjLo. Kvplov: for TJpira<rv= a&ripwi, cf. 2 Cor.

xii. 2; 1 Thess. iv. 17.

XaCpwv] Note its position.

40. vp'9Tj els "At-] Pregnant construction. 'Wascarried to and found at A.'

Azotus, Ashdod, is CO miles W. of Jerusalem, 35 N. of

Gaza, and was one of the five cities of the Philistines andnoted for the worship of Dagon, 1 Sam. v.

Kcuo-apiav] 'the city of Caesar', called C. Palaestinaeto distinguish it from other cities of the same name (e.g.C. Philippi), originally Turris Stratonis, but largely improvedby Herod the Great and called Caesarea in honour of Augus-tus. It is 55 miles N.W. of Jerusalem, on the coast S. of

Mt Carmel. It possessed a fine harbour made at great cost

by Herod. It was the chief city of Palestine (Judaeae caputTac. Hist . ii. 79), and the- residence of the Boruan Procura-tor (cf. xxiii. 23, xxiv. 27).

CHAPTEE IX.

1. iinrvwv orr. Kal <(>6vov] The genitives indicate that

in which the ' breath ' consisted : it was ' a breath of threa-

tening and murder'. So in the Anthology 7r66W, Ipurwv,

Xapiruv Ttvelv. The cognate ace. is more common in classi-

cal Greek, e. g. irvp, <f>6vov, KOTOV irvelv.

H refer-2. eirwrroXds] 'By decrees of Julius Caesar and Augus-

ring to tus the high priest and Sanhedrin at Jerusalem had juris-Biscoe, fiction over Jews resident in foreign cities'.

pt. 2. AafJLao-Kov] About 150 miles N.E. of Jerusalem ; oneof the oldest cities in the world, situated in a singularlyfertile plain watered by the Barada (Abana, 2 Kings v. 12)on the direct line of traffic between Tyre and the East.

First mentioned Gen. xiv. 15 : taken by David but lost bySolomon, and the capital of a great Syrian power until taken

Page 153: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

ix. 3] NOTES. 137

by Tiglath-Pileser king of Assyria (2 Kings xvi. 9) B.C. 740.

It was soon rebuilt, but its greatness was eclipsed by thatof Antioch. At this time it was in the possession of Aretas v. W.

(2 Cor. xi. 32) an Arabian prince tributary to the Romans, <*dhc.

who may have been favourable to Jewish authority. It was f 2JU

taken in A.D. 634 by the Mahometan Arabs and became the

metropolis of the Mahometan world. It has still 150,000inhabitants. Josephus mentions that 10,000 Jews were B. j,

butchered in it by Nero. IL 25-

TTJS 68oO]' the way', /car' c^ox^

' the way pointed out

by God, which leads through faith in Christ to salvation.

So xix. 9, xxii. 4, and xvi. 17 od. crurypias ; xviii. 25 65.

Kvpiov. It is opposed to aipeais xxiv. 14 q. v.

3. cv 8e TO>...] Paul's conversion is described by him-self xxii. 6 12, and xxvi. 12 19. The variations in thethree accounts are considerable and relate (1) to the words

spoken by Jesus, (2) to the effect produced on Paul's com-

panions.

(1) In c. xxvi. very much more is said to have been

spoken by Jesus, but it is not improbable that Paul there in

his speech unites to the words actually heard by him thefuller explanation of them subsequently divinely communi-cated by Ananias and in other visions.

(2) As regards his companions,(a) iffT^KL(Tav ivfoL here has been contrasted with

xxvi. 14 iravrcw KCLTCLireffovTUV T^UWP els rr\v yfjv, but the

points of time referred to are different. Here the positionof Paul's companions after the vision is described in thewords 'they were standing speechless' : in xxvi. 14 their act

on the first appearance of .the vision is described' they andPaul (r/,aaH>) fell to the ground' ; the act is parallel to theireauv of ver. 4 in this account.

(b) Here they are described as CLKOVOVTCS ph rrjs 0.

/JLydeva 5 Qeupovvrei, but xxii. 9 TO fj,tv </>ws e8ed(rai>To r^v de

0. OVK rJKovffav rov XaXowros /JLQL. It will be observed how-ever that there is no real inconsistency. What Paul hearsand sees is definite : what they hear,and see is indefinite.

They heard the $owi7, 'the utterance', but did not hear'the utterance of him ivlio spake to me\ i.e. the actualwords which Paul heard. They -'saw the light' but saw'no person' (^5eVa), whereas Paul saw Jesus.

In any case the variations are, a proof of the honesty of

the writer. Variation in, a repeated account is natural, butthe artificial introduction of this natural variation with aview to deceive is very hard to imagine.

Paul himself refers to this-event as establishing his claimto be an Apostle, i.e. <one .who had seen the Lord and

Page 154: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

138 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. [ix. 3

received his commission directly from Him. 1 Cor. ix. 1,

xv. 8, 9; Gal. i. 12,16.

jrpnjcrTpa\|/v <|><5s]It was 'about mid-day' (xxii. 6) and

the light was * above the brightness of the sun' (xxvi. 13).

TrepujffT. indicates that the light flashed around him suddenlyand unexpectedly like lightning.

4. TJKOVCTCV <j>o)viiv] but ver. 7 cLKotiovres <f>wvris. It is ex-

As La. tremely hazardous to draw the distinction that O.K. <f>wvr)v\\

r

. &.c. i fo hear and understand', d/c. 0w^s = * to hear '

merely. Forxxii. 7 Paul says TJ.KOvffa <f>wrj$ Xeyoixrys and then xxvi. 14

fjKovcra <}>uvr)i>\y., shewing that the constructions are simpleequivalents.

SaovA. Saov'X] The Hebrew form of the word (cf.

xxvi. 14) used in all three accounts and by Ananias (ver. 17,xxii. 13) but not elsewhere. The repetition of the word

expresses solemn emphasis ; cf. Matt, xxiii. 37 ' Jerusa-

lem, Jerusalem' ; Luke x-. 41 'Martha, Martha'.

jjtc]Jesus identifies Himself with His followers, cf. Luke

Augus- x. 16. Caput pro membris clamabat..tine in M.

5. eyw...crv] Very emphatic- antithesis, lost in English.

SuoKis] Here T.E. adds ' without the authority of any,ie Greek codex' <rK\Tjp6i> voi irpos Ktvrpa XaKrifav (from xxvi. 14).Wette. rp^wv re /cai Oa^dov elTre, Ku/)ter rl yue 6\eis Troiycrcn, ;

/cat 6

Kupios irpos avrov.

7. l(TTTJKi<rav] 'were standing' ; it is used as the im-

perfect of earrjKa "I stand' (cf. i. 11, xxvi. 6). The word

certainly indicates an upright position, and could not refer

to men prostrate on the ground : to explain 'had halted',

As w. ' had ceased to 'move forward', and so to reconcile it withxxvi. 14, is impossible and needless.

11. 6 Kvpios] Jesus, cf. ver. 17.

C. & H. pv|ii]V rr\v: . .] "We are allowed to bear in mind that the

and so'

thoroughfares of Eastern cities do not change, and to be-

jjeve that the '

straight street ',. which still extends throughDamascus in long perspective from the Eastern gate, is the

street where Ananias spoke to Paul".

pvp.Tj,here merely 'street' as xii. 10; Matt. vi. 2, though

Luke xiv. 21 TrXardas^Kal p.= (broad) 'streets and lanes'.

SavXov 6v6|iaTt T.] 'one S. by name, a- man of Tarsus'.

Tarsus on the GydnuSj 12 miles from its mouth, was the

capital of the Roman province of Ciiicia, It ranked with

Athens and Alexandria as a celebrated school of philosophyand literature. It was an urbs libera, i.e. a city enjoying

Page 155: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

ix. 19] NOTES. 139

the right of local self-government. Paul himself speaks of

it as ou/c ao-^os 7r6Xt? xxi. 39.

12. avap\\|/T|] 'see again', 'recover his sight'. A.

and K.V. 'receive his sight'.

13. dyfois] The same word as ' sanctus' ' saint

'

: here

first used= * Christians'. Very common in St Paul's

Epistles.

15. <rKvos KX<>YTJS] Gen. of quality: 'vessel' or 'in-

strument of choosing', i.e. 'chosen vessel'. The object for

which the vessel is to be used is expressed in rou /3aa-rd<rcu

'to carry my name...'.

0vwv] Cf. iv. 25 n. Gentes primo ponuntur: nam B.

Paulus gentium apostolus.

Agrippa (xxvi. 2) : Nero.

16. e-yw -yelp ...... ] With the main verb iropevov: 'Go v.Lange.

(without fear)... for I will shew him what he must himselfsuffer' (so that you need not fear that he will do injury to

you). This brings out the clear contrast between 6Va /ca/ca

rots ay. eiroirjae (ver. 13) and oaa 5et avrov iradeiv, it beingremembered that iroielv and Trdo-xetv are strongly antithe-

tical words. Patitur Paulus quae fecerat Saulus. For 'the

things he suffered' cf. 2 Cor. xi. 2328.

v-Tro8^a)]=to point out beforehand, especially by way of

warning. Cf. Matt. iii. 7; Luke iii. 7 ris viredeL^ev v/xtV

Qvyeiv, Luke xii. 5.

18. direirco-av...^ Xeirtf^s] 'there fell from his eyes as

it were scales'. The Gk does not indicate that 'scales' or

'something like scales' actually fell from the eyes, but that

what Paul experienced was the 'falling away' of 'a sort of

scale' or 'film', which had previously obscured his vision.

For AeTTtSes, cf. Tobit xi. 13 e\irl(T0'r}...dTr6 TUV 600aX//,wj/

ra Xeu/cw/xara, 'the white film peeled from his eyes', and

Pope, Messiah, 39'He from thick films shall purge the visual rayAnd on the sightless eyeball pour the day'.

19. TJixe'pas Tivds] A short period, cf. x. 48, xvi. 12,xxiv. 24. Luke apparently knows nothing of the journeyinto 'Arabia' which Paul tells us (Gal. i. 16) followed

'immediately' after his conversion, he returning from it to

Damascus, and only going up to Jerusalem 'after three

years'. It would seem also that Luke was not aware of

the length of this interval, as the phrase 77^. t/cctfcu (ver. 23)is a very vague one (cf. ver. 43 n.), though not absolutelyinconsistent with the existence of a considerable interval.

Page 156: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

140 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [ix. 19

Cf. 1 Kings ii. 38 where the words ' many days'

are in the

next verse referred to as * three years'

(though LXX. gives

rpia ?TT) in both places).Paul's own account of this period Gal. i. 13 24 is to be

carefully compared, and it should be borne in mind, (1)v. r/ight- that, whereas Luke ' derives his information at second

urf/o!!?"nan(T> the Epistle to the Galatians is written by an 'eye-witness and actor in the scenes which he describes ', and (2)

that the object of the two writers is different : Luke desires

to give a historical narrative of the outward facts of Paul's

career, Paul to explain the facts of his inward spiritual

history.* The two accounts are not contradictory, but the

impression left by St Luke's narrative needs correcting bythe precise and authentic statement of St Paul'.

21. 6 irop0i^<ras] The word similarly used of himself

by Paul, Gal. i. 13 liropdovv avrrjis (ryv tKK\-r)<riav). It is a

military word.

22. crvvpipdcov] Just as <rvvir)/ju 'to put together'means 'to comprehend', 'understand', so (rvjuLpifidfa 'to

bring together' is used of bringing several facts togetherand deducing the logical inference, 'proving'. Thus:

It was foretold that Messiah should do certain things;Jesus has done these things;

Therefore Jesus is Messiah.

The word exactly describes the method of argument con-

tinually employed by the Apostles, cf. xvii. 3.

24. 7rapT]povvTo] i.e. the Jews. Cf. 2 Cor. xi. 32,

where Paul says it was 6 ^dvdpx^ 'A/^ra TOV /3a<7iAews, 'the

governor of Aretas the king (of Arabia)'

: the Jews probably

applied for and obtained the assistance of the governor.

25. 8id TOV Tefyovs] 2 Cor. xi. 33 dia 0ipi5os...5i& roO

renews. Paul was let down through the window of a house

standing upon the town wall: cf. Josh. ii. 15, where Eahabaids the spies to escape from Jericho,

' she let them down

by a cord through the window : for her house was upon the

town wall, and she dwelt upon the wall'.

<r<[>upi8i] T.E. <T7rvpi5i ; the word used Matt. xv. 37;Mark viii. 8 : the Latin sporta, whence sportula: a plaitedbasket for holding provisions.

27. iri\a|3o'[j.6vos] Pictorial, cf. xvii. 19 :'

having taken

him by the hand'.

irpos TOVS diroo-ToXovs] Paul (Gal. i. 18) tells us that

he went up 'to visit' or 'become acquainted with (icrToprjo-cu)

Cephas' with whom he abode fifteen days, and adds 'other

of the Apostles saw I none save James the Lord's brother7.

Luke clearly possesses only inexact knowledge of this period.

Page 157: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

ix. 31] NOTES. 141

28. ^v ts 'IcpovcraXrin] T. E. &>. The phrase^clearly means

* he was with them in Jerusalem going in and pL

out with them ', i.e. in close personal intercourse with them,cf. the use of eiffrjKdev /cat e^rjXOev i. 21. The words TJV els gotogether, and the use of eis, in preference to ez/, is probablydue to the intervention of the verbs expressing motion.

Paul (Gal. i. 22) says that he was ' unknown by face to

the churches in Judaea ', and it is to be observed that Lukedescribes the present visit as abruptly terminated, and

strictly confined to Jerusalem itself.

30. KarrJYO'Yov] 'brought down', i.e. to the sea-coast.

Caesarea, used absolutely, clearly refers to the best-knownCaesarea on the coast. The whole phrase indicates a voyageby sea to Tarsus, though e^aireareiXav does not by itself

imply 'a sending off by sea' ; it is a favourite word of Luke As A.

(e.g. xi. 22, xvii. 14)= 'send away' whether by sea or land, gj^

In Gal. i. 21 Paul says Jtiretra yXOov els ra K\i^a.Ta rrjs foot

'

2u/9tas teal TTJS KtAt/aas, but it is not therefore necessary to state,

assume that he travelled by land through Syria to Cilicia

and Tarsus. He merely states that the next period of his

life was spent in the district which he describes as that of*

Syria and Cilicia',- the name of Syria being probably y. Light-

placed first on account of its greater importance as a ^iocprovince.

Paul next visited Jerusalem '"after fourteen years'. Gal.ii. 1.

31. l\v elpijvtfv] The Jews had at this time (A.D. 39,

40) troubles enough of their own in connection with thedecision of Caligula to place his statue in the Holy of Holies.Cf. Tac. Hist. v. 9 Jussi a Caio Caesare ejfigiem ejus in

templo locare, arma potius sumpserunt: quern moturn Caesa-ris mors diremit.

olKo8o^.ov|XVT]]This interesting word is used in the

N. T. (1) in its literal sense * to build', (2) metaphorically,(a) as here, of the '

building'of a non-material fabric, such

as the Church, (b) in the more secondary sense of spiritual

'instruction', 'advancement', 'strengthening', which at-

taches to the words 'edify' and 'edification', which wehave derived from it through its Latin rendering aediftco.

It occurs eleven times in Luke and ahvays in its 'literal

sense : the only passage in the Gospels where it is not soused is Matt. xvi. 18, where it is used by Jesus, as here, ofthe Church, eirl ravrrj ry Trtrpq. oiKodojULrjcrw TTJV ^KK\riffLa.v JJLOV.

It is used in its third sense Acts xx. 32. It and oiKoSojurjare frequent in St Paul's Epistles (cf. 1 Cor. xiv.), always ina metaphorical and often in a secondary sense.

Page 158: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

142 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [ix. 31

The use of this and similar words with a graduallydeveloping meaning deserves attention, as serving possiblyto throw valuable light on the comparative order in pointof time of the books of the N.T. Certainly the use of ot/co-

Sojuu) points to an early origin of the Synoptic Gospels or

their common source.

TW <f>6po>]The dat. expresses the rule or standard by

which they regulated their course, cf. xxi. 21 Trepnrareii'

TOtS Z0(Tl.

TT} 7rapaK\TJcri...] cf. iv. 36 n. The 'encouragement' of

the Holy Spirit is described as aiding or guiding them in

their progress.The term TrapdK\7jros is applied to the Holy Spirit only

by St John (xiv. 16, 26, xv. 26, xvi. 7) and is there rendered'

Comforter', the margin in B.V. however giving'

Helper'or * Advocate'.

32. AvSSav] In O.T. Lod (1 Chron. viii. 12) near

Joppa ; afterwards Diospolis.

34. laraC <r *Ir]<rous] Grata Lucae medico paronomasia.Cf. iv. 80 taa-Lv and 'Irjo-ou last words of two parallel clauses

;

x. 38 'IrjtroOs os dirjXdev twjuepos.

o-Tpwcrov trcavTw] Note the aorist. Now, forthwith, do

thyself what others have hitherto done for thee.

35. TOV 2apwva] Not a place, but, as the article shews,the district called Sharon (6 2d/>u>v, Is. xxxiii. 9), the famous

plain extending along the coa&t from Caesarea to Joppa, cf.

Sol. Song ii. 1.

ofarives]* and they', or * who also', cf. vii. 53 n.

36. 'loirn-T)] Now Jaffa, the port (cf. 2 Chron. ii. 16) of

Jerusalem on the Mediterranean.

Taj3ei0<x] An Aramaic word^'a gazelle', a term often

used of women in Oriental poetry. Ao/>/cas is strictly a fem.

adj. = * the creature with the beautiful look' or '

eyes' from

37. Xov<ravTs] Cf. II. xvni. 350 KCU r6rc 5?) \ovaav re

Kal 7J\L\f/av \tw' cXaly ; Yirg. Aen. vi. 219 corpusque lavant

frigentis et unguunt.

39. eTri&ucvv}Xvai] Not merely 'shewing', as A. andK.V., but 'displaying', 'exhibiting'. The word conveysthe idea of '

shewing with pride','

satisfaction', v. Lex.

Xmovas Kal ifxciTia] The two great divisions of clothes;

the %trwV, an under garment fitting close, the I/ULO.TIOV, anouter garment loose and flowing. In Latin tunica and toga.

Page 159: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

x. 2] NOTES. 143

ocra] Not merely a '

which', but *all wr

hich': they werenumerous.

40. KJ3aXoov <(a> Trdvras] The reference to the accountof the raising of Jairus' daughter by Jesus Luke viii. 54 is

misleading, as the insertion there of the words e/c/3aXw*"eco TrcWas /cat is without authority.

43. UavcLs] This adj. is very frequent in the Acts. It

is employed to describe (1) time, (2) number, (3) size.

Derived from IKV^O^OLL it indicates that which ' does not fall

short',

'is adequate'

,

' sufficient'

,and it has a purely relative

value. For example, when applied to time it might describe

ten days, ten months, or ten years : it merely describes thetime as not out of relation to what you would expect, thoughit certainly suggests rather a long than a short time. Herefor instance IK. y/ji. might refer to a month and so xviii. 18

;

but viii. 11 IK. xpopy could hardly be so short a period, andLuke viii. 27 XP^V IK * might mean '

many years '. So toowhen applied to numbers .e.g. xi. 24, 26, xiv. 21, the adj.must be considered in relation to the number of inhabitantsin the cities mentioned. As applied to size the vagueness of

0ws IK. xxii. 6 is obvious.

pvpcrei] Classical Greek pvpao8t \prjs. The trade was v. r.

held unclean by the Jews. The word seems added inten- c* 15>

tionally and emphatically at the end, in connection with theevent which follows.

CHAPTEE X.

1. KopvijXios] Probably the descendant of some freed-

man of the great Cornelian family.

KdTovTdpx'ns] The centuria is one of the oldest divisions

of the Eoman army, and its officer was centurio ' leader of

a hundred' : the 'full legion' (justa legio) at this timeconsisted of 60 centuries or 10 cohorts.

' The Eoman centurions in the N. T. always appear in a H.

favourable light. See Matt. viii. 5 ; Luke vii. 2, xxiii. 47;

Acts xxvii. 3 '.

Like plobus= ' a band of men ', probably here*a cohort', as xxi. 31.

nfjs KaX. 'IraXtiajs] Probably as consisting of native

Italians, not troops levied in the Provinces. Such a cohortwould naturally be stationed at Caesarea, the seat of theEoman governor.

2. teal <{>op. TOV 0. ] The addition of these words to the

general epithet'

pious' seems to shew that they are intended M.

Page 160: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

144 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. [x. 2

to particularize Cornelius as not merely a god-fearing man,but as '

fearing God', i.e. the God of the Jews (cf. xiii. 16,

26), and so a Proselyte of the Gate, i.e. uncircumcised. Cf.

too the use of o-e/36/Ae^oj clearly in the same sense xvii. 4, 17.

TW Xau>] i.e. the Jews (cf. iv. 25 n.), and so confirmingthe view that rbv 0. before and TOV 6. after it must refer to

Jehovah. Moreover TOV 0. ver. 3 is certainly Jehovah.

4. ave'p-qo-av] 'rose' or 'went up', i.e. like the smokeor savour of an offering or incense. For the metaphor,applied to prayer cf. Ps. cxli. 2, and to alms Phil. iv. 18.

ls |J.VT]}JLO(rvvov]' so as to be a memorial', so as to remind

God of thee. HVTUJLOGWOV is used in LXX. Lev. ii. 2, 9, 16of the portion of the meat-offering which was actuallyburnt.

6. Trapd OdXacrcrav] Outside the town and near the sea,on account of his trade.

7. irpoo-K. avTw] Classical, cf. Dem. 1386, 6 6 epairdivas

ras Nea//> rore Trpoo-KapTcpoveas.

9. TTJ erravpiov] 1st day they set out;2nd about noon

reach Joppa ;3rd return with Peter

;4th reach Caesarea

again. Joppa was 28 miles from Caesarea.

dvcpT] irl TO 8(3|j.a] 'went up on to the house', i.e. onto the roof of the house. The flat roofs of Oriental houseswere used for many purposes, e. g. drying corn, hanging uplinen, as places of recreation in the evening and as sleeping

places at night (1 Sam. ix. 25, 26 ;2 Sam. xi. 2, xvi. 22 ;

Prov. xxi. 9) ; as places of devotion and even idolatrous

worship (2 Kings xxiii. 12; Jer. xxxii. 29).

eSpav KTTJV] iii. 1 n.

10. avrwv] i.e. the people of the house, those whosebusiness it was.

^KCTTCUTIS] The word represents a state in which a man,to a greater or less extent, ceases to be under the control of

conscious reason and intelligence : he '

passes out of himself

(i<TTaTai) and needs to come to himself '

again (cf. xii. 11

ev cavroj yeito/mevos). It may describe the effect of awe andamazement (cf. iii. 10 Od^os Kai &c., viii. 9, 11, 13), or fear

(Mark xvi. 8 Tphpos Kai &<:.),or as here and xxii. 17 a com-

plete loss of outward consciousness,' a trance '.

11. 0copi] Graphic present.

T<r<rapcriv apxats KaOUfJievov] E.V. rightly 'letdown

(being lowered) by four corners' lit. 'beginnings'. In

English we say' ends

' not '

beginnings '.

Page 161: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

x. 18] NOTES. 145

Alford says that this would certainly require the article

'the four corners'. He is wrong: a sheet so let downhas not necessarily four ends or corners : it might be lowered

by 3, 5, 6 or any number of ends, and therefore you can say'

by four ends '

or ' corners' without adding the article. His

rendering 'a rope-end' is impossible: dpx^l cannot meanthe 'end of a rope', except where a rope has been already

mentioned, e.g. Eur. Hipp. 772 irei.crfj.arwv d/>xas.

13. avcurras] v. 17 n.

14. [jLT]8a}jLws] not ou5a/uus: a protest, not a refusal.

Cf. the similar conduct of Peter, Matt. xvi. 22 I'Xetis o-ot,

KVpLC' 0V JU.TJ &7TCU (TOt TOVTOJJohn xiti. 8 0V

fJLT] vtylQS TOl>S

irddas /mov.

ov8'iroT... <

irdv] A Hebraism common in N.T., e.g.Matt. xxiv. 22 OVK dv ecrdQij Tracra ffap. Cf. Teaching of the

Twelve Apostles, c. ii. ov picrrjcreis iravra avOpuirov.

KOLVOV] Identical with aKadaprov, cf. Mark vii. 2 Koivais

X^pcrt, TOUT' tanv dviTTTois. That which is 'common', 'shared

by all', is opposed to that which is 'peculiar', 'possessed byfew'; hence the word acquires the contemptuous sense of

'ordinary', 'vulgar', or, as here, is applied to food not

specially pronounced 'clean'. For 'unclean' animals cf.

Lev. xi.

For the sense of this passage and the use of Koivbw

and KaOapi^u cf. carefully Mark vii. 18, 19, where Jesus

distinctly asserts that '

nothing that goeth into a man candefile (KOLv&craC) him', and Mark (who is said to have

* A -v-

derived much information from Peter) adds the remark- fjfnows

able comment ' This he said, making all meats clean (/ccttfa- T. R,

ptW*. **15. a 6 0os...] 'what God made' or ' declared clean ', J^._

i.e. by thus offering them to thee. fices all

16. lirl rpts] Thus emphasizing the command. Cf. cf. F.'

Gen. xli. 32.

17. Siiyrropci- 8ivOv|iov^.evov] ver. 19. Luke is sin-

gularly fond of verbs compounded with 8ca, cf. diTjTropovvroii. 12

; SiaxXefd^o^res ii. 13; diaTrovov/jLevoi iv. 2

; diarT]-

peiv xv. 29; Luke ii. 51; 5ia/caT7?X^7xeTo xviii. 28; 6*101707-

7^w Luke xv. 2, xix. 7 ; dLaypyyopew Luke ix. 32, and manyothers. The preposition strengthens and emphasizes theverb : it adds the idea of thoroughness.

TL av IT]] 'what it could be', i.e. imply. The phraseexpresses more doubt and uncertainty than rl efy,

' what it

was'.

p. 10

Page 162: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

146 ACTS OF ^THE APOSTLES, [x. 20

20. 8iaKpivd|Avos] This verb in the middle is con-

sistently used in N.T. (e.g. Matt. xxi. 21; Bom. iv. 20, xiv.

23;James i. 6) of 'being divided in mind', 'being in doubt',

'wavering', cf. Tennyson 'hither and thither dividing theswift mind', Virg. Aen. iv. 285 animum nunc hue nunc dividit

illuc.

In xi. 12 where these words are repeated the active is

used, wdtv diaKplvavra, and B.V. substitutes for '

nothingdoubting' the rendering

*

making no distinction', in ac-

cordance with the regular usage of the active, e.g. xv. 9 6

0ebs...ovdv d^Kpivev. The difference is curious, and thoughin xi. 12 the reading is uncertain, some MSS. giving p. 5m-

Kpivbfjievov, others omitting the words, still the preponder-ance of authority for p. SiaKpivavra is very considerable,and it is not easy to get rid of the words as an inter-

polation due to an incorrect recollection of the presentpassage.

Perhaps we may say that here the idea dwelt on is

Peter's own internal doubt, whereas in xi. 12 the result of

such doubt in his active conduct to others is contemplated.Here the command is

'

Go, without letting the distinction

between Jew and Gentile perplex your mind'; in xi. 12 it

is '

Go, without letting that distinction cause you to hesi-

tate in action '.

22. jxapTvpovfJLvos] cf. vi. 3.

TOV 20vovs TWV '!.] Not XaoD, for the speaker is not a

Jew.

\pTj[iaTcr0T]] Also of a divine communication Luke ii.

TIP avr Kexp?}V-aTi(rfj.froj> virb TOV irvev^aros ;Heb. xi. 726

24. TOVS ctva^K. <|>C\ovs] So in Latin uecessarius, andnecessitudo of close, intimate friendship.

25. <os 8fc YVTO TOV i<rX0iv] The editors seem to

regard the gen. as inexplicable. It appears however that

the genitive gives the contents of the action contained in

the verb : it is parallel to, though more difficult than, the

constructions commented on iii. 12, vii. 19. The thingwhich took place is denned as consisting in Peter's entry.

elaeKOelv here of entering the house; ver. 27 i(T7]\6ev of

entering a particular room.

irpocrKvvT]<rv] Adoravit: noil addidit Lucas,' eum\

JEuphemia. B.The word does not necessarily imply worship, but is

often used of Oriental prostration, e.g. Herod, vn. 136 -jrpocr-

Kvveav /Sao-iXea Trpocnrirvovra.s. Such prostration would how-

Page 163: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

x. 33]. NOTES. 147

ever be unnatural in a Roman centurion, and Peter clearly

regards the act as implying worship.Jesus accepts such worship, e.g. Matt. viii. 2.

27. <ruvo[uX<5v] A. and E.V. 'as he talked with them'.

o^tX^w is only found in N.T. four times (Luke xxiv. 14, 15;Acts xx. 11, xxiv. 26), and always in the sense of 'converse'.

Of. our word 'Homily'.

28. <os <x0[Ai.Tov...] There is no such prohibition in

the Mosaic law;

it seems due to the teaching of the Eabbis

exaggerating the danger of defilement. 'Any contact with Eders-

a heathen might involve such defilement, that on coming J^1"'

from the market an orthodox Jew would have to immerse'. Voi.'n.,

Though no doubt frequently modified in practice, especi- P- 15-

ally outside Palestine, yet there is abundant evidence of

Jewish exclusiveness, cf. Juv. xiv. 103 non monstrare vias

eadem 7iisi sacra colenti; Tac. Hist. v. 5 adversus omnesalios hostile odium, separati epulis, discreti cubilibus.

KoXXd<r9cur\ irpo<r.] Ko\\acr0a.i (cf. v. 13 n.) indicates

close intimacy and is much stronger than irpocrepxeffOai.

What was forbidden was not merely 'intimacy', but any*

coming near ' a Gentile.

KcijjLol 6 9....] A.V. straightforwardly gives 'but'; E.V.lias ' and yet ', which is the same thing in a roundabout

way. The only possible rendering of Kai here is 'and'.

Possibly we should explain:' Ye know that..., and to me it M nd

was God who shewed. . . ',i.e. I know the Jewish law as well as "Q^A?

you do, and a divine revelation alone explains my conduct.

29. rCvi Xo-yw] Plat. Gorg. 512 c T'LVL ducaly \6y< rou M.

30. euro TTctpTT]S TJ(Xpas...] Lit. 'From the fourth

day up to this hour I was during the ninth hour praying ',

or as E.V. 'I was keeping the ninth hour of prayer'; i.e.

four days ago (quarto abhinc die) reckoning up to this

hour (at which I am speaking to you) I was keeping...'.A person speaking at 3 p.m. on Friday would refer to

3 p.m. on Tuesday as airb TerdpTrjs TUJL. JJL.r. r. upas, accord-

ing to the Jewish method of reckoning in both days. Cf.

ver. 9 n.

T.E. has ij/uLrjv vriffreTuwv /cat r^v ev. up. Trpocrevx^bfjievos.

Xajxirpa] cf. i. 11;Mark ix. 3. The epithet indicates a

heavenly radiance.

33. KaXws eiroL-qo-as] A formula of expressing thanks.Cf. Phil. iv. 14 /caXws eTroi^crare avvKOLvwvf)<TavTs fjiov rrj

6\tyei. Andoc. de Myst. 40 dirdv ovv TQV E#0?7 /uoj> on

/caXws TrQiTiaeiev etir&v, 'that E. said he was much obliged for

the information'.

102

Page 164: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

148 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [x. 34

34. civoas...] viii. 35 n.

cir' d\T]9fa.s...] The purport of this speech is this: 'I

now see that all men, without distinction of nation, are

acceptable to God (i.e. He is willing to accept or welcomethem). His message on this subject (rbv \6yov) He sent to

the children of Israel proclaiming peace (to be obtained)through Jesus the Messiah, yes, Jesus who is Lord (not ofone nation only but) of all men. You

(i)/xets) know the story ofthe events which took place (TO yevb^tvov p^a), how Jesusof Nazareth was 'anointed' by God and so declared to be

Messiah, His commission being demonstrated by the workswhich He performed (vers. 37, 38), and we (/cat y/jiets) are thewitnesses to that life, and to the facts of His death andresurrection (vers. 39 41); we are commanded to proclaimHim as the universal judge, even as Him to whom all the

prophets bear witness, that He is the Saviour of all whobelieve on Him'.

Observe the emphasis of h iravrl ZOvei ; iravruv Kvpios ;

travra rbv Tri<?revovra. Jesus is Messiah, and Messiah is the

Saviour of all men this is the essence of the whole speech.Jesus est Christus, Christus est omnium Salvator.

Most editors read rbv \6yov ov and make \6yov, prjfJLa,

'lycrovv all governed by oioare and in apposition, the wordseuros... Kvpiosj which contain the gist of the speech, being

placed in a parenthesis. This is extremely harsh as regards

grammar, ignores the marked difference between \6yos and

p^ua, and yields no satisfactory sense.

ov is omitted in AB and may easily be a repetition of the

final ov in \6yov. Even if it is retained, the stop after avr<

cffriv should be removed, and \6yov be governed by Kara-

\a/uLj3dvo/j.aL 'I apprehend that all... are acceptable, the

message which...'

KaToXajxpdvop,ai] Exactly{ I apprehend', i.e. 'seize hold'

or 'grasp with my mind'. Certain words had only beenwords before to him : now he really grasps their meaning.

n-poo-wTroXijii-irriis] Only here; but cf. Luke xx. 21 ov

\afJLpave LS irpoawTrov ; Gal. ii. 6 irpbffuirov 0ebs dvdpunrov ov

\a/Ji[3dvL. In Deut. x. 17 God ov 6av/j.di Trpocruirov ovot ov

pri \afir) 5wpo*>, and so 2 Chron. xix. 7 ; Ps. Ixxxii. 2 of evil

judges irpocruira d/xaprcoAcG;/ Aa^/Savere. The phrase indicates

paying regard to the external circumstances or accidental

qualities of a man as opposed to his intrinsic character.

To shew special favour to a Jew, merely because he was a

Jew, would be Trptxruirov \anfiavew.

35. SCKTOS] A.V. 'accepted with'; E.V. 'acceptableto'. The word can= not merely acceptabilis but acceptus,cf. Luke iv. 19, 24

;Phil. iv. 18 6vaiav dcKTTJv evapeo-rov TIJJ 0.

Page 165: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

x. 42] NOTES. 149

36. TOV \6-yov...] A recollection of Ps. cvii. 20 aTr^crreiXe

rbv X. avrov /cat lao-aro CLVTOVS. \6yos is the regular word for

the divine message which was delivered by Jesus, e.g. 6 X. TOV

B. iv. 31, viii. 14; d X. TOV Kvpiov viii. 25 ; 6 X. rfjs awT-rjpias

xiii. 26;

6 X. rfjs %a/)tros xiv. 3 or simply d Xcryos xvi. 32.

cvayy. clpijvTjv] A recollection of Is. Hi. 7 TrdSes etfa77eXi-The peace is peace with God.

Sid'L] 'through Jesus', i.e. as the messenger.

OVTOS] 'He, yes he' very emphatic. If anyone will

place a comma after Xpto-rou and substitute os for euros, hewill at once see the emphatic force of euros. The fourwords ouros can TTOLVTUV Kvptos contain the very gist andessence of Peter's argument. Their strong simplicity is

admirable merely as an instance of rhetorical power.Printed as an unmeaning parenthesis in our English Ver-sion their whole power is lost.

37. TO <

YvojAvov pTJH-ct] cf. v. 32 n. Perhaps 'the storythat was enacted ' would fairly express the meaning.

dpidjxevos] So KABCDE; T.E. dp&nevov. The wordis so frequently used adverbially that possibly it is usedhere as a pure adverb or else Luke may have commenced to

write 'beginning with Galilee...how Jesus (nominative) wasanointed and then went about '.

diro TTJS TaX.] Luke iv. 14.

38. 'Iif]erovv...avTov] The ace. thrown prominentlyforward and then the pronoun inserted pleonastically after

the verb. Great emphasis is thus thrown on 'I. TOV Na., it

being Peter's object to emphasize the fact that Jesus, theman 'Jesus of Nazareth', was declared to be the Messiah.

gXP"] ii. 22 n.

KaTaSuva<rT6vo|Avovs] vii. 19 n.

TOV 8iap6Xov]= 'the False Accuser', 'Slanderer'. Cf.

5ta/3aXXw; diafioXy.

39. Kal TIIUIS] answering to v^els ver. 37. The histori-

cal part of Peter's speech is an appeal (1) to what hishearers know; (2) to what the Apostles are witnesses of.

For ftdprvpet cf. i. 22 n.

dviXav...] ii. 23 n.: v. 30 n.

41. i]|Jitv, ol'Tives...] 'even to us, for we (vii. 53 n.)...'.For the 'eating and drinking' cf. Luke xxiv. 41, 43.

42. irapijyysiXcv] i.e. d 6eos, clearly. Throughout it is

the action of God which is dwelt on : God sends Jesus the

Messiah, and commands the Apostles to proclaim and bear

Page 166: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

150 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [x. 42

OTTO'S witness to the fact. Moreover euros (i.e. Jesus) could notNAHP. refer to the nom. of irapriyyeiXev. T. E. reads auros, thus

BCDEG. probably making' Jesus

' nom. to Trap. : in which case thereference would be to the command of Jesus Matt, xxviii. 19.

43. irio-TvovTa cis avrov] Of the person towards whom.the belief is directed, in whose existence and personality it

rests. So the Nicene Creed 7rt<7reuo/zej> els Zva. 6eoi>: Credoin Deum. So too irioreuw Trl rov KijpLov ix. 42, xi. 17. Adistinction is usually drawn between these phrases andTTio-reuw COL which is said to = credo tibi 'I believe' or 'trust

you', but the distinction cannot be maintained, cf. v. 14,xvi. 34, xviii. 8, TTKJT^IV r$ 0e<, r$ Kvpiy.

45. ot IK ircpiTopfjs arurroVj 'those who from circum-cision had believed', i.e. those who, having been Jews, hadbecome Christians. Cf. xi. 2

;Gal. ii. 12 TOVS K TrepiTOfjLrjs

of the Judaizing party. They believed that as a preliminaryto being accepted as Christians, i.e. believers in the Messiah,it was necessary to be circumcised and accept the MosaicLaw.

TO. 29vr]] 'the Gentiles': ab exempload omnes concluditur.

B.

46. <iirKp6T]] cf. iii. 12 n. The 'answer' was not

necessarily to their openly expressed questions, but to their

visible doubt and amazement.

47. p]Ti TO vSwp...]'

Surely no one can withhold the

water...?' For ^TL cf. Luke vi. 39 MTI dvvaraL ru^Xosrv<p\bv odrjyelv] Mark xiv. 19 /JLrjTi eyw;

Note the article,* the water '. Hitherto the *

gift of the

Holy Spirit' had followed the human act of baptism as avisible sign of God's presence in those baptized (cf. ii. 38,viii. 16, 17). Now the conditions were reversed: God's

presence had been made clear; it therefore rested with themto do their part. Of the two requisites of baptism, waterand the Spirit (cf. xi. 16), the Spirit had been given, the

water could not be withheld.

KcoXxxrou] Cf. Luke vi. 29 rov xirw^a /a?} KuXveys.

48. Iv TW 6v6|j.aTi...] ii. 38 n.

CHAPTEK XI.

1. 29vT] 8e|avTo] Sense construction, cf. iii. 11 n.

2. 8iKptvovTo] The idea of the word is' division' and

so ' contention '

: cf . Herod, ix. 58 fj.dxrj dcaKpiB^vaL frpos TLVCL*

3. avSpas aKp. ^x VTas] Not Wvt] : the phrase is con-

temptuous, cf. the use of the adj.* uncircumcised

'

in O.T.,

e.g. 1 Sam. xvii. 26 ;2 Sam. i. 20.

Page 167: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

XL 18] NOTES. 151

<ruv<j>a-yv] So involving the danger of eating some* unclean' animal, or meat improperly killed. ' To this day F.

orthodox Jews submit to any inconvenience rather thantouch meat killed by a Gentile butcher '.

4. dpdnvos...] The careful particularity of dp^a/ue^o?,of e&riQeTo, and of Ka6eys (Luke i. 3), and the full repeti-tion of the whole narrative, part of it being indeed given Baum.

three times (x. 36, 3032, xi. 13, 14), make it clear that

Luke attaches much importance to it. The case of Corne-lius was a test case of primary importance. The question,whether to become a Christian it was necessary first to

accept the Mosaic law, was the first great difficulty of the

early Church, cf. xv. 1 and Gal. passim.

6. KO,Tvoow Kal eI8ov]' I was considering it (i.e. try-

ing to understand what it was) and then I saw (aorist) '.

12. SiaKpi'vavra] Cf . x. 20 n.

13. TOV ayycXov] Peter would probably say* an angel',

but Luke who knows that his readers are already acquaintedwith the story, not unnaturally writes ' the angel '.

15. iv dpxii] Originally, i. e. at the first outpouring ofthe Spirit at Pentecost.

16. 'IwcivTjs [iv...] Cf. i. 5 n. The point of the quota-tion is this : Jesus promised to us as a special gift baptismwith the Holy Spirit ; that gift He has visibly bestowed onthe Gentiles exactly as it was bestowed on us ; surely weare bound to admit to the external rite those who havereceived the reality of baptism.

17. avTots-.-irio-TC-ucracriv] 'to them as to us havingbelieved', or 'because of belief. Both in grammar andsense TRO-T. seems properly taken both with avrots and rifuvi1 belief in both cases was the condition of receiving the

gift. A. and R.V. give 'when we believed'.

i-yto TS...] Really a double question (1) 'Who was I

that I should...', cf. Ex. iii. 11 ris etjut tyu> QTL TropevcrojUiaL ;

(2) 'was I able to...'. Observe the emphatic position of

eyu heightening the contrast and emphasizing the argu-ment : it is not ' who was I ?

' but '

I, who was I ?'

18. iiervxao-av] Negative : their opposition ceased,

eSoj-oo-av, positive : their praise began.

apa] ergo, 'then', 'so then': the word draws an infer-

ence, cf. Luke xi. 20 apa g<p6aaei> e0' fycas, xi. 48 apa jmaprvpetre, and apa ovv commonly in St Paul at the beginning ofa sentence or clause (e.g. Rom. v. 18), a position which apacannot occupy in classical Greek.

Page 168: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

152 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xi. 18

TTJV jiTcvoiav els .]' the repentance (which leads) to

life', the repentance which it was the special mission of

Jesus to offer, cf. v. 31 n.

19. olfiv ovv 8iao-irapevTs] Luke markedly connects

this with viii. 4 oi fjLev ovv dtacnrap^vres dir)\6ov. From that

point we have the description of one set of incidents, whicharose out of the dispersion and persecution consequent onthe death of Stephen : here our attention is definitely re-

called to the same point, that we may trace the same cause

acting in another direction, viz. in the spread of the Gos-

pel to Antioch, the first great scene of St Paul's labours andthe centre from which he commences those missionaryjourneys, the record of which composes the chief part of theremainder of the Acts.

6Xh|/o>s] From 6\tpw (akin to r/>t/3w); cf. tribulumwhence ' tribulation'.

iirl 2T<j>dvo>]' about S. ', as the original cause of it, cf.

iii. 10 n. Andoc. de Myst. 25 TWJ> (frvybvruv M rois ^UCTTT;-

piois.

^oivfoctjs] A plain 120 m. long by 15 broad, on the sea-

coast to the W. of Lebanon, its chief cities being Tyre andSidon.

A. F. *AvTio\as] On the Orontes, 15 m. from its portSeleucia, one of the most important cities of antiquity.It was built B.C. 301 by Seleucus Nicator, and became the

capital of Syria and residence of the imperial legate. After-

wards one of the five patriarchates with Jerusalem, Kome,Constantinople and Alexandria.

20. KvpTjvcuoi] ii. 10 n.

Kal irpos TOVS 'EXXTjvKrrds]' also to the Grecians', i.e.

as well as to the Jews mentioned ver. 19. But this is notsense, for the term 'lovdaios includes 'EXX^io-nfc.

v. A. M. The readings demand attention.La. w. Ka i js found in KAB but omitted in DEHLP.

"EXKrjvas is found in A (which however reads

wrongly ix. 29), D1(where it has been altered to

'

TEA\ sand N3 as a correction of evayye^o-ras.

given in 'EXX^ioTas is found in BD2EHLP.

g-v - The objections to

'EXX^icrras, notwithstanding its great

Chry's.,MSS - authority, are almost insuperable, for (1) the Hellenists

Grotiu's, (vi. 1 n.) had always been accepted as members of the church,

mann see ^e *n c^* "*' an^ Preacning to them would certainlyTischen- not be mentioned specially or have given occasion to the

MFA TV

sen(^mg f Barnabas; (2) they were 'louScuot and cannot be

opposed to them as they are here : the opposite of 'EXX?;-'

Page 169: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

XL 23] NOTES. 153

The reading'

EXX^io-rds seems due to a belief that the

conversion of Cornelius was the first case of the conversion

of a Gentile, whereas, if "EXA^as be read here, we seem to

have a prior instance of such conversion, for the words whichdescribe the commission and conduct of Barnabas are A.

thought to indicate that what had happened at Antioch

startled and surprised the Church at Jerusalem. But

(1) although the case of Cornelius was first in importance

(as Luke clearly indicates by the position and length of his

narrative) it is not necessary to assume that it was first in

point of time; (2) even assuming that the case of Cornelius

was already known, it would surely be natural to send a

commissioner to examine and report on the working of the

newly-accepted principle in practice.It is also urged against "EXX^i/as that xiv. 27 when Paul

and Barnabas return to Antioch they bring back news that* God had opened a door of faith to the Gentiles', and that

there would be no need to proclaim this if the same thinghad happened at Antioch itself, It will be observed how-ever that the words in xiv. 27 are not the announcement of

a new principle, but of a new fact, viz. successful missionarywork among the Gentiles of Asia Minor, which would natu-

rally be good news to the Gentile converts in Antioch.

As a proof that 'EXX^tcrrds is a correction, observe that

all the MSS. which read it omit /cat except B, which retains

KaL This is remarkable. Any one altering'^XX^as to'

EXXij-

VLo-rds would naturally omit /cat, for * also to the Grecians'

is obviously not sense (see above). How then is it possibleto account for the reading of B, except on the suppositionthat /cat Trpbs roi)s 'EXX^icrras is an incomplete correction

from /cat Trpos roiV'EXX^as ?

21. x V Kvptov]' the hand of Jehovah ', i.e. His visibly

exerted strength; cf. iv. 30, xiii. 11; Luke i. 66 /cat %ety> K.

yv /xer' CLVTOV. The phrase is graphic, and common in O.T.,

e.g. Ex. ix. 3; Is. lix. 1.

22. irepl avrwv] i.e. the new converts.

|aTr(rTt\av] Clearly as a commissioner to examine and

report. The narrative does not seem to indicate surpriseor opposition, as when the case of Cornelius was reported, v. N.

but rather describes the conduct of those, who regarded withnatural interest the practical working on a large scale of a

principle already accepted.

23. X{*p Lv.--exap'n] Suavis paronomasia; grace brings

gladness. Cf. Luke i. 28 Xat/ae, /cexaptrw^j/?/.

TT\V TOV 6ov] Emphatic, cf. i. 25 n.

7rapKa\i] iv. 36 n.

Page 170: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

154 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xi. 23

'purpose', cf. xxvii. 13.

26. o-vvaxO^vai ev rfj KK\.] 'assembled (with the other

believers) in the church '.

XPTlFLaT ^<rtu]*

(1) iiegotiarij (2) ita ut nomen indeadipis-car is, (3) denominari: cf. Bom. vii.

Xpurriavovs] About this word two points are clear :

(1) It was not employed by the Christians of them-selves, being only found in N. T. here, Acts xxvi. 28

(contemptuously), and 1 Pet. iv. 16. The 'believers' are oi

/jia0r)TaL, oi 017101, ol Trio-rot, oi d5e\0oi.

(2) It was not invented by the Jews, who would not

apply the term 'followers of the Messiah' to those whothey maintained were the followers of the man Jesus, whowas not the Messiah. The Jews called them 'Nazarenes'or 'Galilaeans'.

The word is formed on the analogy of Pompeiani, Caesa-

riani, 'H/wdiarol (Matt. xxii. 16), and so means 'partizans'or 'followers of Christus'. It is found Tac. Ann. xv. 44

quos vulgus Christianas appellabat. Auctor ejus nominisChristus.... It was also spelt Chrestiani, and Suet. Claud.

25) has Chrestus, apparently connecting it with xpyvThs, andcf. Fr. chr^tien= chrestien.

It is a remarkable word, being' written in Hebrew and

Greek and Latin ', for it refers to the Hebrew belief in a

Messiah, it is a Greek word, and it is formed as a Latin

adjective.

27. 4v ravTcus...] i.e. during the stay of Paul andBarnabas at Antioch.

KarrjXOov] Jerusalem being regarded as the central

point ; viii. 15 n.

irpo(j>TJTai] Both in N. T. and 0. T. the word 'prophet'Is not limited to its modern sense of one who '

foretells the

future', but is used in a wider sense of one who 'declares'

or 'forth tells the will of God', and refers either to the

present, past, or future. . In N. T. it is clearly applied to

persons possessing some special inspiration. In 1 Cor. xiv.

'prophecy' is distinguished from yKwcvais XaXetV as beingintelligent and intelligible, and (ver. 3) its objects are

denned as olKofofJvfa* Kal ircLpaK\r)(nv /ecu Trapa[j.vdiav. Theterm is frequent in the Acts, cf. xiii. 1 TT. /cat SiScur/caXot ;

xv. 32 TT. 6Wes...7ra/3e/ca'Xeo-aj> /cat eTrecrr^yoi^ay.

28. avcwrTas] v. 17 n. "A-yapos, also xxi. 10.

XIJJLOV...] We have no knowledge of any universalfamjne jn fae reign of Claudius, but Josephus speaks of' the great famine

'

in Judaea A.D. 44, and describes how pro-

Page 171: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

XII. 1] NOTES. 155

visions were purchased for the Jews from Egypt by Izates

king of Adiabene and his mother Helena, who were Jewish

proselytes. Famines in various places however characterized

the reign of Claudius, and Suet. Claud. 10 speaks of assiduas

sterilitates; cf. too Suet. 18; Tac. Ann. xn. 43.

XLJJLOS fern, is Doric, from which dialect many forms

passed into Hellenistic Greek. Cf. xii. 4 Tridcras for Trieaas.

KXcvuSiov] Eoman emperor 41 54 A.D.; born B.C. 10;son of Drusus the brother of the Emperor Tiberius

; prede-cessor of Nero.

29. TWV 8e jjLaGi^Twv] Strict grammar would require oi

pad. as nom. to upicav, but the gen. is due to TIS occurringin the intervening clause icatfcos cvTropelro rw. 'But the

disciples according to every one's means determined each of

them to send with a view to help...'.The complexity of the sentence is due to Luke's desire

to insert so much, viz. (1) the general determination, <Spi<rav t

(2) the rule which determined the amount of the contribu-

tions, K<x#cbs euTropetro rts, (3) the individual interest excited,

&CCC<7TOS dVTUV.

30. TOVS irpcr|3uTpovs] Here mentioned for the first

time. They probably occupy a similar position in the

church to the 'elders' in the Jewish synagogue. The'elders' naturally become marked off in all communi-ties (cf. vi. 11 TOV \abi> Kal robs irpff(3., and the words sena-

tus, yepovaia, alderman, Trpeo-fivrepLov xxii. 5), and the* elders

' were treated with especial reverence by the Jews and

spoken of as a separate body, v. O. T. passim. The wordsoon begins to indicate not so much superior age as superior

position. The Apostles appointed 'elders' in every cityxiv. 23 : they ranked next to the Apostles (xv. 2, 4, 6), andare also called eirlvKoiroi 'overseers' (xx. 17 compared withxx. 28).

From the word our 'priest' is derived, being, like the

French pretre, a contracted form of 'presbyter' ; some con-

fusion has arisen from the fact that '

priest'

is the ordinaryrendering of tepefo, which is quite distinct in meaning from

irpecrfSvTepos.

SavXov] St Paul in Gal. does not mention this visit.

CHAPTEE XII.

1. KCIT* Ktvov...] i.e. about the time of the mission of

Barnabas and Paul.

eire'paXev rds X-] to De taken literally: 'laid his hands

on', KCLKUCTCU giving the object of his doing so. It is not

merely= e7rexeip77<je^, 'attempted', cf. iv. 3, .v. 18.

Page 172: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

156 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xn. 1

'

HpwS-qs 6 p.] Herod Agrippa, son of Aristobulus andBerenice, grandson of Herod the Great, educated at Borne.

Caligula at his accession (A.D. 37) gave him the tetrarchyof Trachonitis and the title of king, subsequently addingGalilee and Peraea. He was at Home at the death of

Caligula, and aided Claudius in acquiring the empire ; in

return for his services Samaria and Judaea were added to

J. Ant. his government. He is described by Josephus as a pleasant,xix. 7. 3. vajn man, very anxious to secure popularity with the Jews,

whose rites he scrupulously observed (TO, irarpia KaOapus

2. 'IctKwpov] Son of Zebedee, Matt. iv. 21. Speciallychosen with John and Peter to be present at the raising of

Jairus' daughter (Mark v. 37), at the transfiguration (Matt.xvii. 1), and the agony in the garden (Matt. xxvi. 37). Ofhim and John Jesus had specially said 'Ye shall indeeddrink of my cup' (Matt. xx. 23). He is the only Apostlewhose death is mentioned in N.T.

By beheading ; cf. the case of John the BaptistMatt. xiv. 10.

W. 3. irpo<re'0TO o-vXXapciv] 'A Hebraism. See Luke xx.

12 TTpoo-tdero TT^I/'CU'; Gen. iv. 2irpo<r{6r)KTKii>', xxxviii. 26

Trpofftdero TOV yv&vai.

TWV dtv|j.wv] 'bread not made with yeast' (#w and*

yeast' being from one root). It was to remind the Israel-

ites of the liaste with which they left Egypt and ate the

first passover (Ex. xii. 34, 39). It was eaten for seven daysafter the eating of the passover lamb on the 14th of Nisan

(Ex. xii. 14; Lev. xxiii. 6).

4. TeWapcriv rcrp.] Four bodies of four men, each of

which would be on duty for six hours out of the twenty-four. The Romans divided the night into four 'watches'

(rigiliae), and so perhaps each 'quaternion' would take one4 watch' of the night. Two of the soldiers were chained to

Peter, and perhaps two kept watch outside the cell, but it

As M. A. is an error to identify these with the Trp&T-rj 0uXa/c^ KCL! 5ev-do*

rtya of ver. 10, as the words <pv\aKri and SieXdovres do notadmit this.

. TO IT.] Clearly not merely the 14th of Nisan, the

day of the eating the passover lamb, but the whole pass-over week, for the reference to at TJ/J,. T&V af. and the im-

perfect errjpe'iTo ver. 5 imply a duration of several days,and Luke himself defines TO ira<r-xa, cf. Luke xxii. 1

rj eoprrj

TUV dfyfjLWV rj \eyofJLevTr) Trdcrxa.M.W.A. Nonjudicant diefesto was a Jewish rule.

Herod would take his place on the raised

Page 173: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xii. 12] NOTES. 157

judgment- seat (/3?7/xa, tribunal) and the prisoner be led upto it, and there condemned in the presence of and for the

pleasure of the Jews (T$ Aa; Ethic Dat. embracing boththese ideas). Cf. John xix. 13 16.

5. 6 |AV oflv II....] 'So then P. was being guarded...and prayer was being made but when Herod wasabout...'.

The clause irpoaevx^ 5e... is parallel to o ^ev o$v II,

the antithesis to which is ore 5e.... Both A. and E.V. arein error here; cf. ii. 41 n.

6. 8Se|j.vos d\. 8v<rCv] cf. xxviii. 16, 20. The prisonerwas chained by the wrist usually to one soldier, here for

more security to two. Cf. Sen. Ep. 5 eadem catena et mi-litem et custodiam copulat.

7. luc'o-TT]] cf. verse 10 dirforij. Both words connote Ln.

suddenness. Cf. Luke ii. 9 dyye\os Kvpiov eTrecrr^. The2nd aorist of tylffTijfu occurs seven times in Luke, eighttimes in the Acts, and nowhere else in N.T.

olKTJiux,Ti] a room in a house', 'chamber', but fre-

quently used euphemistically= 'a cell', 'a prison', e.g.Dem. 890.

8. gwrai] 'put on thy girdle', worn round the Che- Eders-

thoneth (XITWV). 'It was not a hasty escape as in Hor. Sat. " r*

i. 2. 132 Discincta tunica fugiendwn est ac pede nudo\ ^"Cf. too a^wcrros= ' hurried

' Hes. Op. 343.

10. 8i\06vT6s...] 'when they were past the first andsecond ward', A. and E.V. rightly.

The word di\66j>res suggests 'traversing a place', andso seems to necessitate rendering $vAa/c^, 'ward': other-

wise it might'

guard', 'body of men on guard'.

avTOjj.a,TT]] So of things without life, II. v. 749 auro/xa-

rat de irvXat JJ.VKOV ovpavov.

11. ev iavrw YV.] Peter had hitherto regarded the

impressions he had received as visionary and unreal, as

similar to those received x. 10 when he was in an '

ecstasy';now having 'come to himself, i.e. finding himself in his or-

dinary everyday waking state, he perceives that they are real.

12. <rwi8wv] cf. xiv. 6; 'having viewed and compre-hended the case', having grasped the situation; so Dem.17 Trdvra 77 ravra dec (rvvidwras cLiravTas fioydetv....

Maptas] Otherwise unknown. In Col. iv. 10 Ma/>/cos

6 aveifstbs Bapvafia is rendered in A.V. ' sister's son to B.',

thus making Mary sister of Barnabas, but the rendering of

is quite arbitrary, and R.V. rightly gives 'cousin'.

Page 174: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

158 ACTS OF. THE APOSTLES, [xir. 12

1 John surnamed Mark' is generally identified with Markthe Evangelist. As with Saul, so with him, his Hebrew nameceases to be used generally, cf. xiii. 5, 13 'John', but xv.

39; 2 Tim. iv. ll;'Philem. 24 'Mark'. Notwithstandinghis desertion of Paul recorded in the Acts he was withhim during his first imprisonment at Borne, cf. Col. iv. 10.

Ancient testimony agrees in making him the epwvevT'/i*of Peter, cf. 1 Pet. v. 13 Map/cos o vios JJLOV.

13. KpoiSo-avros, vuaKovcrcu] Both classical in this sense.

Cf. Xen. Symp. I. 11 Kpoveas r^v 6vpav eiTre r VTraKoixravTi.

T-qv 6upav TOV irvXwvos] From this phrase it is clearthat TTV\WV '

gateway', 'gate', is a more inclusive term than

Oupa' door '

: the words are often however used indifferently,cf. ver. 14.

15. MaCvT]] cf. xxvi. 24.

Siurxvp^ero] Classical. A very strong word, 'keptconfidently affirming '.

6 d/yyeXos] It was a popular belief among the Jewsthat each man had ' a guardian angel '. Cf . the genius ofthe Romans, and Hor. Ep. n. 2. 188

Genius, natale comes qui temperat astrum,naturae deus humanae, mortal-is in unumquodque caput, voltu mutabilis, albus et ater.

And Pind. 01. 13. 148 5afyton> yevtdXios.Matt, xviii. 10 .is important as regards the validity of

this belief.

17. Karao-cCo-as] cf. xiii. 16, xix. 33, xxi. 40, of a

speaker, who indicates by a downward movement of thehand a desire for silence.

For 'IaKco|3a>] cf. xv. 13, xxi. 18, president of the Church at

Jamesv. Jerusalem ; specially mentioned by Paul (Gal. i. 19) as

13.

a XV*

seen by him and 'a brother of the Lord', and an 'Apostle'

v. Light- (but not therefore one of the Twelve, or to be identified withfoot, ad James of Alphaeus ').

18. OVK oXfyos] Litotes; cf. xix. 11 ov raj ruxo&ras.The phrase occurs eight times in the Acts; e.g. xv. 2.

rt apa...] 'what could have become of P.'; ri apa ex-

presses much more doubt and astonishment than rl ; cf.

Luke i. 66 rl apa TO Traidiov TOVTO &JTCU ;

19. dvaKptvas] iv. 9 n. airaxO-rivai here absolutely= 'to be led away to execution'; cf. Matt, xxvii. 31 air'f)-

yayov avrbv et's TO oraupwo'ai; Dem. 736, 2 dirayaye^v rots

ZvoeKa. So too duel, cf. Plin. ad Traj. 96 (of the

Christians) Confitentes iterum ac tertio interrogavi, sup-

pllcium minatus: perseverantes ducijussi.

Page 175: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xii. 23] NOTES. 159

20. 6vp.ojiaxwv] Late Gk,= 'to fight passionately', but deW.M.Herod could have no power to go to war with Tyre and

Sidon, and so here 'have an angry quarrel with'. A.

and R.V. 'was highly displeased with'.

Tvpiois Kal 2.] Both cities are on the coast; Tyre is

20 m. S. of Sidon, of which it was a colony, though it be-

came more important than the mother city ;it was almost

the first commercial city of the ancient world. The main

part of the town was on an island half a mile from the shore.

It was taken by Alexander (B.C. 322) after a siege of seven

months, and never regained its former consequence.

TOV iirl TOV KOITWVOS] praefectus cubiculo, cubicularius,'chamberlain' an officer who from his opportunities of

personal access might naturally obtain great influence

with a monarch.

8i<i TO Tp<J>o-0cu...] They were large commercial cities

with an amount of territory not proportioned to their

population, and so looked largely to Palestine for their food-

supply, cf. 1 Kings v. 9; Ezek. xxvii. 17. Herod mightrender this importation of food very difficult.

21. raKTirj...] Josephus gives a full account of Herod's Ant.

death. The occasion he describes as a festival held in J1^ jn

'

honour of the emperor : on the second day Herod having A.

put on a robe all of silver tissue (crToXfy evdv<rd[jt,evos e

dpyvpov TreTroLrjfjLevr]^ Travav) came into the theatre at day-break, and, the rays of the sun striking full on this robe,it gave forth a marvellous radiance (OavfjiaaLus airearLXfiev]

striking awe and terror into the beholders. Thereuponflatterers hailed him as a god with the words Ei^ez/r/s efys.

He did not rebuke them, but shortly afterwards observedan owl ((3ov(3&i>a) perched on a rope above his head and atonce took it for a messenger of evil (dyye\ov...evdvs eVoT/cre

KCLKUV elvai) ;he was presently seized with pain in the pit

of his stomach and died (yaarpbs aXy-r^avi. dLepya<r6ds) five

days later after continuous suffering.

eirl TOV PI) pares] From Jos. we know that this tookplace in the theatre, which was often used for public assem-blies (cf. xix. 29). Pwa, originally the platform in thePnyx at Athens from which the orators spoke, is frequentlyused for the raised seat or platform (suggestus, tribunal] ofa Eoman magistrate or officer

;cf. Matt, xxvii. 19 ; Acts

xviii. 12, xxv. 6.

ISTjp/rj-yopei] Contiondbatur : he addressed the ambassa-dors in a 'public harangue' before the assembly.

23.^iiraTagv...ayy\os Kvpi'ov] cf. xii. 7 dyyeXos Kvpiov...7raraas : observanda antithesis.

Page 176: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

160 ACTS OF .THE APOSTLES, [xn. 23

For the 'angel of Jehovah', cf. 2 Kings xix. 35, of thedestruction of Sennacherib, e^rjKdev dyy. K. /cat <?7raraei>

;

also 1 Chron. xxi. 15.

v. F. ad <TKw\T]K6ppcoTos] Apparently this disease, whatever ittoe. was, was regarded as a divine judgment on the pride of

tyrants. Cf. 2 Mace. ix. where the death of Antiochus

Epiphanes is described, the disease being spoken of as

aTT\<iyxywv aXyrjduv /cat Trt/cpai TU)I> 2v5ov fiaffavot, akrre

e/c roO 0-cfyiaros tr/cwXTj/cas a.va.eiv, and it is emphatically de-Ant.

^scribed as a punishment of his pride and cruelty. Herod

xvu. G.o.tjie Qreat according to Josephus died of ey^is cr/cwA?7/cas

fj,Trotov<ra. Cf. too Herod, iv. 205 y 3>epert/x?7 ^wcra evXtwv

eee<rej/, where it is mentioned as a divine punishment.At this point begins the history of St Paul's three mis-

sionary journeys, and the rest of the Acts is confined tode AV. an account of his life.

* Each journey is commenced fromAntioch and ends with a visit to Jerusalem, each is illus-

trated with a speech, the first before Jews (xiii. 16 41), thesecond before Gentiles (xvii. 22 31), the third beforeChristians (xx. 1835)'.

CHAPTER XIII.

1. 7rpo<|>T}T(u KO.I 818.] xi. 27 n.

Sv(jLcov ... Mavaijv] Unknown. Mava-^v = Menahem(2 Kings xv. 14).

<ruvTpo<f>os] Y. collactaneus ; R.V. 'foster-brother'. A.V.

'brought up with'. There are no grounds for decidingbetween the two senses.

SoM. o T Bapvapas...Kat SavXos] The marked insertion of

the other names between these two names, hitherto men-tioned in close connection (e. g. xii. 25), is curious. It

would seem that Luke before describing their special'

sepa-ration

'

for their missionary work, is desirous to point outthat previously they were not '

separated' from, but onlytwo among the other '

prophets and teachers'

at Antioch.

'HpwSov] iv. 27 n.

2. XeiTOupYowTwv] In classical Greek ' to undertakethe performance of one of those public services' (\eLTovpyiai)such as the equipment of a trireme, which fell in turn onall wealthy Athenian citizens : in LXX. used of ' minister-

ing' in the temple, e.g. 1 Sam. ii. 11; Ex. xxviii. 39 (43),cf. Heb. x. 11: here apparently of 'worship' generally, cf.

our word 'liturgy', and 'service' in the phrase 'MorningService '.

'Fasting' and 'prayer' are continually connected, cf.

x. 30; 1 Sam. vii. 5, 6; Dan. ix. 3.

Page 177: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xiii. 6] NOTES. 161

cx<f>op<raT 8ij] 5?j gives vigorous emphasis to the

command. Cf. xv. 36 ; Luke ii. 15 5tA0w/xej/ 77, and the

frequent use of aye 5rj, <pepe 5rj, &G.

Paul speaks of himself (Eom. i. 1) as dtpupurfjievos eh

eva.yy\iov deov.

6] els is to be repeated before the pronoun, cf. ver. 39wirb TTO.VTUV u>v

; Stallb. Plat. Phaed. 76 D ev roury a7r6\-

\vfjiev $Trep KO! Aa/x./Sawyuef non iteratur praepositio ev more

loquendi paone legitimo ; Soph. 0. C. 749.

4. avrolIJL^V ovv] The antithesis is dteXQovres <5e, cf.

ii. 41 n.

uiro TOV cry. TTV.] Note this repeated reference to thesource of their authority, and cf. ver. 9.

ScXeuKiav] Seleucia 'by the sea', as it was called to

distinguish it from other cities of the same name, wasfounded B.C. 300 by Seleucus Nicator at the mouth of the

Orontes.

Kxnrpov] The birthplace of Barnabas, cf. iv. 36. The F.

number of Jews was so great there, that A.D. 116 they rose

upon the native inhabitants and massacred, it is said,

240,000.

5. 2a\ct|jiLva] The principal town of the island, onthe E. coast in what is now the harbour of Famagousta ;

said to have been built by Teucer, son of Telamon king of

Salamis, whom his father refused to receive home after thedeath of Ajax, and to have been called after that famous

island, cf . Hor. Od. i. 7. 29 ambiguam tellure nova Salamina

futuram.

KanyyyX.\ov...] It was Paul's regular practice to enterthe synagogues and preach, cf. xiv. 1, xvii. 2 /card rb eludes,xviii. 4, 19, xix. 8. His rule in preaching the Gospel was,*to the Jew first and also to the Greek', Eom. i. 16; cf.

Acts xiii. 46 vjuuv irp&rov.Jesus in the same way preached after reading the lesson,

cf. Luke iv. 20. For the synagogue worship, vi. 9 n.

uiTT]pTT|v] Probably in the same sense as Luke iv. 20,where it is used of the ' minister* (Chazzan) or '

assistant'of the synagogue, cf. vi. 9 n.

6. IIa<|>ov] New Paphos on the W. coast, 8 m. N. of

the old Paphos celebrated for the worship of Venus.

pd/yov] viii. 9 n.

BapiT]<rovs]' son of Jesus ' or ' Joshua

',cf. i. 23 n.

dvOvirciTa)] 'proconsul'. Under the emperors the pro-vinces were divided into two classes, imperial and senatorial.

P. 11

Page 178: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

162 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xm. 6

The former were usually such as needed the presence of a

military force and were governed by a military officer

(legatus) immediately subordinate to the emperor : for theW. F. latter the governors were nominally appointed by the senate

rn? an(l termed proconsuls, that term being applied to themv^aSblUSj , 1 IJ.-IIT i v. i t

mi. 13.*

though they had only been praetors '.

Dio Cas- Cyprus had been an imperial province but had beensmsjLin. restored to the senate by Augustus in exchange for Dal-

'

. matia. General Cesnola discovered an inscription inLa. irom ^ .,-, ,-, -,

*< Cesno- Cyprus with the wordsla, Cy- EirniATAOT...prtlS, its rpj-r * rnrvivk

Ancient 111A1U1Cities, the letters AN0 being probably to be supplied.

1877'. 7. <ruvTw] from (rvvlrj/ju ('I put together', 'grasp','

understand') indicates the possession of sound sense and

sagacity. Amid the decay of belief in their own mythologymany inquiring minds at Home turned their attention to theconsideration of foreign religions, and especially that of the

Jews. Hence the influence obtained even with 'sensible'

men by such impostors as Barjesus, cf. Juv. vi. 543 Arca-nam Judaea tremens mendicat in aurem

\ interpres legumSolymarum.

v. F. 8.'

EXvjias] Probably an Arabic word =fjidyos* the

wise man '

: still found in the Turkish title Ulemah.

8iaoTp\J/ai]= 'to pervert', 'turn aside', or into a wrongdirection some one who is taking the direct road to an

object, cf. ver. 10 &a<rr/>6/>ct> ;Luke ix. 41 yej/ea

9. 6 Kal IlavXos] Up to this point the Apostle has

always been called by his Hebrew name 2aAos, hencefor-

ward he is always called by his Koman name, IlaOXos. It is

clear that S. Luke notes the change of name as importantand marking an epoch ; it would seem that his non-Jewishname is thus introduced at the commencement of his mis-

sionary labours as the Apostle of the Gentiles, in order to

indicate that the narrative is no longer concerned with a

comparatively unknown Jew, but with one who, under thename of Paul, was to win a wider and universal fame.

E. g. Je- Many connect the name with Sergius Paulus (ob tarn

rom'e, magnae insigne victoriae, Aug.), but in the text no such con-

tinegXB~ 5iection seems hinted at, and the similarity of the Latin

Baurn.* name to the Hebrew one is probably its real origin (cf. i.

23 n.). It may have been always borne by the Apostle,

though hitherto, while among Jews, not generally used.

JSpjp^a Augustine remarks nomen elegit ut se ostenderet parvum,Mt. c. 7. but as a proper name the word rather suggested the glories

Page 179: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

XIIL 15] NOTES. 163

of the Aemilian family, and even to us recalls the name of Hor. Od.

another Paulus, who was 'lavish of his noble life'.

10. iravT6s...'irdcrT]s...<

7ra<rqs] Note the emphasis.

paSioup-yCasl^' acting lightly', 'easily', 'without prin-

ciple', cf. pydLovpyrjima xviii. 14.

rds 68ovs...Tds cv0.] The adj. emphatic by position.The opposite expression is 'crooked ways', Ps. cxxv. 5;Prov. ii. 15. Isaiah had specially foretold of Messiah that

'the crooked shall be made straight' (Is. xl. 4, xlii. 16 rd

oTcoAia ets eu0e?az>;

cf. Luke iii. 5).

11. x V Kvpiov] xi. 21 n. Cf. Job xix. 21 %p ydp K.

TJ d\fsa/jL&r) [jLoti ecrTW.

12. eirl rfj...] For Iwl cf. iii. 10 n. KvpC<yu is the objec-

tive gen. :'

teaching about the Lord'.

13. dvax0VTs] 'having put out to sea', classical, andthirteen times in the Acts, cf. too Luke viii. 22 dv^xdrjcrav.

The Greeks regarded the coast line as lying low : from it

you go up inland (dj>a/3cuVeu') or up on to the 'high seas'

(dvdyeadai.), the opposite words being Karapalveu', Kard-

ol ircpl II.] 'Paul and his companions' : so Plat. Crat.

440 c ol Trepl 'Hpct/fXetrov. Note that now Paul becomesthe main figure, and contrast his secondary position ix. 27,

xi. 30, xiii. 1, 2.

ne'pyijv]On the river Oestrus 7J m. from its mouth.

Pamphylia lies along the coast between Cilicia on the E.

and Lycia on the W.

'Loaves...] Cf. xv. 38.

14. 'AvTi6)(iav] Like the great Antioch built by Seleu-

cus Nicator and named after his father;made a ' free city

'

189 B.C., and a colony by Augustus, who called it Caesarea.

TV o-appdreov] Heb. word=' day of rest', cf. Gen. ii. 3.

15. irpo<))t]Twv]' The Prophets were not read in the H. from

synagogues till B. c. 163, when they were substituted for the ^ro

,wn

ls

Law, which was prohibited by AntiochusEpiphanes. After the Jews,the removal of that prohibition by the Maccabees, both Law i. 610.

and Prophets were read'.' On the Sabbath at least seven persons were called on to Eders-

read successively portions of the Law '. ^|gm

'L

Xoyos irapaKXiicrews] iv. 36 n. Any Rabbi or distin-

guished stranger might be called on to preach : ordinationwas not requisite. Cf. the case of Jesus, Luke iv. 16 et seq.

The outline of Paul's discourse is this : as God has shewn

special care for Israel in the past (16 22), so He has now

112

Page 180: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

164 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xm. 15

sent to Israel the promised Saviour Jesus (23). The mes-

sage of this salvation, long promised to our fathers, hasbeen sent to us (26). The Jews at Jerusalem did not recog-nize Jesus as the Messiah but crucified Him as had beenforetold. God has however proved His claims by raisingHim from the dead (27 30), and of this fact we, the Apostles,are witnesses, and accordingly preach to you that Jesus is

the Saviour whom the Scriptures foretell (31 37), and warnyou to give heed to our message (38 41).

16. Kal ot <)>op. T. Oeov] Cf. x. 2 n.; not Israelites,

but proselytes, as is clearly shewn by comparing ver. 43.

17. TOVTOV] deictic.

|\|aTo] Cf. i. 2 n. and Deut. iv. 37 ee\<faro rb

o"jrtp/j,a avruv ; Ps. Ixxxix. 3 dteOtjJL-riv dtadrjK'rjv ro?s e/cAe/crcus

fj.ov. Israel was 'the chosen' people.

M. v\|/wo-v] 'raised', i.e. increased in numbers, strength,and dignity, the last especially in connection with their

miraculous delivery. So the sojourn in Egypt and deliveryfrom it are referred to with grateful pride, Ps. cv. 23 38.

A. andB.V. 'exalted'.

irapoLKia] vii. 6 n.

ppa\fovos...] Ex. vi. 6 Xurpwo-o/xat tyxas iv

18. Kal ...] This reading makes u;s='when', butthe alternative reading is much simpler, placing a Kal before

Ka0e\uv and making s= 'about', as in A. and E.V.

iTpo-iro^op-qo-cv]' suffered he their manners' A. and E.V.

For tne meaning of the word cf. Cic. ad Att. xni. 29 In hoc

rbv Tv(f>6v fjiou 7rp6s 0<2v TpoTTO(p6p'rja'ov ; Schol. Arist. Ran.1432 17 JIT) Karad^aaOai 07 /caradea/xei>ous rpoirotyopeiv.

There is a distinct reference to Deut. i. 31 rpoTro^o/^Veto*e Ktipios 6 6eos crou, us et rts Tpoirocfiopya'cu &v6pwiros rbv vibv

avTov, Kara wacrai> rriv odoy...

The original Hebrew word means simply 'to bear'

('carry'; or 'endure' 'be patient with'), and both in the

LXX. and here^rpofocpop-rja-ev

is also read. Whether it

means merely 'nourished' (=

26pe\pev Hesych.), or 'bare

erpo^. them as a nursing father' (B.V. in margin), <?77>o0o06p?7<re*>is given seems clearly required by the sense here (and also in Deut.

SB' w * 31)>

for the Apostle is dwelling not on the perversity of

F.'de w! Israel but on the care and affection of God for them : erpo-

jro(p6prjffv distinctly is out of place.Tulit Deus populum Israeliticum in deserto beneficentissi-

ma, eaque plane singulari ratione, quae proprie illi conveni-

ret aetati tenellae, qua populus non ipse se tulit, ut homo

Page 181: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xiii. 23] NOTES. 165

adultus, sed Dens eum, ut parvulum necdum sibi suppetentem,

gestavit. B. Cf. Is. Ixiii. 9 ;and especially Num. xi. 12.

19. frrra e(9vT]...] Cf. Deut. vii. 1.

KdTKXi]pov(|AT]<rv]*

gave (them) as an inheritance':

T.B. without any authority /care/cX^yooSor^tTe^* divided to

them by lot '.

20. ws r<ri . . . ] The text seems to mean that the whole Text in x

of the events from God's 'choosing' Israel, i.e. from His ^^SvS?covenant with Abraham up to the entrance into Canaan, by W.B.took place in 'about 450 years'. For the dat. cf. viii. 11 R -v

T.B. places these words after juerd raura, thus making Cf. Jos.

the period of the Judges 450 years. This was the popular ^f;^ ^

chronology, and the figure is apparently obtained by addingtogether the dates assigned in the O.T. to the various Judgesincluding Eli

;this method of calculation however does not

take into account that several Judges may have been con-

temporaneous, and is inconsistent with 1 K. vi. 1, whereSolomon's temple is said to have been begun 480 yearsafter the departure from Egypt.

Many consider that the reading given in the text is a ^-P.A.correction, and that the reading of T.B. (following E, G, H)

lN

is right, Paul having used the popular, though probablyinaccurate, chronology.

28wKv KpiTcts] Judges ii. 16.

21. TJTi]<ravTO |3curiX&i] 1 Sam. viii. 5. 28a>K6v...l Sam.ix. 1 et seq.

<ITK\ T<r<rpaKovTa] The time is not given in O.T. ;

Josephus however tells us that Saul reigned 18 years during Ant. vi.

the lifetime of Samuel, and 22 after his death.U' 9>

22. jxeTcumjcras] 'having removed him from his office',

i. e. by the sentence of deposition recorded 1 Sam. xv. 23.

Cf. Luke xvi. 4 OTOLV /xera<7ra^u) TTJS olKovo/mias.

vpov...] A combination of Ps. Ixxxix. 20 evpov Aavld

rbv 5ov\6v /ULOV, ev eAeet 0,7^ %/Hcra O.VTOV, and 1 Sam. xiii. 14

7]T'f)(reL Kvpios eaury avOpwrrov /card TJ\V Kapdiav avrov /cat

VT\lrat Kvpios aury...

23. TOVTOV] Emphatic.' Of this man from the seed. . .

'

KCIT' eircryycXiav...] The promise is to be found 2 Sam.vii. 12; Ps. cxxxii. 11, both passages being Messianically

interpreted.The verb ayo> is found in Zech. iii. 8 of the sending of yy

Messiah ayu rbv dov\6v pov Q,va.TO\r)v ('the Branch'). T.B.JJ

has ijycLpev.

Page 182: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

166 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xm. 24

24. irpoKT]pvavTos] As a herald before a king.

irpi irpoo-wirou] 'before', 'in front of, with a recollectionof Mai. iii. 1 (the passage quoted Mt. xi. 10) <?a7ro0T&Xa>rbv dyye\6v yuov, Kal ^7rt/3X^ercu odbv irpb irpoff&irov fJLOV.

25. <os 8^ errX/rjpou...] Paul's favourite metaphor fromthe race-course, cf. xx. 24; 2 Tim. iv. 7 TOV Spo^ov rereXe/ca;

lw*Qr. Gal ' " 2 ' An inscription found at Tarsus refers to thein. 209,

"

completion of the stadium there. Note the imperfects.

OVK cljil l-yco] A. andE.V. rightly 'I am not he', i.e. Hewhom you expect, the Messiah. Cf. the question put tohim ; John i. 25 rt ovv /3a7rr/fas, el ffv OVK el 6 X/HOTO j ;

a\\f

I8ov...] Johni. 27.

SoL&M. 26.ijjJ.iv]

'To us': emphatic. The message of this

salvation, of the salvation brought by Jesus the Saviour

(cf. ver. 23 o-wr^pa 'Iiqffovv), long promised to our fathers (cf.

ver. 32), has been sent to us, in our day (cf. n. on ijfiGv ver.

32). The clause which follows, viz. ol yap..., does not givethe reason why this is so, but tells how it is so. yap intro-

duces the narrative which explains the message.Vv T.E. has fyu*>, thus drawing a contrast between the

J^j^ Jews of Antioch and the Jews dwelling at Jerusalem 'we

B.v. come to you with this message because the Jews at Jerusa-

lem rejected it'. But it seems impossible that Paul at this

emphatic point in his speech, marked as emphatic by the

repeated personal address (avdpes a5...), should explain whyhe was preaching to the Jews of Antioch and not to thoseof Jerusalem. Nowhere else is such a distinction drawnbetween the two classes, nor is it drawn here, for Paul point-

edly addresses his hearers as viol ytvows 'A/3/oact/x, i.e. as in

common with all other Jews, children of the promise now ful-

filled. The introduction of such a distinction between twoclasses of Jews mars the whole meaning of the speech,which is not a justification of Paul's presence in Antiochbut a great argument that Jesus is the Messiah.

27. TOVTOV] i.e. Jesus the Saviour, implicitly referred

to in TTJS O-UT. ravTTjs and the subject of the whole discourse.

aYvoTJ<rayTs]A mild word, purposely chosen, as sug-

gesting unwilling error, cf. iii. 17. It governs both TOVTOV

and rds (puvas (as A. and B.V.) : they failed to recognize Jesus

and they failed to recognize the prophetic utterances aboutv, A. a suffering rather than a triumphant Messiah. Others take

Kal almost= 'also' and joining dyvorjo-avres with e7r\ripu(rai>.

28. fXT]8|jLtav ali-Cav...] Cf. Pilate's words Luke xxiii. 22

a'LTiov Oavdrov evpov kv avrq).

Page 183: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xm. 35] NOTES. 167

etsi quaesiere B. pointedly, but wrongly : it is

not Paul's object to suggest the guilt of the Jews at Jeru-

salem.

32. vjxds] ace. after eucryy* as a verb of teaching, cf.

viii. 40; ryv cTrayyeXLav is the second ace. of the thingtaught,

* we teach you the promise, how, that is, God hasfulfilled it...'.

T.E. avT&v Tjfuv, rightly as regards sense, butwithout any authority. 'It can hardly be doubted that W.&H.

77/Awj> is a primitive corruption of 77^'. Indeed y/uuv is

necessary to the sense :

* the promise made to the fathers,that (promise) God has fulfilled to the children, having for

us raised up...', or 'to the children, even us, by raising

up...'.

dya<rrq<ras 'I^o-otiv] as iii. 22, vii. 37; certainly not AsA.M.

'having raised him from the dead', for the Psalm imme- Era^'diately quoted, which refers to the sending of Messiah, mus,&c.would have no relevance. Paul refers to the 'raising up of

Jesus '

i.e. the sending of Him as Messiah as fulfilling one

prophecy, and the '

raising Him from the dead '

as fulfillinganother. The two are separate acts, though forming part La- do

of one divine purpose, and the one is the natural and ne-w*

cessary complement of the other, as the use of the same verbseems to indicate (cf. below the repeated words 5c6o-w, 5oWs;TCG offLCL, rbv offtoy).

33. mos,..] Verbatim from Ps. ii. 7. For Seur^p^ D has SoF. M,

TT/jwry, which is not improbably right, the first Psalm being Tischen-

regarded by the Jews as introductory, and the second one dorf.

counted as 'the first'.

34. |JLT]KTI fiAXovra...] Cf. carefully Eom. vi. 9 'Christ

being raised from the dead dieth no more '.

Swcro)...] Is. Iv. 3 dLaOricrofJiaL vfuv dia6iJK'r)i> aluviov, TO.

offia Aaui5 rot iriara,. Translate 'I will give to you (the

Israelites) the holy promises of David that are sure', ret

oVict is the noun, ra Tnard the predicate, marked by its posi-tion as emphatic. What ' the holy promises of David '

areis immediately made clear by the second quotation, whichrefers to 'the Holy One', i.e. Messiah, the great Son of

David.

35. SIOTI...] 'Because...': Paul immediately justifieshis application of ra 6W A. to the Messiah by referring to

Ps. xvi. 10 which, he says, shews that the 'holy promisesof David' cannot merely mean that David was God's holyone, for the Holy One spoken of is described as 'not seeing

Page 184: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

168 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xm. 35

corruption', and so cannot be David who died, but mustbe the Son of David who had been raised from the dead.

36. yVql iSCcj...] Of the various ways in which thesewords may grammatically be taken, the clearest sense is

obtained by rendering, 'Having served his own generation,

by the will of God fell asleep...and saw corruption'. Thusthe words are taken in their natural order and we havea double distinction marked between David and Jesus, for

(1) Jesus 'is of service

'

to all generations, and (2)*

by thewill of God He fell asleep' but did not 'see corruption'.

irpocreTeBt]...] 'An expression arising from the practiceof burying families together'. Cf. Gen. xv. 15; Judgesii. 10.

39. OTTO TTCLVTCDV WV] i.6. C10' WJ>, Cf. V6r. 2 n. 5lACCUOW='to make' or 'declare righteous': SIKCUOUTCU a7r6... = 'is

justified (by being set free) from...' The believer receives

'remission of sins', and so is freed from them and 'maderighteous'.

Opposed to Jesus in whom (v TOIJTIP) is to be found

justification from all sin, is the law of Moses in which (vvbfjLy) no justification is possible, according to Paul's con-

stant argument (e.g. Gal. iii. 11) that no man can keep theLaw or be 'declared righteous' under it, but that for thus

being made'

righteous'

forgiveness of sin through Jesus is

needed.

40. Iv TOIS irpo^iJTais] vii. 42 n. The quotation is almostverbatim from LXX. Hab. i. 5. The immediate reference

See F. of the prophecy is to the Babylonian captivity. For '

yedespisers

'

the Heb. has '

among the nations '.

42. avrwv] i.e. clearly Paul and Barnabas, the nom. to

irapeKaXovv being 'those in the synagogue'.T.E. without any authority c&ovrwv d K rrjs (rvvaywyTJs

TWV 'Iou5cucoj>, irapeKaXovv ra Wv-rj. The correction is dueto some one who considered that the Jews were opposed to

the Apostles from the first, whereas the reverse is described

as being the case.

A. F. cis TO p,To|v <r.] 'the following sabbath', a late use of

jjLeraty, e.g. Plutarch Inst. Lac. 42 Qi\unrov...Kal /uerat> 5'

'A\%av5pov rbv vibv.

43. XvOefo-Tjs...] Apparently subsequently to the depar-ture of Paul and Barnabas.

46. r\v dva-yKaiov. . .]Cf . the command of Jesus i. 8. See

too iii. 26 n., xiii. 5 11.

KptvT IO/UTOVS] Emphatic, 'ye judge yourselves': it is

your own choice.

Page 185: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xm. 52] NOTES. 169

47. OVTCO -yap..-] The quotation almost verbatim fromLXX. Is. xlix. 6.

Paul states that this Messianic passage (1) 'declares that

Messiah is sent not only to the Jews but to the Gentiles,

(2) is therefore a direct injunction from God as to their

conduct in preaching.For els 0ws Qv&v cf. Luke ii. 32 0u's els diroKaXv^iv

tBv&v.

48. ocroi TJo-av TTO/y|j.Voi...] 'as many as were or-

dained' A. and E.V. The word reray^evoL is distinctly

passive, = 'placed in a certain position' or 'order'. Tothe Jews, who of their own choice rejected God's word, are

opposed the Gentiles who believed; but, as the term rd gOvrj La.

was too wide, the historian adds a correcting and limiting

phrase, 'such of them, that is, as had been appointed',1 marshalled '

'placed in the ranks of those who were on the

road toward(ei's)

eternal life'.

Luke is simply recording a fact; he describes certain

Gentiles as reray/mevoL els f. at.;he uses a participle passive

to describe their position, but there is no shadow of anindication that the question of 'predestination' was before

his mind. He could not have used simpler language. Cer-

tain men were in a certain position: he states that theywere in that position, but by whom placed there, or why,or how, he does not say. Cf. the use of the passive forms

7rpo(reK\'y]pu>6'r](Tav xvii. 4, avrLra.(j<jo^evwv xviii. 6.

For the use of raver co cf. xviii. 6 cwmracro-OyU^uH' ; Lukevii. 8 virb e^ovaiav ra<r<rd/xej'os ;

1 Cor. xvi. 15 els diaKoviav

ro?s ayiois raaj> eavrovs ;Horn. xiii. 1 cu oforat e^oucncu UTTO

6eov rerayjUi^vaL elo'lv.

V. has praeordinati, unfairly : Aug. destinati, a much too

strong word: A. 'disposed', an ambiguous term: H. 'whohad set themselves to attain that great end ', cf. xx. 13.

50. rds <rpo[Xvas *y ] Proselytes of distinction, as

xvii. 12. For aepo/mtvas cf. x. 1 n.

51. iKTiva|dl|Xvoi] Cf. xviii. 6 and the command of

JeSUS, Mt. X. 14 KTLvd^CLT TOV KOVLOpTOV TWV 7To5wj' VfJidoV. It

is a sign of the rejection of all intercourse.

'IKOVIOV] Four or five days' journey S.E. of Antioch, onthe table-land of Lycaonia, at the meeting-point of several

Boman roads. It was reckoned at various times as in

Pisidia, Lycaonia, or Phrygia. Still a large town Koniehwith 30,000 inhabitants.

52. ot re (idOiyral...] 'Another joyful peroration; like W. and

a calm after a storm. See viii. 4, ix. 31, xii. 24'.soH*

Page 186: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

170 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xiv. 2

CHAPTEK XIV.

TextNA 2. diri0TJ<ravTs] T.K. has a7rei0ow>res: the aorist is1*C' much better, = ' those who disbelieved' i.e. when Paul

preached. R.V. gives 'that were disobedient '. No doubt

strictly aTreiOtu= '

disobey ', cnrurTtu= ' disbelieve'

; but thesedistinctions cannot be accurately maintained

; cf. xix. 9 17-

ireWovv with xxviii. 24 Tjirto-rovv. Moreover in John iii. 36the opposite of 6 irurrefav ds TOV vibv is 6 aTreiflwi/ ry vJ<,'he that disbelieveth'. In the Greek language 'belief and' obedience ' were regarded as almost the same thing and re-

presented by a single word wdOofjiat.

3. IKO.VOV n^v ovv...] The antithesis is not ecrx^Orj 5

(as A. and E. V.) but ws 5 tyevero, cf. ii. 41 n. The sense is

clear. Tor a considerable time they stayed, God givingthem clear witness and the multitude being divided so that

they were not actually molested, but when they found that

they were going to be attacked...they took refuge'.

lirl] iii. 10 n.

Text 8i86vTi] T.B. Kal SLOOVTL marring the sense. The LordABDEP. < bears witness to the word of His grace by granting' : 5i56vn

is subordinate to f^aprvpovvri.

v. Light- 4. TOIS dirooroXois] i.e. Paul and Barnabas (cf. ver. 14),

Excu?-^'here so called for the first time ' The term <aP stle

' wassus.

"

not confined to 'the twelve', whom our usage designates'The Apostles'. The word was in use among the Jews to

indicate any one sent on a mission by some central authority,and was especially applied to those who were sent fromJerusalem to collect the temple tribute. To be an '

apostleof Jesus', a direct commission from Him would be needed;this Paul had received, and probably Barnabas. Moreoverto have seen the risen Jesus was essential to their first

duty; cf. i. 8 n.

5. cos eyVTo opfxi]] 'when there was an assault made'A.Y. ;

'onset' R.V. It is clear however from crwi&Wes

Ka.T<pvyoj> that no 'assault' or 'onset' took place; dp/i/7

A. M. therefore is better taken with the infinitives = eagerness'

or 'impulse to outrage'; cf. Thuc. iv. 4 (rxoXdfbuo-iv op^r)eTr^Treffev e/crei%iVcu TO X^/HOP; Dem. 309. 4 els op/m-riv TOV radeovra TTOLCW.

rots apxovanv O/UTWV] Not rots ap'xovcn.v absolutely (cf.

xvi. 19) 'the magistrates', for they would not take part in

such a proceeding, but, as the addition of avruit shews, 'the

rulers of the Jews'. Cf. xiii. 27 oi dpxovres CLVTU>J>; as it

had been with Jesus, so it was with His followers.

Xi0opo\ii<rai] Cf. vii. 58 n.

Page 187: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xiv. 12] NOTES. 171

6. cruvi86vTs] xii. 12. Ka0j>vyov : confugerunt, cf. the

command of Jesus Mt. x. 23.

AvKaovfcxs] A high table-land, ill watered, bleak, butsuited for sheep pasture. Both Lystra and Derbe are S.-E.from Iconium but their exact site is unknown. Lystra was

probably the birthplace of Timothy, cf. xvi. 1.

8. Kci0T]To]' used to sit ', probably in some public place

regularly : cf. rJKove 'used to listen ', i. e. to Paul when speak-

ing to the people.

9. cmvio-as] i. 10 n. Of Paul, xiii. 9, xxiii. 1.

irCorriv TOV <ra>0TJvcu] The gen. describes not only the

aim but the result of the faith. Faith to be healed is the

cause of healing, cf. iii. 16 ;Lukevii. 50 97 irlans crov o-eVw/ce ere.

<T(adr)VQLi (cf. iv. 10 n.) primarily of bodily healing, butalso conveying the idea of spiritual healing.

10. TJXaro]* he leapt up

'

suddenly, and ' was walking '.

11. AvKoovurrl] lit. 'in Lycaonian fashion', i.e. in the

Lycaonian speech. So 'EAA^io-rJ avv^vai 'to understand

Gk', and AW/HOT/, ^pvyurri, Avdiarl applied to styles of music.

What the Lycaonian speech or dialect was we do notknow. Living in a mountainous and secluded district theyprobably only used Gk in their intercourse with strangers, as

Welshmen might use English. It is clear that the Apostlesdid not understand the cry that was raised, or they wouldhave protested at once.

ot 0ol...] One of the oldest of beliefs, cf. Horn. Od.xvn. 484

Kal re deol ^eLvoLffiv eoi/c6res

It was in the neighbouring country of Phrygia thatPhilemon and Baucis were fabled to have entertained thetwo divinities here mentioned, Jupiter and Mercury, cf. Ov.Met. vm. 626.

12. TOV B. Afa] Perhaps from his more imposing N.

appearance. Paul (2 Cor. x. 10) says of himself ?/ TrapovataTOV (rw/xaros dcrdev^s ;

and cf . 2 Cor. xii. 7 edoOtj [JLOL ovcoAoi/'

TTJ trap/ct; Gal. iv. 14. Tradition, probably exaggeratingthese references, describes him as fjLiKpos r$ fjieyeBei, \f/i\os AdaT7]v /ce^aA^, dyKvXos TCUS Kvr}/j,ats, but it is clear from the

j%w^

comparison of him to Hermes that the writer had no idea

of his presence being mean or contemptible, for Hermes,the herald of the gods, is a beautiful figure.

6t]-y.

ToO Xo-yov] Hermes was the inventor of speech,cf. epfjLTjvevcj ;

Hor. Od. i. 10. IMercuri ......| quiferos cultus

hominum recentum| voceformasti catus.

Page 188: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

172 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xiv. 13

13. TOV OVTOS. . .] The god is identified with his temple,which was 'before the city'.

o-T^jxara] Kegularly used in sacrifices: worn by the

priests, carried by the attendants, placed on the victim.

A. W. TOVS irvXwvas] Some say* the gates of the house where

the Apostles were', but if so the plural is strange, cf. xii. 13.

It can only be conjecture, but it seems better to refer to the

gates of the temple of Zeus, the altar being in front of thev.Renan. temple : this gives great force to TOVTUV in ver. 15, which

thus becomes deictic and vigorous.

14. 8iappii|avTs Td IjAaTia] A sign of grief andhorror, cf. 2 Kings xviii. 37, xix. 1

; Matt. xxvi. 65.

15. 6|Aoioira6is] 'of like passions' A. and E.V., theword 'passions' being used in a technical sense as in Art. I.,

where God is described as 'without body, parts or passions'.The rendering here is however hardly happy, as the ancients

always represented the gods as influenced like men by love,

anger, hate and those feelings which are usually termed

'passions'. The word b^oLoirad^ is of far wider meaning,and describes one who is in the possession of a like nature,and therefore has like feelings or sensations, is affected in

the same way by the same things, as heat and cold, pleasureand pain, disease and death.

The word may be well illustrated from Shakespeare,Merck, of Ven. in. 1, 'Hath not a Jew eyes? Hath not aJew hands, organs, dimensions, senses, affections, passions?fed with the same food', &c.

OTTO TOVTCDV...] Cf. 1 TheSS. 1. 9 eTTHTTpt\{/aTe TTpOS TOV

Oeov CLTTO rwv etwAwj>, dovXevew deQ frtjjvriKal dXyOivy.

TOVTWV is deictic. Paul points to the heathen templeand its altar and images, and calls them 'these vain things',i. e. things which do not represent reality, cf. 1 Cor. viii. 4

Oida/mev ore E&C0X09 ovv.

Text AB Gcov WVT<X] 'a living God', opposed to the 'vain', non-CDE. existent gods of the heathen. T.K. has TOP 6. TGV {wra,

probably as seeming more precise and emphatic. Paulhowever very frequently has Oeos u>v, e.g. 2 Cor. vi. 16;Eom. ix. 26, where he is quoting from Hos. i. 10 K^O-fiffovraiviol 6eov fuwros; and so regularly in LXX. with no article.

Cf. too in illustration of the phrase the well-known Hebrewmethod of confirming an oath, 'Jehovah liveth', e.g. Hos.iv. 15 pr] 6/j.vvere {WTO, Kvpiov, Jer. iv. 2 dfj-ber) y Kvpios.

6s eirofrjo-cv...] Gen. i. 1 ev dpxy eiroiyvev 6 0e6s rov

ovpavov Kal rrjv yfjv. Ps. cxlvi. 6 rbv iroirjcravra rbv ov. Kal

T7]v yyv, rr)v 6d\a<T(rai> Kal irdvTa rd iv avroTs.

It will be observed that to the men of Lycaonia, though

Page 189: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xiv. 23] NOTES. 173

Paul quotes O.T., he does not rest his argument upon it,

as when addressing Jews, but on the witness that naturebears to God. For this cf, the fine passage Cic. Tusc. i. 28,and Rom. i. 20; Ps. xix. 1.

17. aYctOovpi

yc3v...8t8ovs...|J.<

irt7r\(ov] Notice the three M.

participles, the second subordinate to and explaining the

first, and the third the second, 'He gave witness of Himself

by doing good, that is, by giving rains, &c., in that wayfilling....'

oi5pav60ev] Not otiose : caelum sedes Dei. B.

iTovs] It has been pointed out that the district was A.

one which was liable to suffer from drought, and that thewells were of unusual depth.

v<|>po<rvvT]s] Specially used in Gk of the cheerfulnesswhich attends a banquet

*

good cheer '.

18. TOV pr\ 0tiv] gen. dependent on KaTtircLvvav, 'madeto cease from sacrificing ', ^ being redundant as commonlyafter verbs containing a negative idea like forbidding or

stopping.

19. eirrjXOav 8...] Probably after some interval; thenarrative is here very brief.

Xi6ao-avTs] Cf . 2 Cor. xi. 2, a?ra e\i6d<70r]i>. The at-

tack is evidently an irregular proceeding, for a formal or

quasi-formal stoning for blasphemy would have been outsidethe city, cf. vii. 58.

20. avacrrds...] Luke clearly describes a sudden, mira-culous recovery.

Aepprjv] The exact site is unknown, but it was pro-bably to the E. of Lycaonia, near the pass called 'the Cili-

cian gates'. Their return over the same road by whichthey had come must have been intentional, for their naturalroad to Antioch would have been by the Cilician gates, or asimilar pass over Mt Taurus, the very road taken by Paulin passing from Antioch to Derbe at the commencement of

his second missionary journey, cf. xv. 41 xvi. 1.

22. Kal on. . .]' and saying that. . .

'

; Luke draws specialattention to this point in their exhortation, which he gives

verbatim, the quotation being marked by 6Vt, cf. xv. 1.

i][xds] 'we': the speakers are subject to the same condi-tions as their hearers : 'we' is more sympathetic than 'you'.It is quite unreasonable to infer the presence of Luke from As A.

the use of 'we' here. does -

23. x tPOTOV1i~avT s] lit. 'having voted for', strictly ofelection by show of hands in a public assembly, but hereused generally :

*

appointed'

: cf. x. 41

Page 190: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

174 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xiv. 23

ots: Ethic Dat. For 'presbyters' xi. 30 n.

KCIT* KK\T]<rfo.v] Kard is distributive.

irap^0VTo] Cf . xx. 32;Luke xxiii. 46 TLdrep ets %a/>as aov

TraparLOefjLaL TO irvevfM /JLOV. The word is not so classical as

7ra/>aAcaTaTi0e<r0cu= ' to place a deposit (irapaKaraOrjK'r}) with

any one', 'give to be taken care of, e.g. of money with a

banker; hence generally 'to entrust'.

24. 'ArroXCav] W. from Perga at the mouth of theriver Catarrhactes, near the borders of Lycia ; at this timethe capital of Pamphyh'a ;

built by Attains II. king of Per-

gamus.

27. o<ra] 'all the things that', implying that they were

many.

(iTJ

avrwv] Cf. the promise of Jesus Kal Idoij, eyu jmed''

vfji&v dpi. The phrase expresses the presence and impliesthe assistance of God.

TJvot|V...] Cf. 1 Cor. xvi. 9 Oijpa yap JJLOI dvtyye fjt,eyd\f) ;

2 Cor. ii. 12 0vpa dve^y^vT} ; Col. iv. 3 ifa 6 0ebs avoi^y TJIUV

6tipcu> TOV \6yov. The phrase expresses in a vivid and

pictorial form the result of their first missionary journey.

Gvpav irC(TT<)s] i.e. a full opportunity of belief and so

of entrance or admittance into all the blessings attendingon that belief.

28. OVK oXfyov] cf. xii. 18, implies a considerable time,

e.g. a year or more.

CHAPTEE XV.

1. KaC Ttvcs...] This visit of Paul to Jerusalem is

usually identified with the one he describes Gal. ii. 1 10,fourteen years after his conversion.

The question, whether for admission to the ChristianChurch it was necessary first to accept the Jewish Law, and

especially, as a sign of that acceptance, to submit to cir-

cumcision, might appear to have been settled by the case of

Cornelius and the discussion which ensued upon it ; but it

would seem that many still regarded that case as exceptionaland by no means clearly establishing a general principle.The question revived again in full vigour, even after the

present decision, and is the cause of the Epistle to the

Galatians, in which Paul establishes the freedom of theGentiles. It must be remembered, with regard to the

great importance which this question assumed, that theJews considered themselves a peculiarly privileged people,and even those who acknowledged Jesus as the Messiah

Page 191: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xv. 4] NOTES. 175

may not unnaturally have held that those Gentiles whoaccepted the Jewish Messiah were also bound to acceptthe Jewish Law.

TIV&] Paul describes these men as TrapeicraKrovs if>evd-

a5eX0ous, oirives TrapeicrTJXQov /caraovcoTnJcrat r^v eXevOepiav

TJI^WV. Gal. ii. 4.

ISCScuTKov] Note the imperfect, and also that the word

implies a definite purpose.

on] Introducing their very words, cf. xiv. 22.

TO> 20ei] Cf. ra dr) vi. 14; same as ro> vb^ov ver. 5. Dat.

of the rule by which.

2. <TTao-a>s] A strong word, used= 'uproar', 'riot'

xix. 40 :' sedition' Luke xxiii. 25. Here ' a division between

two opposing parties', cf. xxiii. 7. It is the well-knownclassical word for an outbreak between the democratic and

oligarchical parties in a state.

rojav] sc. ol dd\<j>oi from ver. 1. Paul says (Gal. ii. 2)

dveprjv /car' airoKoXv^iv \ Luke gives the external, Paul the

internal history.

Kal nvas d'XXovs] e.g. Titus; Gal. ii. 13.

3. irpoTrcfjw^Oc'vTcs] The verb signifies 'to accompanysome one setting out on a journey a part of the way' as amark of affection and honour. Cf. xx. 38, xxi. 5.

4. -irapeSc'xOiicrav...] The narrative is by no meansclear, but seems to mark three main points :

(1) A public reception by the whole Church of Pauland Barnabas.

(2) The raising in a definite form by 'certain convertsfrom among the Pharisees' of the question of circumcision,but whether at the first reception or later is not clear.

(3) A subsequent meeting of the whole (vers. 12, 22)Church to decide the question.

Paul's own account is (Gal. ii. 2) /cat aved^^v avrois TO

cvayyeXiov o Ktipvaaw ev rots %6ve<nv, /car' tdiav d row doKOVffiv,

fjLrj TTWS els Kevov rp-U TJ gdpa/JLOv.

Alford fairly observes,' Paul did not lay before the So N.

whole assembly the Gospel which he preached among the ^J1*"

Gentiles, viz. the indifference of the Mosaic Law to their

salvation (Gal. i. 7 9), for fear of its being hastily repu-diated and so his own work hindered (^ TTCOS...). But hedid so in private interviews with the chief Apostles'. Cf.

his conduct xxi. 18.

TTJS IKK. Kcd...] The words /cat TWV aVo<7T. /cat TO;*/

Trpecrp. are added because the 'Apostles and elders' would

naturally take a prominent part in the reception, and their

Page 192: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

176 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. [xv. 5

presence is therefore specially noted. So ver. 6 they arementioned without the Church, because the decision of the

question would naturally be left with them, though as wesee from vers. 12, 22, 'the Church' was present and agreedin the decision.

5. avrovs] The converted Gentiles.

6. TOV XOYOV TOVTOV] The subject under consideration,cf. viii. 21 n.

7. rUrpos] Here last mentioned in the Acts.

eu(>' i^|Ap(3v dpxaCwv] About 15 years before. The phraseseems to refer to the 'early days' of the Church, cf. xi. 15,

A.M. v dpxy referring to Pentecost; xxi. 16 apxaii^ fj.a67jrrj. It

seems designedly chosen to indicate that the acceptanceof Gentiles was no new, novel principle.

8. KapSuyyvwo-TTjs] qui cor non carnem spectat. B.

9. Ka6ap(<ras] Markedly recalling the word used x. 15.God had taken away the 'uncleanness' of their hearts.

10. iri0iv<u] The inf. completes the notion of theverb by explaining wherein the 'tempting' consists: the

ireipacr/jibs is denned as eiridetvcu....;it is an extension of the

epexegetic inf. and may fairly be rendered *

tempt byplacing...': cf. ver. 14 eireo-K^aro Xa/3eti/, where the 'regard'is defined as 'a taking...'; Luke i. 25 ^iretdev a^eXeu'.

For ireipdT TOV 6. cf . Ex. xvii. 7 (where' Massah '

is in

LXX. IlcipafffjiAs) ; Deut. vi. 16 ; Matt. iv. 7 ;1 Cor. x. 9.

The phrase expresses acting without trust in God, refusingto follow His guidance till He has been tried or tested bysome overt proof, such as the sending water from therock in Horeb, or the vision sent to Peter at Joppa.

vyov] i.e. the burden of fulfilling the Law; fvyov dovXela?

Gal. v. 1. Opposed to it is the '

easy yoke'Matt. xi. 30) of Jesus.

11. 8id TTJS x^P- T. K. 'Itjo-.]With <Tud'f)i>a.i not with

. Thehe words are thrown forward for emphasis :

'not through the Law, but by grace...'.

12. Bapvdpa Kal II.] Notice the reversion to this order,

possibly because the events take place in Jerusalem, whereas yet Barnabas was better known than Paul. So too ver. 25.

IfrjYovfUvwv b'cra...] Paul and Barnabas simply reportthe facts. The Council discuss and decide. The triple

repetition of 6Va eTrolrjaev 6 tfeo's (xiv. 27, xv. 4) is note-

worthy. Throughout Paul does not argue, but appeals to

the facts as a visible proof of God's presence.

13. direKpfth]] 'answered', i.e. spoke in reply to the

Page 193: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xv. 17, 18] NOTES. 177

general expectation of a closing opinion from the presidentafter the debate.

14. 2v|xcov] Found also 2 Pet. i. 1 ; a by-form of

Simon. James uses Peter's Hebrew name.

ir<rK\|/aTO Xapiv] A. and K.V. * did visit the Gentiles

to take...'; but the sense of 'regard', 'consideration' is

stronger here in eTretr/ce^aro (cf. vii. 23 n.) than that of'visit '. It is= ' shewed regard

'

or ' consideration in taking'

.

4J eOvwv Xaov] Egregium paradoxon. B. Cf. x. 2 n.

Israel is no longer to be alone 'the people': from 'the

nations ' God may take Himself a people the Israel of God,not after the flesh but after the spirit.

TW 6v. CIVTOV] i.e. to be called 'God's people', 'the Israel

of God' (Gal. vi. 16). Cf. ver. 17.

15. 01 Xo-yoi] Plural: 'the utterances', of which he

proceeds to select one.

16. [iTd Tadra...] Prom LXX. Amos ix. 11, 12 tv rfj

TjfjLepa eKeivrj dvaffTr/crb) rr)v ffK^VTjv Aavid rrfv TreTTTUKviav, KO.I

aLVOiKodo]ULr}(ri>) ra TreTrrajicora avrrjs, Kal ra /careerKafAjmfra CLVTTJS

avaarrjcraj...ending with Ayet Ktf/nos 6 TTOLWV ravra irdvra.

The passage of Amos refers in the first instance to the

restoration of the Davidic empire (instead of the ' house of

David' it speaks poetically of 'the fallen tent') : secondly, it

refers to the Messiah's kingdom ('the throne of David his

father' Luke i. 32).

17. OTTWS OLV K'-r]Ti]<ra>oriv ol KaraXonrot...] In AmosA.V.

, following the Hebrew, has ' that they may possess the

remnant of Edom', referring probably to the slaughter M.

already inflicted on Edom by Amaziah (2 Kings xiv. 7).

Certainly, though the general Messianic reference of the F. and so

passage be undisputed, the Hebrew text 'that they (the g^mJews) may possess' is 'much less apposite to the purposeof the speaker' than the LXX. version.

<(>' ovs...] A Hebrew expression, for those who acknow- M.

ledge Jehovah as Lord,' God's people ', cf. Deut. xxviii. 10

;

Is. Ixiii. 19.

17, 18. Xe'-yci Kvpuos irouuv ravra -yvwo-Ta air* al.] So NBC.

'saith Jehovah, making these things known from of old'.

By omitting the article before Trotwj/ and adding the words Omit 6

yvwara cbr' aluvos James incorporates with the quotationNrB-

certain explanatory words of his own, intended to shewthat the extension of Messiah's kingdom to the heathen ' is

not a chance occurrence or trivial, but much rather God's Baum. r.

determined act'.

T. E. reads 6 TTOLWV ravra. ira,vra. yvwo-ra a?r' aiwvos tan

rf Bey irdvra. ra Zpya avrov. The addition seems due to a A.

p. 12

Page 194: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

178 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xv. 18

desire to make the words yvucrTa air al. intelligible : not

being found in Amos they would be regarded as a separatesentence needing some addition to give sense.

For COT' aiwvos cf. iii. 21 rwv ayiwv an aiuvos TrpcxfryTuiv,

and Luke i. 70, and for the whole phrase Is. xlv. 21.

19. e-yw Kptvw] Ego censeo. Not 'my sentence is', as

A.Y., but 'I judge' ('my judgement is' E.V.): Jamesexpresses his own 'judgment', not the 'sentence' or 'deci-

sion'

of the assembly, which is given ver. 22.

20. <TrurTlXai...Tov d-ir^ttrOcu] The gen. gives the' aim '

or the ' contents'

of the ' letter '. For e7ri<7Te?Xcu cf.

tTTiffTo\r)i> ver. 30, and (?7r<?<rretXa vtfv Heb. xiii. 22. It is

safer to render eTrtcrrerXcu. 'write' and tirio-ToXr) 'letter' (asA. and B.V.), but the sense of *

enjoin', 'injunction'

strongly attaches to both words, cf. our Use of '

message'

and 'mandate'.

TWV d\. TWV l8Xttv] By a comparison with ver. 29, xxi.

25 clearly= e5wX60ura 'meat sacrificed to idols'. Lit. ' the

pollutions of idols' from the late Greek dXiffyetv,

' to pollute'.With the ancients sacrifice was always accompanied byfeasting : the parts not burnt on the altar or taken by the

priests afforded the materials for a feast or were sold.

Paul in 1 Cor. viii. clearly lays down his view with regardto eating or not eating such meat : in no case will he ' makea brother to offend', though such meat is really but as othermeat.

The four things specially prohibited are those referred

to as '

defiling' in Lev. xvii. and xviii. and forbidden not

only to Jews but to 'strangers that sojourn in the land',M.deW. and it is probable that the same prohibitions were enforcedum- on all

'

proselytes of the gate '.

(1) r&v d\. T&V eidu>\ui>, cf. Lev. xvii. 1 9. Of all

beasts killed the blood was to be offered to the Lord, andthe offering to devils was prohibited.

(2) and (3) rov TTVIKTOV Kal rov afyt. cf. Lev. xvii. 1016. No blood was to be eaten, and consequently no flesh

of anything of which the blood was not '

poured out '.

(4) r?7s iropveias, of. Lev. xviii. 1 18. All forms of un-cleanness forbidden.

With regard to the classing of a moral offence apparentlyon an equal footing with other merely ritual offences, it

should be remembered (1 )that iropveia. was hardly looked

upon as wrong by the ancient Gentile world, (2) that to theJews the distinction between moral and ceremonial offences

was hardly as clear as it is to us; they regarded all the

offences mentioned as direct violations of divine laws.

21. Mwvorfjs 7&p] i.e. they are to abstain because their

Page 195: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xv. 26] NOTES. 179

conduct would give offence. The prohibitions enforced byMoses on '

strangers', and consequently by the Jews on all

proselytes, were so well known to all their Jewish brethren

that to neglect them would cause offence. They are a

minimum with less than which the Jewish Christians could

not be satisfied rd, t-n-dvayKes ver. 28. Some explain the

words as an apology to the Jews present for requiring so

little : nee est metuendum ne Hoses antiquetur, habet enim mus,

ille....

22. <(8o|] A regular word at the commencement of

decrees.

and so N.Baum.

5

^8o|e TCHS

Tes] An instance of loose sense construction. The first

participle is attracted from the dat. into the ace. by the

proximity of the inf., and the second is in the nomin. by a

reversion to the logical nom. of the sentence (5oe rots

dTToo-roXois ' the Apostles determined').

'lovSav] Not otherwise known. Silas is an abbrevia- v. w.tion for Silvanus (cf. Lucas= Lucanus, Epaphras^Epaphro-ditus &c.) as he is called 1 Thess. i. 1

;2 Cor. i. 19 : he ac-

companied Paul in his second missionary journey, cf. xv. 40,

23. KCII 01 irp<r. dSeX^oC] T. R. has /cat ol ddeXfolwith poor Text KA

authority. The embassy had been sent to ' the Apostles andBCD>

elders' (ver. 2) ;it is answered by

' the Apostles and elders',

and in the reply the word d<5eX0ot is added to emphasize the

unity of feeling which the letter was intended to produce ;

it is from 'brethren to brethren', from Jewish Christians

at Jerusalem to Gentile Christians at Antioch. Translate4 The Apostles and elders, brethren to the brethren...'

E.V. gives' The Apostles and elder brethren' a meaning-

less phrase.

dS\4>ol...Tois d8X<J>ois...xa p^v] Fratres Fratribus

Salutem. Auspicata salutatio, fratrum enim TO avrb <ppovew,cf. 2 Cor. ii. 13 d5eX0ot, rb avrb (frpovelre.

For xcupei?= salutem at the beginning of a letter, cf.

xxiii. 26;James i. 1.

24. dvacrKeud^ovTs] Only here in LXX. and N.T. It

is the opposite of KaraffKevdfav 'to equip', 'furnish', and^'unfurnish', 'destroy', 'subvert' (as A. and B.V.); it

is especially used as a rhetorical term of ' destructive argu-ments', cf. Ar. Rhet. n. 24. 4 rb Set^wo-et Karaa-Kevafcuf rj

dva<TKvdei.i>; Quint, n. 4. 18 opus destruendi confirmandi-

que quod dvacrKevrj et /caracr/ceur? vocatur.

The rendering'

turning up the foundations 'is totally Given by

wrong, cf. Thuc. i. 18, iv. 116, and Poppo ad loc.

ots ov 8iOTiXdfJi,0a] Observe the forcible brevity:

122

Page 196: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

180 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xv. 26

weakened in A.V. 'to whom we gave no such command-ment'. E.V. omits 'such'.

26. wapaSeSwKocri] 'hazarded' A. and R.V. The word= 'to give' or 'place out of your own power into that ofanother '. By their actions they had '

placed their lives outof their own power '. Cf. Thuc. v. 16 rvxy O.VTOV Trapadidua-Lv.

Optime rem commissam curant, qui suam vitam non curant.

vir^p TOV ov.] iii. 6 n.

27. avrovs 8td Xd-yov] Personally, and by word of

mouth.

28. $>oV...] The words express a distinct belief that

the Holy Spirit was present and inspired their resolution

(cf. John xvi. 13), and there seems also a reference to thefact that the right of the Gentiles had been proved by the'

gift of the Holy Spirit', cf. ver. 8, x. 47, xi. 15.

29. v irpaT] A.V. *

ye shall do well', an ambiguousrendering, as 'do well' may= * act rightly' or 'farewell',whereas e5 TrpaTretv can only mean the latter, and so E.V,

rightly 'it shall be well with you '. Cf. Plato Protag. 333 Del ev TrparrovcTLV adtKoOvres ; Dem. 469. 14 e5 t-jroiijaev v/uLas e$

<fppo>o-0] Valete.

31. TTJ irapaKXijcrei] Contained, that is, in the letter;

this '

encouragement'

the bearers of the letter repeat andincrease by their spoken words (dih \6yov IT. TrapeKdXeo-av).

33. iroti]<ravT6S 8 \povov] cf. Dem. 392 OVK av^eivavTQV KrjpVKa ouS' eiroirjcrav yjpQvov ovdtva.

Text fol- After ver. 33 T. R. with very poor authority inserts 5oe

BEHLA ^ T(? ^^V eirifjielvai CLVTOV, an addition apparently to explain

p. ver. 40. But the /-cera rii/as ri^pas of ver. 36 allows for a

considerable interval during which he may have returned

from Jerusalem.

38. (16TO, 84...] Commencement of Paul's second mis-

sionary journey.

mcrrp\|/avTS 8ij lirio-Kexl/wjjicOa]For 877 (particula exci-

tandi] cf. xiii. 2 n. Note the vigour of the repeated twi-.

37. IpovXero] volebat ' wished '

; fjov, aequum censebat*

thought right'

;but probably there is no real difference of

meaning between the two verbs, r)iov...fjLTj being simply=As F.

'

refused','

objected'. To note ' characteristic mildness' in

the one and 'characteristic vehemence' in the other is

imaginative.

37, 38. crvn-irapoXapeiv, ji^ o-vvirapaXa^pavetv] simul

assumere, non simul assumere. Contradictio sententiarum

vivide expressa. B.

Page 197: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xvi. 3] NOTES. 181

Note too the emphasis with which TOVTOV is added pleo-

nastically at the end. Its force is best felt by reading over

the Greek without it. Even in the indirect form in whichthe historian gives it, the refusal is instinct with energy* One who deserted us before, and went not on with us!

No, I will not take him '.

Mark was subsequently reconciled with Paul;Col. iv. 10;

2 Tim. iv. 11; Philemon 24.

39. irapo|v<r(x6s]*irritation '; the word is a strong one,

but has not necessarily a bad sense, cf. xvii. 16 iraputyvero ;

Heb.x. 24 et's 7rapo^vcrfj.6y dyd-ir^s /ecu Ka\&v pyw, but on the

other hand 1 Cor. xiii. 5 dydir-rj..^^ irapo^vvercn.

40. irapaSoeels] Cf. xiv. 26.

41. 8i/jpxTo...] His way would be by the Gulf of La.F.

Issus through4 the Syrian gates ',

a narrow road between

steep rocks and the sea, and then inland, probably pastTarsus and over Mt Taurus by the ' Cilician gates'.

CHAPTEE XVI.

1. TijAoOecs] Probably a native of Lystra (to whichKi must refer), not of Derbe, as has been wrongly inferred

from xx. 4. His mother's name was Eunice 2 Tim. i. 5.

He had probably been converted on his former visit by Paul,who calls him TKVQV JJLOV dyaTr^rbv Kal TTLVTOV h KvpL^j.

I Cor. iv. 17.

2. jxapTvp6LTo] vi. 3 n.

3. Xapwv irpiT|Av] To be taken literally: anyIsraelite might perform the rite.

8id TOVS 'Iov8cUovs...] Clearly not Christian Jews (forthem the Jerusalem 4 decrees' referred to ver. 4 would have

sufficed), but Jews generally. Paul saw that in preaching SoM.La.

to the Jews, if Timothy was to be of any use to him, he Baum-F-

must be circumcised: they would not have associated withone who was uncircumcised or allowed him to preach in the

synagogues. He circumcised him * because of the Jews, for

they all knew that his father was a Greek', and therefore

that he was not circumcised.The refusal of Paul to circumcise Titus (Gal. ii. 3) is

quite different. Titus, who was a Greek, had gone up withPaul on the mission referred to in the last chapter. A de-

mand had been made that he should be circumcised. Tohave complied would have been fatal to the cause of Gentile

freedom, which Paul was sent to represent. Idem non est

semper idem.

Page 198: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

182 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xvi. 4

4. irapeSCSocrav]'

they kept handing over'

: the decrees

had been entrusted to them;

it was their duty to *

passthem on', 'deliver them'.

6. SujXOov 8...] 'They went through the Phrygianand Galatian district having been hindered (i.e. because

they had been hindered) from preaching in Asia'.

Had they kept on in the direction in which they were

going, following the great line of traffic to the West, theywould have reached Ephesus, the chief city of proconsularAsia

(ii. 9, vi. 9), but their progress was 'barred' by a

divine prohibition and they turned off either to the N. or

N.W. T.R. has 5teX06Vres 5 ryv <. Kal rr}v P. x^Pav obscur-KABCD

jng an(:i probably altering the sense; cf. A.V.

KO.I Ta\. r^v <ipvyCav Kal FaX. \. ] Not two districts (as readingKABCD. of T.E. makes it) but one: it was 'the country which could

Light- be termed indifferently Phrygia or Galatia. It was in factfoot. fog land originally inhabited by Phrygians but subsequently

occupied by Gauls'. See however xviii. 23.

Galatia is the land of the PaXdrcu, KeXrcu or GaZZi, the

same race who B.C. 390 sacked Eome, and in B.C. 279 pouredover Greece : a portion of this latter body, instead of proceed-

ing S. ,turned E. and crossed the Hellespont into Asia,

where they finally occupied the territory called Galatia. It

was made a Roman province B.C. 25.

So The Churches of Galatia to which Paul addressed his

Light- Epistle were probably founded during this journey, thoughAw. N. I^ke gives no hint of it. It may be noted however that

the narrative here is extremely brief, the writer being clearlyanxious to pass on to the preaching of Paul in Europe,

e.g. Others consider that Paul uses the word 'Galatians'Lunge, jn an Officiai sense = ' inhabitants of the Roman province of

Galatia' and that the Epistle is addressed to the Churches

of Lycaonia, which formed part of that province.

7. Kara rr^v M.] R.V. rightly 'over against': withit opposite them.

rd irvv|ia 'Itjo-ov] T.R. with poor authority omits

'Irjffov. R.V. gives the 'Spirit of Jesus'. The exact ex-

pression occurs nowhere else, but cf. Phil. i. 19rou Trv.'Irjcrov

X/H(7Tou ; Romans viii. 9 Tr^eu/xa XptcrroG. In all these casesR.Y. gives

'

Spirit' not '

spirit '.

8. irapX0ovTs] A. and R.V. 'passing by', which mayeither mean 'neglecting' or 'passing along the edge of.

It is certainly natural to take the word literally andM.La.A. not metaphorically, as merely describing their route (cf.

f^eg

e

e

ct. 8trj\6ov, tXdovTes, KaTtpyaav) 'having passed along the side

ing\

"

of Mysia ',' skirted it ', keeping it, that is, on their right. In

Page 199: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xvi. 12] NOTES. 183

this case Mysia must= Mysia Minor which belonged to Bithy-

nia, whereas Mysia Major was part of the province of Asia.

TpwdSa] Alexandria Troas, S.W. of Troy on the sea-

coast, a Komaii colony.

9. 6'pajj.a]Hitherto they had been simply 'hindered',

'forbidden' to approach certain places; now there is a

positive direction.

10. 4|T]rqcrafi,v]' We sought'. The introduction of

the first person plural, in a writer with such considerable

literary skill as Luke, cannot be set down to the inartistic

incorporation of some narrative written by an actual com-

panion of Paul, but clearly indicates the presence of Lukehimself. The use of it ceases xvii. 1 when Paul leaves

Philippi, and is resumed six or seven years later (xx. 5) onhis sailing from Philippi, and continued to the end of the

Acts.

crvvpipaovTs] ix. 22 n. dvax&'vres xiii. 13 n.

11. i59vSpo^r,crajjL6v] expresses a straight run withthe wind well astern: the journey from Neapolis (xx. 6)took five days.

Sajxo9paKT]v] A small island opposite the mouth of the

Hebrus, distant about 38 m.;celebrated for the worship of

the Cabiri.

Ne'av IIoXiv] Just opposite Thasos; at this time be- M. La.

longing to Thrace, but from Vespasian's time to Macedonia.

12. ^iXC-mi-ovs] Founded by Philip, father of Alexan-der the Great, on the site of the old Krenides, 'Wells';near the sources of the river Gangites or Gangas, whichflows into the Strymon, about 30 m. distant. On the

intervening plain took place the battle of Philippi B.C.

42. The city lies on the great Via Egnatia (see xvii. 1 n.).

Augustus, as Philip had done, recognized the strategical im-

portance of its position and founded a Roman colony there,Colonia Augusta Julia Philippensis.

TJTIS. .

.]

' for it is, first in the district, a city of Macedonia,a colony'.

Whatever the exact meaning of these words, it is clear So Light-

that the clause, introduced by the explanatory IJTLS, is in- foot (q.

tended to call attention to the fact that Paul had reacheda

the place to which he had been specially directed in ver. 9.

It seems plainer to take rrjs /jiepidos M. = 'that portion'or 'district of Macedonia' than to make juiepl6os=' province'and render 'the province Macedonia'. 'Macedonia' is theBoman province of that name (including Macedonia proper,

Page 200: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

184: ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xvi. 12

Illyricum, Epirus, and Thessaly) which had been divided

after its conquest 168 B.C. by Aemilius Paulus into four

districts, of which one, Macedonia Prima, between the Stry-mon and the Nestus, had Amphipolis for its capital, butwhether this district still existed and is referred to by the

words TTJS /jiepidos is doubtful.

The word Trpwrrj cannot = ' chief city', as it otherwise

naturally should, for Amphipolis was the chief city of thatSo Light- district and Thessalonica of the whole of Macedonia. Itfoot. remains therefore to explain it with Erasmus : prima occur-

rit a Neapoli petentibus Macedoniam. Passing from Neapolisthe traveller has to cross the lofty ridge of Syrnbolum before

entering Macedonia, and the first city he comes to is Phi-

lippi.It must be admitted however that the use of Trpwros in

this sense without any words to make it clear is unexampled.

KoXuwa] colonia. A colony consisted of a body of Ro-man citizens publicly sent out to occupy some town, usually

important on military grounds, who in their new homestill continued to enjoy the full rights of Roman citizens.

Cicero calls colonies propugnacula imperil, and Aulus Gel-

lius (xvi. 13) describes them as 'offshoots' or 'miniature

copies of the Roman people'

quasipropagatae . . .pop. Romani

quasi effigies parvae simulacraque. The name is still foundin 'Lincoln', 'Cologne* (=Koln).

13. irapo, jrorajxov] The Gangites. The term irpoffevv. reff. in xt *s applied to any 'place of prayer', whether a building,A - or open space as here (cf. evo^o^ev).

It was a well-known

term, cf. the sneer in Juv. in. 296 in qua te quaero proseucha?The choice of a spot by a river had probably reference to

Jos. Ant. ceremonial washings. A decree of Halicarnassus allowed

23^^ ^e ^ews r<*s 7rpo<reuxas iroieiffBcu Trpbs ry OdXaaari /card TO

wdrpLov ZBos. Cf. Ps. cxxxvii. 1, 'By the waters of Babylon...'.

Ka0C<ravTs IXaXovjuv] Non statim se contulere ad docen-

La. F. dum B., and so others speak of it as ' informal conversation '

;

but to sit was customary for a preacher (vi. 9n.),and XaA*>is a regular word for preaching, e. g. xviii. 25, and by nomeans denotes 'conversation', 'talk', in N.T. The words

clearly describe preaching.

14. Av8Ca] Probably so called from her birthplace beingin Lydia, though 'Lydia' was a common female name.

^ irop<(>vp6ir&)Xis] 'The guild of dyers at Thyatira haveleft inscriptions still existing '. The celebrity of the purpledyeing of the neighbourhood is as old as Homer, cf. II. iv.

141, ws 5' ore ris r' e\<j>avra yvvj] </)OLVIKL fJ-Lrjvy

T] Kdeiyoa, wapfy'ov fy/JLevat. iTnrtp.

Page 201: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

19] NOTES. 185

Claudian de Eapt. Pros. i. 270

non sic dccus ardet eburnum

Lydia Sidonio quod femina tinxerit ostro.

varcCpttv] In N. of Lydia on the river Lyctis: one of

the seven Churches mentioned Kev. ii. 18.

8ujvoiv] A strong word, such as might be used of

opening folding-doors and throwing them wide back. Cf.

Luke xxiv. 45 Sifyoi^ev avr&v rbv vovv. It occurs four

times in Luke, three times in the Acts, once elsewhere in

N/T.

15. irto-T^v TW Kvp.] 'believing on the Lord', one who La.

really believes on Jesus as Lord. A. and K. V. ' faithful to'

an ambiguous rendering.

TrapcpidcraTo] Cf . Luke xxiv. 29 /cat Trape^idcravro avrbv ;

1 Sam. xxviii. 23 OVK efBov^Orj (frayeLv KCLL Trape^La^ovro avrov ;

in all three cases of gentle, hospitable constraint.

16. fycvcro 8fc...] i.e. on a subsequent day.

eis TTJV Trpocrcvxijv] i. e. the Trpocrevx'n already mentioned.T.B. omits rr)j>: 'as we went to prayer' A.V. Text

K A RC~P

irvevjxa iruOcDva] In apposition: T.E. HvQuvos. HtiOuv Textwas the name of the serpent slain by Apollo, whence his NABCD.

name of IIu&os, and the prophetess of Apollo at Delphi(anciently IIu0w) was called ILv0ia.

Plutarch however tells us that in his day (50 100 A. D.?) de defec-

tive term IluQuves was applied to TOI)S yya.<rTpt/j.v6ovs Evpv-tH

?SS*c -

K\tas or '

ventriloc[uist prophets ', and so too Hesychiusp *

explains the word. It is also used in LXX., cf. Lev. xix. 31OVK. 7raKo\ov6r}(TT eyyao-rpifjivOois, and xx. 6, 27, whereA. and R.V. give 'that have a familiar spirit'; and of the

witch of Endor 1 Sam. xxviii. 7 yvvcuKO. eyy.The derivation of the word is unknown. Bengel (as the

ancients probably thought) says ex quo TrudeaOaL datur.

Lange gives the root budh, 'depth', whence (3vOos, puteus;Curtius doubtfully the same root asjpws, putidus.

17. &<pav...] So too the unclean spirits recognizeJesus, e.g. Mark i. 24, iii. 11.

18. 19. Kal ffj\0v...(m IfJTJXOcv] Note the simple skill

of this repetition, not reproduced in A. or B.V. Bender,

'departed'.

19. t\Kv<rav] denotes violence. Cf. Plaut. Poen. in. 5.

45 obtorto collo adpraetorem trahor.

els TTJV d-yopctv] i.e. into the forum, near which wouldbe the courts,of law.

Page 202: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

186 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xvi. 19

TOVS upxovTds] 'the magistrates', a general term; theactual magistrates before whom they were brought are imme-diately specified as rots (rr/xxr^ois, which is the Gk renderingofpraetor. Colonies were actually governed by duumviri, whooccupied a position similar to that of the consuls at Home,

de Leg. but we learn from Cicero that at Capua cum in ceteris colo-Agr. 34. n^s Duumviri appellentur, hi se Praetores appellari volebant,

and it is probable that the same vanity was not uncommon,cf. the contemptuous Lusco praetore Hor. Sat. i. 5. 34.

20. ovrot ol avOpttiroi] Contemptuous.

KTapacr<ro\xriv...] Suberat utilitas privata, publicaostenditur. B.

'lovSaioi virapx..] Used to excite prejudice in strongopposition to'Pw/xa/ots O$<TLV. For the unpopularity of theJews cf. xviii. 17, xix. 34

; Tac. Hist. v. 5 Caetera instituta

sinistra, foeda, pravitate valuere....Apud ipsos fides obsti-

nata...adversus omnes alios hostile odium, and cf. Juv. xiv.

96106 and Mayor ad loc.

It will be observed that their accusers speak of them as

Jews, and it is most probable that the Christians were for

some time confused with the Jews in the general estimation.

21. 9t|...] The exact nature of this the first chargemade against Christians before a Eoman magistrate shouldbe noted. It is that they preach 'unlawful customs', i.e.

the practice of things unlawful. No Eoman magistrate woulddeal with abstract theological questions (cf. xviii. 15) : re-

ligion only became a subject for the magistrate, when it

(1) might tend to create a breach of the peace (cf. eKrapdcr-

aovffiv), (2) or tend to the encouragement of illegal acts, espe-

cially to the formation of secret sects, organizations, &c.

Brisso- 22. TrcpipTJjjavres] Summove, lictor, despolia, verbera,nius, de might be the order. Cf. Liv. n. 55 Consules spoliari ho-

lit

1 ''~

tninem et virgas expediri jubent. Provoco, inquit, ad popu-ZMWI, Volero... Quo ferocius clamitabat, eo infestius circum-

lib, ix. scindere (cf. -jrepLpfe.) et spoliare lictor. So Dion. Halic.p. 440. has TrepLKa.Tapp7)aL in this sense. pap8i^tv=viV^is caedere.

24. qcr^aXCa-aTo] Cf. aa<pa\us rripelv above.

IL r6 5^Xov] 'used at Sparta (Herod, ix. 37), Athens (Ar.

Eq. 366), Eome (Plaut. Capt. in. 70nam noctu nervo vinctus custodibitur) '.

25. vjjtvovv] Clearly connotes thanksgiving, cf. Is. xii. 4Kal epels cv rrj ri/ut,epa eKe'ivy, 'T/mveTre Kvpiov...\ Dan. iii. 23

Altered (Shadrach, Meshech and Abednego) Trepieirdrovv iv [

j

oniipXoybs vfJLVovisTes rbv 6e6v.

lian.

U Cms in nervo cor in caelo. W.

Page 203: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xvi. 37] NOTES. 187

eirr^KpowvTo] aKpodo/jLai= 'hear' 'listen to with pleasure',

especially of listening to a recitation, music or the like :

eiroLKp. also suggests the idea of attention. Cf. d/coi;w='hear', e7ra/oww= 'hear attentively'.

27. 60/uTov dvaipeiv] It was near Philippi that Brutuscommitted suicide. For the fact that it was so frequentas to become almost a 'national usage' under the empirecf. Merivale c. 64.

For the punishment of those who had allowed a prisonerto escape cf. xii. 19.

30,31. Kvpun...T&v Kvpiov]Nonagnoscwit sedominos. B.

o-0o>] In the same sense as 65bi> o-^rrjptas ver. 17, andcru>w throughout the Acts. The keeper was acquaintedwith the purport of their preaching.

31. <rv Kal 6 O!KOS <rov] These words are added to

supplement and make more correct (per Epanorthosin) the

statement irLo-r. Kal vudr]vri. Cf. xi. 14.

E.V. rightly, 'Believe...and thou shalt be saved, thouand thy house '.

A. V. wrongly, Believe.. .and thou shalt be saved, and thyhouse'.

33. J-Xovo-V...Kcu (3airTio-0T]] Chrys. Rom. xxxvi. 2

e'Xoucrei' avrotis Kal eXovdrj'

CKC'IVOVS JJL^V CLTTO rQiv jrXyyuvXov(rev, avrbs 5 drro r(cv a^apTiusv eXoudrj.

Both acts would perhaps take place at a well in the

courtyard, cf. Trpoayayuv 2aj.

34. dva-ya-ycov] Perhaps his house was over the prison.

irapeO-qKev Tpdirc^av] Cf. Od. v. 92 cos apa 0wf?;cracra^ea 7rap^6t]K rpdire^av. The tables being small and easilymoveable, were actually placed before the guest.

nravotKel] Not classical, but cf. TravoiKfjaia (Thuc. n. 16,III. 57), Traj'S^et, Tr

ireirio-T. TW Gew] Hitherto he had been a heathen.The words could not have been used of a converted Jew.

35. TOVS papSovxovs] ='

fasces-bearers', regular Gk for

lictor. Cicero appears to suggest that the lictors of the deLett,

duumviri should have carried baculi not the fasces Ayr. 34

'anteibant lictores, non cum baculis, sed, ut hie praetoribusanteeunt, cumfascibus duobus'.

37. ScCpavTcs...] Note the rhetorical power of thisverse. First the statement of the wrong done (deipavres) :

then the threefold aggravation of it by the circumstancesunder which it was done, (1) d^oaia, (2) d/cara/c^rous, (3)

Page 204: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

188 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xvi. 37

&v6. 'Pw/zcuous UTT. : then the wrongful imprisonment; andlastly the enhancement of the injury by the inadequatereparation offered, which was (1) \d8pa, not drj/j.oa-ia, (2) notoffered personally, cf. avrol eZayaytruaav, (3) without

courtesy, cf. Kpd\\ov<rii>.

SeCpavres] Cic. in Verr. v. 66 Facinus est vincire civem

Romanum, scelus verberare; v. 57 ilia vox et imploratio,Civ is Romanus sum, quae saepe ultimis in terris opem inter

larbaros et salutem tulit.

This immunity was secured by the Lex Valeria B.C. 500and the Lex Porcia B.C. 248.

The praetors do not question Paul's claim, nor doesClaudius Lysias xxii. 27. A false claim might be punishedwith death, cf. Suet. Claud. 25 civitatem Eomanam usur-

pantes.. .securi percussit.

'Pttfiafovs to.] Cf. xxii. 28. How Paul was 'free-born'

we do not know; certainly not merely as citizen of Tarsus,which was only an urbs libera. Of Silas we know nothing.

KpdXXovo-iv] 'cast us out', a strong word; cf. <rya<y-

Taxrav,* conduct us out'.

ov "yap] ydp is the yap so frequent in answers: the

question it answers here is implied in the indignant protestwhich precedes.

*

They propose to do this ! Shall they doit? No, indeed'. So too ou yap ovv.

avrol] In person, not by sending their attendants.

39. irapKaX<rav] Cf. v. 15; Luke xv. 28: 'invited',*

besought', its earlier sense. In ver. 40 as usual 'en-

couraged', 'exhorted'.

40. l^rjXOav] 'they went out': not Luke.

CHAPTEB XVII.

1. 8io8v<ravTs] The 656s was the via Egnatia, so

called from Egnatia, on the coast of Apulia, where the

Appian road reaches the sea. It passes from that pointto Brundisium, and then leads from Dyrrhachium to Byzan-tium. It was the great road from the W. to the E.

'AjjK^CiroXtv] On the left bank of the Strymon, justbelow L. Cercinitis, 3 m. from the sea: the river flows

almost round it, whence its name. On account of its situa-

tion it was an important town in Gk history, several times

colonized by the Athenians and recaptured by the Thracians.

Acquired by Philip B.C. 858. An urbs libera and capital of

Macedonia Prima.

Page 205: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xvii. 5] NOTES. 189

'AiroXXwvfavJ About 30 m. S.-W. of Amphipolis, half-

way to Thessalonica.

0<r<raXoviKT]v] Originally Therma, at the head of theThermaic Gulf

; Cassander largely increased it and called it

Thessalonica after his wife, the sister of Alexander theGreat. It is still the second city of European Turkey,with 70,000 inhabitants, and called Saloniki.

T|V o-uvcrywyTJ] T.E. rfv ij aw. In either case the town Text

is distinguished from the other towns mentioned, in which KA:BI> '

there was no synagogue. This implies the existence of butfew Jews in Macedonia.

2. SieXefjaTo] Used 9 times in the Acts, 3 times in the v. de w.rest of N.T. The word originally indicates an interchange of

words, conversation; it is then used of reasoning or arguingby means of question and answer the * dialectic method '

as illustrated in the Dialogues of Plato. In Luke howeverthe word has lost this meaning, and does not imply discus-

sion, though sometimes conveying the idea not merely of

'reasoning' but 'arguing', 'disputing', as perhaps here;ver. 17, xviii. 19, xxiv. 12. In other places it is simply= 'discourse', as xx. 7, 9.

ciiro TWV ypcujxwv ] A most important description of

the Apostolic method of teaching, cf. ix. 22 n.

Paul first 'expounds' (5tcu/oryei xvi. 14 n.) and 'bringsforward' (TrapariOerai) passages of 'the Scriptures', i.e. ofthe O.T., to shew that the Messiah (6 xpia-ros) must docertain things. He then shews that Jesus did these things,and so draws his conclusion ' that this man is the Messiah

(on OVTOS 6 %.), even Jesus whom I preach to you '.

For Trapariidt/jLevos= '

bring forward',

'

quote as evidence',

cf. Plat. Polit. 275 B TOV pvOov TrapedejuLeOa, IV evdei^airo

3. T&V XP- ^Sei iraOeiv] Luke xxiv. 26 ovxl ravra Zdci

rbv x/HcrToV, and cf. iii. 18 n.

4. <

7rpocrKX<

r]pw0T]o-av] Strictly passive, 'were allotted

to', but A. and E.V. probably rightly 'consorted', cf. n.

on TTayfjL^voL xiii. 48.

5. TWV d-yopafav] The dyopd was the natural resort

of those who had nothing to do, cf. Matt. xx. 4. Hencedyopcuoi= 'idlers',

'

good-for-nothing fellows',

cf. Plat. Prot,347 c rdov <f>av\wv Kal dyopaiuv civdp&irw, Xen. Hell. vi. 2. 23TOV dyopalov 6x\oi/; Dem. 269 Trepirpt/tyia dyopas, where it is

put side by side with o-rrep/jLoXoyos (cf. xvii. 18 n.). So sub-

rostrani, subbasilicani.3

Id(rovos] A common name in Thessaly; or possibly hewas a Jew and it is here a Gk form of Joshua or Jesus, asin 2 Mace. i. 7.

Page 206: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

190 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xvii. 5

els r6v STJJIOV] Thessalonica was an urbs libera, retainingits own government (cf. rbv dy/mov) and its own magistrates

(cf. rovs TroXirapxas).

6. TOVS iroXirapxas] It is noteworthy that this word,which never occurs in Gk literature (iro\irapxos occurs once

'Now in in Aeneas Tacticus), is found in the verbal form in an in-

jlritishscl'ip*i n f about the date 69 79 A.D. found on an arch at

Mu- Thessalonica, which begins TroXeirapxouVrwp Zuffiirdrpov...seum '. and names seven such politarchs.

The word literally= '

burgomasters', and is formed onthe analogy of Boiwr

oi TT\V oU...] Note, in this the second instance of accu-

sation before non-Jewish magistrates, (1) the exaggeration,

(2) that the charge is not made on religious grounds but for

disturbance and treason. Cf. xxiv. 5.

7. ofls v-rroSe'ScKTai'L ] Added because he is the prisoner,and they are justifying their apprehension of him. inrodc-

-%ffdat, is especially used of 'receiving with hospitality', cf.

Luke x. 38 VTred^aro avrbv els rbv OLKOV CLVTTJS.

Kalovroi...] A charge against all Christians as guiltyof treason. Under the emperors to accuse any one of treason

(majestatis deferre; laesae majestatis accusare) was the surest

method of procuring a conviction. To acknowledge allegi-ance to another king would be treason and render the offender

liable to the Lex Julia de Majestate (cf. r&v doy/jLaTuv

KcuVapos). The Jews here bring the same charge againstHis disciples which they had brought against Jesus, cf.

Luke xxiii. 2 KwXtiovra. Ka/trapt 06pous Sidbvai \tyovra eavTov

Xpicrrbv (BaaiX^a elvcu.

Although the emperors never ventured to assume the

title rex at Eome, in the Eastern provinces they were regu-

larly termed /SacnAeiys.

<-T6pov] 'different' i.e. from Caesar.

9. Xo,p6vTs TO IKCIVOV] The Eoman law would be in

force even in an urbs libera, and this is clearly the Gk for

the legal Eoman phrase satis accipere or exigere* to take

security', the opposite of satis dare, 'to go bail', 'give

security'. Probably security for the departure of Paul was

required.

10. B^potav] About 60 m. S.W. from Thessalonica,near Pella.

A. 11. v-yevcrTpoi] that is, in disposition: 'stirred upnot to envy but to inquiry*.

irpoOvjjiCas] 'readiness of mind '

A. and E,Y. , but the wordis stronger=' heartiness', 'eagerness'.

Page 207: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xvii. 17] NOTES. 191

TO Kci0' Tijj^pav] So in the Lord's Prayer, Luke xi. 3^ rcV

aprov 'rj/j.uv rbv eiriovciov didov i)(juv TO KaO' Tj/m^pav 'day by day'.

dva,KpCvovTs] implies careful and often judicial exami-

nation into facts, e.g. Thuo. i. 95 Havaaviav dvaKpivovvreswv irpi eirvvdavovTO. Cf. iv. 9 n.

For the sense cf. John v. 39 epevvare ras 7pa0as...

Tavra] Paul's statements : OVTCOS, as he stated them.

13. ol euro 0eo-a\ '!.] Const, praegnans. They are

regarded not merely as * the Jews in Thessalonica ' but as

'the Jews who went from Thessalonica to Beroea '.

Kdxci] with c-aXetfovTes,c

stirring up the people there

too'

i. e. as they had done at Thessalonica.

14. <(cos irl...] 'as far as to...'. T.R. ws M..., whichdoes not imply that it was a feint, Paul actually going byland (as A.V. seems to think, 'to go as it were to the sea'), HLP,but ws merely expresses their intention or tliought. ecus omitia.

seems a correction, ws being misunderstood.He would probably reach the sea at Dium.

15. Ka0urravovTs] so classical of 'conducting to' a

place, e.g. Time. iv. 78 ol oe ILepcupoi avrov . . . /care(m7<7cu> es

Alov.

tva...^\0wcrtv] Cf. xviii. 5 ; they joined him at Corinth.

16. v 8 rats 'A3.] Athens had been captured by Sulla

B.C. 86 and suffered greatly. Her renown was however

great as a place of education : she was ' the classic university Meri-

of the ancient world'. J*Jirctp<ovvTo] xv. 39 n.

KaretSwXov] 'wholly given to idolatry' A.V., but E.V.

rightly, 'full of idols', i.e. statues, &c. For the formationof the word cf. /cara/36o-r/3uxos vtavias Eur, Phoen, 146 ;

Karddevdpos', /card/^TreXos ; Kardxpvo'os.For the fact cf. Xen. de Rep. Ath. where he describes La,

Athens as 6'X?? pwfws, 6X?; 6u^a deots /cat dvd6r)[j.a, and LivyXLV. 27 alludes to simulacra deorum hominumqueomnige?iereet materiae et artium insignia.

17. SteXe-yeTo |Xv oSv...] The sense of this passageis lost in A.V., and is not clear in E.V. or in the text as

punctuated.Before coming to the special event which he wishes to

narrate at length, Luke by means of several parallel clauses,

loosely connected, describes the general condition of things

preceding it. These clauses have their verbs in the im-

perfect (dteXtyero, ffvv(3a\\ov, 2\eyov, evyyyeMfiTo), the

special event being markedly introduced by two aorists

i 7770.70*'),

Page 208: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

192 ACTS OF THE APOSTLS.[xvu.I7

While he was thus waiting in Athens Paul's spirit was

gradually provoked by the number of idols he saw. In con-

sequence of this (1) he used to discourse not only in the

synagogue but in the market-place with those who came up.(2) Among those (rtj'es 5t Kal) who thus entered into conversa-tion with him Luke notes that there were some philosophers.

(3) The general opinion of him was contemptuous. But at

last '

they (i. e. the people generally) took him and conductedhim...'.

It is to be noted that the antithesis to SieMyero jmtv is

tTriXapofjLwoi d (for which T.B. has e7rtXa/3. re), cf. ii. 41 n.,

and that the clause TU>S dt TUV 'ETr....avi>tpa\\oi> ai)ry is

*'Ein almost parenthetical* (cf. xii. 5, xiii. 5 for similar clauses

fluSi-w^k ^' intervening between ^v and the antithetical dt),

tiger and in no case are * the philosophers'

to be regarded as the

^i1?801

: people described ver. 19 as 'taking hold of Paul', for Paul's

ganzen"1

speech was certainly not addressed to 'the philosophers',Hilde', who could not possibly be called 5a0-i5cu

/uope<rre'/90i;s or have

beck.1 kac* ^ie remarks in vv - 24, 29 addressed to them, but wasmade to the *men of Athens '

generally.

4v rfj ctyopq.] S.W. of the Acropolis, between it and the

Areopagus and the Pnyx. Especially in the forenoon (thetime known as rX^fowra dyopd) it was a place of general resort,both for business and pleasure. It was here that Socrates

'argued' (5ieXyero) or 'reasoned' with all who came up to

him. Cf. Plat. Gorg. 469 D TrX-rjOo^o-rjs dyopds e/ce? fiavepos TJV.

v. Ritter 18. 'EiriKovpCwv...] The Epicurean and Stoic schoolsand were at this time the two great rival systems sharply con-Preiier. Basted both in reality and in popular opinion.

The Epicureans, so called from Epicurus (342 270 B. c.),

taught at Athens in the famous gardens of Epicurus.They considered (1) that the world was created by tho

fortuitous combinations of indestructible atoms; (2) that

the aim of life was pleasure, defined as mental calm or free-

dom from passion (dra/>aia), and that the soul perisheswith the body ; (3) that the gods lived an existence of eternal

calm not troubling themselves about men. Lucretius hasembodied their philosophy in the greatest of Latin poems,and in a popular form it permeates Horace.

The Stoics were founded by Zeno (360260 B. o.), wholectured in the O-TOCL TrotKiXrj ;

but Chrysippus (280 207 B. c.)

was held to have really established the system by his great

ability. He was, it may be noted, of Soli in Cilicia, and his*

successor was Zeno of Tarsus.Their principal doctrines were (1) a theory that the

Diog. L. world was due to the transition of a ' constructive fire'

(irvpvii. 166. T xviK6v) or ' breath

'

through air into water and so into

Page 209: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xvii. 19] NOTES. 193

solids; (2) that apcrij was the one thing desirable, and that

this consisted in living*

conformably to nature'

(6fj.o\oyov-

fjLevus fjv) 9all other things, e.g. pleasure, pain, health,

wealth, being 'indifferent' (d5id0o/>a) ; (3) that God was a Diog. L.

certain living force immanent in nature (TO TTOIOVV...TOV tvVIL 134*

rrj v\rj \6yov), a sort of natura naturans, and was knownto men by many names, e. g. et>a/>;ueVi7, i/ous, Zefo.

KO.L TIVS ^Xeyov...] Probably not the philosophers but

generally some of those who heard Paul.

rl av Ge'Xoi] Cf. x. 17 n. The phrase suggests that

possibly, but only possibly, there was a meaning in his

words.

<rirp{xoX(ryos] (1) 'a rook' or 'crow', cf. Ar. Av. 578 rore

v<po$ apOtv \ 17 <rjrpju,o\6yi*)i> e/c TUV dyp&v \TO

(2) Eustath. on Od. v. 940 says that the Athenians

applied the term to TOI)S Trepl /j,ir6pia /cat ayopas diarpiSovras,dia TO dva\yecr6ai TO. e/c TUV QopTLiav dvapp^ovTa Kai dtaffijt,

and so it is used of TOI>S ouSeVos \6you a^iouy, 'hangers-on',

'good-for-nothing fellows'.

Dem. 269 calls Aeschines <nrep/j,o\6yos, Trepirpij^/na dyopas,

SXeOpos ypajjLfj.aTus, where the meaning is clearly not 'bab-

bler' but 'parasite', 'hanger-on', also with a hit at his

voice (as throughout the speech) and method of speaking.Cf. Suidas, crircp^oKoyov ; vpv\6yov, axpLTo^Lvdov : Hesychiustoo explains the word by <p\vapos.

So here it means (1) a man who hangs about to pick upodds and ends in the market-place; (2) one who was all

sound without meaning.

|vwv 8cu|Aovuov] The first count against Socrates was Xen.Mem.l.

The plural is generic: Paul preached 'Jesus and His

rising from the dead'; the Athenians considered this to bean account of some new Eastern divinity (^vov Saifj..}, andimmediately classed Paul among the 'preachers of newdivinities'.

Many commentators explain the plural by saying that e.g.

the Athenians imagined that 'Aydcrrao-is was the name of a||

rys"

goddess, but Luke cannot have meant this, as those for Baum.whom he is writing could not possibly so understand the

word, for he has already used it several times of 'the rising

again'

of Jesus.

KaTcryyeXcvs] Cf. ver. 23, KdTayyeXXw.

19. TriXa|36|jLvoi] Not by any means implying violence,cf. ix. 27, xxiii. 19; Mark viii. 23 ^TrtXa/SoVepos TT?J x tP* T

TV<p\OV.

P. 13

Page 210: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

194 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xvn. 1<*

TOV "Apctov Hayov] A.V. 'unto Areopagus', adding inthe margin 'It was the highest court in Athens'. No doubt

T)em. the court of Areopagus (77 pov\rj 77 4% 'A/>. -n^ou) did especi-721. 14. a}jy ^eaj ^jfch religious offences, but there is not the slightest

indication of any judicial hearing here, indeed the polite

interrogation fivvdjui.(da yvwai at the outset precludes it.

The hill is W. of the Acropolis, N. of the Agora, accessi-

ble from it by a flight of steps cut out of the rock. PerhapsPaul was taken there for a quiet hearing.

20. |vovTa] Cf. 'EXXqplfctf &c., 'act as a stranger','to be strange', 'unusual', viva, OeXeu,,. cf. ii. 12.

21. *A6r]vaioi 8...KaivpTpov] Explanatory remark ofthe writer.

01 eiri8T][Ao{5vTS (jt'voi] For ^TriST^e?;/ cf. ii. 10 n. Athenswas much frequented, not only as a town of historical in-

terest, but also as a university by young llomans. Cf. Cic.

de Off. i. 1 Qitamquam te, Marcejili, annum jam audientem

Craiippum idque Athcnis abundare oportet praeceptis...

Tj^KaCpovv] Late Gk, =vacare alicui rei.

KatvoTcpov] The Greeks frequently use the comparative,where there is no direct comparison, merely to indicate thatthe quality described by the adj. is present in an unusual

degree: cf. next verse Saa-iScu/xoj/etrre'pous ; xxiv. 4 ori TrXelov;

xxiv. 22 &KpificrTpov ei'5a>s; xxv. 10 /cdXXioK tTriytvuffKeis;xxv. 14. With Kai^oj however and v^oj their fondness for

using the comparative is quite singular, and seems to illus-

also trate the restless desire for novelty so characteristic of theAtnenians an(i often referred to, e.g. Thus. in. 38; Dem.

rol 1^6 TTvvOavofJievoi Kara rrjv dyopav, d n \eyerai ve&repov.b in. Nova statim sordebant, noviora quaerebantur. B.

22. o-raOels 8^...] Cf. ii. 14 n. Observe the dramatic

power with which Luke calls attention to the great actor

(crratfeis Se IT.) and the great stage (GJ> yueo-y...) on which he

appears. Amplum Theatrum. B.

. 'The temple of the Eumenides was immediately belowhim :.. .eastward was the temple of Theseus...he beheld the

Propylaea facing him and the Parthenon fronting him fromabove. The temple of Victory was on his right. . .Above himtowering over the city...was the bronze Colossus of Minerva,armed with spear, shield, and helmet, the champion of

Athens'.

8txi8ai|j,ovcrT6povs] deHTidal/j.wj' is in itself a neutral

word, and can be used (1) in a good sense 'god-fearing',

*reverent', or (2) in a bad sense= ' fearful of the gods',

'superstitious'.

Page 211: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xvn. 23] NOTES. 195

A.V. gives 'too superstitious', E.V. * somewhat super-

stitious', and V. superstitiosiores. These renderings are

however misleading. Paul certainly does not commence with

words of rebuke: he makes the unusual regard which the Chrys.A.

Athenians paid to religious matters the point d'appui of his j^^jjaddress. It seems clearly right therefore to take the word p.'de \vl

in a good sense = '

very god-fearing' or 're\erent'. Forthis reverent spirit of the Athenians, cf. Pausanias i. 17. 1

oi 'AQyvouoi Oeous fixrepouo-iv #\Xw TrXtov] Soph. 0. C. 260rds 7' 'AGrjvas <pacrl Bcoffe^ardra^.

At the same time the choice of the peculiar word here

(cf. too its use xxv. 19) seems not unintentional. To the

writer of the Acts the 'reverence' of the Athenians was

'superstition', and, assuming that we have only the sub-

stance of Paul's speech, it is possible that Luke, writing for

Christians, chooses a word to describe the religious feelingof the Athenians which at any rate suggests the idea of

superstition.

23. dvaOcwpwv]*

passing in review '. <T(3d<r|JiaTa,*

objectsof reverence

', e.g. temples, altars, &c.

Kal pcojxov...] 'among others an altar...' w lireyypa.irTQ

inscriptum erat.

ATNflSTft Eft] 'to (i.e. dedicated to) an unknowngod '. The Greek gods had each their own rights and privileges

(e. g. one guarded the sea, another the air ; one was a god of

healing, another of war) : when therefore some occasion of

prayer or thanksgiving necessitated the dedication of analtar, it was important to dedicate it to the proper deity,for otherwise there was grave danger of incurring the angerof the deity who was thus defrauded of his rights.

So Epimenides in a pestilence, which could not be Diog.

attributed to the anger of any special deity, advised thej^jj!"

sacrifice of a sheep r<J irpocrrjKovTi 6eQ, and to this fact ispim

assigned the existence at Athens of fiu/uLol dj>uvvjj.oi.

So too the chorus in great perplexity Aesch. Ag. 155

appeal to Zei)j, oVrts TTOT* <TT'LV, not implying any doubt of

his existence, but not knowing by what title properly to

address him under the circumstances, and so asking him to

accept an ambiguous address.Pausanias i. 1. 4 says that in Athens there are (Su/aol

OeCov 6vofjLaofjiti>a)i> ayvuffruv, i.e. altars dedicated to a godnot with any definite name but nameless or * unknown '.

Text

O...TOVTO] T.R. SJ/...TOUTOJ>, probably corrected from an NIA^BD,idea of reverence. * What '= * the divinity which ', cf. TO ^ 2

feiov below. EIILP.

132

Page 212: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

196 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xvn. 23

d-yvoovvTs] The keynote of the speech : God unknownhitherto, now revealed. Instead of your needing to appeal to

a god one among many and unknown, I proclaim to youGod who is (1) the God, and (2) is revealed, (a) by His works,

(b) by the special revelation of Jesus.

24. Kuptos] dominus, here clearly 'owner', 'absolute

possessor'.

OVK cv xapoiroiiJTOis] Cf. vii. 48 n. The thought is notFragm. uncommon in heathen writers, cf. Eur.

Qem Trotos 5' av ot/roy reKrbvuv irXa<r0eis VTTO

Alex. tracts r6 6elov 7repi/3aXot roLx^v Trrvxcus ;

Leg. n. So too Cicero says that Xerxes is reported to have burnt the

temples of the Greeks, quod parietibus includerent deos ....

quorum hie mundus omnis templum esset et domus.

25. vird X tP"v ---] Cf. PS - ! ^ setf-

'^ w^ take no kul~

lock...'.

ripianin La.

^pfc T fr re'\eto^. This exactly describes the popular concep-tion of the gods as needing for their full happiness the

offerings of men. On the other hand the Epicureansasserted that the divine nature was self-complete ; cf. Lucr.

ii. 650 Divom natura...ipsa suis pollens opibus nihil indiganostri.

irdcrt] 'to all', carefully not 'to all men'. In w. 24, 25God is described as the Creator of ' the universe, the heavenand the earth, and all that is in it

'

; in ver. 26 as the Creatorof men and their governor.

So 26. irofo|<rv] Clearly in its emphatic position' He made '

A.&R.V. j>e> created, parallel to 6 Troikas ver. 24. Others give e-rroLr)-

So A. M. <rcv KaroLKCiv 'He caused to dwell'; cf. Mark vii. 37 rots /cw-

La. de ^ous Troie? aKOveiv.

KarotKtv] Inf. of purpose or result,' so that they should

dwell' ; cf. below ^reiV, which is not joined with KCLI because

it is not parallel to KaroiKcTv, but somewhat subordinate in

sequence of thought : not 'so as to dwell...and seek', but*so as to dwell... so as to seek'.

eirl iravros irpoor.] Gen. xi. 8 cxi irp-jau-jrov Traa-ys rrjs y-fjs.

27. cl apa -y*] viii. 22 n.

\|/T]Xa<|)T]<rtav...Kal cvpoicv] The two verbs form one

compound idea,'if haply they might by groping find Him '

:

it is not the searching that is problematical but the finding.For \f/r)\a.<t>dw, cf. Phaedo 99 B, where it is used of vagueguesses at truth.

KcU Y...] 'and that though He is...'.

Page 213: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

ivii. 30] NOTES. 19?

28. cv cump -yap...] Proving that He is not far from us,and therefore to be taken literally, 'for in Him...', but also

including the meaning*

by Him '. As air is everywhere, andin it and by it we live, so in a fuller sense we live in Godand by Him.

tHcv, KivovjxcOa, crjjiv] Lange remarks that these words So too M.

by themselves are in a descending scale ; life is more than

movement, movement than existence: but taken in their

connection here they form an ascending scale and producea climax; not only our life but movement, not only move-ment but existence is in God.

TiWs...] Aratus of Soli in Cilicia (flor. B.C. 270) in his

astronomical poem ra Qairifieva, which begins e/c Aios dpx&-jueffda, has these exact words. Cleanthes, the Stoic philoso-

pher (300 220 B.C.), in his Hymn to Zei)s 1. 5 has e/c <rov yap7^05 tfffjitv. In both cases Zei>s is used in a Pantheistic

sense, see note on the Stoics ver. 18.

Paul quotes a Gr. poet again in 1 Cor. xv. 33 ^Oetpovo-iv

yOri xpfyrfP 6/j,i\iai KO.KO.L;Tit. i. 12 K/tytvi del ^euarcu, KO.KO.

0-rjpia, yaarepts apyai.

y^vos...] Thrown forward to connect the argument:being His offspring we ought to know that He cannot belike an image, to whichwe are ourselves unlike and superior.

29. OUK 6<j>e\o|i.v] Clemens locutio praesertim in primapersona plurali. 13.

Xpvo-w...ojAoiov] The same protest against anthropomor-phism is not uncommon in antiquity, e.g. Xenophanes has Ap,

els Oeos CVTL 0eot<r-i Kal avdpuiroLffi pfyiffTos Alex"afire defjLas GvrjToiatv o/xouoj oure v6t)fj,a. Strom, v.

, , .,

. , p. 601 c.

'a thing graven', from

T 'XVT1S KCI>XI vOvjx.] artis externae, cogitationes internae. B.

TO 0tov] Not *God', because Paul is referring to their

ideas of * the Divine '.

30. TOVS XP- T115 avvoias] The time previous to the

sending of the '

message'

by Jesus which Paul *

proclaims ',

and also with reference to ayvwcrTy, dyvooZvres ver. 23.

v] A.V. ' winked at'

;B.V. ' overlooked '. Both

Vords suggest an idea of 'pardon', not contained in virep-

idelv. The word is the opposite of e<popav* to regard ', and

.only occurs here in N. T. ,but is found in LXX. in the clear

sense of 'neglect', e.g. Ps. Iv. 1 JUTJ vwefl&m rty Styeiv /uou;

Ps. Ixxviii. 62 TT\V K\r)poi>o/Ji,iav avrov vTrepeidev ;Gen. xlii. 21;

Peut. xxii. 1. The word here however must not be pressed,

Page 214: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

198 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xvn. 30

as though it contained any positive statement as to God'streatment of men in the past: it has merely a negativeforce, serving to bring out more clearly the contrastbetween the past and God's present definite revelation. Onepart of an antithetical statement should never be takenalone.

jxeravociv, KaOuTi...] 'to repent, according as...': th6

warning to repent is in accordance with the declaration of

judgment.

jxeXXeu Kpvtv...] Ps. ix. 8 auros KpLvtl TT}J/ OLKOV/JL^V cv

SIKCUOCTUJ/TJ.

31. ev dvopl w...] 'by means of the man whom...'; cf.

Matt. ix. 31 e*> &P\OVTL TUV 5a.ifj.oi>Luv eKjSdXXet TO. Scu/zjjua.

ir&rriv irapcurxaiv] 'having afforded'

or '

brought forward

proof (i.e. of this appointment) by having raised...'.

Trape'xecrtfcu, regularly in Dem. of 'bring forward evidence r.

32. cLva<rTa<riv vcKpwv] 'a resurrection of dead men';not ' the resurrection of the dead ', as K. V. Paul had said no-

thing about the resurrection of the dead generally, but onlyspoken of the resurrection of Jesus : his hearers immediatelyrefuse to listen any more to a man who talks about ' a rising

again of dead men'. The plural 'men* represents their

scornful generalization.

33. OVTWS...] 'Then (cf. vii. 8, xxvii. 44, xxviii. 14)Paul went forth from their midst*. The graphic vigour ofthese words deserves notice.

Euseb. 34. Ato. 6 'Apoir.] According to tradition ordained

|Kit,

in.Bishop of Athens by Paul.

CHAPTER XVIII.

1. KopivOov] Taken and destroyed by L. MummiusB.C. 146: rebuilt and made a 'colony' by Caesar: capital of

the province of Achaia and residence of the proconsul : the

chief commercial city of Greece.

2. 'lovScuov] 'a Jew', not 'a disciple1

,and therefore

probably not at this time a Christian : the reason assignedfor Paul's residence with him is not that he was a Christian

but that he was ' of the same trade '.

Aquilam. For Jews of Pontus cf. ii. 9 n*

Aquila and Priscilla went with Paul to Ephesus and stayedthere (w. 18, 26; 1 Cor. xvi. 19), but are referred to as

again at Home, Bom. xvi. 3*

Page 215: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

XYIII. 6] NOTES. 199

npio-KtXXav] dimin. of Prisca, cf. Livilla, Drusilla. Sheis called UpiffKav Rom. xvi. 3 (where T.R. wrongly Upto-KiX-

Xcw).

8ia TO StaTTaxvat.,.] Claudius was Emperor 41 54A.D. Suetonius says Judaeos impulsore Chresto assidue Claud,

tumultuantes Roma cxpulit. These ambiguous words may 25-

refer (1) to riots at Home headed by some one actuallycalled 'Chrestus' (xpT]crr6$) t

or (2), much more probably,to disturbances due to disputes among the Jews about 'meChrist' (Suet, having mistaken the name and its meaning),and possibly in connection with the new teaching thatJesus was *the Christ'.

The edict (like the other edict of Claudius againstastrologers (Tac. Ann. xu. 52) cannot have been strictly

enforced, for Jews were numerous in Rome very shortlyafter this, cf. e.g. xxviii. 15.

3. 6(JtoTxvov] The Babbis enjoined that every father

should teach his son a trade, that he might always be able

to earn his own bread. The Rabbi Judah says 'He that

teacheth not his son a trade, doth the samo as if he taughthim to be a thief.

For Paul earning his own living, cf. xx. 34;1 Thess. ii.

9; 2 Thess. iii. 8. The Teaching of the Twelve Apostlesch. 12 distinctly asserts that those who claim to be prophetsor preachers shall earn their own living.

o-KTjvoiroiol]l tent-makers '. It is suggested that the

word may refer to 'making the material for tents'; the

manufacture of a substance called cUicium, much used for

tents, was much practised in Cilicia, the goats in that region

possessing specially thick hair. There is however no au-

thority for rendering (TK^VOTTOLOS 'maker of material for

tents'.' The fertile plain on which Tarsus stands is, in harvest Cook

time, still studded with these hair-cloth tents'. with ref.

to rseau-5. <rvvi)(TO TU> Xo-yw] T.R. with poor authority ry fort

irvetifJiaTL.

*

Kara-

R.V. renders 'was constrained', as though the arrival 273.

of Silas and Timothy had caused this increased vigour,whereas the imperfect clearly expresses that when they ar-

rived '

they found Paul wholly occupied with the word '.

For crvvexofjiai, cf. xxviii. 8 ; Luke viii. 37 <pbfiy jmeydXy(Tvvelxovro ;

Thuc. II. 49 ry dtyrj aira-vary ^vvexo^voi. Theword expresses a firm hold.

6. KTivad[Avos] Cf. xiii. 51 n. !Neh. v. 13.

TO atpa...] Cf. Ezek. xxxiii. 4 ro at/xa avrov M rrjs

.Kc<pa\ijs avTov 'OTCU. The words here are not a curse but

Page 216: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

200 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xvm. 6

(1) a warning, (2) a solemn disclaimer of responsibility, cf.

xx. 26; Ezek. xxxiii. 8, 9 ;

2 Sam. i. 1G.

ls TO. 9vtj] i.e. here at Corinth, cf. ver. 19.

II. 7. cKi0v] from the synagogue. The house of Justushe enters probably for the purpose of preaching. There is

no indication of his leaving either his residence or his workwith Aquila.

TITOV 'lovcrrov] MSB. vary much; some give Tirov,others omit the word. Perhaps the word is due to the final

Y. A. M. rt in 6t>6/j.a.Ti being written twice and rt taken as a contrac-tion for Titus, Justus being elsewhere only a second name,cf. i. 23 ; Col. iv. 11.

8. Kpfo-rros] 1 Cor. i. 14.

9.|xi] 4>opov] Is. xliii. 5.

XdXci KalJJLIJ criwirrjo-Qs] The double form expresses

emphasis. Cf. John i. 3, 20 ;Acts xiii. 11 ru0\6s /^ fi\tirwv

rbv ?;\toi>.

10. SIOTI tyo...] Cf. x. 38; Judg. vi. 16; Jer. i. 8.

Xads] Cf. iv. 25 n., not Jews but 'a chosen people', i.e.

chosen from among the heathen.

11. 4Ka0i<Tv] Cf. Luke xxiv. 49 Kadio-are ev rfj iro'Xei;*remain',

4

tarry'. The two Epistles to the Thessaloniansare generally assigned to this period.

112. TaXXCwvos] brother of Seneca and uncle of Lucan ;

his original name was M. Annaeus Novatus until he wasQuest. adopted by the rhetorician Gallic. Seneca describes himNit. 4, as possessing comitatem et incompositam suavitatem, and

ae *

adds, Nemo enim mortalium uni tarn dulcis est quam hie

omnibus. So too Statius Silv. u. 7. 32 dulcem Gallionem.

dvOvirotTov] xiii. 6 n. Achaia had been a senatorial

province: Tiberius made it an imperial one (Tac. Ann. i. 76),but Claudius gave it back to the senate (Suet. Claud. 25).

'Axaias] By Homer the Greeks generally are termed

'Axcuot, but in classical times the name is confined to the

inhabitants of a narrow strip of land to the N. of Pelopon-nesus

; the Achaeans however become again important withthe formation of the Achaean league B.C. 281, and on the

final reduction of Greece B.C. 146 the term was applied to

the Roman province, which embraced the whole of Greece

proper. Beyond it was 'Macedonia', cf. xvi. 12 n.

Prjfjia]xii. 21 n.

13. -irapa TOV vojxov] The Jews designedly use an

ambiguous phrase*

contrary to the law '

desiring to induce

Gallic to put Paul on his trial: he however rightly distin-

Page 217: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xviii. 18] NOTES. 201

guishes between Boman law, which he was bound to ad-

minister, and Jewish law (VO/JLOV rov KCL&' u/*as), with whichhe had nothing to do. Observe the emphatic position of

the words.

14. ei [ikv ijv...l 8 tiyrrjiwrm <TTUV] 'If it had been

(which it is not)...but if they are (as they are)'.

d8iKT)}xa] injuria, a general word for anything which La. B.

would form the ground of civil or criminal proceedings.

paSioupyqiio, irovTjpov : a criminal offence.

Kara Xo-yov] Opposite of irapci \6yov.

avo-)(ojiT]v] Judaeos sibi molestos innuit. B. Cf. the

contemptuous plural ^r^/iaroj and 'louScuoi without dvdpes.

15. Xo-yov Kal OVOJJLCLTCOV] words not facts;

cf. the old

Koman principle facta arguebantur, dicta impune erant

(Tac. Ann. i. 72).The sentence X/HOTOS d 'I?7<roCs would give rise to '

ques-tions about a statement (Ao'yov) and names (ovoimruv) '.

6'\|/<rO avrot] Really imperative ;

* look to it yourselves'

;

cp. Matt, xxvii. 4 <7i> o^et. So cards yv&eet. Plat. Gorg.505 c.

17. iravres] i.e. the bystanders. T.E. adds or'EXX^es ot'EXX.

a correct gloss. DEHLP, text,

TOV apX'l Perhaps the successor of Crispu NAB.

ver. 8. Anyhow he seems to have been prominent in bring-

ing forward the charge against Paul.

18. airoTact|ivos] Mark vi. 46; Luke ix. 61= 'bid

farewell '.

Kipa'|j.vos...] "Without doubt referring to ITauXos the

main subject, the words Kal <riV at/ry...'Axi/Xas being paren-thetical. Nor is it an objection to this that Aquila is namedafter his wife, as, for some unknown reason, the sameorder is found ver. 26 ; Bom. xvi. 3.

The incident seems referred to in order to call attentionto Paul's personal obedience to the Jewish Law.

What the cause or nature of the vow was is not known.Abstinence from wine and allowing the hair to grow werecommon accompaniments of a vow, cf. xxi. 24, 26, andthe description of the vow of the Nazarites, Numb. vi.

Shaving the head would mark the completion of the vow,and strictly could only be performed in the Temple, the hair

being burnt with the offering. Wordsworth however draws a v. W.distinction between /cetpd/*ei>os

'

having polled ',' cut shorter ',

od loc.

and gvprio-wvTaL xxi. 24 'shaved', comparing 1 Cor. xi. 6

yvvaiid rb KclpaaOat, 17 u/m<70cu; and it seems that

Page 218: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

202 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xvm. 18

one who had taken a Nazarite vow in foreign lands mightBO poll his hair, provided that he kept the hair for burningwhen the head was finally shaved.

Koman sailors made similar vows, cf. Juv. xn. 81 gau-dentubiverticeraso

\ garrula securi narrare pericula nautae.

Kevxpscus] The Eastern of the two ports of Corinth

(Irimaris Corinthi Hor. Od. i. 7. 2), 70 stades from the city:Lechaeum was the W. port.

19. KCXKLVOVS KaTcXnrcv avrov] i.e. Aquila and Priscilla.

The words somewhat anticipate Paul's actual departure,but Luke is desirous to pass on to the action of the central

figure (cf. auros).

Omit 21. airoTad|XVOs] T.B. has a-Trerd^aro avrols eliruv,

KABE. Ae? fj.6 Traprws TT\V coprrjv rrjv i^Q^ivT]'

22. avapas] Clearly to Jerusalem, cf. viii. 15 n.

23. fj\0v] Commencement of the third missionaryjourney, ending at Jerusalem (xxi. 1C). For

17 FaX. x^Pa J

which is here distinguished from Phrygia, see xvi. C n.

24. 'A)uavSpvs] Alexander founded Alexandria B. c.

332, and himself planted a colony of Jews there; at this

time they formed a third of the population. It was the

great meeting-point of Judaism and Hellenism, and it washere that the LXX. version of the Ok] Testament was pro-duced. For Apollos, cf. 1 Cor. i. 12, iii. 5, iv. 6.

Sec Xo-ytos] A.V. *

eloquent'; E.V. 'learned' with ' elo-

STw quent' in margin. The word can bear either meaning, but,as the words 5uv. uv v ra?s 7. describe learning, it seems

preferable to render 'eloquent'. Moreover when it means'learned' it specially means 'learned in history* (o T^S

iffTopias fyi7r/>os, Hesych.), a sense not required here.

25. KaTTix^pevos] lit. 'orally instructed', cf. Luke i. 4.

But, as oral instruction was almost the only method used,it= merely

' instructed '.

SeW TW irvcvfiaTi]' fervent ', expresses the effect of '

yeast'or 'ferment'. Cf. Bom. xii. 11 T< jrvev^ari. i^oi/res, and the

comparison of the kingdom of God to 'leaven' (^77)Luke xiii. 21.

aKpipws] A.Y. 'diligently' and in next verse 'more

perfectly'; B.V. 'carefully' and 'more carefully': but as

in ver. 26 the word is clearly objective, referring not to the

greater care they took but to the greater accuracy of their

information, we should perhaps render 'accurately' in bothcases. The accuracy of ApolJos' teaching was only com-

parative and needed supplementing. Like his master John,

Page 219: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xix. 2] NOTES. 203

he knew mueli but not all (cf . the account of John's uncer-

tainty about Jesus being the Messiah, Matt. xi. 2; Lukevii. IS).

TO pairruriJ.a 'Idvov] = /3a7rrt0yui ^ra.voLa.3 (xiii. 24 ;xix.

4), baptism of which repentance was the condition as a

preparation for the coming of the Messiah ; opposed to it is

the baptism by the Messiah Himself ev irv^v^an ayiy /cat

Trvpi (Matt. iii. 11; Mark i. 8; Luke iii. 16).

27. ^poTp\{rd^voi...ypcuj/av] Clearly*

encouraged himand wrote' as It.V., not 'wrote exhorting the disciples' as

A.V. He was eager and they urged him on : currenti addi- Calvin

derunt calcar.in M -

rots jremo-TeuKoo-tv] Rigavit Apollo non plantavit. B.

Cf. 1 Cor. iii. G.

8id TTJS x<ptr s] With trwe/SaXero but placed last for

emphasis : his success was due to '

grace'

: so Paul ascribes

his success to the same cause 1 Cor. xv. 10.

28. CTJTOVWS] Classical, and Luke xxiii. 10= intentis

nervis.

8taKaTT]\YX TO] A very strong word. t\yx iv merelyexpresses 'proof, but KareMyx- = '

overpower by proof,* confute

', and 5ia/careX. = *

thoroughly confute '.

CHAPTER XIX.

1. TO. dvcoTpiK<x pe'pTj]the inland part of Asia Minor,

see xviii. 23.

2. irio-revo-avTes] A. Y. ' since ye believed'

: B. V.

rightly 'when ye believed'. The question asked is whetherwhen they became believers they 'received the Holy Spirit',

i.e. clearly the special visible gift of the Holy Spirit as de-

scribed ch. ii., x. 44 46, and ver. 6 here.

dXX' ov8* l irvu|ia CLYIOV %<rrw TJKOvo-ajJLev] 'Nay, we A. anddid not even hear whether there is a Holy Spirit'; i.e. at f^our baptism (cf. aorist TJ/couo-a/ue? )

so far from receiving a rSitot

Holy Spirit we did not even hear of the existence of a the very

Holy Spirit. .name '-

This, the only possible rendering of the Greek, gives a

clear sense. John preached (3dirTiff/ui,a. neravoias els a.<f>e<riv

a^apnto^ ; this baptism these men had receiver! : he also

proclaimed a coming Messiah, who should baptize tv trvev-

fjiaTi ayii? ;of this baptism these men had not heard. It is

on this point that Paul specially supplements their know-

ledge,' John's baptism of repentance', he says,

' was prepara-tory to a belief on one who should come after him, viz.,

Jesus '.

Page 220: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

204 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xix. 2

E.V. gives, 'Nay, we did not so much as hear whetherthe Holy Ghost was given', a rendering which in several

ways misrepresents the Gk.

(1) The words irvev^a ayiov may be used as = (a) TheHoly Ghost, (j8)

* the holy spirit' or *

inspiration' which He

produces by His presence, (7) 'a spirit of holiness', without

any special reference to the Holy Ghost. The rendering'Holy Ghost' is on the other hand far more definite.

(2) The Gk has no article, and though in Paul's

question to render ' Did ye receive the Holy Ghost '

givesthe true sense, because he is definitely referring to the HolyGhost; yet in the reply to render irv. ay. 'the Holy Ghost'is to assume that the words were understood in the sense in

which Paul used them.

(3) The rendering 'was given' cannot be supported

by John vii. 39 TOUTO d dire irepl TOU Trvev/jLaros ov ^/xeXXo^

\a/ji(3dviv ol TTiffTevcravTes ci's avrbv O^TTW yap yv 7n>euyua,where A.V. renders otfrrw yv

' was not yet given '. Jesus there

had been telling of a great gift which He had to bestow, andthe writer adds,

* This He said with reference to the spiritwhich they were about to receive : for as yet the spiritwas not'. The words ofarw yap r^v are explanatory of ou

tue\\oi> \a/uLpdt>fti>. John writing long after the spirit hadbeen given, -thinks it needful to explain the phrase which

they were about to receive'

by recalling to his hearers thefact that 'as yet the spirit was not', i.e. was not received.'

They were about to receive it' he says

' for as yet it wasnot (received)'. The addition of the word 'given' in A.V.is legitimate though unnecessary, and the addition of theword 'received' would have been much better.

Here however 2<ra is totally unconnected with eXa/3ere,so that it is impossible to supply i\r)ju./j.froi>. The two verbsthat are connected are Act/Sere and rjKoto-afjLev, and they arein marked antithesis (d\X' ovdt). The addition of the word*

given' destroys the sense. This is at once made clear

by altering the form, but not the sense, of the question.'When you became believers', Paul asks, 'was the HolyGhost given you?' ; to this the revisers make the men reply'

Nay, we did not even hear that the Holy Ghost was given '.

The strong antithesis vanishes.

(4) As has been already pointed out, to assume that

these men were acquainted with John's Messianic preachingis to assume that they knew exactly what Luke describes

Paul as proceeding to teach them: the revisers quit the

necessary rendering to destroy the necessary sense.

As B. &c. Lastly, lest it should be assumed that, as Jews, they musthave heard of irvev^a. ayiov, it should be remembered that

the phrase only occurs three times in the O.T. and is never

Page 221: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xix. 13] NOTES. 205

used absolutely as here. Cf. Is. Ixiii. 10, 11 (and Cheynead loc.), Ps. li. 13.

It is perhaps necessary to add that in any case the

'was given' of R.V. is a grammatical error; it shouldhave been 'is' or 'has been given', or, if accuracy be

desired, 'has been received'.

3. *is TI]' into what? ' Their answer was ' into John's

baptism ', i. e. into repentance. They are now baptized' into

the name of the Lord Jesus', i.e. into an acceptance of

Jesus as the Messiah.

etTrev] Clearly the words given are but a summary ofPaul's argument shewing the merely preparatory nature of

John's teaching, which only had a meaning in as far as it

pointed onward to his successor. Notice ei's rbv lp%o/ierar

/xer' O.VTOV placed with great emphasis before 'iva. TTL<TT.

5. cis TO &vo|ta...] ii. 38 n.

9. crzroards...] As he had done at Corinth, xviii. 7.

o-xoXfi] 'school', Indus. (1) Originally= * time not

occupied by business', (2) then, as such leisure was fre-

quently employed by educated Greeks in philosophic or

literary discussion, the word is applied to such discussions,

(3) the place in which they are held, 'a lecture-room', 'av

school'.

10.rr] 8vo] xx. 31 Paul speaks of his stay at Ephesus

as Tpieriav ;here the three months of ver. 8 are to be added,

and perhaps the period referred to in vv. 21, 23. Anyhowrpieriav need not mean more than ' a part of three years',cf. the famous * after three days' Matt, xxvii. 63.

<TT iroyras] To this visit may be referred the founda-tion of ' the seven churches' in Asia, Kev. i. 11.

11. ov TO.S Tv\ov<ras] Litotes, cf. xxviii. 2. In classicalGk. 6 Tvy&v = l one who meets one by chance ',

'

any chance'or '

ordinary person '.

12. (TouSapia Vj crifjuKuvGia] Sudarium,' a napkin

'

or' handkerchief '

; the word used Luke xix. 20; John xi. 44,

xx. 7. Semicinctium, perhaps a linen apron worn by servants Baum.or workmen, and Paul did manual work at Ephesus, cf. xx. notes

34.this -

These words, transliterated from Latin, are interestinghistorically ; the Koman conquest could not have been

superficial when such words as these had passed into the

ordinary language of Greek-speaking countries.

13. TWV 7Tptpx. 'I. i^opKio-Twv] For the practice of h'eh^,

ers~

exorcism by the Jews on those '

possessed' cf. Matt. xii. 27. App.'lG.

Page 222: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

206 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xix. 13

<A*t- Josephus relates traditions as to the skill of Solomon in ex-viii. 2. 5.

peiijng demons who caused various diseases, and says that

his formulae and words of exorcism were known in his day.

vfias TOV '!.] Cf. Mark v. 7 op/aft; ere rbv 6e6v ;

1 Thcss. v. 27 evopidfa iv-ias TOV Kvpiov. V/ULG.S is the direct ace.

after the verb, rbv 'Irjo-ovv the cognate accusative giving the

words of the adjuration (op/cos) with which the personadjures (6p/a'fw).

14. cipxicp&Ds]* a chief-priest', cf. v. 24 n.

15. yivw<rKw...!7rC<rTO|iai]* know. ..know* A. and R.V.

AsW. rightly. It is easy, but unsafe, to say that yi.vw<rKW = ac-

others. knowledge'

, i. e. as recognizing His power, whereas eTnVra/xai= * know' merely expresses acquaintance with a fact. Thechange of the word seems due to a natural tendency to

variation, cf. xx. 15, where ry eTrio&r?;, rrj crtpy, rrj ^XO/Z^T;= ' on the next day'.

v|Xls] Thrown forward contemptuously.

Text 16. <x|A<j>oT^poi)v]T. R. CLVTUV, an obvious correction to

KABD. suit eTTTo, above. Two sons only would seem to have been

present on this occasion.

So A. La. 18. TWV jrcirurTeuKOTwv] 'believers', absolutely, cf.

Bailing, xviii. 27, xxi. 20, 25. They had embraced Christianity buthad not hitherto given up their evil practices. Not ' those

AsM. who believed owing to the event', which would rather

require the aorist.

irpa|ts] 'deeds' A. and R.V., but rather Dealings',viz. with the magicians.

19. tKavol 8...] Apparently contrasted with the* many believers

' who confessed their dealings with

magicians are the { considerable number of those who dealt

in magical arts', i.e. actual magicians, who burnt their

books as a sign of relinquishing their art.

TO. irepu-p-ya] i.e. things better left alone, not meddledwith

;cf. Plat. Apol. 19 B Zw/cpdr^s d5i/ce? Kcd TrepicpydfeTai

r)Tuv TO, re VTTO yrjs KO.I ra, irovpd.i>ia. So too Ecclesiasticus

iii. 23.

v. A. F. ptpXovs] i.e. magical books. Pieces of parchment con-

taining words copied from a mysterious inscription on the

figure of Artemis were well known under the name of

a., and supposed to act as charms.

Page 223: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xix. 27] NOTES. 207

dp-yvpCov] i.e. 50,000 drachmae, the drachma being the

standard silver coin (so now a 'shilling', 'franc', 'mark')

representing the Latin denarius eightpence or ninepence.

2D. Ko/rd Kpdros] Only here in N.T. A frequent mili-

tary term in classical Greek, e. g. Thuc. vui. 100 rroXw eXe^

Kara Kpdros.

21. SetJJL

Kal *P<ojjLTjv ISctv] The emphasis of this almost v. Baunu

rhythmical phrase is distinct. The Apostle sees before him il 2T-

the linal goal of his labours. Cf. xxiii. 11 n. For his

desire to visit Home cf. Bom. i. 13: the Epistle to the

Romans was probably written from Corinth shortly after

this.

22. "Epcurros. The same name 2 Tim. iv. 20; Bom.xvi. 23.

els Ti]v 'Acrtav]* in Asia', A. and B.V. But from the

fact that the words are not 'in Ephesus' it would seemthat the phrase implies movement from Ephesus into other

parts of Asia, or at any rate that his stay had reference to

parts of Asia outside Ephesus. Cf. xxii. 5 n.

24. vaous] Apparently small models of the temple,

portable, and placed in houses or even worn as amulets.

Wordsworth refers to similar ITaXXdSta Treptauro^opa. Athens

Ephesus, near the mouth of the Cayster, was the capitalaj$ica

of the province of Asia, and at this time the most important a IQ ^city of Asia Minor. The temple of Artemis, built in the 6th

century B.C. ,was burnt down by Herostratas on the night of

Alexander's birth (Oct. 1314 B.C. 35G), but was restored

and reckoned one of the wonders of the world.

The Ephesian Artemis (quite distinct from "Apre/jus

Diana) was an Asiatic deity : the image (see below ver. 35)was swathed like a mummy, and TroXu^acrros, probablysymbolizing the fructifying powers of nature.

26. 6 IlavXos OVTOS] Contemptuous, cf. vi. 14.

OVK elcrlv 6eol...] One of the most striking differences

between the Jews and most heathen nations as regards

religion was that the latter used 'images' or 'idols', whichthe common people certainly identified with the gods them-

selves, whereas to the Jews the making of an idol was most

strictly forbidden, cf. Ex. xx. 4;Ps. cxxxv. 15 18 and the

description of the ' making of a god' (cf. ol 5ta x iP^v 717?-)Isaiah xliv. 9 17. Tac. Hist. v. 6 Judaei...nulla simulacra

urbibus suis nedum templis sinunt.

27. fipos]'

part','

part assigned one', and so 'trade',' business'.

t]\i.ivdat. incommodi,

' there is risk of our find-

ing our trade....'

Page 224: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

208 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xix. 27

aXXd Kal] sed etiam. Ejficax sermo, quern utilitas et

supers titio acuit. B.

d-raXryfxov] lit. 'rejection after being examined'; K.V.

'disrepute'.

Tt]S jxryctX^s 0. 'Apr.] The goddess was generally knownAs 77 fj,eyd\Tj ; cf. Xen. Ephes. I. p. 15 ofjLvvw rj\v TraTpiov T\IU.V

La. re- Oeov, rrjv fj.eya.\riv 'E0e<riw' "Aprcfjuv. On an inscription

toWood^oun^ at Ephesus in 1877 she is styled ^ /jLeyiarrj Oeos.

Text T<HS |A-yaXu>TT]Tos] T.K. has ace. The gen. seems par-NABE. titive,

' there is likely to be overthrown of her magnificence',cf. Xen. Hell. iv. 4. 13 KaOeXe'iv -r&v re^v ; and Diod. Sic.

IV. 8 KaOaipeiv TL rrfi TOV 6eov dorjs. But K.V. 'that sheshould even be deposed from her magnificence'.

W. i]VoXT]...] Cf. Apuleius 2, Diana Ephesia, cujus nomenunicunij multiformi specie, ritu, vario, nomine multijugo,totus veneratur orbis.

29. ls TO O^arpov] The theatre at Ephesus was co-

La. and lossal and capable of containing 56,000 spectators.' On

JJ-^" inscriptions of Ephesus discovered in 1877 the theatre

toWood, appears as the well-known place for public meetings... In it

were many statues and inscriptions referring to the worshipof Artemis'. For a similar use of a theatre, cf. Tac. Hist.ii. 8 Antiochensium theatrum ingressus, ubi illis consultare

mos est.

Fatov] Gaium; the same name xx. 4. For Aristarchuscf. xx. 4, xxvii. 2

; Col. iv. 10; Philem. 24.

y.Kuin. 31. TWV

J

Ao-iapxcuv] Ten officers elected by the variousin \v. cities in the province of Asia, whose duty it was to celebrate

at their own cost the public games and festivals. Thegames in honour of Artemis were held in May, which was

Ephe- called after her (TTUVV/J,OV TOU Geiov OJ/OJUCITOS). The mention

jjfJcof the Asiarchs here makes it probable that this disturbance

in A'. took place, as it very naturally might, in that month.

8ovvcu] A. and K.V. ' adventure '

: the word suggestshazard.

Text 33. <rvvJ3Cpcurav] T.K. 7r/>oe/3i'/3a<rcu', an obvious cor-KABE. rection. The nom. is certainly the same as that of ^Kpafov

HLP.'' so then they (i.e. the various members of the #xXos) kept

crying (imperfect)...but at last they pushed forward (aorist)Alexander....'

What the narrative seems,to describe is this. The excite-

ment of the multitude had inspired fear among the Jews at

Ephesus (unpopular there as at Philippi and Corinth, cf. toover. 34), for the multitude would not distinguish betweenPaul and other Jews, and the special teaching with regard

Page 225: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xix. 35] NOTES. 209

to idols, which had caused the riot, was wholly Jewish.

They therefore tried to put forward (-jrpo^oXovrwv) one of

their number, Alexander, in the hope that he might get a

hearing and make a defence (d7ro\oye'ca0ai), shewing that

they had nothing to do with Paul. The result was that the

people 'joined in pushing him out of the throng', i.e.

forced him out of the mob on to some raised place, fromwhich he could address them.

<rvvp|3acrav, from /3t/3aw the causal of (3alva}= ' make to

go ', seems a graphic word accurately describing the way in

which a mob, when their attention had been directed to a

man, would join in pushing him forward, 'thrust' or'

squeeze' him out. For this use of /3t/3aw in compounds

cf. /cara/3i/3aw, e/c/3i/3a"w, 7rpo/3i/3a~w, and (rv/jif3t(3a(T0tvTS, (rvjj.-

Pi/3a^6/<te*>()*/='made to go together' Col. ii. 2, 19.

Meyer renders 'instructed', cf. 1 Cor. ii. 16, and so

B.V. in margin, but this yields no sense.

34. -Tri-yv6vTs...<(>wvi] eyc'vcro jxCa] Sense-construction= *

having learned...they shouted 5

. T.E. tirLyvovruv withno authority.

35. 6 -ypajijiarevs]*

town-clerk', a very important officer,

keeper of the public records, whose duty it was to draw upofficial documents and read them in the public assembly.Often named on Ephesian inscriptions. The tone of his

speech is'

decidedly legal'. Baum.

TLS yap...] Explaining his conduct: 'I have tried to

quiet you and there is no reason for disturbance, /or...'.

veeoKopos (1) 'temple-cleaner', (2) 'guardian of a temple', See A.

(3) frequently applied as a title of honour especially to

Asiatic cities, and so found on coins and inscriptions, the

Ephesian people being described on two inscriptions as

6 veuKopos S^wos, and also v. rrjs 'Apr^/u5os.

TOV 8toirTot)s]' the image that fell from heaven '

;A. and

B.V. 'that fell from Jupiter', giving a distinctly wrongimpression, for 5to- merely describes 'the bright sky' (ofwhich no doubt Zeus is king) from the root Sip found in dies

&c., and should no more be translated 'Jupiter' than in

the phrase sub dio. SuireTrjs is applied to rivers as beingfed by rain 'fallen from heaven', Horn. II. xvi. 174; Od. iv.

477.The same tradition attached to the statue of Artemis at

Tauris (Eur. Iph. T. 977 SioTrerts dya\/ma, ovpavov TreV^a), H.the Palladium of Troy, the Minerva Polias of Athens

(Paus. Att. 26 'A#?7J>as dyaXfjia, ev rrj vvv aKpoiroXeL... <f>r)^f) 5

4s avrb xet, TrecretV e/c TOV ovpavov), the Cybele of Pessinus, &c,

p. H

Page 226: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

210 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xix. 37

37. "yap] explains irpoirerts 'headstrong, as your con-duct has been, for...

'

OVI'TC pXao-<J>T](JLovvTas] Apostoli non collegerunt multaabsurda ex mythologia sed proposuerunt veritatem Dei. B.

rightly. On the other hand Chrysostom TOVTO

ptv irpos rbv

38. a-yopatoi] sc. Tj/uepcu. dyopcuos=forensis, and asthe law-courts in Rome and other towns were near the

forum or dyopd, the adj. becomes= '

having to do with the

law-courts', e.g. forense genus dicendi, 'the oratory of thebar'.

Translate 'court-days are kept', i.e. at certain regularperiods, not in any degree implying that at that par-ticular time court-days were being kept; for in that case* and there is the proconsul

'

ought to follow, and the pluraldv6vTra.Toi could not stand, as at no particular time was

\V. B. there more than one proconsul. So too the statement'there are proconsuls' is general, = there is always a proconsul,not always the same, but always one.

In the provinces the proconsul passed round the principaltowns, administering justice, much as the judges in our

ric. assize towns. Such 'holding assizes' was conventus agere\

v ^fasw^c^ seems ~ dyopatovs &yeiv.

yy

'

'The following inscription of the age of Trajan froman aqueduct of Ephesus happily illustrates the accuracy of

St Luke's language. 97 0iAoa^/3a<rros 'E<pe<riut> (3ov\r], KO! 6

vewKopos dittos Kaditpwcrav eirl dvdvTrdrov HedovKaiov Upeicr-

Kelvov, \l/Tj(f)LcrafjL6vov Tip. KX. 'IraXi/cou TOU ypa^fj-areus TOV

Trepcu- 39. t 56'

Tt 7TpaiTpw...] i.e. charges of illegal conduct

jjepw should have been brought before the regular magistrates,

-n-epbut 'if you want anything further' (cf. Plat. Phaed. 107. 8

Tpov ovdev f7)Tr)(TT TrepaLTtpu), e.g. to pass any public resolutions

^'on the subject which is exciting you, then that can be

erepuv settled at the regular meeting of the assembly. The use ofKADIIL tvvQy.($ suggests the irregularity of the present assembly.

40. cnrcura>s...j| The text here is very uncertain andthe Greek awkward, but the general sense is clear.

rrdo-(os YcaXr9ai] These words go together, and irepl

TTJS arjfjipov= 'concerning to-day' (cf. 77 o-^/mepov rj/j.. xx. 26;M. y (rijfji. Matt. xi. 23), for if irepl be taken as governing

crrdcrews (B.V. 'concerning this day's riot') not only is its

position very unusual in N.T. but the town-clerk is repre-sented as calling what had happened by the strong word

Page 227: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xx. 6]NOTES. 211

erra'crts, which he would naturally not do, but rather refer to

it as auarpofoj 'a gathering', as he does immediately after.

orpl ov] 'and as touching it' E.V. The relative hasno grammatical antecedent, but refers to the subject before

the speaker's mind, and is immediately defined by the ex-

planatory words irepi TTJS o-varpo^jjs returns. T.E. omits 01) Text

after oiS.NABHL

diroSovvcu ' to give an account when called upon ', ratio-

nern reddere.' There was nothing on which the Eomans looked with F.

such jealousy as a tumultuous meeting. Qui coetum et

concentum fecerit, capitate sit, Senec. Controv. 3. 8'.

CHAPTEE XX.

1. dcnra<rd|JLVos] The word describes the kiss andembrace which accompanied either arrival or departure (cf.

xxi. 6, 7, 19); here the latter.

2. TO. p-c'pt] Kiva] i.e. Macedonia; avrotis the Christians

there. From Eom. xv. 19 (written shortly after this) it is

inferred that he almost reached Illyricum. The 2nd Ep. F.

to the Corinthians is assigned to this period.

TTJV 'EXXd8a]='Axatai> xviii. 12. It is the national notthe official name. Only here in N.T.

3. iron](ras...<

y^vTo -yvcujx-qs] T.E. has yvuju,ij, a sense- Text

construction, ,like xix. 34. He would naturally . reach KABE-

Corinth, to which he had recently sent his two Epistles,and from which he could most easily

'

put to sea for Syria'

(dvayeadai, ds T. Sup.).

TOV viro(rTp<J>iv] The genitive gives the contents or

substance of the 71/^77.

CLVTW] T.E. adds axP L TT/S 'A<ri'as; but Text KB

Trophimus went to Jerusalem, xxi. 29, and Aristarchus to Yulg>

Eome, xxvii. 2; Col. iv. 10. ^s

p'

Ao,Sopater, Gaius, and Secundus are unknown. 26cow5os= ADEHL

Secundus, ov representing Latin u and our oo (as in 'boot').**

'Acriavol] ex Asia stride dicta. B. Tychicus (for the

meaning of name cf. Etfruxos ver. 9 and Faustus) was a close

companion of Paul, cf. Eph. vi. 21; Col. iv. 7; Tit. iii. 12;2 Tim. iv. 12. Trophimus, cf. xxi. 29; 2 Tim. iv. 20.

5. TJH.CIS] xvi. 10 n.

6. rds r\\i>.TWV <!] cf. xii. 3 n. 'Paul left Philippi La. and

about April 4, A.D. 58'.,

so F-

142

Page 228: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

212 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xx. 6

<*XP l "HK- ^VT] The phrase expresses the time up to

hich theirwhich their voyage lasted. Cf. Luke ii. 37 xnP-oydorjKovraTea-ffdpwv. D has 7re/z7rrcuoi, a correct explanatorygloss. For the journey, cf. xvi. 11.

7.TJJ fjuarwv <rappa,Ta>v] 'the first day of the week', cf.

Luke xxiv. 1; John xx. 1: irpwrrj <raf3(3a.Tov Mark xvi. 9:

opposed to <ra/3/3arct Matt, xxviii. 1 : the day of the resur-

rection: rj KvpiaKr) fa. Eev. i. 10: specially selected for

alms-giving 1 Cor. xvi. 2. This is the first place in whichthere is any reference to a special observance of the day, it

being here clearly marked as a fit day for an dycwn;.The use of the cardinal for the ordinal numeral is a

Hebrew idiom.

K\a<rcu apTov] ii. 42 n. 'The breaking of bread in the

Holy Communion was at this time inseparable from the

A. cryciTrcu. It took place apparently in the evening (after the

day's work was ended) and at the end of the assembly after

the preaching of the word 1

.

La. M. 8. ijo-av &...] Pictorial description, natural in an

eyewitness.

cv TW vircpuKp] i. 13 n.

9. lirl TTJS OvpCSos] 'on the window- seat', the windowbeing without glass or frame-work. They sometimes hadlatticed-doors, as in French houses, to keep out the sun.

Ahaziah met his death in this way, cf. 2 Kings i. 2 'fell

down through a lattice in his upper chamber '.

KttTa<()pd(ivos...KaTVx0U] B.V. gives 'borne down...

being borne down', utterly hiding the force of the par-

ticiples : the one expresses the gradual stealing of drowsi-

ness upon him, the other the moment when sleep whollyoverpowered him and he fell.

In A. Arist. de som. et vig. 3 TCL v7rvwTiKa...Kaptj(3apiav Troiet...

KOI KCLTa<j>p6/J.l'Ol KO.I VV<TTaoVTS TOVTO

viry<p Pa0i] Not '

deep sleep'

i.e. sound sleep, but'

strongdrowsiness

' which ends in sound sleep.

Cook. 10. Karapds] 'by the outside staircase usual in the

East'.

ir&r<rv avrw] Like Elijah, 1 Kings xvii. 21, and Elisha,2 Kings iv. 34.

fxij 6opvpi<r0] So on the death of Jairus* daughter,Matt. ix. 23 Iduvrovs avXyras /cat rbv 6x^oi> Oopvpovpevoj', andMark v. 38 Beupel Oopvflov /cat K\aiovTas KO! aXaXd^ras whereJesus asks rl OopvpeTo-Qe; These passages shew that ffopv*

Page 229: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xx. 15] NOTES. 213

/3e?cr#cu describes the loud and ostentatious lamentation

common in the East. 'Make JQ no ado '

E.V.

ij -yelp \|n>xi]...] Not at all implying that they had beenmistaken in supposing him dead. Luke distinctly describes

a miraculous restoration to life; cf. the opposition ^pdtj

veKpbs verse 9 )( rjyayov favra. verse 12.

11. icXcuras TOV aprov] They had came together 'to

break bread '

; this would have taken place naturally at the

end of Paul's discourse but for the interruption; he nowtherefore resumes the interrupted order of the meeting by'breaking the bread'.

ycutrcijjicvos] i.e. having eaten a meal, to satisfy hunger,as x. 10.

optXijo-as] x. 27 n. 'conversed'. The word is much less

formal than dteX^yero above.

OVTWS] cf. xxvii. 17= turn demum: the word sums up all

the preceding participles,*

having done all these things, then,

and then only, he departed '. A very frequent classical usage.

13. "Ao-o-ov] A seaport in Mysia, S. from Troas, oppo-site Lesbos.

SiaTCTa-yjic'vos] perf. pass, in sense of middle ;cf. for the

use of the middle 1 Cor. vii. 17 Siotrdo'cro/^cu ;xi. 34 iardo-

/ucu.

fiAXcov...] The distance is about 20 m., and there was La.

then a Boman road between Troas and Assos. ir^Viv*

goafoot' A.V., but the word only means 'go by land' E.V.

14. MiTvXijvTjv] Capital of Lesbos on the E. coast.

15. KaTT]VTTJ<ra|Av] as xvi. 1, xviii. 19, 24 'arrived'.

avTtKpvs X. = '

opposite'

or 'off Chios ', where they would

anchor for the night. Chios is an island about 30 m. by10, 8 m. from the opposite peninsula of Clazomenae.

irappdXo(XV ls Sajxov] T.E. adds KO! ^dvavres h T/ow- Text

7uXXty and omits d after rfj. Trogylium is on the main- KAB

land about 5 m. from Samos. The omission of the refer-

ence to Trogylium may be due to an idea that 7rapepd\o/j,ei>

c. S. means 'put in to Samos' i.e. to pass the night, in

which case they could not have 'stayed at Trogylium'.But cf. Thuc. in. 32 irapcLpaXelv els 'Iwviav ' to cross over to

Ionia', which is the meaning of TrapepdXofjLev here.

In crossing from Chios to Samos they would ' sail past'

Ephesus.

MCX-qrov] At one time the most important city of the

Ionian Greeks, but at this period quite eclipsed by Ephesus.

Page 230: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

214 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xx. 15

About 28 m. S. of Ephesus. Its site is now several miles

from the sea owing to the silting-up of the Maeander.

Light- 17. TOVS irpo-j3vT^povs]called MO-KOTTOI ver. 28 ;

* elders'

foot, an(j 'bishops' being in apostolical times interchangeableRx. (id -,

Phil. words.* 1 *

18. tirv] A great'

Apology'

at the close of his three

missionary journeys.In this speech occur many words and phrases also found

in Paul's Epistles : these are noted as they occur, and de-

serve careful attention.

dird../A<rav] The clause is thrown forward for empha-sis, and goes not with ^Tricrracrfle but with TT^S tyevofj.rjj'.

M$r\v] 'set foot in' B.Y.; pedem intuli B.

irais -yv6[iT]v] He describes 'how' vv. 19 21. For the

phrase cf. 1 Thess. i. 5 oidare oZbt ^yev^Orj^ev ev vfjuv ; ii. 10

v/uits /

A. 19. SovXcvcov] "With the sole exception of the assertion

of our Lord,' Ye cannot serve God and Mammon '

(Matt.vi. 24; Luke xvi. 13), the verb 8ov\ctu for 'serving God' is

used by Paul only, and by him six times, e.g. Rom. xvi. 18

andcf. Phil. i. 1; Gal. i. 10".

To/irivo<j>po<rvirqs] Favourite Pauline word, e.g. Phil. ii.

Light- 3. "In heathen writers Tairetv6s has almost always a badfoot, meaning, 'grovelling', 'abject'.... It was one great result

of the life of Christ to raise 'humility' to its proper level;

and, if not fresh coined for this purpose, the word Tonreivo-

<j)po<rvvr) now first becomes current through the influence

of Christian ethics".

Saicpvcov] cf. ver. 31; 2 Cor. ii. 4; Phil. iii. 1. 'Tears'

under strong emotion, whether sorrowful or the reverse,were common with the ancients.

20. ov8v virc<TTiXd|JLT]v]' I did not (cautiously) hold

back' or 'conceal': vTroareXXeo-Oai is the opposite of irappT)-

aid^effQai, cf. Dem. 54 irdvd' ciTrXws, ovoev uTroo-reiXci/xe^o?,

7re7rappr)aiao-/j.aL ;so too 415. The word describes ' caution '

AsF.W. and 'reserve', cf. Gal. ii. 12. To describe the word as a' nautical

'

metaphor is erroneous.

TOV |xi)...] Probably the gen. expresses that in whichthe ' concealment

' would have consisted, viz. in ' not pro-

claiming. . . ', and so we should render '

by not proclaiming. . .

'

;

cf. iii. 12 n., vii. 19 n.

Others make TOV the direct gen. after vTrearcCKa^v in the

sense of '

shrinking ',

'

withdrawing ', and regard /XT? as a pleo-

Page 231: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xx. 26] NOTES. 215

nastic repetition of the negative sense of the verb ' I shranknot from declaring

' B.V.

22. ISov] Purely adverbial, and so singular, cf. Matt.

X. 16 idoVj eycb cx7ro(7re\Xw v/nas.

SeSefjLevos TW in>V|i,aTi] 'bound in the spirit', i.e. in myspirit, feeling an inward constraint: so with reference to

this same journey xix. 21 d II. ZBero ev r$ irv. It is clearlynot 'bound by the Holy Spirit' (alligatus SpirituV.), for

'the Holy Spirit' is specifically mentioned immediately.Not that the sense is affected ; Paul looks on the Holy Spiritas directly influencing his spirit ;

cf . Eom. viii. 16 r6 irvevjULa,

crv/uL/jLapTvpe't TO; irv. TjfjLwv. The rendering of TO irv. TO ayiov'

Holy Ghost '

is a distinct loss in this passage.

24. ovSevos \OYOV...] A combination of two construc-

tions viz. ovdevbs X. TT. rr,v ty. and ov Troiov/uLai Trtv

\^. n^lavc/AavTy.

T.B. has aXX' ovSevos \6yoi> TroioCy-tcu, ovd ^%u? rrjv if>. fiov

ws TeXeLtoo-w] 'in order that I may accomplish'. Forthe metaphor, cf. xiii. 25 n.

T.B. has ws reXeiwo-at^' as to accomplish', i.e. in com- Omit

parison with accomplishing. It also adds /uerd %a/>as after J^

rto Wnov I**-

Kal TT)V StaK.] Explanatory of rbv dp6ju.oi>, 'even myministry'.

25. ol8a on...] In two letters written from Borne

(Phil. ii. 24; Philem. 22) Paul expresses his hope of

quitting Borne and travelling to the east, but we do notknow that he ever did so. Luke certainly here seems to

regard this parting as final. In any case olda does not ex-

press more than Paul's personal conviction : cf. its use xxvi.

27. To lay great emphasis on Travres is to pervert the plain AS B.

sense."

vjxis IT. iv ots 8iTJX0ov] The use of dirj\dov shews thatnot merely the Ephesian elders are meant : in addressingthem Paul regards them as representatives of all those in

that region among whom he had laboured as a missionary.

26. [xaprvpojjiai vpv] /za/m^Oyucu does not occur else-

where in N.T. except in Paul's Epistles, viz. Gal. v. 3 ;

Eph. iv. 17 ;1 Thess. ii. 12.

It means 'I protest', i.e. I assert as in the presence of Light-a witness. The word signifies properly 'to call to witness', J?*>and is never, except perhaps in very late Gk, equivalent to

jj.afiTvp 'I bear witness'. See too ii. 40 n.

Page 232: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

216 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xx. 26

cv rfj (rijJLpov iin^pa] Emphatic: on this the last daythat I shall see you. KaOapos... cf. xviii. 6 n.

27. rr\v POV\I^V TOV 6.] i.e. His purpose of redemptionthrough Jesus the Messiah. The sense is not ' all the

counsel of God '

absolutely, but 'all His counsel as far as it

refers to my work'.

28. 7rpoo^x.T lavTots] The same phrase v. 35;Luke

xii. 1, xvii. 3, xxi. 34 and nowhere else in N.T. Paul how-ever has irpoffxeLV j*v6ot.s, ofry, rrj avayvwaet. 1 Tim. i. 4,

iii. 8, iv. 13.

rep iroifJivCa)] Cf. Luke xii. 32 /XT) 0o/3ou, rb fJUKpov Trot'/x-

viov, and John xxi. 16 iroL/JLaive TO. Trpo^ard /JLOV.

cirio-Koirovs] It will be observed that the use of the

word here does not necessarily prove that the irpeafivrepoi

(as Luke elsewhere always terms them) were regularly called

emo-KOTTOi : they are so called here not officially but withreference to the special charge laid upon them of 'watch-

ing over' and tending the flock committed to them. Atthe same time there would be special point in the use of

eirlo-KOTTOL here in connection with Troi/m'y, if the word were

v. Light- beginning to be applied to * the elders'

as a title, as it cer-

foot, tainly is elsewhere, e.g. Phil. i. 1 <rw> <-7ru7/c67rois KO! dia-adloc'

jrfwuf.

n^v IKK. TOV 0ov TJV...] It is impossible to determine0eou the reading here ; the MSS. are divided between 6eou and

Vui^ KvpLov with some preponderance for the latter.

Syr.6"

(1) It is urged for deov that KK. r. deov occurs 11 timesicvpt'ov in Paul's epistles, whereas CKK. r. Kvpiov does not occur else-

CoptE ' w^ere nor does ' the church of Jesus '. Judging therefore

Anr.. from his regular practice it is argued that Paul must haveKvpiov m gajd 'church of God'. (For this cf. Alford.)

icot^eourphe vajue of this argument depends however on the

For 0eou opinion that may be formed as to how far Luke gives the

cf. w. very words of a speaker.and H. Moreover it may be maintained in reply that Oeov is a

di!?en~

correction to make the passage fit with the well-known

phrase, and that the reading KvpLov /cat deov points to the

introduction of 0eov as a gloss.

So W. (2) It is said for 0eov that, if 0. be read, the passagewould contain a reference to TO at/xa TOV deov and that this

would perplex many readers and cause copyists to alter

the phrase.But though such a phrase as TO afya TOV deov is certainly

contrary to apostolic usage, yet it is well known later

and is found e.g. in Ignatius and Tertullian, so that there

Page 233: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xx. 31] NOTES. 217

is no reason against a copyist introducing it. Moreoverthere would be a strong tendency to read 6eov at and after

the Arian controversy from a desire to see Jesus called

6e6s.

(3) It is also said for Beov that a comparison withPsalm Ixxiv. 2, to which there is a reference, points to the

nom. to TT fpLeTroL7jaa.ro being God. But the reference to the

Psalm (fJLvricrdr]TL rfjs crvvaywyrjs (Tov rjs e/cr?Jcrw aTr' ci/r^s) is

slight, and hardly justifies the inference.

Beading Kvpiov, as is certainly preferable, the sense is So M.

very simple,' the Church of the Lord '

or * Master which He ^a'

purchased with His own blood' and the words TOV Kvpiov rjv. . . Lumby,have great force as assigning a special reason why the

Jianrf11

elders should be careful guardians of the Church. And for THschen-

the Church being called the ' Church of the Lord '

cf. Jesus' dorf,

own reference to ' My Church', Matt. xvi. 18. &umg"

Beading 0eou, it is certain that 6eov = God the Father.' The supposition that by the precise designation TOV deov, Dr Hort.

standing alone as it does here, with the article and with-out any adjunct, St Paul (or St Luke) meant Christ, is

unsupported by any analogies of language'.This being so we must render ' the church of the Father

which He purchased through the blood that was His own ',

i. e. the blood of Jesus; and the conception of the death of

Christ as a price paid by the Father is in strict accordancewith St Paul's own language (Bom. v. 8, viii. 32) ; and cf.

The Prayer for those that are to be admitted into HolyOrders 'Almighty God, our heavenly Father, who hast

purchased to Thyself an universal Church by the preciousblood of Thy dear Son '. It must be allowed however thatsuch a rendering is forced, and not justified even by the

peculiar position of TOV idiov. It is suggested that the w. and

passage contains some primitive error, and that the positionH<

of TOV Idiov may be accounted for by supposing TIOT tohave dropped out after TOTIAIOT.

29. CUJHIV] 'departure'; cf. Herod, ix. 76 cur^re/x^ee? Atyivav, es TT]V avTrj 7JOe\e airLK^adaL. yaerd 5 T^V SLTTL^LV

(departure) TTJS yvvaLKbs...d7riKovTo (arrived) Maz/ro^es.

XVKOI] For the metaphor cf. John x. 12. The ' wolves'are false teachers, for whose presence at Ephesus cf. 1 Tim.i. 20 ; Bev. ii. 2.

\j.r\ 4>i86|AevoL] Litotes.

30. 8ie<rTpa[ifAva] xiii. 8 n.

31. -ypiiYopeiTc] verbum pastorale. B. rpicrCav xix. 10 n.

vov9T3v] A. V. ' warn '

: B. V. rightly'

admonishing '.

The word implies authority on the one side and wrong

Page 234: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

218 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xx. 31

doing on the other; cf. 1 Cor. iv. 14 cos TKVOL JJLOV dyaTr^raj>ov8eTu)i>. Only here, and seven times in Paul's Epistles.

32. 7rapaTL0|j.at] xiv. 23 n.

So all Kvpfa only in B, and 0c$ is decidedly preferable.editors.

e gTW 8vvafjivw]

' which is able ' A. and R. V. Many refer

Vu'lg. this to T(f Kvpiip, considering the words Kal rcj \6y^ rrjs x- "

Luther, explanatory, and that it is God only who can be spoken of

as 'able to build up...', but in reality the whole phrase is

one ;

* the Lord and the word of His grace'

are regarded as

one in their action.

...] There is a comparison between the

kingdom of Canaan, which was given as an inheritance to

Israel, and the kingdom of Jesus the Messiah, which is the

inheritance of all the saints.

K\r)povoiu,ia is frequent in LXX. of Canaan, and of Israel

as God's inheritance. The Israelites are termed ol rjyiaa/uit-

VOL Deut. xxxiii. 3.

The expression is Pauline, cf. Eph. i. 18 r??s AcX^po^o/uasavrov v rols dyiois.

33.l|xaTio-(jLov]

Oriental wealth largely consisted in

costly raiment. Cf. 2 Kings v. 5 ; Gen. xxiv. 53 ; Ps. xlv.

13, 14; Matt. vi. 19, where * treasure

'

is referred to as cor-

rupted by the ' moth'.

34. avTCu] l)eictic;

cf. xxvi. 29, xxviii. 20. Callosae,ut videbant. B.

35. -iravra] K. V. ' in all things'

;for which cf. 1 Cor.

x. 33 /ccryu> wd^ra Tracriv dptaKw ; Eph. iv. 15. It is certainly

equally natural to place the full stop after Trdvra, and corn-

So M.. mence the next sentence with the forcible vir^e^a' an ex-

de w. ample I set you (by doing so) that...'.Lack.

jiQr ^^5c(^a= 'shewed by pattern'

or *

example', cf. vira-

dvTL\ajJLpav<r6at...] Cf. Luke i. 54 dvreXdjSero 'l

TTcuSos avrov :' to take hold of (so as to afford support, both

moral and material) to those who are weak (i.e. either in

health, wealth, or religious knowledge)'. The phrase is per-

fectly general.

Cic. de avros ct-rev]' He himself or * The Master said'. Cf. the

M. D. answer of the Pythagoreans when asked for a proof of theirIp '

opinions, ai)ros 77, Ipse dixit.

cottf" jxaKclpiov...] This is the only saying of Jesus recorded

int.' to in N.T. not in the Gospels. The best known traditionalGospels, gaying of Jesus is yivcvOe rpaTre^rat doKi/uLOi.

Page 235: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

XXL 4] NOTES. 219

For {jLCLKapiov cf. Matt. v. 3 11. For the sense Arist.

Etll. IV. 1 /j,d\\6v <TTI roO \ev6epLov TO fiidovai. OLS del % \a/m-

(3di>Li> 66ev dabut the reason he assigns is the pleasureof feeling superiority. Sen. de Ben. Qui dat beneficia, deos

imitatur, qui recipit, fGeneratores.

37. Ko.T<|>iX.ovv] A strong word * were covering withkisses' : used also Matt., xxvi. 40.

38. irpoc'Trcp.Trov] xv. 3, xxi. 5.

CHAPTEE XXI.

1. dirooTrao-0VTas] avulsos, non sine desiderio magno,cum vi, B., but cf. Luke xxii. 41 aTreo-rraoBr} merely='Hewas parted from them', and so B.V. here 'He parted fromthem'.

K<3] Now Stanchio, an island opposite Halicarnassus.

*P68ov] The famous island off the S. coast of Caria ; at

this time a great commercial centre with a university ; theColossus was not at this time standing, having been over-

thrown by an earthquake.

IldTapa] A seaport of Lycia near the mouth of the

Xanthus, possessing an oracle of Apollo (Patareus ApolloHor. Od. in. 4. 64).

2. vpovTs] Hitherto the voyage had been apparentlyin a small hired boat, at the disposition of Paul and his

companions, in which they crept along from island to island,after the fashion of the early Gk mariners, not venturingout into the open sea at all. This they now dismiss andbecome passengers on board a larger merchantman, which,instead of hugging the coast, was going to stand straightacross (dtawepw) for Tyre.

3. dva<|)avavTs TI^V K.] lit. 'having made C. rise upout of the sea', i.e. having sighted Cyprus. The oppositeidiom is yifv fmoK^Trr^v (Plat. Prot. 338 A) ; cf. Virg. Aen.in. 291 Phaeacum abscondimus arccs; in. 275 formidatusnautis aperitur Apollo.

cKt<r... <

r5v ct7ro<|>.] 'for there the ship was unlading her M.deW.cargo'. KL<re because of the idea ofmovement and carryinginto the town contained in *

unlading'

; the words do notdescribe the destination of the vessel, which they clearlywait for and proceed in to Ptolemais.

4. dvvpovTcs] suggests 'looking for': they were pro-bably few in a large city.

Page 236: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

220 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxi. 4

s] cf. xx. 23. The Spirit gives them andPaul the same warning of danger. Affection therefore urgesthem to detain him

; duty impels him to go.

5. llaprCcrat] =justum numerum explere, 'fulfil', 'make

up an exact number '. The days referred to are ' the seven

days'

probably required for the unloading of the ship andtaking in fresh cargo.

6. els TO, I'Sia] 'to their homes', cf. John xix. 27

<:\a(3v 6 fjLadi)Tr)s avrrjv els ra tdia.

7. TOV irXovv 8iavv<ravrs] Not with &TTO T?vpov (as A.Y.{ when we had finished our course from Tyre'), for the short

journey to Ptolemais would not be specially referred to as

M. La. 'fully completed' (5iavv<ravTs). It is better rendered 'butde W. we> having (thereby) completed our voyage, came from Tyre

to Ptolemais'.

IlToX.fiat8a] A bay surrounded by mountains ; the best

harbour on the coast. Called Accho Judges i. 31; after-

wards Ptolemais from one of the kings of Egypt; in the

time of the Crusades St Jean d'Acre, or Acre.

8. 4j;X06vTS TJ\9ajjiv] 'having gone out from Ptolemaiscame '

i. e. clearly by land.

deW.M. T.R. after QeXdovres inserts ol irepl rov Hav\ov an ad-A - dition due 'to the commencement of a lesson' in Church

services at this point.

^iXCirrrov] viii. 5 n. For ' the seven 'vi. 5. For evoyy-

yeXwrrov cf. Eph. iv. 11, from which it appears that the word

N. deW. lia<^ a special sense and is not merely=' preacher'. Proba-M.

'

bly as the word implies (= one who carries good tidings),

they were 'travelling missionaries'. The English 'Evange-list

' = ' writer of a gospel '.

10. KarrJXO^v Tis...Trpo<(>.6v. "Ay.] mentioned as though

not already referred to xi. 28.

11. apas Ti]v WVT]V] Symbolical acts are frequently

employed by prophets in O.T., e.g. 1 Kings xxii. 11, Zede-kiah 'made him horns of iron'; Is. xx. 2. For the particu-lar symbol cf. the prophecy of Jesus about Peter, John xxi.

18. For &vr) cf. xii. 8 n.

Xfyci...] An authoritative formula, frequent in

LXX. e.g. rctSe \tyei, Kvpws 6 0eos...Ex. v. 1.

irapa8wo-ov<riv...] Cf. the words of Jesus about HimselfMatt. xvii. 22 ju^XAet d vios TOV dvOpuTrov frapadidocrdai els

%e?/>as dvQpuirw, Matt.xx. 19 irapadwaovcru' avTovTois

Page 237: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxi. 20] NOTES. 221

13. r(, TTOWITC K\aCovTcs...] The phrase indicates strongremonstrance, cf. Mark xi. 5 ri Trotetre AUOJ/TCS TOV iruXov

;

crvv9pv-irTovTs] stronger than QpinrTovres, lit. 'break in

pieces', but almost always =* make weak', and especially* enervate ',

' unman '

: they were'

unmanning'

or *

weakeningPaul's heart,

'

i. e. determination. B. V. *

breakingmy heart '

hardly gives the sense.

14. TOV Kvpiov...] Perhaps with reference to rov Kvpiov La. M.

'Irjcrov just before; and so KvpLov= Jesus. On the other hand

the expression seems a perfectly general one of acquiescencein the Divine will=' God's will be done', cf. Matt. vi. 10 H.

v\ Matt. xxvi. 42.

15. mo-Keua<rcx[A6voi] 'having packed up'; A.V. 'wetook up our carriages'; Geneva Version 'trussed up ourfardels '.

16. dfyovTcs...] A. and B.V. 'bringing with themMnason with whom we should lodge', which assumes that

Mnason was at Caesarea.

Others, perhaps more accurately, take the Gk as= M. La.B.

ayovres irapa, Tblvdo-uva, Trap' <J ei>. 'bringing us to the house de w<

of Mnason, with whom we should lodge '.

apxaup jiaO.] B.Y. 'an early disciple', cf. xv. 7 n. or H.

possibly' one of the original disciples

'

converted at Pente-

cost, cf. xi. 15 ev dpx-fj.

17. direSe^avro] T.B. ed^avro. The compound verb Text

is peculiar to Luke in N.T. NABCE.

18. o-iiv TIJUV] Note that Luke is personally present.

irp&s 'IciKwpov] Probably to his house. It would seem,from the absence of all reference to them, that none of the

apostles were in Jerusalem at this time. The presence of'

all the elders'

is noted (as at the council xv. 6), and theobservations (w. 20 25) are throughout in the plural.

19. T]YITO Ka9' 2v SiKcurTov wv] The treating of theadverbial expression *a0' %v as a direct ace. after the verb is

classical, e.g. Dem. 1265 ruv irapovruv KaO' %i>a...ayovTs.

20. 6copLs] The word indicates actual 'seeing', 'be-

holding'.

iroo-at jjivptaScs] A. and B. V. 'thousands', regardingfjivpLas as used indefinitely for any large round number, asit is used Lukexii. 1, eTrtavvaxdeiffiiov TUIV /jLvpLaduv TOV tf^Xoi;.

Whether Paul reached Jerusalem by Pentecost (cf. xx.

16) or not is doubtful, but the city was still full (cf. ver. 27)of Jews from a distance: and there is no reason for not

Page 238: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

222 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. [XXL 20

including these Jews of the dispersion among the 'manymyriads of zealots' whom Paul is said to 'behold', for fromver. 27 we see that 'the Jews of Asia' were chief amongthose who accused Paul as teaching contempt of the Law tothe Jews of the dispersion.

TOV vofiov] For fr\. i. 13 n. The word is hereused in a general sense, as it is used by Paul speaking ofhimself before his conversion Gal. i. 14 >?AWT?)STUP TraTpLKUtv fj,ov

21. Kcvrrjxi^Tio-av] cf. xviii. 25 n. The word certainlydescribes Paul's opponents as acting with deliberate purpose,and suggests that they were in a position of authority and'teachers'.

oirooTcuHav] A strong word : classical Greek, ci7r6<rratris.

TOVS Kara rd...] The Jews of the dispersion, cf. ii. 9 n.

JIT] irpLT[ivtv...] Circumcision was the most distinctive

rite of the Mosaic law, and the sigh of obedience to it. Thecharge therefore of teaching Jews ' not to circumcise their

children' involved the further charge of teaching them ' notto walk by the customs' of the Mosaic law. The term' uncircumcised ' was used by the Jews with the bitterest

contempt, e. g. 1 Sam. xvii. 26 ' this uncircumcised Philis-

tine'.

rots 29<riv ircpiirarciv] Cf. ix. 31 n. and note on <rroixe?s

ver. 24.

Text^ 22. irdvTCOS...] T. R. has TTCLVTUS del ir\r)6os <Tvve\6eLV

Copt*"

tt/coua-oj/rcu yap OTL t\rj\v6as.

Arm'. In any case the sense is that Paul is requested to markAeth. in a public and noticeable manner his regard as a born Jew

KAC?DE for the Law -

HLP. .The question of heathen converts obeying the Mosaiclaw had been settled, see ch. xv. ; the question here is

whether Paul teaches Jewish converts to despise the Law:his action clearly marks the reverse. Cf. his own state-

ment of his rule of conduct 1 Cor. ix. 19 ^yevo^v rots

'lovdaiois cos 'Iou5cuos 'iva. 'lovdatovs Kpdij(r(i)...Tois CLVO/ULOI.? cos

UVO/JLOS iva Kepdavu TOVS CLVO/JLOVS.

23. i5)(i]v 2xovT S---] This vow seems clearly 'to havebeen the Nazarite vow, for which cf. Numb. vi. 1 21. It

was a vow of 'separation (a.yin<Tfj,6s)unto the Lord,' marked

(1) by abstinence from wine, (2) by not allowing the hair to

be cut. Its completion was marked by several costly sacri-

fices (Numb. vi. 13 15) in the Temple, and the shaving of

the head and burning of the hair upon the altar.

Page 239: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxi. 26] NOTES. 223

It was considered a work of piety to relieve needy Jewsfrom the expenses connected with this vow, as Paul doeshere. Josephus mentions that Herod Agrippa so paid the dntiq

expenses of very many (fj.d\a <rvxvofo) Nazarites. JIX< 1

24. <ryvfo-0T]Ti...] Paul does not merely pay the ex-

penses of the men, but takes the vow and 'becomes a Nazaritewith them '. The word ayviadyTi seems to shew this : it is

rendered in A. and E.V. 'purify thyself, but it is the wordused in LXX. of those who actually take the Nazarite vow,and there rendered 'separate', cf. Numb. vi. 1 6s av etfi^reu

evxty d<payi>{(Tao-Oai dyveiav Kvpiy, ver. 5 Tracra? rds TJ/J,. rov

ayvia/jLov. Lange however considers that ayvtcrdrjTL is notused here in a special sense = * take the Nazarite vow', but

quite generally=' perform some ceremony of purification',and this would much simplify the whole passage.

IVa vpTJ<rovTcu] A construction unknown to class. Gkbut not uncommon in N.T. Cf. the classical use of OTTWS

with fut. ind.

<TToix.is] 'to walk by a line' or '

rule'; cf. Gal. vi. 16TO; KCLVOVL roury aTQiyj]<jQ\)<jiv. Here strictly used : the ruleis 'the Law'.

25. irpl 8...] Anticipating an objection: 'this onlywith regard to Jews, with regard to Gentile converts...'.

After Kpivavres T.E. inserts fuqtev TQLOVTOV Typtiv aurotfs, Textel

jut.rj.NAB.

26. SuxyyeXXoov...] A.V. 'to signify the accomplish- CDEHL.inent of the days of the purification ', which is misleadingas suggesting that the vow v?as finished.

The Gk states that Paul, the day after he took the meninto his company (7rapaAa/3top), 'joined them in their sepa-ration' (i.e. took upon himself the vow of separation which

they had already upon them), and went into the Temple 'to

report the fulfilling of the days of separation ', naming, that

is, the day 'on reaching which (2ws ou) the sacrifice wasoffered'.

It was ordained that he who was under a Nazaritevow should bring the sacrifice (irpoffolaet Numb. vi. 13) onthe day when he had fully completed the days of his vow(77

a.v yfJ-epq. TrXypuvrj i)fj.pas CVXTJS Numb. vi. 13). Paulwould report to the priests what would be the day whenthe vow would come to an end, which, adds the historian, -

was the day on which the sacrifice was offered ', of whichnaturally the priests might require notice.

The past irpoo-^x^ is best explained by regarding thewords ews OV...T) 7rpocr(f>opd as an explanatory addition of the deW.,M.historian.

Page 240: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

224 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxi. 27

27. at lirraTIJI..]

* the seven days' can only naturallyrefer to the seven days for which Paul had taken the vow,and we must assume that when he joined the four menseven days of their vow were still unfulfilled. Luke's refer-

ence to 'the seven days', though he has not previouslymentioned the number, is parallel to his use of the worda.iJ.<poTtpwv xix. 16, where we have no hint previously that

only two sons of Sceva were present. The Mishna names30 days as the least period for which a vow can be taken,

As w but our knowledge on this point is very uncertain. Northink* can we Determine whether this vow has any connection

with the one referred to xviii. 18: Luke certainly marks noconnection except the dubious reference to his coming upto Jerusalem 'for sacrifices', xxiv. 17. The whole passageremains very perplexed.

28. poTjGciTc] 'Help', 'To the rescue', as though an

outrage were being committed.

Kara TOV Xaov] This part of the charge differs from that

against Stephen (vi. 13) : Paul's teaching is represented as' an attack on the chosen people', doing away, that is, withtheir special privileges.

ri T Kctl] i.e. not contented with teaching, he hasmoreover actually brought Greeks....

"EXX-qvas] Malevolent generalization : he was supposedto have brought one, cf. ver. 29.

ls TO Upov] Clearly, that is, beyond the court of theGentiles into the court of the Israelites. On the wall whichdivided them inscriptions in Greek and Latin warned all

Gentiles that the penalty of entering was death.

Athe- Such an inscription was found by Clermont-Ganneaunaeum, built into the walls of a mosque in the Via Dolorosa:

lSll'\f fMiOfra, dXXoyevri l<nropev(rdai evrbs TOV irepl TO iepbv rpv(pa.K-

M. F. TOV Kal TTpi{36\ov' os 5' av \r,(f)dr] eaury ai'rtos &TTCU 5td TO

cf. x. 14. For Trophimus cf. xx. 4.

29. 4vo|uov] Putabant. Zelotaeputantessaepe errant. B.

30. cKXckrOtjo-av. . .] i. e. by the Levites, to avoid the pol-lution of the Temple by Paul's murder.

31. avpi]]' went up', literally, the Boman guard being

stationed (and on festivals kept under arms, cf. ^CLVTTJS) in

the turris Antonia, a fort built by Herod on a rock at the

N.W. corner of the Temple, commanding the Temple andconnected with it by stairs (avapaQ/jLovs ver. 35).

Page 241: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxi. 38] NOTES. 225

---]* to tne tribune of the cohort (stationed

there)', i.e. Claudius Lysias, cf. xxiii. 26. Each legion hadsix tribunes, and as the legion with its full complement(justa legio) numbered 6000 men, each tribune had 1000men : hence the Greek word formed on the analogy of

For (nre'ipa cf. x. 1 n.

33. 80TJvcu] cf. xii. 6. The tribune considered Paulto be a leader of assassins.

TIS i'r]Kal TI e'o-Tiv...] Probably the change of construc-

tion is merely for the sake of variety : rl ct-r) TreTroLrjKws after

ris dri would be very ugly. Most editors draw a distinction :

1 he was uncertain who he was, but assumes as certain that Text

he is a malefactor'. T.E. has ris av efy.

34. ir<j>ttvovv] A word peculiar to Luke in N.T. Forits use here cf. Luke xxiii. 21 eTretyuvovv \tyovres, Zravpov,(TTavpov O.VTOV and Acts xii. 22.

ri]v Trap}ApoXTJv] xxii. 24, xxiii. 10, 16, 32: 'barracks',the soldiers' quarters inside the fort.

36. <xtp CIVTOV] Cf. Luke xxiii. 18 alpe TOVTOV. Thefull phrase Acts xxii. 22.

37. i $J<TTIV. . .] A simple question,' May I. . .?

'

cf. i. 6 n.

Bengel remarks modeste alloquitur, straining the Greek.

Tl yiva><rKis;] So Xen. An. vn. 6. 8 'EAX^io-rt

i; Cyrop. vu. 5. 31 ^vpiarl eTriaTaaBat. Cic. pro Flacco4 qui Graece nesciunt.

38. OVK apa crv et...] 'Thou art not then (as I sup-

posed) the Egyptian....' The sentence asks a question in

fact though not in form. OVK is emphatic: the centurion

hearing Paul speak Greek says,' I was wrong it seems in

taking you for the Egyptian '. A. and E.V. 'Art thou notthen the Egyptian ?' which would certainly require a/>' OVK

el o-v... ;

6 Al-yvimos...] One of the many impostors who, like

Theudas (v. 36 n.), arose during this unsettled period.

Josephus tells us that he collected 30,000 people on the B. j. n.

Mount of Olives to see the walls of Jerusalem fall down 13. 5.

before him, and that he was attacked by Felix with great f *$'

xx*

loss, but escaped himself.

The discrepancy between 30,000 and 4000 need not M.deW.trouble us, as Josephus contradicts himself, in one passagedescribing 'the majority' of the 30,000 as killed or wounded,in the other stating that 400 were killed and 200 wounded.

TOIIS TT.]' the four thousand'; referred to as well

known.

P. 15

Page 242: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

226 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES. [XXL 38

B. J. ii. o-iKaptW] sicariorum; K.V. 'assassins'. Josephus refers13* 3<

to the number of the banditti, to be found even in Jerusalem,wearing concealed daggers (sicae) and committing murderswith impunity.

39. 4-yco av6p<o7Tos p^v... 84op.au 8^...] Note the positionof \j,h :

* I ((fyw), as regards your question to me, am a man(avdpuTTos ptv}..,, but, as regards my question to you, I

ask (dtojjiat S...)'.

OVK do"]|Jiov] Litotes. Cf. Eur. Ion 8 ^O~TLV yap OVK

'EXX?7'pa;j> TroXts (of Athens).

TroXiYqs] Effective assonance, adding to the

emphasis on TroXi'rT??.

40. iroXXTJs 8 criYTJs] A.V. excellently* a great silence'.

For the scene cf. Virgil's famous lines Aen. I. 148 152 acveluti magno in populo..., and for KareVctorc..., Pers. iv. 7calidae fecisse silentia turbae

\

majestate man-its.

Eders- T 'EBpaCSi 8.1 Aramaic or Aramaean.heim i.

10. 130.

CHAPTER XXII.

1. Two points should be noticed in Paul's speech, (1)his argument that the strength of his former zeal for

Judaism gives a measure of the strength of the convictionwhich had induced him to adopt the course he had takena conviction based on direct and repeated revelation ; (2) the

way in which, while developing this argument, he answersthe charge of enmity to * the people',

' the Law', and ' the

Temple ', by referring to his Jewish birth and strict Jewish

training in the law of their fathers, ver. 3, by his descriptionof Ananias as an observer of the Law, ver. 12, by his refer-

ence to the * God of our fathers', ver. 14, to his prayer' in

the Temple ',to his earnest desire to remain and preach in

Jerusalem, w. 19, 20.

d8\<(>ol Kal TraT.] So vii. 2. Amoris et honoris nomina.

3. orapd T. IT. Tajx.] Some would join these words withTreTrcud, but the commencement of each clause seems markedby a participle, yeyevvrjimfros, dvaredpcLj^fMevos, TreTrcudev/JLej'os.

Moreover 'brought up in this city at the feet of G-.' is one

complete fact,' educated in the strictness of our ancestral

law' another.The Babbis sat on raised seats, their pupils on low

F. benches or on the ground : it was at the age of 13 that aJewish boy destined to become a Eabbi entered the schoolof some great teacher.

Page 243: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxn. 13] NOTES. 227

Paul gives exactly the same account of his early life,

Gal. i. 13, 14.

dKp[3iav] The word expresses' mathematical accuracy

':

on this rigid accuracy in observance of the Law the Pharisees

prided themselves, cf. xxvi. 5 a/cpt/Setrrar??*' aipeatv ;Jos. Ant.

XVII. 2. 4 ^TT' a/c/9i/3cocre: fj,ya (frpovovv TOV Trarpyou vb^ov ;B.

J. II. 8. 18 3?api<7cuot ot doKovvres /xera d/cpt/3et'as e^yetaBaL ra

vTrdpx.v TOV 0ov] Note carefully the difference

between this and ^Xwrat TOV vopov inrdpxov(ri.j> (xxi. 20).

5. 6 apx-] Saul had asked for a commission from ' the

high priest'

(ix. 1), who at that time was Theophilus. Thathe was still alive is inferred from this passage, althoughAnanias was the actual high priest (xxiii. 2).

TO irpo-pvTpLov] i. e. the Sanhedrin probably, cf. iv. 5 n.

TOVS Kto- ovras] Constructio pratgnans : those whohad fled to Damascus on the prosecution after the death of

Stephen, and were in Damascus. This traditional explana-tion is however very unsatisfactory. It seems better to saythat the use is deictic, and almost pictorial : the word re-

presents the speaker as directing his thoughts and the atten-

tion of his hearers to Damascus. Cf. the otherwise inex-

plicable Typelvdcu. TOV TLavXov etj 'Kaicrapiai' xxv. 4 and xix.

22 n.

7. Tjicovo'a <J>vTJsi <j>covi]V OVK T)Kovo"av ver. 9; O,KOVO~CU

cjxov-rjv ver. 14] Cf. ix. 4 n.

8. 'Irjcrovs 6 Na^wpaios] But ix. 5, xxvi. 15 'Jesus'

only. It is clear that Paul adds the explanatory words o

~Nawpcuos here because, mentioning Jesus for the first time

(in ch. xxvi. Jesus had been already referred to as * Jesusof Nazareth

')he finds it necessary to do so for the sake of

clearness. Such an addition would be perfectly natural.The instance however shews how hard it may often be to

separate ipsissima verba from explanatory additions, and it

is important to bear this in mind when we come to con-sider the account of the conversion ch. xxvi.

9. lOedo-avTo] T. E. adds /cat fy,0o/3ot eytvovTo. OmitNABII.

13. dvap\x(/ov...dvpXx[/a els CIVTOV] E.V. 'receive thysight... I looked upon him'. The same verb is used ix. 17,

18, where it distinctly is= ' receive sight again', and it

should be so rendered here, a?/e/3Xe^a els O.VTOV being putshortly for ' I received my sight (and looked) upon him

', as

E. V. gives in margin.

152

Page 244: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

228 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxii. 13

Of course dva/3X^7ro> can mean 'look up', as John ix.

11, but here the meaning of dvdpXe^ov absolutely determinesthe meaning of dvep\e\f/a..

14. TOV SCKcuov] Jesus, cf. iii. 14.

16. pdirricrat] Middle: 'cause thyself to be baptized'.For KCLL cLTr6\ov(Tai ras ajULaprias cf. the Baptismal Service 'OGod...who didst sanctify water to the mystical washingaway of sin

9

, and cf. 1 Cor. vi. 11.

17. e-y^vero 8e |xoi...<

irpoorV)(O|Avov }j.ov...vvecr0ai jxcj

For similar carelessness of style in Hellenistic Gk cf. xv.22 n.

viro<rrp\|/avTi] Cf. ix. 19 n. Iv K<rra<ri, cf. x. 10 n.

18. <nrv<rov] He only stayed 15 days, cf. Gal. i. 18.

19. avrol lirfo-TavTcu...] 'they themselves know...':Paul's reply expresses this argument : the Jews must believe

that my conversion was due to a miraculous and divine

revelation, because they themselves knoiv how previously Ihated the Christians.

v.H. 20. jtaprvpos] A. V. 'martyr'; E.V. 'witness'; V.

testis, and cf. Kev. ii, 13 ; xvii. 6 e/c TOV al/jiaros ruv fj.ap-

rtipwv 'ITJO-QU, where it certainly is= 'martyrs'. The wordis here seen in a transition state, no longer merely meaning'witness', but not yet specifically describing one who hadborne witness by his death 'a martyr'.

KABCD 21> >ts ^VTl] Emphatic. The 'mission to the Gentiles*

EHLP. i fi the 'word' or 'utterance' up to which the Jews listen.

22. KaGrJKcv] T. E. KaB-fjKo^ with no authority. Theimperfect is vigorous, expressing impatience, 'it was not

fitting' i. e. he ought long ago to have been put to death.Cf. Ar. Eccl. 177 ri TTO#' avdpes ou'% TJKOV&U'

'

&pa 8' r^v TrdXat.

23. purTovvTwv] 'threw off' B.V. ; 'cast off' A.V., for

which cf. Plat. Hep. 473 E ptyavras TO, i^dria, yv^vovs, of

men about to make an attack. Here however there is no

sign of an attack, and the participle is in the present andthe verb frequentative (pnrTtw jacto, piirTu jacio?), so that

A.La.M. it is better to explain 'tossing about their garments' as adeW.H. gym-k i of excitement and abhorrence. So Chrys. e/crt^ao--

VOVTUV. Cf. Ov. Am. in. 2. Ikjactatis signa dedere togis.

KovLoprov...] 2 Sam. xvi. 13; Job ii. 12.

24. dvTatcr8ai] This commencing an 'inquiry' (cf.

Digest L.*

Inquisition ') by torture was contrary to Eoman law. Non

Tit' esse a t rmentis incipiendum, Divus Augustus statuit.

Page 245: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxin. 1] NOTES. 229

25. us 8 irpoemvav...] 'when they had bound him(leaning) forward with thongs', i.e. so that his back was

exposed to the lash. B.V. in marg. 'for the thongs', butthis needlessly makes i{j.a(rt.v exactly= /

udcmw'.

TOV lo-Twra IKO.T.] The inferior officer appointed to

carry out the tribune's orders. So at the crucifixion Matt.

xxvii. 54.

cl avOpwirov'PwjJLatov...;] xvi. 37 notes.

26. fC (jLe'XXcLs irotetv; 6 "yelp...] The words ri /.i^XXetj

iroiij>, contain a warning= ' Be careful'; hence yap. T.B.

opa TL ytc.TT. gives the right sense but is less vigorous.

27. cri 'PWJACHOS el;] <rrf expresses astonishment and

presupposes contempt.

28. K(J>aXafov] Classical= '

principal' as opposed to ' in-

terest', caput; or *a large main sum' (e.g. Dem. 834 TO

/ce0. TTJS fjL7)s ovffias 'the bulk'), 'a capital sum', as here.

The sale of the Eoman citizenship was resorted to bythe emperors as a means of filling their exchequer, muchas James I. made baronets.

iroXtTeCav =jus civitatis.

30. TO dcr<t>aXs TO TI...] The words TO n'...are epexe-getic of TO do-0a\es 'the exact facts, viz. what accusationis brought', ri is nom. cf. Thuc. i. 95 d5t/aa /caT^opeiTo ;

M.

Soph. 0. C. 529.

K\6vo-v o-uveXOetv] T. B. has eXBew, which would mean Text*to come to him', whereas cvve\0e'ii>= 'assemble', probably ^ABin their ordinary place of meeting. That they did not J^LP'meet' in the Turris Antonia is clear from Karayay^j and Copt.*

that it was not inside the Temple is shewn by the presenceAeth.

of Lysias.

CHAPTEB XXIII.

1. aTvt<ras...Tw crvveSpicp] Same construction iii. 12.

The words indicate that he confronted them boldly, cf.

xiii. 9.

Note too d5eA0o without the usual (cf. iv. 8, vii. 2, xxii. 1)and respectful /cat

i] 33 times in Paul's Epistles, three times in cook.Peter's, not elsewhere in N.T.

TO) 9.] The ideal Jewish state was a state

under the direct government of God a theocracy. Paul

says 'You accuse me of speaking against the Jews, the Law,&c. ; I answer that in the sight of God, the ruler and law-

giver of the Jewish nation, I have acted as a good citizen '.

Page 246: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

230 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxm. 1

For the metaphor cf. Phil. 1. 27 dtas rov evayyeXiov rov

%picrTov TroAtreuecrfle : iii. 20 7/^cDf TO iro\irevfJLa ev ovpavo'is

VTrdpxei.

H. M. 2. 'Avavfas] Son of Nebedaeus, nominated to the office

by Herod, king of Chalcis, A.D. 48: sent to Kome A.D. 52 byQuadratus, prefect of Syria (predecessor of Felix), to answer

Jos. 7^ a charge of rapine and cruelty made against him by theJ. ir. IT. samaritans, but honourably acquitted. He was murdered

about ten years after this.

TvirTtv avrov] Cf. the treatment of Jesus, John xviii. 22.

3. TUTTTCIV <r...] Note the indignant emphasis of the

position of rinrreiv. Cp. carefully the reply of Jesus.

TOI)( KKOvia|JLV] Cf . Matt, xxiii. 27 ra0ots /ceKoi>taJu6/ots,

where the following words explain the phrase. It seems to

have been a proverbial expression.Eders- The stone which marked a grave was '

kept whitened, toheim ir. warn the passer by against defilement'.

Kal <rv...] KaL at the commencement of a question ex-

presses indignation or astonishment. 'Dost thou indeed

sit...?', or 'What! dost thou sit...?' Cf. Kal TTWS; &c.

5. OVK fjSciv...] 'I did not know...', the only possible

rendering of the Greek.So Chrysostom: o-fiodpa Treitfo/xcu ytt?)

elddvai. CLVTOV on<X/)%i/)US (TTL

'

StOt, /ULCLKpOV /ULV Tra.V\d6vTCL %p6z/0i;, JULTJ (TVyyLVO-

fjuevov 5^ GVVe%ws 'louSaiots, opw^ra 5e /cat eKelvov ev fAccry jmeraTTO\\(JOV Kal ertpuv.

This explanation is the only natural one. Others argue(assuming too much) that Paul must have recognized the

High Priest from his position, attire, &c. But Lange pointsout (1) that the High Priest, not being engaged in the ser-

vice of the Temple, would not necessarily be distinguishable

by his dress; (2) that the assembly was an irregular one,summoned by Lysias, and he may not have been presiding.

Calvin took the words ironically 'a man who so acts

could never I thought be the High Priest'

: others renderB.N.W. non reputabam, and make the words apologetic 'I forgot it

was the High Priest'. Both explanations do violence to

the Greek. Others have conjectured that Paul was near-

sighted, giving an unnatural and forced meaning to dre^tVas

in ver. 1.

ye-ypairTat "Y^pl '^ ^^ n0^ know, otherwise I should nothave spoken as I did, /o?*...', cf. Ex. xxii. 18 ap^ovra rov\aov<rov ov /ca/ccos epeTs.

Page 247: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxm. 6] NOTES. 231

6. -yvoOs S...] Luke here in a marked manner pointsout that it was Paul's purpose to introduce dissension into

the assembly.Some regard Luke's account as unsatisfactory and un- M.Reuss

authentic. in M -

Many approach very near to the dangerous assertion

that the end justifies the means, pointing out that Paul And so

saw no other way of securing the liberty necessary forj*^

preaching the Gospel: e. g. Alford, 'he uses in the cause of Lurnby,Truth the maxim so often perverted in the cause of falsehood, Cook ;

divide et impera\ $*e

Parrar distinctly condemns Paul's conduct, and takes this.

xxiv. 21 as a virtual confession of error. In the absenceof adequate data for forming a fair judgment, we may note

(1) that this act of Paul's stands by itself, and is without anyparallel in his life or writings ; (2) that to found on it sucha comment as helium haereticorum pax ecclesiae is to violate Corn, a

the whole teaching of-the N. T. LaPide-

It will be observed that xxiv. 21 where Paul refers to

this event he makes no reference (1) to the motive described

in the words yvoi>s 5..., (2) to the words 670; 3>api<rcu6s clfu.

It is therefore possible that Luke has here assigned a motivefor Paul's words, or even amplified his description of the oc-

currence, because he desires to explain to his Gentile readers

(cf. the explanation ver. 8) how it was that a statementabout 'the resurrection' should have caused so great a diver-

sion in Paul's favour. Paul, in xxiv. 21, refers definitely to

his 'one utterance', viz. 'about the resurrection of the deadI am on my trial', and it is certainly natural to assumethat the words there given accurately represent the fact, for

it was distinctly his belief in the resurrection and conse-

quently in the Messiahship of Jesus which distinguishedPaul from other Jews, and it is to the resurrection that he

constantly appeals as the very centre of his faith; cf. his

speech at Athens and 1 Cor. xv. throughout.

cyw <ap....] This sentence (subject to the above re-

marks) must be taken as a whole. The words 'I am aPharisee' are immediately limited and defined by whatfollows 'I am a Pharisee for I believe in a resurrection'.

Paul and Pharisaism seem to us such opposite ideas

that we often forget that to Paul Christianity was thenatural development of Judaism. Luke throughout de-

scribes him as a pious Jew : see too his own emphatic as-

sertion of agreement with Judaism xxiv. 14, xxvi. 5 (Zfyo-a

<api<rcuos. Kal vvv...). He differed from the Jews as re-

gards facts perhaps rather than principles. They lookedfor a Messiah ;

he said Jesus is the Messiah. The Pharisees

Page 248: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

232 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxm. 6

asserted a resurrection of the dead; Paul said Jesus hasrisen from the dead.

vl6s ^apio-aCcov]*

Perhaps refers rather to his teachersLightfoot than his ancestors, being a Hebraism like ' the sons of the

6<

" * ln>

prophets'; cf. Amos vii. 14.'

cXiriSos Kal dvcurr.] Probably a hendiadys; 'hope of aresurrection '.

7. o-Tcicrts] xv. 2 n. The Sadducees, iv. 1 n.

8. JXTJT d'yy. |XT{T...] T.R. has /jLijdt dyy. /wyrc, a cor-

Text rection made in order to join #776X0*' and irvev/uia togetherKABCE. an^ go make &fJL<f){)T pa formally accurate, as it is perfectly

accurate in fact, the denial of the existence of * either angelor spirit' being a single tenet.

For-TrvevfAa is 'any spiritual incorporeal being', but here as

in^elo- distinguished from ayyeXos perhaps refers, to * the spirit of

logy

6man after death' (homines defuncti B.).

hehn6'8"

- ovSfcv...] Luke xxiii. 4 o&dtv evptaKW CLLTLOV tv r$App. 13. avdp&iry rovry. A sentence of acquittal.

Text cl 8^...] After a77eXos T.R. adds py 0co/j.ax<2fJLv fromKABCE. Vf 39^ AS punctuated the sentence is generally regarded as

an instance of aposiopesis,* But if an angel spoke to him

(what then?)', putting a hypothetical case which deserves

consideration.

Surely however ei is interrogative (i. 6 n.) and a questionshould be marked, 'But did an angel speak to him?', re-

ferring to Paul's own statement xxii. 6 ff.

11. 6 Kvpios] Jesus.

OVTW cr Set Kal cls'Pw^Tjv p.] Cf. xix. 21. It is impor-tant to notice these two emphatic phrases. It is clear that

Luke looks on Paul's preaching at Rome as the crowning

point of his narrative. Paulus Romae, apex Evangelii B.

12. imv] = TrietV.

&os ofi diroKTCvo><riy] airoKT. is 1st aorist subj. 'until

they shall have killed'; cf. ver. 21 2ws ov cWAwo-w.

13. -rrXefovs T<rcrpaKovTa] Cf. iv. 22 ir\eibvuv recrvep. ;

xxiv. 11 TrXeious 5w5e/ca; so in class. Gk, e.g. Plat. Apol.17 D ZTTJ TrXeiw e^o^rjKovra, and in Latin amplius decem

annos.

14. dvaOejJLctTi dv0ji.aTi<ra{iv] Emphatic repetition of

the word. Cf. vii. 34 n.

avdOrjiJia is used in classical Gk of ' a thing set up in a

temple', 'dedicated' an offering; cf. Luke xxi. 5 g.va.drnjLa.<nv

KeKocrfjLTjTcu, the only place where it occurs in N.T.But a thing may be 'dedicated' in a good or bad sense

(cf. auri sacra fames Virg. Aen. in. 57 ;devota arbos Hor.

Page 249: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxiii. 23] NOTES. 233

Od. m. 4. 27), and so the by-form dvaOe/jLa came to be used

in Hellenistic Gk in a bad sense = 'a thing accursed', cf.

Josh. vii. 1 evo<T(f>Lo-avro dirb TOV dva6e[Metros, Gal. i. 8 avdOejAO,

<TTU and dvade/marifeiv = 'make accursed', 'curse', cf. Markxiv. 71 dva.6. /cat 6/bLvtvcu.

Here the sense is that they solemnly declared themselves

dvddju.a, i.e. 'an accursed thing', if they did not kill Paulbefore eating or drinking.

15. -up-cis] Emphatic : it anticipates T^tets 54.

|i<|>avi<raT...] 'make a statement' or 'declaration to

the tribune to induce him (6'7rws) to bring Paul down to you,on the plea that you propose (ws ^\\ovras) . . .'. The words

ws/xAAoj/ras...give the substance of the declaration to be

made to the tribune.

A. and E.V. 'signify to the chief captain that he bring

him', a rendering which suggests that authority in the

matter belonged to the chief priests, whereas e/jitpavifctv in

no way indicates the possession of authority by the personmaking the declaration, but rather that the person to whomthe declaration is made is himself in authority (cf. xxiv. 1,

xxv. 2, 15).

TOV dveXciv] Gen. of purpose, or the thing aimed at.

16. 6 vlos...] Quite unknown except here.

irap<ryv6}j.evos Kal clcreXOcov] Graphic fulness of descrip-tion. It is possible however to take irapay. with what

precedes,*

having heard...having come upon them'; but

this is not so simple.

18. 6 SecrjAtos II.] Probably now in custodia militaris

(cf. xxviii. 16), a prisoner, but with free access to him, as

had been the case since xxii. 30; a relief from the 'two

chains' (xxi. 33).

20. cos jj^XXcov] This must refer to the tribune, and is Text

inconsistent with ver. 15. So E.V. 'bring down Paul... as A,^

though thou wouldest inquire': but this cannot be right, J^ X!B.for it describes the tribune as giving a reason for bringing ^eVAorraPaul down, whereas it is clear that the Jews should give a HLP,reason for asking him to do so, as in ver. 15. Moreover g

eAAo"

Luke could not repeat ver. 15 with so absurd an alteration.

The reading ^\\ov (in agreement with crvvtSpLov) seemsto account for the other readings best.

23. TIVQS 8tio] Cf. Luke vii. 19 7rpo0-/caXe<7a/xej>os duo

TIVCLS ruv fjLaOfjTtav, 'certain two'; Thuc. vin. 100 nves 5vo

vrjes. The expression indicates that they were not speciallychosen. Two centurions naturally 'got ready two hundredmen'.

Page 250: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

234 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxm. 23

crrpaTiwras... brims... SioXcipox>s] The words describethe three varieties of troops which formed a Koman army,and which would be found in every fraction of an army, e.g.in the cohort of Lysias. The o-rpariorrat were the heavy-armed legionaries ; the t7T7re?s a portion of the alae equitumattached to every legion, and the 5etoXa/3ot formed one ofthe many varieties of troops which composed the auxiliaor supplementary troops, not Bomans, but foreigners armedwith their native weapons, e.g. Balearic slingers, Cretanarchers.

What 5e. exactly means is unknown. A. and B.V.'

spearmen ', and V. lancearii. Alias 5eio/36\ous, perhaps'stingers': Syr. has dextrajaculantes.

The size of the escort points to the unsettled nature ofthe times, and so perhaps does the night start.

24. KrqvTj T irapacrTTJ<r(u] Change to indirect speech,'and (he ordered them) to provide...'.

KTT]VT]] jumenta, beasts of burden or for riding: asses or

horses, not war-horses.

^ijXiKa] Felicem. Antonius Felix, procurator of Judaea,who succeeded Cumanus about A.D. 52, was brother of Pal-

las the notorious freedman and favourite of Claudius. Ta-iiist.v. 9. citus says of his government, per omnem saevitiam et libidi-

Ann.nu. nemjus regium servili ingenio exercuit, andJudaeae impositus,5i - et cuncta malefacta sibi impune ratus tanta potentia subnixo.Jos. He was recalled by Nero about 60 or 62 A. D. on the com-

xx *'$ 9 P^a^n* f ^e JGWS Dut protected by the influence of Pallas.

25. <TruTToX <

qv] Such a letter, containing a summaryof the facts, when a charge was referred to a superior magis-trate, was technically termed elogium.

TVTTOV] Like exemplum in Latin (cf. Cic. ad Alt. ix. 6. 3literae sunt allatae hoc exemplo: Pompeius mare transiit...)of the 'purport', 'contents' of a letter. So 3 Mace. iii. 306 fitv TTJS 7rL<TTO\Tjs TijTros ovTws

26. KpaTurTw] Cf. i. 1 n. ^-yejxovt ;cf. Matt, xxvii. 2,

JliXar^ ry vye/movi. The word is general= c

governor', not

defining the particular rank of the governor, vaipeiv : xv.

23 n.

27. 41-ciXapiv, p,a0a>v] 'I rescued him, having learned',i.e. when I had learned : Lysias clearly leaves the inference

open that he rescued Paul because he was a Boman, thoughhe did not discover this until after he had rescued him andwas about to scourge him a point about which he is also

silent (de verberibus tacet. B.).

Ha6uv cannot possibly= /cat fyadov as Grotius and otherstake it.

Page 251: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxiv. 1] NOTES. 235

29. ^TTJjj-aTa...] The distinction which Gallic drew,xviii. 14, 15 n.

30. |iT]vv0eC(TT]s...mpovXTJs...2cr(r0ai,] A natural com-bination of two constructions, (1) jj.7jvvdio"rjs...7rL^ov\rjs...

eo-OjU^s, (2) /jL7)j>v6tvTos...iril3ov\7)v..Jae(r0aL.irl crou] 'in the presence of, 'before', especially of hear-

ing 'before a judge', cf. xxiv. 20 e-jrl rov awedpiov; xxiv. 21

e0' u/xuw'; xxv. 26, xxvi. 2; so in Latin apud, e.g. apudjudices, apud senatum. T.R. adds typucro, Vale.

31. ol p.v ovv <rrp.] The antithesis to /xeV is probablyxxiv. 1 juero, Se...; 'so then the soldiers, &c. &c...., butafter five days....' See n. on xxiv. 11.

810. VVKTOS] They could not reach Antipatris that night,but their march continued *

through the night'.

Antipatris, formerly Capharsaba, had been rebuilt byHerod the Great and named after his father : it was 42 m.from Jerusalem and 26 from Caesarea.

33. ol'nves] Not the same people as the nom. to uTreVrpe-

if/av, but 'the cavalry' to be supplied from roi)s l-rnreLs. Thesense must override strict grammar, as often in late Gk.

dvaSovres] Classical Gk ciTroSoWes, quum reddidissent.

34. lirapxeias] Provinciae. The object of the questionof Felix is not clear. It is said that Cilicia was included in

the province of Syria and that Felix was desirous of learn-

ing whether the case was within his jurisdiction, but it is

not easy to see how, even though Cilicia was under the

governor of Syria, Felix, who was only procurator of Judaea,would have jurisdiction over it. Luke seems merely to in-

dicate that Felix contented himself for the time with some

personal inquiries about Paul.

35.8iaKov<rojjicu]

Of a full hearing, as contrasted with Diyest

the present brief interrogatory. The rule was : qui cum%

L '

elogio mittuntur, ex integro audiendi sunt.

4v TW irpcuT. TOV *H.] The palace built by Herod theGreat and used as a residence by the Eoman governor.

Trpa.LTwpi({}=praetorio, (1) originally the general's tent in

a camp, (2) the residence of a governor or prince, cf. MarkXV. 16 &rw TTJS au\?7?, o eart TrpcuraJpio;'; Juv. Sat. x. 161sedet ad praetoria regis.

CHAPTER XXIV.

1. irpeo-p. riywv] T. R. ruv irpecrfi.' the elders

'

: in Text

any case it can only have been a deputation.NABE.

p-qropos...] R.V. rightly 'an orator, one Tertullus'.In classical Gk p^rw/>= a public speaker in the assembly;

Page 252: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

236 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxiv. 1

in Latin rhetor is' a teacher of rhetoric' and is often opposed

to orator, one who actually speaks in court or elsewhere.Here however prirwp is clearly= orator or causidicus, 'a bar-

rister'.

H. 'The provincials being themselves unacquainted withthe law of their rulers, employed Eoman advocates to pleadfor them '. This practice in the provinces (usus provincialis,Cic. pro Gael. 30) was regarded as good training for youngmen. Tertullus is a dimin. from Tertius, as Catullus from

Catius, Lucullus from Lucius.

2. XC'YCOV] Obviously a summary of the speech. Thestatement of the case vv. 5 8 could not possibly have beenmade so briefly.

iroXXrjs. . .] The speaker begins with the regular captatiolencvolentiac. See Quint, lust. Or. iv. 1. So too Paul ver.

10.

cIpijvTis] Tacitus (Ann. xn. 54) does not give this de-

scription of the government of Felix, but describes him as

secretly encouraging banditti and sharing the plunder, andhe was shortly after this accused by the Jews at Eome, cf.

xxiii. 24 n.

Anyhow to refer to the 'peace' of a district would beLa. acceptable and usual flattery to a governor. Cf. Ulpian de

officio praesidis: Congruit bono et gravi praesidi ut pacatasit provincia.

Text 8iop9<o[iaTwv] 'corrections',* reforms'. T.E. Ararop0a>/xa-

KABE. rui> = recta, recte facta, a philosophic term; A.V. 'worthydeeds'.

So H. B. irpovofas] 'providence' A. and B.V., evidently regardingA - it as used in flattery and representing the Latin providentia,

Providentia Caesaris being common on coins, and providen-tia being used of God in post-Augustan Latin. But surely

So irpovoiais only =prudent ia, 'wise forethought', 'care'. Cf.

Lumby. e> g^ 2 Mace. iv. 6 avcv pacrLXiKTjs irpovotas advvarov rv^lvelp^vijs. So TTJS <rapKos irpovoiav Rom. xiii. 14 'provisionfor the flesh', and Trpovoeio-Bai 'take thought for* or 'pro-vide' Eom. xii. 17; 2 Cor. viii. 21; 1 Tim. v. 8.

3. irdvTTj TC Kal Travraxov] The rhetorical balance of

the sentence is increased by taking these words with diopff.

yLvonevuv. The words which record the virtues of Felix

begin with iroXX-fjs and end with Travrrj re Kal Travraxov: it is

for '

great peace and improvements everywhere' that, saysthe orator, we must begin by expressing our thanks to-day.

E.V. 'we accept it in all ways and in all places': but

surely the speaker in using d-n-odexofj-eda expresses not their'

acceptance in all places ',but their acknowledgment that

Page 253: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxiv. 11] NOTES. 237

day and in that place of benefits they had in all ways andin all places received from Felix. Moreover,

' we accept in

all ways, in all places, with all thankfulness' is an exagge-ration of style which verges on the absurd.

4. evKOTTTO)] The opposite of TTPOKOTTTW, used of pioneers

'clearing a way', = (l) impede a way, (2) delay, interrupt.

<ruvTO(jLcos] 'concisely'; strictly of speakers, then natur-

ally of hea'rers, 'to hear briefly' or 'in a few words'.

eiriciKeta] 'consideration', 'courtesy'. eTrtet/c^s is 'SLAT. Eth.

reasonable man', 'one who makes reasonable concessions' :

p,1?',-

often opposed to Skcuos, 'one who insists on his strict 757 .

e<J '

rights '.

5. evpovTs "yap...] Here follows a summary of the

charges against Paul. There is no verb, and it bears the

stamp of a resume of the points urged by Tertullus.

Note the charge of inciting to disorder put strongly for-

ward, cf. xvi. 20 n.

dvSpa TOVTOV Xoijiov] So Dem. 794 euros ovv avrbv ecu-

"njffercLL 6 </>a/)/xa/cos, 6 Xot^uos; 1 Mace. X. 61 avdpes Xot^uot;

Cic. pro Sest. 14. 33 ilia furia ac pestis patriae (of Clodius).

Kara -rqv O'IK.] xvii. 6 n.

TWV Nacopateov] Here only in the plural and used con-

temptuously, cf. John i. 46. 'Christians are still called w.by this term by Jews and Mahometans'. Elsewhere in

N.T. the adj. merely describes the birthplace of Jesus.

aipo-(os, v. 17 n.

6. eireipacrev] verbum aptum ad calumniam. B. It had"been alleged that he had profaned the Temple (xxi. 28) butthis could not be proved.

After KpaTTJ(ra|A6V T.R. adds /ecu /card, rbv T^uerepov vofjiov Omitted

TjOeXyo'a/jiej' KpivcLv. Trap\6&i> 3 Avaias 6 %tAiap%os /xerd by

TroXX^s /Si'as K ruv xeipuv rmuv diniyaye, /ceXe^as TOVS Kari]- LP<yopovs O.UTOV gpxeaOai kirl ai an insertion due to the speechof Tertullus seeming incomplete.

8. irap* ov] i.e. from Paul. Examine him, they say, La. M.and he will not be able to deny it : Paul (ver. 20) rejoins

de w -

'let them say if they can what crime I have committed'.The suggestion of a quaestio per tonnenta is quite un- w.Corn.

warranted. In T.K. ov refers to Lysias. uLapide.Grotius.

9. oruvcireOevro] 'joined in the attack'; a strong word.

10. iroXXwv] About seven. For 20vt= Jews xxviii. 19 n.

11. Svvajjievov <rov...] i.e. I address myself with confi-

dence to a judge of your experience, because you will find

Page 254: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

238 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxiv. 11

out that the crime charged against me was committed onlytwelve days ago, and therefore as an experienced judge youcan easily discover the exact truth.

The days may be thus reckoned : 1, arrival in Jerusalem ;

2, meeting with James, xxi. 18; 3, taking of the vow, xxi.

26; 7, arrest in the temple us 1/xeXXo^ at eirra ^. tru^reXeicr-

0cu; 8, taken before the Sanhedrin xxii. 30; 9, conspiracy of

Jews xxiii. 12 ; 10, arrival at Antipatris ; 11, at Caesarea ; 13,the day when Paul is speaking.

It will be noted that this reckoning makes the 'after

five days' of xxiv. 1 refer, not to Paul's arrival in Caesarea,but to his despatch from Jerusalem by Lysias ; the difficultyof doing so is much relieved by observing that 5 in xxiv. 1

is the antithesis to ptv xxiii. 31 (v. n.).

13. irapcuTTTJo-cu]*

present ',' shew ',

*

prove'

; so classical,

cf. Plato Rep. 600 D rots e<' eavruv TrapLffrdvcu. cus...

14. ofAoXo-yw 8...] Paul, having denied the charge of

disturbance, now proceeds to answer the charge of being* a

ringleader of the sect of the Nazarenes '. This he does bydeclaring that Christianity is not a deviation from Judaismbut the fulfilment of it.

TI\V 686v -fjv Xfyovcriv cd'p.] For odos cf. ix. 2 n. cu'pecrts

v. 17 n. Paul objects to the term cu/oeo-ts employed by Ter-tullus (ver. 5), which he himself elsewhere uses in a badsense, e.g. Gal. v. 20, where among the 'works of the flesh*

are Stxoo-racricu, aip<rea. The distinction he draws here is

between the path wilich is marked out for a man by God(via divinitus prescripta B.) and a self-chosen course, whicha man marks out for himself. Cf. the same distinction in

Newman's hymn: 'I loved to choose and see my path, butnow Lead thou me on '.

TW iraTpoKp 0.] The adj. emphasizes the argument: cf.

V. 30 6 6. Tu>v irartpuv ;xxii. 3 rov Trarpyov VOJULOV.

15. IXirtSa. . .TJV irpocrSc'xovTcu] Those ' look for a hope7

who look for its fulfilment. Cf. Tit. ii. 13 irpoa^e-xp^evoL

rrjv fjLaKCLpLav \TrL5a.

In using the words avrol OVTOL Paul points to his ac-

cusers, not regarding them as probably for the most partSadducees who denied a resurrection, but as representativesof the Jewish nation and religion.

A.V. gives 'hope...which they allow', apparently avoid-

ing the difficulty about the Sadducees.

16. iv TOVTW] 'herein', referring to his whole declara-

tion of belief vv. 14, 15.

Page 255: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxiv. 18] NOTES. 239

avros] 'I also', as well as my accusers and the Jewswhom they represent. 'In all the points just mentioned Ialso endeavour to live without offence to God or man '.

dirpoo-KOTrov] A.V. excellently 'void of offence', for the

word may have two meanings :

(1) 'not stumbling' i.e. not offending, upright in this

sense Paul seeks to be CLTTPOO-KOTTOS Trpbs rbv 6e6v.

(2) 'not stumbled against', i.-e. not causing offence in

this sense Paul seeks to be airpocrKOTros Trpos roz)s dvOpwTrovs.The word only occurs twice elsewhere in N.T., both

times used by Paul : viz. in its first meaning Phil. i. 10 IWf)T elXiKpiveTs Kal cbrpoo'/coTroi els y/u.^pav XptoroG ; in its second

meaning 1 Cor. x. 32 airpoffKoiroi. Kal 'louScu'ots yiveaQe Kal

ao7cc3...7reuros might be given as the best statement of

Paul's rule of conduct in dealing with his difficulty betweenJews and Gentiles.

17. 81' ITIOV irXeiovcov] 'after an interval of several

years'. His last visit was on his return from his second

missionary journey, xviii. 22.

IXcTjixoo-vvas] For this collection for the poor in Jerusa-

lem cf. 1 Cor. xvi. 1 4;Bom. xv. 26.

irpocr<|>opas] 'offerings', 'sacrifices', i.e. in the Temple.The same word xxi. 26.

18. Iv als] 'in which', i.e. in connection with the offer- Text

ing of the sacrifices. T.E. h oh 'herein', i.e. in connec-,

A?.

tion with these matters generally. HLP.

TLV^S 8e] So KABCE. T.E. omits 64, making Tivts nom.to evpov an obvious correction.

The sentence as given in the text is broken off after

the words 7r/>6? ^: 'they (my accusers here present) foundme, I grant, in the Temple performing a religious duty, not

creating a disturbance, but certain Jews from Asia, whoought to have been present to-day to support any chargethey had against me or let these men here (turning to his

accusers) state what illegal act they found me guilty ofwhen I was arraigned before the Sanhedrin'.

d after rives is opposed to the emphatic ov /*era o%Xouou'5 /z. 0. 'I was not creating disturbance, but certainJews from Asia (brought an accusation to that effect)'.Before stating what the accusation was Paul proceeds paren-thetically to comment on the absence of his accusers as

indicating the falsity of their charge. Strictly he ought to

have gone on to state what the accusation was, instead of

doing so however he breaks off, and, turning to the San-

Page 256: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

240 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxiv. 18

hedrists, says 'or let these men say what I was provedguilty of', the force of 'or' being this 'The absence of myoriginal accusers shews that they had no case, or, if this

inference is objected to, then let these men themselves

(though their evidence is only second-hand) say what...'.

The passage as it stands is instinct with life, and seemsto exhibit the abruptness so characteristic of the Pauline

Epistles. Cf. xxvi. 9 n.

20. T...T|= TI a\Xo...i7, 'what... except'.

A- 21. KKpaa] Eeduplicated aorist. Cf. Numb. xi. 2

eK^Kpa^ev and ' almost always in LXX.'

Bris- 22. dvcpdXcTo] When a case was put off. for fuller

?*

nFor-

nearinS tne iudge AMPLIUS pronuntiabat, cf. Cic. Brut. 22

mulls, cum consules re audita AMPLIUS de consilii sententia pro-nuntiassent.

<xKpip&rTpov...] These words assign a reason whyFelix put off the case, just as the next participle egrets as-

signs the reason he alleged for so doing, viz. the need of

Lysias' evidence.

Lange. He did so ' because he had more exact knowledge of the

Way ', the comparative indicating a more than usually exact

knowledge, such as was not unnatural in one who had beenso long governor and had a Jewish wife. His knowledgeenabled him to see that Paul could not be condemned by aBoman tribunal on the religious question, and he accord-

ingly 'put off' the case, alleging the need of further evidence.

He might have acquitted Paul, but he may have wished notto offend the Jews (cf. ver. 27) and trusted that time wouldafford some chance of getting out of the difficulty, or he

may have hoped for a bribe from Paul (cf. ver. 26).M. H. Some say et'5ws = 'now that he had learnt', i.e. he put

them off because he had learnt from Paul's speech to under-stand more clearly what Christianity was. But eidws can-

not naturally =certiorfactus.

23. dvo-iv] lit. 'relaxation'; E.V. 'indulgence' the

opposite of strict confinement ;the next words serve to ex-

plain it.

24. Apo-uo-iXXt] rfj I8a -ywaiKi] Suetonius (Claudius

28) calls Felix trium reginarum maritum aut adutterum; onewas a daughter of Juba, king of Mauretania, the third is

unknown. Drusilla was a daughter of Herod Agrippa (xii.

A.1), who killed James; Felix had persuaded her to leave her

former husband Aziz, king of Emesa. She perished with

her son in an eruption of Vesuvius in the reign of Titus.

iSt'a The MSS. authority for Idiq, is not strong, and it is per-BC"> haps safer to render merely 'his wife', but the reading is

Page 257: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxv. 4] NOTES. 241

remarkable considering the history of Felix and Brasilia omit

and the description given of Paul's discourse. C^ll

OVO-T) 'Iov8.] The words seem to suggest that the inter- aiiVo

view was held on her account as taking a natural interest in El<1 -

Paul and his teaching.

*is Xpio-rov 'Irjo-ovv] Probably wrong, cf. ii. 22 n. '!?;-

vovv found in KEL; omitted N2AHP.

25. YKpo.Tias] 'temperance'. Strictly

<T&<ppwv one who has got the mastery over his passions.

eyKparris = ...... ... is getting ...... ,., ..... ,.. ., ..................

aKparr,* = ......... is losing ........ ............................

d.K6\a(7Tos= ......... has lost ...................... ................

TO vvv ^Xov] ^' Tobit vii. 11 TO vvv xov ^5ews ylvov, Lumby.*for the present'.

26. XP1lHiaTa] He knew that Paul had gone up to Je-

rusalem with money collections (xxiv. 17) . Lex Julia de Digest

repetundis praecipit, Ne quis.. .ob hominem in vincula publicaf

XL- 11 - :>>

conjiciendum, vinciendum.^.exve vinculis dimittendum,.,\if i]

1

aliquid acceperit* Such laws are of course often a dead in H.

letter.

27. UopKiov ^Tjorov] Porcium Festum. He died after

about two years.

\apmx Ka/raOeVOcu] Lit. ; to deposit a favour with', i.e.

to do a favour which may as it were stand to your credit,on which you may at any time draw. The verb is strictlyused of *

depositing with a banker '

: its metaphorical use is

classical, e. g. Thuc. i. 33 sub in. /xera dei^^orou jj,aprvpiov

rj]v xapLV KaTaOrjaeaOe ;i. 138 evepyeeiav es /SacriA^a /careflero.

CHAPTER XXV.

1. rfj lirapxeCa] Cf. xxiii. 34 n. Strictly Judaea wasnot a 'province', but a department of the province of Syria,but the term is used loosely. Syria was under a legatus H. La.

Caesaris, Judaea under a, procurator (CTTLTPOTTOS).

2. 01 irpwToi] Not identical with but including oi irpee-

fivrepoi ver, 15. All 'the chief Jews' would attend to paytheir respects to the new governor.

4. 6 |tiv ovv $.] Answered by diarptyas ^..,ver 6.

Cf. ii, 41 n.

TT)pur8ai] A.V. 'should be kept'; E.V, rightly 'was

kept'

: the words seem to contain a rebuke of their unusual

request.' Paul is in custody at Caesarea

1

,said Festus,

* andI am going there soon : you had better go there too '.

els Kcuo*apav] cf. xxii. 5 n, on e/cetcre.

p, 16

Page 258: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

242 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxv. 5

5. Svvarol] A.V. * them...which are able'; B.V. rightly* which are of power '. Festus orders the proper authoritiesto go.

tfro-irov] Cf. Luke xxiii. 41 euros 5 ov5h aroTrov %7rpae'nothing amiss'. So in LXX.

7. alTicS|xara] What they were, is seen from Paul's

reply; of. too xxiv. 5.

8. ls KaCo-apa] An offence against Caesar would ren-der liable to the penalties of majestas, 'treason'. Nero was'the Caesar' A.D. 54 68. 'Caesar' is originally a familyname. Augustus was so called as the adopted son of JuliusCaesar. It soon became a title= Emperor (cf. its derivatives

Kaiser, Czar). Nero was the last emperor who had anyhereditary claim to be so called.

9. err* fxov] These words literally mean only' in my

presence ', but in connection with KpiBrjvai certainly imply'in my presence as judge', cf. xxiii. 30 n. It is clear how-ever that Festus means Paul to be tried really by the San-

hedrin, for otherwise (1) what favour would he do the Jews?

(2) what is the point of Paul's reply' I stand at Caesar's

judgment-seat'?Festus certainly seems to be laying a snare for Paul.

So B., Hoc Festus speciose addit.

10. lort&s. . .] i. e. I am a Roman citizen before a Romantribunal. Festus is the representative of Caesar : the tribu-

nal of Festus is the tribunal of Caesar.

Ulpian Quae acta gestaque sunt a procuratore Caesaris, sic rib eoin M.

comprobantur, atque si a Caesare ipso gesta sunt.

As La. KoXXtov] 'very well' A. and R.V. : not at all implying

^ de that he understood the point better than he pretended to,

but rather perhaps a polite use of the comparative, cf. xvii.

21 n., and 2 Tim. i. 18 f$\riov au yivuaKeis.

10, 11. 'Iov8. ov8v TJ8CKTjKa...ci jiiv ovv aSucai] Paul

says' of offences against the Jews I am not guilty, as you

know, and therefore refuse to be sacrificed to a Jewish court :

if I am guilty of any crime against Roman law, let it gobefore a Roman court '.

irapairovfjiai] deprc.cor.

Svvarat] 'is able', that is, legally.

cu] iii. 14 n.

12. Kaurapa liriKaXovjiai] Caesarem appello. In capitalcases the Roman law had always allowed an appeal to the

people (provocatio ad populum). This right of appeal from

any magistrate was confirmed by the Lex Valeria et Horatia

Page 259: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxv. 16] NOTES. 243

B.C. 449 and by the Lex Valeria B.C. 300. The emperorrepresented the Roman people, and so the appeal passed to

him.Cf. Pliny's conduct with regard to the Christians in Epist.

Bithynia: quos, quia cives Eomani erant, adnotavi in urbem x> 9l<

remittendos.

TOV crujjipovXCov] Probably the chief officers and per-sonal retinue of the procurator. These constantly acted as

a council of assessors to a Eoman governor. They were

technically known as cohors, cf. Hor. Sat. i. 7. 23 laudat

Brutum laudatque cohortem; Epist. in. 6; Cic. ad Q. Fr.

i. 1. 4 quos aut ex domesticis convictionibus aut ex necessa-

riis apparationibus tecum esse voluisti, qui quasi ex cohorte

praetoris appellari solent.

13. 'A-ypC-Trrras 6 pacr.] Son of Herod Agrippa I., brother

of Brasilia and Bernice; the last of the Herods; only 17when his father died, A.D. 44, and too young to receive his

father's kingdom, Cuspius Fadus being sent as procuratorto Judaea. He was made king of Chalcis A. D. 48

; received

the tetrarchies of Philip and Lysanias (Luke iii. 1) A.D. 53.

He was governor of the temple and appointed the highpriest. His title was only a courtesy title, as he was reallya vassal of the Roman empire. He endeavoured to dissuade

the Jews from their great rebellion in 66 A.D., and after-

wards retired to Rome, where he died A.D. 100.

BpviKT]]=:<e/)ei/k?7, Veronica (and cf. Victoria); a noted

.beauty; she had originally married her uncle Herod of

Chalcis, but after his death lived with Agrippa. She became Suet. TU

afterwards the mistress of Titus. 7-

dcrnuo-a[ivoi] So KABEHLP. T.R. ao-Traao/uej/ot 'to

salute ',which certainly gives a preferable sense.

Agrippa visited the new governor to pay his respectsand to indicate his acknowledgment of Roman supremacy,much as an Indian prince might do to a new Governor-

general.

14. dv0To] R.V. 'laid Paul's case before': the verbis used of communicating something with a view to consul-

tation or receiving an opinion. Cf. Gal. ii. 2 OLveO^^vavrols TO vayy\i.oj> . . . of Paul laying before the Apostles at

Jerusalem an account of the gospel he taught among the

Gentiles.

Festus would do this on account of Agrippa's acquaint-ance with the Jews and the Jewish religion, cf. xxvi. 3, 27.

16. irplv T|. . .^xot] Optative because the sentence passes

into oblique narration. Direct speech would be irpiv civ.. Jxv-

TOTTOV= locum,'

opportunity '.

162

Page 260: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

244 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxv. 18

Text 18. airLoiv &|>pov] T.B. eirefapov, which is more clas-

errgpepoi'v ^^ farfyfoyy .jrovT]pv] Festus had suspected some

serious charge (1) from the strong feeling shewn by the

Jews, (2) from the length of Paul's imprisonment.

19. TTJS iStas 8i<ri8ai|xovCas] Cf. xvii. 22 n. The ren-

dering 'superstition' is certainly wrong: Agrippa, whomFestus addresses, was at any rate professedly a Jew. Fes-tus says

' their own religion' because as such it did notconcern a Boman magistrate.

&|>acrKv] 'alleged5

, suggesting that the statement wasfalse, cf. xxiv. 9; Bom. i. 22 ^dtfKovres eTvat ffotyol

Oijffav.

Text 20. airopov|JLvos...Ti]v... ^TJ-rmriv] T.B. has eh beforeKABH T^Vm j^ aTropeiffOai Can take a direct ace. e.g. Plat. Crat.

309 D TO irvp cbropcJ; Thuc. v. 40 ravra dwopovvres. Thereason Festus assigns differs from that assigned to himver. 9.

^Xc-yov t POV\OUTO] Apparently el jSouXoiro is the obliqueform of the direct question el /SotfXei; 'dost thou wish?' 'I

said to him, did he wish...'.

21. liriKaX^o-ajxfc'vov TTjp-qOTJvat] 'having made appealto be kept'. The 'making appeal' involved a request : hencethe infinitive.

TOV 2J3currov] The Gk rendering of Augustus. Octa-Merivale vian assumed this agnomen B.C. 27. The adj. had neverc. xxx. been used as a name before, but was applied to things vener-

able and sacred, cf. Ov. Fast. i. 609 sancta vacant augustapatres, augusta vocantur templa. By his successors it wasassumed as a title.

dva<

ir[j,\|'a>]'send up' to a central authority, or from a

Text province to the metropolis. T.B. Treptyw.

22. IpovXojj/rjv] 'I was wishing'. The expression is

a polite request which Festus immediately grants ;

* I was

wishing to hear him myself too. To-morrow you shall

hear him'. The imperfect is due to a tendency, commonto many languages, to soften the direct ' I wish' or ' I want '.

The imperfect is less direct than the present :' I was wish-

ing' says Agrippa courteously, and the imperfect impliesthat, if the wish is inconvenient, it may be taken as with-

drawn and no longer existing.It is usual to quote in illustration Gal. iv. 20 -fjdeXov 5

irapeTvai and Bom. ix. 3 Tjvxof^rjv yap dvadc/ma elvcu ctur6s, butin those passages the imperfect is put for the imperfect

Page 261: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvi. 4]NOTES. 245

with di>, and ay is omitted to make the wish more emphaticmid unconditional in fact the exact opposite of the form

of wish here.

23. <j>avracrias] 'pomp', 'parade'; cf. Herod, vn. 10 ra

5' eg. <j>ai>Tde<r0ai.

aKpoaTrjpiov] auditorium, 'hall of audience '. The hear-

ing was semi-judicial, to obtain materials for a statement of

the case to the emperor, cf. ver. 26.

26. TW Kupuo] Domino. Dominus= ' master' or 'owner'

and, as being specially applied to the relationship of a

master to his slaves, the appellation was repudiated by

Augustus and Tiberius, but it soon began to be regularly Suet.

applied to the emperors by the servility of a later age. It ff+is still to be found as a title on the degree lists of the Tib.

University of Cambridge.

dvaKpio-ws] In cases of appeal the judge who allowed

the appeal had to send what were termed litterae dimissoriae

or apostoli, containing a statement of the case. So Marcia- ^frms: Post appellationem interpositam litterae dandae aunt ab

p< 43'^

eo, a quo appellatum est, ad eum qui de appellatione cog-

niturus est, sive principem sive quern alium. Quas litteras

dimissorias sive apostolos appellant.

CHAPTEE XXVI.

1. KTtvas TIJV x^P -]An oratorical gesture.

2, 3. 4irl <rou...ii,dXioTTa yvcotrrTjv ovra tre] T.E. addscidw with no authority. E.Y. gives the right sense, 'espe-

cially because I know thee to be expert...'. The ace. is

governed by the sense of '

thinking'

or t

considering ', whichis the main idea of the sentence.

9wv] consuetudinum, in practicis, rjTT]|iaT<uv quaestio-

num, in theoreticis. B.

4. rt\v }i^v ovv...] vv. 2 and 3 contain the preliminarycaptatio benevolentiae. Paul now passes on with the tran-

sitional particles (JLV o$v (ii.41 n.) to the narratio or state-

ment of his case :' with regard then to my mode of life... '.

But at ver. 6 the account of his life is interrupted by a

parenthesis, the speaker being desirous of pointing out that

his new belief is not opposed to his old belief when a Phari-

see, but a legitimate development of it. The account of his

life is then markedly resumed, ver. 9, with ^w /JLCV ovv. ... La. A.

For a very similar instance cf. Dem. 945 irpurov ntv otiv

ffeTCU rds avv0rjKas ... Kat JJLOI XajSe ras cr^^^/cas...

Page 262: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

246 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxvi. 4

STN6HKAI. at pkv oiV (rvj>0rjKaL.... Here and ver. 9 /^j>,

as frequently when introducing a narrative, has nothing to

answer to it. In ver. 9 A. and E.V. render JJL^V otiv by an

ambiguous 'verily'.

5. ^apuratos] Emphatic by position.

6. Kdl vvv]' and now'. As I was in my youth a Pha-

risee, so now also it is because I have shared the Pharisees'

hope of a Messiah and belief in a resurrection that I amaccused.

ITT* eXirCSi] The hope is the ground or basis of the

charge. The *

promise...' is the Messiah, as xiii. 32.

7. els flv] 'into which', i.e. into the fulfilment of

which.

rd 8w8 6Kt<|>vX.ov] Only here, but cf. James i. 1 rais

ScooeAca <f>v\cus TOLLS tv Trj dLacnropq.. The term comprises thewhole of the Jews throughout the world, and expresses acertain national pride, and sense of national unity in spiteof dispersion.

4v KTVfa...] Cf. the instances of Simeon and Anna,Luke ii. 25 38.

vwd 'lovSatwv] Indignantly last. A Jew for expectingMessiah accused by Jews 1

8. T airurrov...] Suddenly turning from the king (cf.

/Sao-iXeu) to the whole audience (cf. trap' VLUV) Paul answerstheir unexpressed objection by referring to the resurrectionas a proof that Jesus is the Messiah. They would have

urged : Jesus is not the Messiah, for He was crucified, andis dead ; Paul replies : Jesus is risen, and why not ? Is it

incredible that God raises the dead?

a-rricrrov i] Possibly merely* incredible that', as Oav/uLaa-

rbv el continually ; but it is better to render d 'if, for Paulis putting the case as a hypothesis which is not incredible.

9. fyw ply oSv...] Kesuming the narrative. Theparenthesis of vv. 6, 7, 8 seems to possess great vividness

and reality, and to be such a parenthesis as a powerful andpassionate speaker might introduce naturally arising out of

the statement of facts. The argument of the abrupt ques-tion in ver. 8 is not expressed with smooth fulness, butPaul's arguments often seem abrupt; like a powerfulmathematician he omits several steps in rapidly reachinghis conclusion.

Others take eyu> p& otiv... as an answer to the questioncontamed in ver. 8, explaining 'and indeed there was atime when I thought the same and persecuted Christianity*.

Page 263: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvi. 12] NOTES, 247

But (1) such a use of fj.ev ofiv in reply needs justification,

(2) the words do not answer the question of ver. 8 at all;

they say* I did everything to injure the name of Jesus'

;

(3) the question in ver. 8 is rhetorical and needs no answer.

Y...8oct }iavT(p...Twv <ryfo>v cyco] Ita egoismus saepe

fallitur.

'Ir\a-ov TOV Na.] The distinctively human name of

Jesus. Paul speaks from the point of view he held before

his conversion : to him then Jesus was ' Jesus the Nazarene ',

not ' Jesus the Messiah '.

10. TWV d-yitov] Used in the same connection ix. 13.

KciTijveYKa \|nj<j>ov] Not found elsewhere : E.V. ' I gavemy vote against them'. The phrase is much more vivid

and pictorial thanKaT\fr)<f>lffatJi'r)t> ; dvatpov/uLevuv avr&v is of

course the gen. absolute, but it also supplies the genitivewhich has mentally to be supplied as the object of Karrfv

Others render KarfpfeyK*' I deposited ',

i. e. in the urn or M. A.

ballot-box, a rendering which takes all force from theJ^jg-.

passage. senten-

It is clear that Paul must have been a member of the tfam.

Sanhedrin.

11. TJvdYKo^ov p\acr<|>T]|jiiv] A.V. 'compelled them to

blaspheme'

; B. V. rightly* I strove to make them blas-

pheme'. The imperfect sense is not due however to the As A.

verb being in the imperfect, for the imperfect merely indi- Cook -

cates that Paul's efforts were repeated, but to the fact that

ava.yK.afa merely means * to bring compulsory (not volun-

tary) motives to bear ', and does not indicate whether the

compulsion is effective or not ; cf. Gal. vi. 12 avayKafrvet.

TrepLrt/JLveadai.,'

they try to make you be circumcised'.

i.e. et's 'Irjo-ovv : the word is the opposite of

Cf. Pliny, Ep. x. 97, where he writes to Trajan that hecompelled certain men accused of being Christians male-dicere Christo, and adds quorum nihil cogi posse dicuntur

qui sunt revera Christiani. Ergo dimittendos putavi.

rds 2 iroXcis] i. e. outside Palestine.

12. 4v ots] i.e. in connection with their leaving Pales-tine and my following them beyond it.

|ov<r(as Kal eiriTpo'inrjs] A. and R.V. 'authority andcommission'. cinrpoTr^ is any office or duty entrusted (TTI-

TptTrw) to a person, e&vo-la the authority attaching to one

holding official position and power.

Page 264: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

248 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxvi. 13

13. ovpav60V...] ix. 3 0<2>s airb TOV ovpavov, xxii. 6 0wsIKO.VOV. For the variations in the three accounts, cf. ix. 4 n.

It is clear that Paul here interweaves with the words ofJesus others spoken to him subsequently by Ananias, orcommunicated to him in subsequent visions (cf. ver. 16 wvre 6<t>6r](TOfj.ai 0-ot), or which seem necessary to explain theexact meaning of the divine call to his hearers.

Doubtless Paul, believing- that from his conversion hisdivine Master had been in frequent direct communicationwith him, never thought of critically distinguishing the

message conveyed at one time from the similar or fuller

message conveyed at another, or the fuller understanding ofit which came later. Luke certainly saw nothing unreason-able in giving the words of Jesus here differently, or hewould not have left such variations in his three accounts.Deliberate forgery would certainly not have left them as

they stand. On the other hand the variations are a direct

warning to those who found dogmatic statements on isolatedwords or phrases of Scripture.

14. TTJ 'Ej3p. StoXcKT^] Only in this account : a natu-ral addition, as Paul is probably speaking in Greek.

o-K\T]p6v <roi. . .} Only here, its introduction in the otheraccounts being without authority. The proverb is commonin Greek, e.g. Aesch. Aa. 1624 irpbs Ktvrpa. ^ Xd/crtfo andcf. Ter. Phorm. I. 2. 27 quaeinscitia est! advorsum stimulumcalces ! It is taken from an ox that being pricked with a

goad kicks and receives a severer wound. The applicationhere is to Paul's resistance referred to in ver. 9.

16. dvd<m]0i KCU <rrfj0i] Emphatic assonance. Cf.

Eph. vi. 13 (quoted below, ver. 22 n.). The latter part ofthe phrase is from Ezek. ii. 1 Ti dvOpu-rrav, crr^t eirl roi>s

irpoxipC<ra<r0<u] 'appoint *, iii. 20. virrjp^rriv} ministrum.

<Sv T elSes|

wv To4>0ija-o}ia <roi] 'of what thou hast

seen (the present vision) and of the visions in which I shall

(hereafter) be seen by thee\ For such visions cf. xviii. 9,

xxiii. 11; 2 Cor. xii. 2.

wv 6(f>0.= Klvwi> a 600., where a is ace. plural, such a use

being very common with the neuter plural of pronounseven after intransitive verbs, and a opaJ/xcu trot exactly 'the

visions in which I am seen by you'. Cf. Soph. Oed. T. 788tav ptv iKofjirjv dri/uLoy ee7re

/ui//ej>.The passive form of the

phrase is due to a desire to bring out the agency of God.

dcW.il. 17. |aipov|ivos]*

choosing ',not '

delivering' as A. and

K.V. The use of TOU XaoO shews this : when the Jews are ,

Page 265: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvi. 23] NOTES. 249

referred to as enemies they are 'Iou5a?ot (cf. vv. 7, 21);is their name of honour, Paul is -chosen from the chosen

people and from all the world. Cf. ix. 15; where he is called

(TKeuos K\oyTJs, in special reference, as here, to his conver-

sion.

Elsewhere in the Acts (vii. 10, 34, xii. 11, xxiii. 27) the

word means * deliver '. It can bear either meaning : the con-

text must in each case determine .the right one. Nor is the

reference to Jer. i. 8 and 1 Chron. xvi. 35 sufficiently defi-

nite to x the meaning here, where 'delivering' spoils the

sense.

.18. avotfjcu...] For avoi&i afiffciX/jLoiis,cf. Is. xlii. 7, and

for ctTro VKOTOVS, Is. xlii. 16 Troirfcrw avTols rb (TKOTOS eis <f)s.

avoi^ai is the infinitive of purpose, and TOU eTncrTptipai

is subordinate to it.(= 'that then they may turn'), rou

XajSetv being again subordinate to .this and expressing the

final result.aimed at.

i rfj els |J.]Note the emphatic position of these

words and the special emphasis of the words ry els /*{.

19. 6'9ev] i.e. as the conclusion of all this which hasbeen described.

OVK eyv6|ATjv d-rmO^s] Litotes : plane statim obedii. B.For OTTTCUrux cf. OTrravo/Jievos i. 3 n.

20. aracrav] So NAB omitting i's; but surely es is

needed and the preceding ois may account for its omission.In the text the ace. must represent the space over whichtheir teaching extended.

a|ict TTJS H<6T.] Cf. Matt. iii. 8 7rot?J0"aTe ovv Kapirov&iov rjjs fJ,Tavoias.

22. ^o-T-qKa] sto, a picturesque word, expressing im-moveable firmness. Cf. Paul's words Eph. vi. 13 avno-rrj-

vai iv rri rjfJLepq, rrj Trovypq. /cat aTravTa Karepyaad/jLCVOL (rrrjvat,.

ffrrjre ovv....

HapTvpopivos] 'protesting', "XABHLP. T.E.

fjievos, which means 'of good repute', cf. vi. 3.

OS...] Again reverting to his main point, that

Christianity is the fulfilment of the Jewish religion, Jesus

the Jewish Messiah.

ot irpo<|>TJTai,...Kal Mwv<rrjs] So Luke xvi. 29 ^oucrtMaxrea /ecu rovs Trpo^ras. Moses was the greatest of 'those

who declared God's will'. Cf. iii. 22 n.

23. cl] 'whether', not that Paul considered it question- So B.

able, but because it was the question at issue with the Jews.

Page 266: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

250 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxvi. 23

V. passibilisj 'subject to suffering', as E.V.La. M. in margin. The word=' one liable to suffer' (-rraddv), sode W. plut> pe i p t IQ rfr QV^V Ka i TraOyrbv, but, from the well-

known use of iradetv in connection with 'the Passion' (e.g.i. 3) it here specially means 'liable to be put to death'.

A.V. 'should suffer', E.V. 'must suffer', and Beza/umepassurum, giving a good sense but neglecting the Greek.

cl irpcoTOs...] A.V. mistranslates and mars the sense,' should be the first that should rise from the dead, andshould shew light../: E.V. better, 'that he first by theresurrection of the dead should proclaim light...'. A moreaccurate rendering would be ' that he first by a resurrection

from the dead...'

Others Paul believed to have risen from the dead, as for

instance Lazarus, but Christ 'first by a resurrection from

the dead proclaimed light ', because, while they died after-

wards, Christ's rising again was the first instance of that of

which it is the earnest, viz. a resurrection to life everlast-

ing ; cf. 1 Cor. xv.,- and Eom. vi. 9 Xpttrros tytpde

<J>ws: cf. ver. 18, and Luke ii. 32 <f>&s els ai

tdv&v.

24. TovTtt. . .diroXo-yov^vov] Present part., shewing that

it was the latter portion of Paul's discourse which provokedthe exclamation of Festus.

As A.K-aCvrj] 'Thou art mad'. The word does not in any

way describe 'insanity'. It merely represents the opinionwhich practical common-sense men often form of the spe-culations of an enthusiast : it is immediately defined by its

opposite, he who 'is mad ' does not speak words 'of reality

and soberness'. An Athenian would. have used the word of

any abstruse philosopher.Cf. the description of a philosophic 'madman' Plato

Phaedr. 249 l> tj-HTTa/uLevos rCov avdpuirtvuv (n

/cat vrpos rt$ Qelty yLyi>6fj,evos vovOereTrai fj.v VTTO rCov

TOVS TTO\\OVS,

TO, iroXXd ere. Ypol|i(iaTa] Note the remarkable positionof d^: multae illae te litterae: 'that great learning of thine'.

The word ypd/jL/jLara no doubt refers to knowledge of the

Hebrew Scriptures (at ypafiai), cf. John vii. 15 TTWS ouros

;and ypajuifjiaTvs

= l & scribe'.

La. 25. aXtjBctas Kal o-w<()p. pii|J..]The first gen. is objec-

tive, the second subjective: the words describe the exact

facts, and are uttered by one in full possession of a con-

trolled reason.

Page 267: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvi. 32] NOTES. 251

A. and E.V. give <rw</>/)o0-ui'?7s= '

soberness', but note that

cu<j>pwv is from <ru)s $pr)v, sobrius from so(=

se) -ebrius.

28. Iv oXfy? H irexOeis Xpurriavov Troujarcu] iroiTJcrat

XAB; T.E. with EHLP yeveaOai, which seems a correction

for the more difficult Troirjcrai.

ev 6\iyy is clearly= ' with little (trouble, effort)', cv beinginstrumental, its sense being determined by the use of the

phrase in Paul's reply ev 6\. Kal ev fj.eyd\ct)= ' with little or

with great (trouble)'. It cannot ev oXLyy xpbvip'

quickly',for ev iJLeydXy (so KAB but T.E. ev TTO\\$ with HLP) couldnot mean 'in much time'.

The words seem spoken chiefly with reference to Paul's

brief final appeal directly to Agrippa, and to be a light in-

different dismissal of the subject 'not in a jeering tone but I-a.

without real earnestness ' ' With little art thou persuadingme (so as) to have made me a Christian'. It should benoted that ireldeis does not express the actual effecting of

persuasion, but only 'the effort to persuade'. So E.V.

rightly gives' wouldest fain make '.

A has the reading ireidr), and this certainly improves Alford

the sense and gives TroiTjaai a more intelligible construction. J^h _

' With little art thou persuaded (cf. ov irelOopcu ver. 26) to maimhave made me a Christian '.

J^.

ve

The use of X/x0Ttaj>6s is certainly not as 'an offensive reading,

appellation': the whole discourse of Paul had been about 6 AS A."

Xpt<rr6s; he had shewn why he believed that the Messiahhad come, and Agrippa not unnaturally characterizes onewho holds such a belief as Xpto-rtavos,

' a Messiah-follower '.

Agrippa was a Jew, and 'Messiah-follower' would not beused by a Jew as ' an offensive appellation '.

On the other hand it is impossible to take Agrippa'sM - du

words as sober earnest, 'With thy few words thou art per-

suading me to become...'. The emphasis on ev oXiyijj is toomarked to allow this; it also involves, ths acceptance of

yevtffdai, and then neglects the aorist ('to have become',not 'to become').

29. Kal iv jxe-ydXa)] 'or with great', so dls Kal rpls, terque H.

quaterque.

31. irpacro-ci] agit egitque. Non de una actions sed de

tota vita Pauli loquuntur.

32. ISwciTo] dv is often omitted with simple verbs suchas 25 (xxiv. 19), e%p^ &c. So in Latin poterat, debebat,instead of posset, deberet*.

Page 268: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

As A.W.

252 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxvu. 1

CHAPTEE XXVII.

1. tKpfthj TOU aTro-rrXeiv] The gen. gives the purport ofthe decision, cf. iii. 12 n., xx. 3 n.

o-ireCpTjs ScpacrTTJs] cohortis Augustae. The adj. 'Augus-tan' applied to troops affords as little means for identifyingthem as '

Royal' would

now-a-days. All conjectures as towhat the cohort was and who Julius was are worthless.

The words certainly do not mean a cohort of men from

~,pa.ffTii= Samaria, which would require (nretpa, 2e/3a0"r>7i>cDj>.

To refer to the Auyustani of Tac. Ann. xiv. 15, troopsspecially selected by Nero to applaud his artistic perform*ances, is more than arbitrary.

Possibly the adj. was applied by way of distinction to

one of the cohorts at Caesarea specially attached to the

person of the procurator, who was the representative of ' the

Augustus '.

2.c

A8pajJLWTT]va>] Adramyttium, in Mysia, oppositeLesbos. The vessel was probably a small coasting vessel

on its way back to Adramyttium for the winter, intendingto touch at various ports on the road (cf, 7rXeu> els roi>s

Kara ryv 'A<rlav TOTTOUS, i.e. places along the coast of Asia).At one of these ports Julius hoped to find a larger vessel

bound for Home, to which he might transfer his prisoners,for it is highly improbable that he intended to take them to

Adramyttium, and then through the Troad, across the Hel-

lespont and along the via Egnatia to Dyrrhachium, and so

by Brundisium to Rome.

3. els 2i8wva] 67 miles.

<|>iXav6pwirc>s...xpr] "&HLVOs] Cf, Xen. Mem. iv. 3. 12

<pi\iKus xp7Jff6aL ;Dem. 1286. 23 -

4. vnrirX^<rajJLv] Cf. ver. 7, and ver. 16 v ITodpadres;11.Y. 'sailed under the lee of Cyprus', i.e. so that Cypruswas between us and the wind, on the left hand, and wewere 'sailing through the sea off Cilicia and Pamphylia'.The direct course would have been straight to Patara keep-

ing to the S. of Cyprus (as Paul had come from Patara, xxi.

1 3), but the Etesian winds from the N.W. were still blow-

ing and would have been dead in their teeth.

Smith, On the coast of Cilicia *

they might expect to be favouredP- 67.

by the land wind, which prevails there during the summermonths, as well as by the current, which constantly runs to

the westivard, along the S. coast of Asia Minor '.

5. Mvppa] An important town 2J miles from the sea:

its port Andriace had an excellent harbour.

Page 269: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvii. 9] NOTES. 253

6. irXotov 'AXe^avSpivov] Borne with its vast popula-tion was, like London, mainly dependent on imported corn,the supply from Egypt being especially large. It seems

probable that this ship was a corn-ship, cf. ver. 38 n., andits presence at Myrra would be accounted for by the un-favourable winds. Such ships were usually employed for

conveying passengers (e.g. Titus returned to Rome in one Suct._

after the capture of Jerusalem), and a cargo of corn would *

in no way interfere with this. If the number 276 in ver.

37 be correct it is calculated that the ship must have beenof 500 tons burden.

7. Kara rr^v KvtSov] 130 m. from Myra, a Lacedae-monian colony of great importance, on the promontory of

Triopium in Caria; it had two harbours, that 011 the E.

being especially large. It was the scene of the naval defeatof Pisander by Conon B.C. 394.

|iij jrpo(Tc>vTos] Up to this point in spite of the con-tinuous N.W, winds they had worked along by tacking,

though slowly (j3padvtr\oovvTes) and with difficulty (//,6Ats),

but now '

they lost the advantage of a favouring current, a C. & IT.

weather shore and smooth water, and were met by all theforce of the wind from the westward'. At this point there-

fore the wind stopped their further course (/JLTJ Tr/ooa-ewt/ros) ;

they could not hold on in the direct course, which would Smith,have been *

by the north side of Crete, through the Archi- P- 73-

pelago, \V. by S.' They therefore made for Salmone, the E.

promontory of Crete, S.W. by S. from Cnidus.The rendering irpocreuvTos 'permitting us to enter the AsR.v.

harbour ' seems unreasonable, for (1) Why did they wish to p j^rg'

stop at Cnidus? (2) What reason was there for not beingable to enter its southern harbour? The word is a aira*

8. -7rapaXYo}Jtvot] So legere oram in Latin commonly.

fioXis] because the same difficulties would occur as in

coasting along to Cnidus.

KaXovs Atpe'vas] At C. Matala the land 'trends sud- $^,denly to the N. and the advantages of a weather shore cease,

p* ' "

and their only resource was to make for harbour'. Just E. Smith,

of Cape Matala is such a harbour, still known as Kalus App'

Limeonas, open to the E. and S.E. and a fair harbour,but not fit to winter in, cf. ver. 12. About a mile to the E. Spnitt,

(and also 3 or 4 m. to the E.) ruins have been discovered, inCrete,which may be those of Lasea, one of the ' hundred cities' of n.l 20.

London.

^>

9. lirurcJxiXovs TOV irXo6s] With the ancients naviga- wortion ceased in winter. Hesiod fixes the time at the setting and

Page 270: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

254 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxvu. 9

Days, of the Pleiades (about Oct. 20), others fix the latest day atNov. 11. 'The fast' which is referred to is 'the one fastin the Jewish calendar', i.e. the great Day of Atonement(see Lev. xvi. 29 to end), on the 10th day of the month Tisri,about the time of the autumnal equinox, so that theirarrival in Home, before the period when sailing ceased, wasextremely doubtful.

10. vppcws] R.V. 'injury'. The word is a strong one,and indicates violent injury : it is the legal word for ' violent

personal assault',and describes what the ship would suffer

from the battering and buffeting of the waves.

#TI ...... (jAXiv] Change of construction, accounted for

by the number of words intervening.

11. vavK\ijpa>] The word usually= 'captain and owner' .

12. ctf ircos Svvaivro...] Almost giving in oblique narra-tion their very words, tdv TTWS dw^effa ; 'we vote for going.on the chance that we may be able...'.

] Phoenix, 'the town of palms' (<polvi): severaltowns of Crete have palm-trees on their coins.

So A.V. Xijj^va n]s K. pX&rovra Kara X^a Kal Kard X"POV1* a

wv&H. harbour of Crefe

which faces the S.W. and N.W.'M.'

'

A/^ is Africus, the African or Libyan wind, Xo5/>os theLatin Caurus in Gk letters.

The ancients having no compass or exact maps, continu-

ally mark direction by the quarter from which a wind blows;

indeed they had no other method of marking the points of

the compass, except for the four quarters N., S., W. and E.A harbour 'looks' or 'faces' (or 'has its mouth') seaward

always, and a harbour /3X^7ret Kara \t(3a Kal K. x- when it lookstowards the points of the compass indicated by \i\f/ andXwpos, i.e. when one side runs towards the S.W. and theother to the N.W., the harbour thus 'looking S.W. andN.W.' and being open from those points.

E.V. gives*

looking N.E. and S.E.', an impossible ren-Smith. dering, apparently due to a belief that the harbour referred

to must be the harbour of Lutro, which answers that de-

scription, and is said to be the only good harbour on thecoast.

Two explanations of this rendering are given, whichhowever obtain the desired result by directly contradictorymethods :

1. Taking /card \ifia Kal K. %. rightly, but pXtirovra.F. and so wrongly: it is said that the explanation is to be found in thec. & H. i

subjectivity of sailors ', who *

speak of everything from their

Page 271: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvn. 12] NOTES. 255

own point of view', that is to say, a sailor entering the har-

bour ABC would speak of 'the harbour' (not of 'its sides')

'looking N.W. and S.W.' because the side AB runs fromA to B towards the S.W. and CB towards the N.W.

But(i) although sailors naturally speak of certain phe-

nomena of motion from their own point of view (see xxi.

3 n.) as we talk of 'the sun rising', yet to talk of a harbouras looking landwards because they are sailing into it is most

unnatural: a harbour can only look seawards. A harbourwhich you sail into from the E. cannot be said 'to look F. says

towards the W.' Has any sailor ever described Torbay as ltcau -

*

looking towards the W. '? Where is the proof of this

startling 'subjectivity of sailors' or anyone else? Whenyou enter a cathedral walking northwards does the door

you enter by 'look towards the N.'?

(ii) Assuming that it is conceivable that any one sailinginto a harbour from the E. should describe the harbour as*

looking west ', yet it is inconceivable that he should describe

'the harbour' (not 'its sides') as 'looking N.W. and S.W.',for the double point of view is only possible for any one

placed, or mentally placing himself, at the point J5, andsuch a person can only describe the sides BA, BC as lookingN.E. and S.E.

2. Taking Kara \. /ecu K. % wrongly but fiKtirovra rightly, Smith,

as indicating the way the harbour faces from the point B Alford -

looking seaward: it is urged that KCLTCL Xi/3a= 'in a N.E.

direction' because the wind from the S.W. blows towardsthe N.E. and /card indicates the line of motion, which is

N.E. So too K. xwpo*/ 'in S.E. direction'.

But (i) no doubt Kara poov, /far' ovpov, /car' ave^ov are

common enough, and mean 'in the direction of a stream,

wind, &c.', i.e. down the line of motion of the stream or

wind; they cannot however be used except of an object in

motion, e. g. a ship, and in reference to a stream or wind

actually in movement. Now a harbour does not move andmust look /card M/3a whether Xty is blowing or not : more-

Page 272: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

256 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxvu. 12

over, if \ty and xwpos represent, not points of the compass,but winds in motion, then Kara Xt/3a Kal /cara%d>poj> involves

the assertion that two winds are blowing at the same time.

(ii) P\WLV Kara TL can only be used of that which is

opposite you, which yon face; cf. Luke's own use of Kara,Kara Trpocrurov (hi. 13); /caret rV Miwi'ai' (xvi. 7) 'with Mysiain front of you'; Kara r^v Kvidov (xxvii, 7) 'off

'

or 'oppositeCnidus'; Tropevov Kara fj-effrjimppiav (viii. 26) 'go with yourface towards the south'. If /3\^7rw Kara \ij3a can mean'The S.W. wind is blowing on my back', language mustcease to be intelligible. Even iropeuonat, Kara \Lfia wouldmean *

I go to the S.W.' The only case where /caret Xt^acould mean 'to the N.E.' would be in such a sentence as

yaus Kara X//3a 0eperat, where \L\f/ is distinctly referred to as

in movement and the cause of movement.It will be observed that Luke never reached Phoenix,

and that his remark is a mere obiter dictum derived from

Smith, report, and quite possibly an error. Moreover there is

i- w. marked on the map a harbour opposite Lutro which does

look S.W. and N.W. and has the name Phineka 1.

13. viroirvcvo-avTos] VTTO in composition = 'slightly', cf.

Horn. II. iv. 423 Ze0tfpou viroKLvJ)ffa.vros ; so too inrorapfitly,

vTTorapdaffeiv: and sub as in subagrestis, subaccusare.

TTJS irpo9d-&)s] viz. to reach Phoenix; after passing C.

Matala a S. wind would enable them to reach any harboursuch as Lutro. KKpan]Kvat 'to have got within their

l>r Field, grasp 'r Cf. Diod. Sic. XVI. 20 /ce/cpar?;/corej -37577 TTJS irpo-

apavrcs] A.V. 'loosing thence'; lit. 'having started'

or 'moved'; B. moventes. K. V. has 'having weighed an-

chor', as though the word meant 'to lift', and 'anchor' hadto be supplied, but even in classical Gk the word meanssimply

' to move ', and is used transitively or intransitively,and of movement either by sea or land, cf. Thuc. i. 52

apavres rets vavs ; IV. 129 ap. rals vaixriv ;II. 23 dpavres irepie-

TrXeop; but n. 12 apas T$ trrpary; II. 23 apavres e/c ruv

'Axapvw, and 11. 98 of land marches.

dcr<rov] 'nearer', 'closer to the shore', an adv. com-

parative of ayx<- Long mistaken for a proper name; cf.

V. cum sustulissent de Asson.

1 The whole of this note was originally written independently of

Wordsworth's note, with which it remarkably agrees.

Page 273: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvii. 16] NOTES. 257

14. gj3a\v] 'dashed* or 'beat', intransitive, or rather

reflexive; 'flung (itself)', 'dashed (itself) down', cf.eTrtfoVres

ver. 15, e/oetVao-ct ver. 41, aTroptyavTas ver. 43.

Kar' auTrjs] 'down from it', i.e. from Crete; for the con-struction cf. the Homeric usage, /car' QV\VJJLTTOIO Ka.p^vwv^/car' 'ISou'wi/ bptuv 'down from'.

CLVTTJS naturally refers to KprjTTjs, and the wind did actu-

ally blow ' down from Crete'

; see next note.

/car' CLVTTJS cannot be 'down on her', i.e. the ship, supply- AsA.V.

ing i>eu>s, for the ship is ir\oiov throughout, and only vavs ver.

41.

av|Aos...EvpcuajXv] Whether Euraquilo or Eurocly- Evpaiev-

don represent the right reading, the wind referred to was ^ARcertainly Euraquilo, 'the N.E. wind', or 'E.N.E. wind', Evpo-for (1) the wind struck the vessel when off C. Matala and KM&OVdrove her under Cauda, which is about 20 m. S.W. of that ^[^point, (2) the sailors feared to be driven on to the Syrtis, HLP.and that is exactly where a N.E. wind would have takenthem.

The wind would descend from Mt Ida, which was just Sir C.

above them, 'in heavy squalls and eddies and drive the now f^"8

^helpless ship far from the shore'. The words in Italics See too

"

exactly represent ri-^oji/i/cos, which describes the character Spratt in

of the gale, just as EfyaKtiXw gives its direction. p.?.BvpoX&up seems to represent a corruption of Eura-

quilo, possibly by Gk sailors, suggesting a false but tempt-ing etymology from /cXtffw K\vduv (cf. our ' Charter House'cray-^/i', 'lant/iora', and other false etymologies).

Euraquilo will be a wind lying between Eurus and Aquilo(cf. Enronotus in Pliny), but, as Aquilo may not be a windblowing from due N. but is placed by Pliny inter septen- N. H.trionem et exortwn solstitialem, it may be rather a wind from " 47.

E.N.E. than from N.E.^th,

15. dvTo<)>9aXjitv]' face the wind ' E.V. The violence

of the N.E. gale prevented her getting her head (or 'eyes ')

enough to the wind to make Phoenix. Great eyes wereoften painted on the prows of vessels.

(f>p6)j.0a] 'giving (ourselves) up (i.e. to the

wind), we were being carried along', i.e. scudded before the,

gale. Cf. Horn. Od. v. 343 ffx^di'fjv avfyoKri <t>tye<rdai |

Ka\-Xi?re.

16. Kav8a] or KXauSa, now Govdo. They took ad- fP*^vantage of the comparatively smooth water under the lee of in La.

Cauda, (1) to get the boat on board, (2) to undergird thevessel.

P. 17

Page 274: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

258 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxvu. 16

jidXts] Doubtless owing to the sea being only compara-tively smooth and the boat almost full of water. For

H. (r/ca^T/ 'a small boat', usually towed behind, cf. Cic. deInvent, n. 51 funiculo qui apuppi religatus scapham annexamtrahebat.

17. POT^ICUS] What these 'helps' were the participlevirofavvvvres defines : they were inro^/jLara or cables, passedround the hull of the ship, and tightly secured on deck, to

prevent the timbers from starting, especially amidships,where in ancient vessels with one large mast the strain wasvery great. Cf. Hor. Od. i. 14. 6 ac sine funibus \

vix du~rare carinae

\ possint imperiosius \ aequor ; Plat. Rep. 616 c.

Smith, The technical English word is trapping', but the pro-p. 105. cegg nag oniy been rarely employed since the early part of

the century, owing to improvements in shipbuilding.

TI)V Supriv] Clearly the Syrtis Major, which derived its

name from the dangerous sand-banks (o-vpris from avpw) init. Cf. the description of the fleet of Aeneas in the sameseas, Virg. Aen. i. Ill tres Eurus ab alto

\in brevia et syrtes

urget.

K7T<rw<riv] Classical Gk for a ship being driven out ofher course in the deep seas (cf. ab alto urget above) on to

H. shoals, rocks, &c. Cf. Xen. Anab. vn. 5. 12 TW vev iro\\al

oK^\\ov(Tt Kal eKirlirTovaiv, Herod, vm. 13. In Latin ejicior.

Sow. xa^<rcLVTs T <TKC{)OS] 'having lowered (cf. xaKavavrwvwho is ver. 30) the gear'. One point seems clear, viz. that the neut.

gooci.smg <rKfvos denotes a single thing, or a single thing and its

Smith, accompaniments, so differing from the collective o-tcevr} (ver.

lty = supellex. Cf. the use of the word ix. 15, x. 11, andLuke viii. 16. Moreover the definite article describes some-

thing which was speciallyltlie gear* or 'equipment

7 of

the ship, and this can hardly have been anything but the

mainyard and the mainsail attached to it. It is objectedto this, (1) that to have thus struck sail would have involved

their drifting straight towards the Syrtis ; (2) that the vessel

would have rolled and pitched in the most dangerous man-ner. But (1) by striking the mainsail theywould immenselydiminish their speed in the direction of the Syrtis ; (2) theyhad still other sails (e.g. the artemon ver. 40) with whichto keep the ship steady.

See The following explanation is a priori very probable, butC. & H.

<joeg no^ immediately arise from the text. To avoid beingdriven by Euraquilo right on to the Syrtis the ship wouldbe laid with her head as near as possible to the wind, i.e.

within about 7 points of the wind 1. Enough sail would be

1 That is to say, a line drawn in the direction of the ship's length

Page 275: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvii. 20] NOTES. 259

kept* to keep the ship steady, and by pressing her side down

into the water prevent her from rolling violently, and also

to turn her bow in the direction of the wind'. Under these

conditions, thus close-hauled, a ship drifts in a direction

between that of the wind and that in which her bow points,and it is said that 36 miles in 24 hours would be an averagedistance to drift. Moreover with 'a wind E.N.E. a shipwould drift W. by N.' Now, if of 'the 14 days' (ver. 27)one was taken up with reaching Cauda, we have 13 x 36 = 468miles of drift in a direction W. by N. from Cauda, and as amatter of fact Malta is about 480 miles from Cauda x in

exactly that direction.

The explanation is very tempting and the result striking,but it will be observed that it assumes a somewhat even gale

steadily blowing in one direction, and hardly agrees with

dia(j>epo{jLevuv, ver. 27.

18. iKpoX-qv] jacturam. The object was to lighten the

ship. So Jonah i. 5 KJ3o\T]v eTroL^jayro TU>V (r/ceuw^...rou

Kowf>i<r07}vai air'1

avruv. The eK^okf] here would be of part of So R.V.

the cargo, which is the regular use of the word, cf. Aesch.

Ag. 1008, S. C. Tli. 755, where the reference is to a merchant

flinging overboard part of his cargo to save the rest. More-over the K(3o\r) on this day is opposed to the '

flinging-outof the furniture ' on the next.

erroiovvro] Notice the imperfect. The process of light-

ening the ship was commenced by this throwing overboardof some of the cargo, and completed the next day (cf. ZpL^avaorist) by flinging out the furniture.

F. asserts that the aorist pu|;av must describe a single

act, and so the flinging overboard a single object, e.g. the

great mast. But o-Kevrj is a collective word= ' furniture ', i.e.

all the heavy articles of tackling, &c. which were not abso-

lutely necessary.For 2pi\J/aj> T.E. has epL^a^ep, a correction due to atiro- Text

%ei/>es, which seems as if it should mean 'with our hands ',

indicating that on the next day the need was so urgent that

Luke and Paul took part in the task. The word is however

only one of the graphic words, so common in the Acts, used

by the writer to make his readers vividly realize the danger,

20. jit]T 8^...] And so without a compass they would,

be ignorant of their course. Cf. Virg. Aen. i. 85 ; in. 195.

Xonrov] Neut. adj. used adverbially, 'as regards the

future'.

would form an angle of |- of a right angle with the direction of thewind: if the wind were E.N.E. the ship's head would be turned N.by W., the point which lies between N.N.W. and N.

172

Page 276: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

200 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxvu. 20

ircpiflpciTo] A very vivid word: 'was being gradually

stripped from us ', v. Lex.

21. do-irtas] Not 'want of food', for there was corn onboard (ver. 38), but 'going without food' (jejutiatio, V.)

owing to want of fires to prepare it with, &c.

oraOtls] Mark the force of this pictorial word amidsuch a scene; cf. xvii. 22. It is impossible not to recall the

0<z.iii.3. virJustus et propositi tenax, whom Horace depicts unmovedamid the storms of '

unreposeful Hadria '.

28iJJL^V] IJLV has nothing to answer it

;the words ' but

you did not listen' are omitted in courtesy.

ccpS-qo-cu] Does prf pass on to Kepdrjo-ai, or is the con-struction %5eL re Kepdrjaai ?

B.V. carries on /-i??, rendering 'and have gotten this

injury and loss'. But surely Kepdrjeai ^iav is a strangephrase if it means merely 'suffer loss ', for /cfySosis the direct

opposite of fy/Liia (e.g. Arist. Etli. v. 4) and could hardly bethus joined with it without any antithetical force.

So M. A. It is better not to carry on w :'

you ought not to have

d<fw1 ' Put to sea au<^ (y u ousht V so not putting to sea) to have

gained this loss', i.e. not suffered it. A person is said in Gk*to gain a loss' when, being in danger of incurring it, he

by his conduct saves himself from doing so. A merchant,who being in danger of losing 1000Z. manages to avoid

doing so,' makes a gain of

'

the 1000Z.

Cf. Arist. Mag. Jl/o?\ n. 8 o$ /caret \6yov TJV fy/udav \a/3e?^,

rov TOIOVTOV Kepddvavra evrvxy <t>d/u.ev. So Cic. Verr. ir. 1..

12 lucretur indicia vcteris infamiae; and in Pliny lucrifacere

injuriam.

23. 0ov...aYY\os] Note the emphatic position of deov

'from God...an angel'.

24. KxaprTcu] iii. 14 n., and for the general sense,Gen. xviii. 26.

27. ws 8e Tcr<rap.] 'when the fourteenth night came as

we continued to be driven to and fro' (present part.). Thefourteenth night is clearly reckoned from the time whenthey began to be so driven, i.e. from the evening of the

day when they left Fair Havens.

A. 8ia<()po[iv<ov] certainly describes 'drifting to and fro',

cf. Philo de Migr. Abr. p. 454 &<rirep cr/cd0os UTT' evavriuv

dvtfjiwv 8i.a(f>p6fjLvoi>. Smith says'

being driven through the

sea of Adria', but the Gk hardly justifies this. F. gives'tossed hither and thither', but adds 'so it would appear to

those on board' an easy but unsatisfactory explanation.

Page 277: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

. 37] NOTES. 261

v TW'

ASptoj.] Not merely 'the Adriatic', but the wholesea between Italy and Greece. Strabo n. p. 123 6 'lovios II.

KO\TTOS fttpos effrl TOV vvv 'ASpiov KaXov/jifrov.

irpoo-d'yciv] Intransitive, v. Lex., = ' was approaching'.' Lucas optice loquitur nautarum more 1

. Cf. Virg. Aen. in. Kypke.72 Provehimur portu, terraeque urbesque recedunt. So wetalk of 'the sun rising'. The sailors would detect the soundof breakers, and fear a rocky coast (rpaxets TOTTOI/S).

29. K irpvfivTjs...] The ordinary practice was and is to

anchor by the bows;cf. Aen. in. 277 anclwra deprorajacitur.

With a view to running the ship ashore anchoring from the Smith,

stern would, it is said, be best..

P- 132-

At the Battle of Copenhagen (April, 1801) the fleet so

anchored, and Nelson is reported to have stated ' that he C. & H.

had that morning been reading the 27th chapter of theActs'.

30. irpo(j>curi] Dat. used adverbially, cf. Luke xx. 47 KO!

Trpocfiacrei fjLaKpa Tr/xwei^cwTcu ;Thuc. VI. 76 Trpo^dffet fJLev...

dtavoiq. d....

eKTctaiv] They would carry out the anchors until thecable was taut. It is contrasted with ptyavres, ver. 29.

31. <r<o0TJv<u ov SvvaerOc] Cf. ver. 24. Rejici potest

promissa salus.

33. axp 1 S^ ov. . .] 'up to the time when day was about to

dawn '

during the interval before dawn. Paul urged themto use this interval for the purpose of taking food, and so

being ready for action at dawn.

34. irpos TTJS vji. <rcoTT]pias] lit.' from the side of ',

' in theinterests of. Cf. Thuc. in. 59 ov irpbs rrjs v/jLerfyas 56^s;Dem. 1006 irpos efjiov...T7Jv ^ri^ov ZOeaOe. In Latin ex, cf. e

re publica facere.

ovSe'vos V^P-'-l A proverbial expression, cf. Luke xxi. 18;

1 Kings i. 52.

35. Xo,pwv d'prov vxapCorr-q<rV...Kal K\d(ras] Fromthe careful way in which Luke refers to each act here it

would seem that he describes something more than theacts of 'an ordinary pious Jew' when beginning a meal. M.deW.See ii. 42 n., where it is remarked that since the 'Last

Supper' the '

breaking of bread' had received for believers a

special significance as a remembrance and a hope.

37. ws IpSopiKovra $] T.K. has 5ia/c6<ncu for cus, andso K.V. ws rests 'on the single evidence of B', and Alford M.marks it as due to the w of TrXoty and <r (

= 200) of thenumeral.

Page 278: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

262 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxvix. 38

38. lKpaXX.dfAvoi TOV O-ITOV] A second K(3o\ri to further

lighten the ship, so that she might be run as far on to theland as possible.

That TOV <TITOJ> refers to the cargo of corn and not to

As M. A. mere '

provisions'

is certain. The casting overboard of

'provisions' could not have been of much service, and thefact that the ship was a trader from Alexandria to Homeremoves all doubt.

39. l-rre-yCvtoo-Kov]'

recognize', i.e. as being Melita. Cf.

xxviii. 1 ir^yvwfj,v.

'a beach', B.V. Cf. Matt. xiii. 2 6 6x\osMrov alyia\oi> ciarif'/cei; Acts xxi. 5. Not d/cr^ 'a rugged,rocky coast'. Dr Field aptly quotes Xen. Anal)', vi. 4. 4

\i/j.r]i> 5' VTT' avry r

TextBC. KO-O-CU] 'get the ship safe ashore'. T. E. <?t3o-cu,* drive the ship up on to it'.

40. irepwXovTcs] lit. 'having taken away all round';strictly used, as there were four anchors, which would be in

a sort of semicircle round the stern.

cl'cov els TT}V OaXacrorav] Not '

they committed themselvesunto the sea' as A. V., but 'they left them in the sea'.

The notion of 'discarding', 'abandoning', is strong in eiWand accounts for et's with the ace.

c. & II. dv^vTs TO.S Javier.]' The ships of the Greeks and

Romans, like those of the early Northmen, were not steered

by means of a single rudder, but by two paddle-rudders, oneon each quarter

'

. . .' the hinged rudder does not appear on

any of the remains of antiquity till a late period in themiddle ages '. These paddle-rudders had been ' hoisted upand lashed ' while the ship was at anchor,

' to prevent themfouling the anchors'. They were now required to steer the

ship straight ashore.

TOV dpTfjiwva] E.Y. *

foresail', and so Smith, who givesillustrations of two coins of Commoduswith a corn-ship onthe obverse with mainsail and foresail set. Cf. Juv. xn. 68ciicurrit

|

vestibus extentis et, quod superaverat unum,|velo

prora suo, where the Scholiast explains artemone solo veil-

T. Smith, caverunt. The word does not occur elsewhere in Greek, butAPP. 'is found in Italian and French, though the meaning varies.

41. jrpfire<r6vTS 8...] The words describe somethingunexpected which befell them. '

They were making for the

beach (cf. Karelxov imperfect), but came upon (aorist) a

r6iros ditfdXao-o-os and ran the vessel aground'. They never

reached the beach but unexpectedly grounded, and to reach

Page 279: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvn. 41] NOTES. 263

the beach was a matter of great difficulty (cf. vv. 42 44).That what happened was unexpected is also clear from the

obviously sudden resolution of the soldiers to kill their

prisoners: if what happened was what they expected, whydid they not propose to kill them before leaving their

anchorage ?

8i0ctXao-<ros is usually applied to a neck or tongue of

land lying between two seas or portions of sea, a reef. Dion

Chrys. 5, p. 83, mentions among the dangers of the sea rpax^a(* rocks ', cf. above rpaxets TOTTOVS) KCLI dL0d\arra (? half-sunken

reefs), /cat raLviai (sand-banks), and so Virg. Aen. 1. 108 refers

to saxa latentia . . . dorsum immane mari summo . . . brevia

et syrtes, and certainly, if we only regard the text, we shouldrender roirov di.0. here * a ridge

' or * reef running out into

and dividing the sea',

or a ' bank',on to which they ran

the ship, because being at the time wholly covered by thewater they did not see it (cf. n. on eXvero below).

A fairly strong case is however made out for the ship-wreck having taken place in what is known as * St Paul's

Bay', a little to the N.W. of Valetta. It is pointed out that

a ship drifting W. by N. might pass very close to land off

Koura Point (where the sailors would hear breakers, ver. 27),and that just beyond the soundings are 20 fathoms, and

just beyond 15 fathoms, with a good anchorage. Here they

-would be just off the little island of Salmonetta, but could

not tell that it was an island, it being only separated fromihe mainland by a channel 100 yards wide. It is considered gthat this channel is the TOTTOS 5iO. of Luke, and that they Lumby.

Page 280: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

2G4 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxvu. 41

ran on some mudbank due to the currents caused by thechannel. This is the account of Smith, who however, as-

suming his view generally to be right, seems clearly wrongin describing the vessel as driven on to the beach, a mis-

Kmith, take in which he is followed by A. , F., C. and H., &c. For thep. 138. sense he assigns to TOTTOS 616. Smith quotes Strabo n. 5. 12

who calls the Bosporus SifldXarros Tpowov TWO..

a] cf. ver. 14 n. A strong word,*

having planteditself firmly '.

cXvrro] Notice the imperfect. For the description cf.

Virg. Aen. x. 303,sed non piippis tua, Tarchon.

Namque inflicta vadis dorso dum pendet iniquo,

Anceps sustentata diu jluctusque fatigat,Solvitur.

VTTO TTJS pCas] So KAB. T.E. with CHLP adds r&v

KvftdTwv, certainly improving the sense.

F 42. tvarovsSeo-jjuoras...]

* Soldiers were responsiblewith their own lives for their prisoners

'

; cf. xii. 19.

44. ovs |4v...o5s 8*...] So Dem. 248 ir6Xy a? i^v

&vaipwv els as 5^ roi)s <f>vyddas Kara.ywi', and this use of therelative is common in later Greek.

CHAPTER XXVIH.

1. MeXfrqvi]] This is the reading of B only, and seemsdue to a clerical error. * The scribe had written MeAir?;-

PTJO-OS for MeXir^j/Tjo-os omitting the article: but perceivinghis mistake, expunged vrj and began again thus MeXir^i^Tj-

vt]<jos' Dr Field.

T.E. MeXiY?;; Melite, Malta. That the island wasMalta is shewn not only from the name and general

probability, but from the fact that a ship of Alexandria

(ver. 11) on the way to Puteoli had put in there for the

winter, and from the reference to Syracuse (ver. 12) as thefirst port touched at after leaving it.

Meleda, an island off Illyria, near Bagusa, has been sug-

gested, from a mistaken view of xxvii. 27.

2. ol pdppapoi] Diod. Sic. V. 12 &TTI dt 77 VTJCTOJ avrrfQoiviKwv airoiKos. Their language therefore was probablyPunic. The word

fidppaposis not in the least = ' barbarous *

in the modern sense; it is an imitative word and= '

speak-ing unintelligibly', cf. 1 Cor. xiv. 11. The Greeks appliedit to all non-Greek-speaking peoples, cf. Kom. i. 14 "EXXycrLre Kai fiappdpois, and so well known was the use that Plautus,

Page 281: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvni. 7] NOTES. 265

speaking of a translation of his from Philemon, says Plautus Pi. Trfn.

vortit barbare, i.e. into Latin. Here it probably' not pro1 ' 19 "

speaking Greek or Latin', the two great languages of thecivilized world at that time.

3. <rvcTTp\|/avTos TOV II.] Exemplum avrcvpyias. B.

<j>pvYavwv TI TrXtjOosl A. and R.V. ' a bundle of sticks'.

The term <ppvyavov can be used of anything useful for kind-

ling a fire. Wood is now very scarce in Malta and there are

no vipers, but it is now densely populated and carefully '1200 to

cultivated, and the effect of changed conditions on the ex- the,

istence of plants and animals in a district is well known. JJJJJ;

diro TTJS Oc'pfJiTjs] Probably 'by reason of the heat': the

viper lay among the sticks or brushwood in a state of

torpor. T.R. with very poor authority reads CK.

KaOfj\|/] 'laid hold of, i.e. bit. Cf. the promise of JesusMark xvi. 18.

4. <|>ovvs] They knew that he was a prisoner beingtaken to Rome on some grave charge, and inferred that the

charge was murder.

T] SIKTJ] Like the Latin Justitia, an abstraction per- \v.

sonified.

OVK iacrv] Note the past tense. Jam nullum putantcsse Paulum. B.

6. irifnrpaorGai] A. and R.V. 'would have swollen'.The word combines the ideas of ' inflammation and swell-

ing'. TrifjLTTpyfjLi and TrprjOu, both having aorist Z-rrp-rjaa,

seem connected, though 7rifj.Trpijfu is usually=' burn', andTrprj6u= 'blow up,

'

'cause to swell'. Cf. TrpecrTrjp=

(l) a flash

of lightning, (2) a hurricane, (3) a venomous snake, the bite

of which caused both 'inflammation' and 'swelling'; cf.

Lucan ix. 790 Percussit Prester: illi i*ubor igneus ora\

sue-

cendit tenditque cutem.

KaTcnrCirmv. . .] Cp. Shakespeare Ant. and Cleop. v. 2, of H.

Charmian bitten by an asp,*

Tremblingly she stood, andon the sudden dropped'.

ISLTOTTOV] 'extraordinary'.

jwrapaXonevoi...] Cf. the opposite change at Lycaoniaxiv. 11 and xiv. 19.

7. TU> -irpwro) T^S vqcrov] 'the governor of the island', Cic. in

which was under the government of a deputy of the praetor .p-JJ'

1X *

of Sicily. The title is not elsewhere referred to, but is

found on an inscription from the island Gaulus, close to

Malta. A(owaos), K\(ai>5toi;) vlos, K., II/)oi55^s, t7T7rei)s 'Pa>-

Page 282: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

266 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxvm. 7

La. from juctwi>, Trpwro? MeXirao>j>, /cat irdrpwv^ ap^as KCLL d^^iTroXeiAras

C7orm^e<^ Avyov<TT<p avffTTr}ffev.

^r. IIoirXCa>] Publio. The Gk represents no doubt a com-uo. 5754. mon pronunciation of the name. So publicus on inscrip-

tions, often poblicus or poplicus, being from populus =popu-licus.

Not the whole crew (which would be Trdvras ij/ua*,

as ver.'2) but, as throughout the narrative, Paul and his

companions, including the writer, cf. ver. 10.

8. irupTols] 'attacks of fever'; cf. Dem. 1260 trvperol

ffwexe'is. Note the medical terms in connection with Luke.

Ka,TaKt<r0cu] = cubare (Hor. Sat. I. 9. 18).

So too 10. Tijjtais] H. objects to the rendering 'honours', andgives 'presents'; comparing Ecclesiasticus xxxviii. 1 rlpatarpbv TT/DOS rets XP ^ TI/ACUS avrov ;

but this is unduly to narrowthe phrase 'honoured us with many honours', though nodoubt among those ' honours ' were included actual gifts, suchas ' the needful things

'

immediately referred to as placed onboard, it being a common practice so to * honour' a partingguest; cf. Virg. Aen. i. 195 Vina bonus quae delude cadisonerarat Acestes

\

litore Trinacrio dederatque abeuntibusheros.

11. nerd rpcis nrjvas] i.e- in the early part of February.Navigation began with spring (Hor. Od. i. 4. 2), and springcommenced on Feb. 9 (Ov. Fast. n. 149).

Smith, irapao-ijfiw] That this is a noun is proved by anPreface, inscription found near Lutro, which refers to one Dionysiusp> '

of Alexandria, Gubernator navis parasemo Isopharia. Aioor-

Kovpois is in apposition to Tra/oa^yuy, describing what the

'rrapa.ff'rj/jLovwas

; cf. the construction (W/um IIoTrXty ver. 7.

Others take the word as an adj.For Castor and Pollux as guardians of ships cf. Hor.

Od. i. 3.2sicfratres Helenae, lucidasidera (te, navis, regant).In thundery weather a pale-blue flame may sometimes be.seen playing round the masts of ships, due to the tendencyof '

points'

to produce a discharge of electricity. This wastaken to indicate the presence of the Dioscuri and the safetyof the ship. Italian mariners call it the fire of St Elmo.

12. SvpaKovo-as] 80 m. from Malta, the chief city of

Sicily, founded B. c. 734.

Text 13. irepieXovrcs] E.V. in margin 'cast loose', cf. xxvii.NB as M. 40, but there seems no authority for this absolute use of the

word. T. E. has 7repi\66i>Tcs, which can hardly mean'having gone round (Sicily)', but must= '

having made a

Page 283: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvm. 13] NOTES. 267

circuit' (A.V. 'having fetched a compass'), i.e. having been

unable, owing to the winds, to steer direct for Bhegium : the

opposite of cvdvdpo/mirjcravTes.

'Ptj-yiov] i. e. 'the place where the land breaks off' (pr/y-

WIAI), at the extreme S.W. of Italy in Bruttium, oppositeMessana.

irryvo|A'vov] The word might mean 'came after', 'sue- As A.

ceeded', i.e. the hitherto adverse wind, but more probablydescribes a wind that ' blew from right astern

'

(ventus secun-

dus). The distance is 182m., which would take 26 hoursat seven knots or so an hour.

ILmoXovs] Puteoli, Pozzuoli ('Wells'), N. of the bayof Naples, a little E. of Baiae. It was at this time the chief

port of Borne, and the regular harbour for the corn-fleet

from Alexandria. Portions of the great mole are still

visible.

Kal OVTWS els Ti]v 'Pw|AT]v -qMafLcv] The exultant toneof these words is marked. Paulus Romae captivus :

trlumphus unicus. Luke regards Paul's visit to Homeas the crowning point of his career, cf. xix. 21, xxiii.

'

11. It is this eagerness to reach Eome which makes himslightly anticipate the narrative, which in the next verse

reverts to events which happened before their arrival.

It would make the narrative much clearer if the end of

a paragraph were marked at jj\6after. The events related

in vv. 15, 16 are regarded not as part of Paul's journey,but as part of the action of the Eoman community withwhich Luke closes his narrative vv. 15 28.

It is hardly safe to draw distinctions between r^'P. here

and 'Pio^v ver. 16, as Bengel does (ryv 'Pw/n^ emplia-sin habet, ut notetur urbs diu desiderata), for xviii. 2 wehave TTJS 'P. where there is no emphasis, but xix. 21, xxiiu11 no article where there is strong emphasis.

Paul would go from Puteoli to Capua (for the coast roadto Sinuessa was made later by Domitian) and there jointhe great Appian road, constructed by the censor AppiusClaudius B.C. 312. From there the distance is about 125 m.He would pass Sinuessa, Minturnae, Formiae, Anxur, andat Templum Feroniae might either proceed by road or bythe canal which ran parallel to it through the PomptineMarshes, to Forum Appii, and from there to Tres Tabernae,Lanuvium and Aricia, entering Eome by the Porta Capena.

See for the route Hor. Sat. i. 5, and full information in

C. and H., F., &c.

Appii Forum is about 40 m. from Borne, and Tres Ta-bernae about 30.

Page 284: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

268 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxvm. 15

In IJ. 15. 0dp<ros] ZXXoyos op/my : Bpacros dXoyos bp/J.r), Ammo-nius.

16. K<x0' lavTov] 'by himself, i.e. not with the other

prisoners in some public prison. In ver. 23 there is referenceto TTJV %eviav, 'his lodging', and in ver. 30 to idiov /u0-0co/>ux,4 his own hired room ' or *

dwelling '. These two last phrasesprobably refer to the same thing, it being specially describedin ver. 30 asl'Siov/xtVtf. because Luke is there dwelling strongly

C. & II. on the comparative freedom enjoyed by Paul. Others arguethat ^ev'iGL implies 'residence with friends', but this is un-

duly pressing the Greek.

Omit After 'Pu/j.r)v T.H. adds, o eKa.TQvra.p'xos Trap5(*)K roi)s

Insert defffdovs T< crTparoTredapxy, T 5e II...

11LP. <rTpa.Toir&a.p\i\s= Praefectus praetorio. The praetorian

cohorts (a select body of household troops, about 10,000Tac. in number, who served on the body-guard of the emperor)Ann. iv.

jia(j keen conected into one camp by Sejanus, A.D. 23,outside the Porta Viminalis. Afranius Burrus was their

commander A.D. 51 62. Before and after him there were, two 'prefects', but no argument as to date can be drawnfrom the use of the singular here, as the singular mightmerely represent the one on duty. They had charge of

Plin.Ep. prisoners sent to Home; cf. the rescript of Trajan to Pliny,x. 65. vinctus mitti ad praefectos praetorii mci ctebet.

'

17. <rvvKaX&ra(r0ai...] Here, as throughout, Paul first

appeals to the Jews. As he cannot go to the synagogue, hesummons them to him. He desires to make it clear thathis appeal to Caesar was forced upon him, and does not arise

from any desire to accuse his nation.

irap860T]v] Practically, though not technically. Theviolence of the Jews had compelled the Romans to interfere.

La. 19. TOV 29vovs |iov] Not Xaov, because he is not con-

sidering them as God's people, but as his own nation, whomhe would not wish to accuse before a foreign tribunal.

20. irapcKctXeo-a] E.V. 'did I intreat you', but A.V.

rightly 'I called for you', i.e. invited you here, as xvi. 15.

rijs Xm8os rov'L] Cf. xxvi. 6; the hope of a Messiah.

nf|v dXvcriv T. ireptKCiixai] Cf. xxvi. 29. For TreptVa/xaicf. Heb. v. 2, Trept/cetrai d.(?dheia.v 'is compassed with in-

firmity', and so commonly, v. Lex. The ace. is due to theactive sense of '

wearing ',

*

having on ', contained in the verb.

AsF. 21. i]jiis...] The Jews do not assert that they hadstates, never heard of Paul, which would be 'inconceivable'; what

they state is, that with reference to the charge against Paul

just mentioned by him they had received no letter or report.;

Page 285: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

xxvm. 27] NOTES. 269

the aorists (e5edVe0a, ajr^yyeiXey^ tXdXvjffcv) shew that their

statement must be so limited, and does not express generalignorance of Paul and his views

;moreover they immediately

acknowledge that they are aware that his views are '

every-where spoken against'. It was almost impossible that theyshould have had knowledge of Paul's appeal to Caesar, for

how could the news have reached Home before Paul ?

25. TOV IlavXou] The personal name instead of the

pronoun for emphasis. Note, too, the strong emphasis of

prjfjLa eV: he had appealed to them 'from morning until

evening'

: he had appealed to the Jews elsewhere continuallyin vain : he has now but ' one word ' more to say.

icaXws] So placed first with strong indignation: cf.

Matt. xv. 7 uTTOKpircu, /caXws Trpo<f>r)Tv<re Trepi vfj.uv 'H(7a/as;Mark vii. 6.

ijiwv] So NAB. T.E. rj^uv.

26. iropevOtyri...] Accurately from the LXX. Is. vi. 9,the famous passage which describes the vision and call ofIsaiah. It is the passage quoted by Jesus (at length, Matt.xiii. 14, and partially Mark iv. 12; Luke viii. 10) whenexplaining why He taught the Jews in parables. It is also

quoted John xii. 40, where he refers to the disbelief of theJews in Jesus.

aKofj aKov(TT, pXc'iTovTcs pXe\|/T] Emphatic repetition,to strengthen the contrast with their ' not understanding

'

and 'not seeing (i.e. perceiving)'.Cf. for the sense Dem. 797, 3 opwras ^ cpaj> KCL! Q.KOVOV-

res w oLKoveiv, Aesch. Prom. 448 K\vovres OVK IJKOVOV; Soph.0. jR. 371 TV(>\os TO, r' <5ra TOV re vovv rd r' o'/iyuar' el.

ov|ii]] Strong negation: 'surely ye shall not under-

stand'.

27. erraxvvG'ri r\ KapSia] The phrase seems to describethe negligence and indifference to religion produced by pro-

sperity. Cf. Deut. xxxii. 15 ^ayev 'Ia/cw/3 KCLI IveirXrjffOTj, /cat

dTreXaKTicrev 6 rjyaTrrjfji.ei'os, tXiirdvOr], Trax,vv6r].

Ka|X[j,vcrav] The Heb. has 'their eyes besmear' (cf. Is. Cheyne

xxix. 10, xliv. 18), i.e. seal up.

ical lo.o-ojj.aL avrovs] T.E. t'oVw/xcu. The future ind. Text

after ^ represents the action of the verb as more vividlyrealized as possible and probable than is the case when the

subj. follows. The change from the subj. to the ind. hereis very forcible and vigorous : it represents the '

healing ',

which the Jews refused, as something clearly apprehendedby them to be the purpose of God, and so enhances the

guilt of their refusal.

Page 286: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

270 ACTS OF THE APOSTLES, [xxvm. 27

Cf. Plat. Hep. 451 A <f>opepbj> Kal cr^aXepdj/... //,?}... KeiVojucu

and Stallb. ad loc.

28. T& <ro)TTJptov TOV 9.] Ps. Ixvii. 2 TOV yvuvai Iv rr} yyT7]V 656v ffOV, fr TTCL(TLV ZdvtffLV TO ffWTTJpLOV <70V.

avrol Kal aKovcrovrai] avroL is vivid and antithetical:'

They will also hear (as opposed to your* hard hearing

' and'not hearing', ver. 27). Cf. Luke vi. 11 avrol 5t ^ir\r]ad^aa.v

dvoias.

T.R. adds here, Kal ravra CLVTOV tiVoWoy, aTrifXGov ol

'Ioi;5a?oi, Tro\\7]v %XOVTS tv ecturois (rvfyTTqaLv, marring the

climax.

3D. SurCav] In this period were written the Epistlesto the Philippians, Colossians, Ephesians, and to Philemon.

jj,Tcl irdcrqs irappt]crCas axcoXimos] irapp. fiducia, intrin-

secus, a/cwX. sine impedimenta, cxtrimecus. 13. The rhythmiccadence of the concluding words is marked (cf. vii. 60 n.).

Cf. the end of St Luke's Gospel, Kal y<rav 5id iravros tv ryiepf v\oyovi>Ts TOV 6e6v

;also the last words of Dem. de Cor.

Kal ffUTrjpiav d<r<j>a\rj.

Various arguments have been deduced from the fact that

Luke ends his narrative at this point and leaves us without

any account of Paul's subsequent history. Some have in

consequence regarded the Acts as an unfinished work. It

is clear, however, that Luke regards Paul's preaching at

Eome as the crown and goal of his career. Rejected bythe Jews, the Gospel is for 'a whole two years' preachedto the Gentiles in Eome, the capital of the world, Urbi et

Orbi this is the climax of the Acts. Moreover the whole

style of vv. 25 31 marks a concluded narrative : notice the

distinctive TOV Hav\ov, the emphatic p^a fr, the indignant

KaXws, the full quotation of Isaiah's famous prophecy, the

clear 5teriai> 0X77^, the description of Jesus as TOV Kvpiov

'Irjcrov XpLaTov, and, lastly, the closing cadence of JJLGTO.

s irapprjaias d/cwXurws.

CAMBRIDGE: PEISTED BY C. j. CLAT, M.A. & SONS, Atf TH# UN

Page 287: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

Works "by the same Editor.

Horace. ODES. BOOKS I. IV. Edited withIntroduction, Notes and Vocabularies for Beginners. 18mo.Each Is. Qd. Elementary Classics.

Horace. THE ODES. Edited with Introductionand Notes. Fcap. 8vo. 6s. Classical Series.

(BOOKS I., II., HI., and IV. separately, 2s. each.)

Greek Testament.

Greek Testament. Edited, with Introductionand Appendices, by CANON WESTCOTT and Dr F. J. A.HOET. Two Vols. Crown 8vo. 10s. Qd. each.

Vol.1. The Text.

Vol. II. Introduction and Appendix.

Greek Testament. Edited by Canon WESTCOTTand Dr HOBT. School Edition of Text. 12mo. cloth.

4s. Qd. 18mo. roan, red edges, os. Qd.

Works by Eight Rev. J. B. LIGHTFOOT, D.D., D.C.L.,

LL.D., Lord Bishop of Durham.

St Paul's Epistle to the Galatians. A Re-vised Text, with Introduction, Notes, and Dissertations.

Eighth Edition, revised. 8vo. 12s.

St Paul's Epistle to the Philippians. ARevised Text, with Introduction, Notes, and Dissertations.

Eighth Edition, revised. 8vo. 12s.

St Clement of Rome. The Two Epistles tothe Corinthians. A Revised Text, with Intro-duction and Notes. 8vo. 8s. Qd.

St Paul's Epistles to the Colossians and toPhilemon. A Revised Text, with Introductions,Notes, and Dissertations. Eighth Edition, revised.8vo. 12s.

The Apostolic Fathers. Part II. S. Igna-tius S. Polycarp. Revised Texts, with Intro-

ductions, Notes, Dissertations, and Translations. 2 vols.

in 3. Demy 8vo. 48s.

MACMILLAIST AND CO.: LONDON.

Page 288: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

Greek Testament.

The Gospel according to St Mark. Being theGreek Text as revised by Drs WESTCOTT and HORT. WithExplanatory Notes by Eev. J. 0. F. MURRAY, M.A., Lecturerin Emmanuel College, Cambridge. Fcap. 8vo.

[In preparation.School Readings in a course of 36 Lessons

mainly following the narrative of St Mark. Edited and

arranged with Introduction, Notes and Vocabulary by the

Eev. A. CALVERT, M.A., late Fellow of St John's College,

Cambridge, Fcap. 8vo. [In the Press.

The Epistles of St John. The Greek Text, withNotes and Essays. By BROOKE Foss WESTCOTT, D.D.,Canon of Westminster, Eegius Professor of Divinity, &c.

8vo. 12s. 6d.

The Epistle to the Romans. Edited by the

Very Eev. C. J. VAUGHAN, D.D., Dean of Llandaff, andMaster of the Temple. Fifth Edition. Crown 8vo. 7s. 6rf.

The Epistle to the Philippians. With Trans-

lation, Paraphrase, and Notes for English Eeaders. Bythe same Editor. Crown 8vo. 5s.

The Epistle to the Hebrews. In Greek andEnglish. With Critical and Explanatory Notes. Edited

by Eev. FREDERIC EENDALL, M.A., formerly Fellow of

Trinity College, Cambridge, and Assistant Master at

Harrow School. Crown 8vo. 6s.

The Epistles of St Paul to the Ephesians,the Colossians, and Philemon; with Intro-

ductions and Notes, and an Essay on the Traces of

Foreign Elements in the Theology of these Epistles. Bythe Eev. J. LLEWELYN DAVIES, M.A., Eector of Christ

Church, St Marylebone; late Fellow of Trinity College,

Cambridge. Second Edition. Demy 8vo. 7s. 6d.

The Common Tradition of the SynopticGospels, in the Text of the Revised Version.

By EDWIN A. ABBOTT, D.D., formerly Fellow of St John's

College, Cambridge, and W. G. EUSHBROOKE, M.L., for-

merly Fellow of St John's College, Cambridge. Crown8vo. 3s. Qd.

Pentateuch and Book of Joshua. An Historico-

Critical Inquiry into the Origin and Composition of the

Hexateuch. By A. KUENEN, Professor of Theology at

Leiden. Translated from the Dutch, with the assistance

of the Author, by PHILIP H. WICKSTEED, M.A. 8vo. 14s.

MACMILLAN AND CO.: LONDON.

Page 289: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich
Page 290: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich
Page 291: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich

TA Ud/bf1

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY

Page 292: Acts of Apostles Be Page Rich